diff --git a/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html index 353150de18..655d7af29e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/agentregistry_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html @@ -139,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. The type of the MCP Server spec content. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. + "registryResource": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the resulting Agent, MCP Server, or Endpoint. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time. } @@ -252,6 +253,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. The type of the MCP Server spec content. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. + "registryResource": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the resulting Agent, MCP Server, or Endpoint. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time. } @@ -305,6 +307,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. The type of the MCP Server spec content. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. + "registryResource": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the resulting Agent, MCP Server, or Endpoint. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time. }, ], @@ -363,6 +366,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Required. The type of the MCP Server spec content. }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`. + "registryResource": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the resulting Agent, MCP Server, or Endpoint. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html index b8b2df3f39..ece0ccfecc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index 08987a541a..6a73b5c5a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index e05b5489b6..8892a4a53d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html index 7d9e2642c3..0732f25e4e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -289,9 +289,6 @@

Instance Methods

generateSyntheticData(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Generates synthetic (artificial) data based on a description

-

- generateUserScenarios(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Generates user scenarios for agent evaluation.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

@@ -300,7 +297,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets a RagEngineConfig.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -359,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -636,7 +633,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2254,7 +2251,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2563,7 +2560,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2943,7 +2940,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3165,7 +3162,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -5312,7 +5309,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -5948,270 +5945,6 @@

Method Details

} -
- generateUserScenarios(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Generates user scenarios for agent evaluation.
-
-Args:
-  location: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to run the job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for DataFoundryService.GenerateUserScenarios.
-  "agents": { # Required. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent.
-    "a_key": { # Represents configuration for an Agent.
-      "agentId": "A String", # Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map.
-      "agentType": "A String", # Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., "LlmAgent", "RouterAgent", "ToolUseAgent"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent.
-      "description": "A String", # Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly.
-      "instruction": "A String", # Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field.
-      "subAgents": [ # Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "tools": [ # Optional. The list of tools available to this agent.
-        { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
-          "codeExecution": { # Tool that executes code generated by the model, and automatically returns the result to the model. See also ExecutableCode and CodeExecutionResult, which are input and output to this tool. # Optional. CodeExecution tool type. Enables the model to execute code as part of generation.
-          },
-          "computerUse": { # Tool to support computer use. # Optional. Tool to support the model interacting directly with the computer. If enabled, it automatically populates computer-use specific Function Declarations.
-            "environment": "A String", # Required. The environment being operated.
-            "excludedPredefinedFunctions": [ # Optional. By default, [predefined functions](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/computer-use#supported-actions) are included in the final model call. Some of them can be explicitly excluded from being automatically included. This can serve two purposes: 1. Using a more restricted / different action space. 2. Improving the definitions / instructions of predefined functions.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-          },
-          "enterpriseWebSearch": { # Tool to search public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance. # Optional. Tool to support searching public web data, powered by Vertex AI Search and Sec4 compliance.
-            "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
-            "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-          },
-          "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided.
-            { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
-              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
-              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
-              "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
-                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
-                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
-                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
-                ],
-                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
-                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
-                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
-                },
-                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
-                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
-                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
-                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
-                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
-                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
-                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
-                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
-                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
-                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
-                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
-                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
-                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
-                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
-                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
-                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
-                },
-                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
-                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
-                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
-              },
-              "parametersJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the parameters to the function in JSON Schema format. The schema must describe an object where the properties are the parameters to the function. For example: ``` { "type": "object", "properties": { "name": { "type": "string" }, "age": { "type": "integer" } }, "additionalProperties": false, "required": ["name", "age"], "propertyOrdering": ["name", "age"] } ``` This field is mutually exclusive with `parameters`.
-              "response": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
-                "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema.
-                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`.
-                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
-                ],
-                "default": "", # Optional. Default value to use if the field is not specified.
-                "defs": { # Optional. `defs` provides a map of schema definitions that can be reused by `ref` elsewhere in the schema. Only allowed at root level of the schema.
-                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
-                },
-                "description": "A String", # Optional. Describes the data. The model uses this field to understand the purpose of the schema and how to use it. It is a best practice to provide a clear and descriptive explanation for the schema and its properties here, rather than in the prompt.
-                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the field. This field can be used to restrict a value to a fixed set of values. To mark a field as an enum, set `format` to `enum` and provide the list of possible values in `enum`. For example: 1. To define directions: `{type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", "NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}` 2. To define apartment numbers: `{type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}`
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "example": "", # Optional. Example of an instance of this schema.
-                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. For `NUMBER` type, format can be `float` or `double`. For `INTEGER` type, format can be `int32` or `int64`. For `STRING` type, format can be `email`, `byte`, `date`, `date-time`, `password`, and other formats to further refine the data type.
-                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `items` specifies the schema of elements in the array.
-                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `max_items` specifies the maximum number of items in an array.
-                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `max_length` specifies the maximum length of the string.
-                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `max_properties` specifies the maximum number of properties that can be provided.
-                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `maximum` specifies the maximum allowed value.
-                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. If type is `ARRAY`, `min_items` specifies the minimum number of items in an array.
-                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `min_length` specifies the minimum length of the string.
-                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `min_properties` specifies the minimum number of properties that can be provided.
-                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. If type is `INTEGER` or `NUMBER`, `minimum` specifies the minimum allowed value.
-                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value of this field can be null.
-                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. If type is `STRING`, `pattern` specifies a regular expression that the string must match.
-                "properties": { # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `properties` is a map of property names to schema definitions for each property of the object.
-                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
-                },
-                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. Order of properties displayed or used where order matters. This is not a standard field in OpenAPI specification, but can be used to control the order of properties.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows referencing another schema definition to use in place of this schema. The value must be a valid reference to a schema in `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring
-                "required": [ # Optional. If type is `OBJECT`, `required` lists the names of properties that must be present.
-                  "A String",
-                ],
-                "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the schema.
-                "type": "A String", # Optional. Data type of the schema field.
-              },
-              "responseJsonSchema": "", # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. The value specified by the schema is the response value of the function. This field is mutually exclusive with `response`.
-            },
-          ],
-          "googleMaps": { # Tool to retrieve public maps data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleMaps tool type. Tool to support Google Maps in Model.
-            "enableWidget": True or False, # Optional. If true, include the widget context token in the response.
-          },
-          "googleSearch": { # GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearch tool type. Tool to support Google Search in Model. Powered by Google.
-            "blockingConfidence": "A String", # Optional. Sites with confidence level chosen & above this value will be blocked from the search results.
-            "excludeDomains": [ # Optional. List of domains to be excluded from the search results. The default limit is 2000 domains. Example: ["amazon.com", "facebook.com"].
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "searchTypes": { # Different types of search that can be enabled on the GoogleSearch tool. # Optional. The set of search types to enable. If not set, web search is enabled by default.
-              "imageSearch": { # Image search for grounding and related configurations. # Optional. Setting this field enables image search. Image bytes are returned.
-              },
-              "webSearch": { # Standard web search for grounding and related configurations. Only text results are returned. # Optional. Setting this field enables web search. Only text results are returned.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-          "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google Search.
-            "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
-              "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
-              "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
-            },
-          },
-          "parallelAiSearch": { # ParallelAiSearch tool type. A tool that uses the Parallel.ai search engine for grounding. # Optional. If specified, Vertex AI will use Parallel.ai to search for information to answer user queries. The search results will be grounded on Parallel.ai and presented to the model for response generation
-            "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key for ParallelAiSearch. If an API key is not provided, the system will attempt to verify access by checking for an active Parallel.ai subscription through the Google Cloud Marketplace. See https://docs.parallel.ai/search/search-quickstart for more details.
-            "customConfigs": { # Optional. Custom configs for ParallelAiSearch. This field can be used to pass any parameter from the Parallel.ai Search API. See the Parallel.ai documentation for the full list of available parameters and their usage: https://docs.parallel.ai/api-reference/search-beta/search Currently only `source_policy`, `excerpts`, `max_results`, `mode`, `fetch_policy` can be set via this field. For example: { "source_policy": { "include_domains": ["google.com", "wikipedia.org"], "exclude_domains": ["example.com"] }, "fetch_policy": { "max_age_seconds": 3600 } }
-              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
-            },
-          },
-          "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
-            "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
-            "externalApi": { # Retrieve from data source powered by external API for grounding. The external API is not owned by Google, but need to follow the pre-defined API spec. # Use data source powered by external API for grounding.
-              "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. Deprecated. Please use AuthConfig (google/cloud/aiplatform/master/auth.proto) instead. # The authentication config to access the API. Deprecated. Please use auth_config instead.
-                "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
-                  "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
-                  "apiKeyString": "A String", # The API key string. Either this or `api_key_secret_version` must be set.
-                },
-              },
-              "apiSpec": "A String", # The API spec that the external API implements.
-              "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # The authentication config to access the API.
-                "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
-                  "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If both `api_key_secret` and `api_key_string` are specified, this field takes precedence over `api_key_string`. - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
-                  "apiKeyString": "A String", # Optional. The API key to be used in the request directly.
-                  "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Optional. The location of the API key.
-                  "name": "A String", # Optional. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
-                },
-                "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
-                "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
-                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified service account. - If not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent will be used to execute the Extension.
-                },
-                "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
-                  "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}` - If specified, the `secretmanager.versions.access` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the specified resource.
-                },
-                "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
-                  "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
-                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate access tokens for executing the Extension. - If the service account is specified, the `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission should be granted to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) on the provided service account.
-                },
-                "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
-                  "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from [[ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config]] at request time.
-                  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account used to generate an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible JWT token signed by the Google OIDC Provider (accounts.google.com) for extension endpoint (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/create-short-lived-credentials-direct#sa-credentials-oidc). - The audience for the token will be set to the URL in the server url defined in the OpenApi spec. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` permission to Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
-                },
-              },
-              "elasticSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for the ELASTIC_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the elastic search API.
-                "index": "A String", # The ElasticSearch index to use.
-                "numHits": 42, # Optional. Number of hits (chunks) to request. When specified, it is passed to Elasticsearch as the `num_hits` param.
-                "searchTemplate": "A String", # The ElasticSearch search template to use.
-              },
-              "endpoint": "A String", # The endpoint of the external API. The system will call the API at this endpoint to retrieve the data for grounding. Example: https://acme.com:443/search
-              "simpleSearchParams": { # The search parameters to use for SIMPLE_SEARCH spec. # Parameters for the simple search API.
-              },
-            },
-            "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore or engine for grounding. datastore and engine are mutually exclusive. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
-              "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specifications that define the specific DataStores to be searched, along with configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. It should only be set if engine is used.
-                { # Define data stores within engine to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1#datastorespec
-                  "dataStore": "A String", # Full resource name of DataStore, such as Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
-                  "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
-                },
-              ],
-              "datastore": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
-              "engine": "A String", # Optional. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search engine resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`
-              "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter strings to be passed to the search API.
-              "maxResults": 42, # Optional. Number of search results to return per query. The default value is 10. The maximumm allowed value is 10.
-            },
-            "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
-              "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
-                { # The definition of the Rag resource.
-                  "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
-                  "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
-                    "A String",
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
-              "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
-                "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
-                  "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
-                  "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
-                  "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
-                },
-                "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
-                  "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
-                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).
-                  },
-                  "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
-                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
-                  },
-                },
-                "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
-              },
-              "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
-              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
-            },
-          },
-          "urlContext": { # Tool to support URL context. # Optional. Tool to support URL context retrieval.
-          },
-        },
-      ],
-    },
-  },
-  "rootAgentId": "A String", # Required. The agent id to identify the root agent.
-  "userScenarioGenerationConfig": { # User scenario generation configuration. # Required. Configuration for generating user scenarios.
-    "environmentData": "A String", # Optional. Environment data in string type.
-    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name to use for generation. It can be model name, e.g. "gemini-3-pro-preview". or the fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
-    "simulationInstruction": "A String", # Optional. Simulation instruction to guide the user scenario generation.
-    "userScenarioCount": "A String", # Required. The number of user scenarios to generate. The maximum number of scenarios that can be generated is 100.
-  },
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for DataFoundryService.GenerateUserScenarios.
-  "userScenarios": [ # The generated user scenarios used to simulate multi-turn agent running results and agent evaluation.
-    { # Output of user scenario generation.
-      "conversationPlan": "A String", # Conversation plan to drive multi-turn agent run and get simulated agent eval dataset.
-      "startingPrompt": "A String", # Starting prompt for the conversation between simulated user and agent under the test.
-    },
-  ],
-}
-
-
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets information about a location.
@@ -6278,7 +6011,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index 86be02d01c..0e6bce10a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ 

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2391,7 +2391,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index 670f68df00..5124091dae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -315,6 +315,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -350,6 +357,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -668,6 +685,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -703,6 +727,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -952,6 +986,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -987,6 +1028,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -1206,6 +1257,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -1241,6 +1299,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html index 4c289f7d3d..569ef2be5e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.reasoningEngines.html index 06d8994179..5a1e3a9697 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.reasoningEngines.html @@ -305,6 +305,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -340,6 +347,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -659,6 +676,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -694,6 +718,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -908,6 +942,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -943,6 +984,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -1162,6 +1213,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -1197,6 +1255,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.v1.html index c096c92bdc..525dbe0b2e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.v1.html @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3944,7 +3944,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html index 9f71a1354a..6dc7cfcb3e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html index 257e447cd8..4d5bd735d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html @@ -279,6 +279,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the schedules Resource.

+

+ semanticGovernancePolicies() +

+

Returns the semanticGovernancePolicies Resource.

+

solvers()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index ef9e4259be..1f91c22400 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2469,7 +2469,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html index befb789231..00920397f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 14be01375a..c8eb1253ff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4961,7 +4961,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html index dc77d7a7a4..ce0d3d5bc3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3003,7 +3003,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3416,7 +3416,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3645,7 +3645,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4105,7 +4105,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4334,7 +4334,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4748,7 +4748,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4977,7 +4977,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -5390,7 +5390,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -5619,7 +5619,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6079,7 +6079,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6308,7 +6308,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6722,7 +6722,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6951,7 +6951,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -7364,7 +7364,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -7593,7 +7593,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -8095,7 +8095,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -8324,7 +8324,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -8738,7 +8738,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -8967,7 +8967,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -9380,7 +9380,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -9609,7 +9609,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -10069,7 +10069,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -10298,7 +10298,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -10712,7 +10712,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -10941,7 +10941,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -11354,7 +11354,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -11583,7 +11583,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -12056,7 +12056,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -12285,7 +12285,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -12699,7 +12699,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -12928,7 +12928,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -13341,7 +13341,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -13570,7 +13570,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -14030,7 +14030,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -14259,7 +14259,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -14673,7 +14673,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -14902,7 +14902,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -15315,7 +15315,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -15544,7 +15544,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html index 4dbac81e3b..4d3cadf59f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationRuns.html @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3413,7 +3413,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3778,7 +3778,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -5445,7 +5445,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -5810,7 +5810,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -7448,7 +7448,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -7813,7 +7813,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html index ae8fe58cd0..a42ae2236a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Operation of an extension. "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Operation of an extension. "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Operation of an extension. "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Operation of an extension. "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Operation of an extension. "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index f66d5ed212..d69f9d1e81 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -279,6 +279,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the schedules Resource.

+

+ semanticGovernancePolicies() +

+

Returns the semanticGovernancePolicies Resource.

+

solvers()

@@ -353,7 +358,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets a RagEngineConfig.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -422,7 +427,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -715,7 +720,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2470,7 +2475,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2788,7 +2793,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3179,7 +3184,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3408,7 +3413,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3729,7 +3734,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3958,7 +3963,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6140,7 +6145,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -6830,7 +6835,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -7058,6 +7063,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Output of user scenario generation. "conversationPlan": "A String", # Conversation plan to drive multi-turn agent run and get simulated agent eval dataset. "startingPrompt": "A String", # Starting prompt for the conversation between simulated user and agent under the test. + "testCaseTitle": "A String", # Represents a short 3-5 word title for eval test case. }, ], }
@@ -7131,7 +7137,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index b575783ad8..407b836f29 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ 

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2608,7 +2608,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.html index 0bde312c9c..2ba2b2a9b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.html @@ -88,6 +88,9 @@

Instance Methods

create(parent, a2aTaskId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates an A2aTask.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an A2aTask.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets an A2aTask.

@@ -587,7 +590,7 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. "user", "agent" }, }, - "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 365 days by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days] + "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 24 hours by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days] "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the task. } @@ -777,11 +780,29 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. "user", "agent" }, }, - "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 365 days by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days] + "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 24 hours by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days] "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the task. }
+
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an A2aTask.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the A2aTask to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets an A2aTask.
@@ -973,7 +994,7 @@ 

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. "user", "agent" }, }, - "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 365 days by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days] + "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 24 hours by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days] "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the task. }
@@ -1175,7 +1196,7 @@

Method Details

"role": "A String", # Required. The role of the sender of the message. e.g. "user", "agent" }, }, - "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 365 days by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days] + "ttl": "A String", # Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 24 hours by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days] "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the task. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index 9f4f57b569..2ff44d4461 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -346,6 +346,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -381,6 +388,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -705,6 +722,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -740,6 +764,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -995,6 +1029,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -1030,6 +1071,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -1255,6 +1306,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -1290,6 +1348,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f7895e00e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . semanticGovernancePolicies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7995423fcd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . semanticGovernancePolicies . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `"projects/example/locations/-"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html index 421210ec3c..402b1a71cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html @@ -147,11 +147,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "customBaseModel": "A String", # Optional. The user-provided path to custom model weights. Set this field to tune a custom model. The path must be a Cloud Storage directory that contains the model weights in .safetensors format along with associated model metadata files. If this field is set, the base_model field must still be set to indicate which base model the custom model is derived from. This feature is only available for open source models. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. - "distillationSamplingSpec": { # Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset. # Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). - "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. - "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. - }, "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. @@ -1452,11 +1447,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "customBaseModel": "A String", # Optional. The user-provided path to custom model weights. Set this field to tune a custom model. The path must be a Cloud Storage directory that contains the model weights in .safetensors format along with associated model metadata files. If this field is set, the base_model field must still be set to indicate which base model the custom model is derived from. This feature is only available for open source models. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. - "distillationSamplingSpec": { # Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset. # Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). - "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. - "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. - }, "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. @@ -2764,11 +2754,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "customBaseModel": "A String", # Optional. The user-provided path to custom model weights. Set this field to tune a custom model. The path must be a Cloud Storage directory that contains the model weights in .safetensors format along with associated model metadata files. If this field is set, the base_model field must still be set to indicate which base model the custom model is derived from. This feature is only available for open source models. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. - "distillationSamplingSpec": { # Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset. # Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). - "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. - "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. - }, "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. @@ -4082,11 +4067,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "customBaseModel": "A String", # Optional. The user-provided path to custom model weights. Set this field to tune a custom model. The path must be a Cloud Storage directory that contains the model weights in .safetensors format along with associated model metadata files. If this field is set, the base_model field must still be set to indicate which base model the custom model is derived from. This feature is only available for open source models. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. - "distillationSamplingSpec": { # Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset. # Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). - "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. - "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. - }, "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. @@ -5592,11 +5572,6 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "customBaseModel": "A String", # Optional. The user-provided path to custom model weights. Set this field to tune a custom model. The path must be a Cloud Storage directory that contains the model weights in .safetensors format along with associated model metadata files. If this field is set, the base_model field must still be set to indicate which base model the custom model is derived from. This feature is only available for open source models. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. - "distillationSamplingSpec": { # Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset. # Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). - "tunedTeacherModelSource": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`. - "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file. - }, "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html index a6208e7ee7..86f745c48f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -3291,7 +3291,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.html index 9db23c9b3a..5bb583fed2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.reasoningEngines.html @@ -331,6 +331,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -366,6 +373,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -691,6 +708,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -726,6 +750,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -946,6 +980,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -981,6 +1022,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. @@ -1206,6 +1257,13 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. }, ], + "keepAliveProbe": { # Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. # Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings. + "httpGet": { # Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. # Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe. + "path": "A String", # Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `"/is_busy"`). + "port": 42, # Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent. + }, + "maxSeconds": 42, # Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). + }, "maxInstances": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100]. "minInstances": 42, # Optional. The minimum number of application instances that will be kept running at all times. Defaults to 1. Range: [0, 10]. "pscInterfaceConfig": { # Configuration for PSC-I. # Optional. Configuration for PSC-I. @@ -1241,6 +1299,16 @@

Method Details

}, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the Reasoning Engine artifact runs as. It should have "roles/storage.objectViewer" for reading the user project's Cloud Storage and "roles/aiplatform.user" for using Vertex extensions. If not specified, the Vertex AI Reasoning Engine Service Agent in the project will be used. "sourceCodeSpec": { # Specification for deploying from source code. # Deploy from source code files with a defined entrypoint. + "agentConfigSource": { # Specification for the deploying from agent config. # Source code is generated from the agent config. + "adkConfig": { # Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK). # Required. The ADK configuration. + "jsonConfig": { # Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineSource": { # Specifies source code provided as a byte stream. # Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config. + "sourceArchive": "A String", # Required. Input only. The application source code archive. It must be a compressed tarball (.tar.gz) file. + }, + }, "developerConnectSource": { # Specifies source code to be fetched from a Git repository managed through the Developer Connect service. # Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect. "config": { # Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use. # Required. The Developer Connect configuration that defines the specific repository, revision, and directory to use as the source code root. "dir": "A String", # Required. Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b72031ca41 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . semanticGovernancePolicies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..292182150e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . semanticGovernancePolicies . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `"projects/example/locations/-"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.v1beta1.html index d121616f15..2ba14b5d43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.v1beta1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.v1beta1.html @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -4570,7 +4570,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html index 176e03b8b4..eeb90918b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. @@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createWindowsDisabled": True or False, # Whether creating windows besides app windows is disabled. - "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. + "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": "A String", # Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy. "credentialsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring user credentials is disabled. "crossProfilePolicies": { # Controls the data from the work profile that can be accessed from the personal profile and vice versa. A NonComplianceDetail with MANAGEMENT_MODE is reported if the device does not have a work profile. # Cross-profile policies applied on the device. "crossProfileAppFunctions": "A String", # Optional. Controls whether personal profile apps can invoke app functions exposed by apps in the work profile. diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.locations.html index 5a2a1ef099..d7d527950b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.locations.html @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   appsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.locations.html
index 66b75aae6b..25eb1677fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.apps.locations.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   appsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index b684501c87..0fb9392f86 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(projectsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

list(projectsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   projectsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.locations.html
index 626deae627..d5e509fd49 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.locations.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

list(appsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   appsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 775589ac23..828528521c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(projectsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

list(projectsId, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   projectsId: string, Part of `name`. The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html
index 262df33e20..4446667285 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -90,15 +90,21 @@ 

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

+

+ getProjectConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the project configuration.

getVpcscConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves the VPCSC Config for the Project.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ updateProjectConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the project configuration.

updateVpcscConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the VPCSC Config for the Project.

@@ -135,6 +141,29 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getProjectConfig(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the project configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the project's logging configuration: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Artifact Registry logging configurations that apply to a Project.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig
+  "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs.
+    "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled.
+    "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here.
+  },
+}
+
+
getVpcscConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves the VPCSC Config for the Project.
@@ -157,7 +186,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
@@ -205,6 +234,41 @@ 

Method Details

+
+ updateProjectConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the project configuration.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The Artifact Registry logging configurations that apply to a Project.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig
+  "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs.
+    "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled.
+    "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here.
+  },
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask to support partial updates. See https://protobuf.dev/reference/protobuf/google.protobuf/#field-mask for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Artifact Registry logging configurations that apply to a Project.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig
+  "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs.
+    "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled.
+    "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here.
+  },
+}
+
+
updateVpcscConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the VPCSC Config for the Project.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index b90ec8cd3b..978c6a47d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -74,6 +74,9 @@
 
 

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . operations

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -81,6 +84,30 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html index d1df6aa0cf..fc6e5ec206 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html @@ -237,6 +237,10 @@

Method Details

}, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository. "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique. + "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs. + "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled. + "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here. + }, "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. @@ -482,6 +486,10 @@

Method Details

}, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository. "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique. + "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs. + "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled. + "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here. + }, "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. @@ -661,6 +669,10 @@

Method Details

}, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository. "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique. + "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs. + "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled. + "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here. + }, "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. @@ -809,6 +821,10 @@

Method Details

}, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository. "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique. + "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs. + "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled. + "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here. + }, "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. @@ -940,6 +956,10 @@

Method Details

}, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the repository. "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique. + "platformLogsConfig": { # The platform logs config for a project or a repository. # Optional. Configuration for platform logs. + "loggingState": "A String", # Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled. + "severityLevel": "A String", # Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here. + }, "registryUri": "A String", # Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`. "remoteRepositoryConfig": { # Remote repository configuration. # Configuration specific for a Remote Repository. "aptRepository": { # Configuration for an Apt remote repository. # Specific settings for an Apt remote repository. diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 310933b817..9f3ce173f8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
index 3648a39bb9..551c3d2bad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
index 7d1d3fe2ab..d7cc8367e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.organizations.locations.workloads.html
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ 

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. diff --git a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html index 6dbbd71334..4a977872a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1beta1.organizations.locations.workloads.html @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@

Method Details

"dataLogsViewer": True or False, # Optional. Allow the partner to view inspectability logs and monitoring violations. "serviceAccessApprover": True or False, # Optional. Allow partner to view access approval logs. }, - "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC + "partnerServicesBillingAccount": "A String", # Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC "provisionedResourcesParent": "A String", # Input only. The parent resource for the resources managed by this Assured Workload. May be either empty or a folder resource which is a child of the Workload parent. If not specified all resources are created under the parent organization. Format: folders/{folder_id} "resourceMonitoringEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether resource monitoring is enabled for workload or not. It is true when Resource feed is subscribed to AWM topic and AWM Service Agent Role is binded to AW Service Account for resource Assured workload. "resourceSettings": [ # Input only. Resource properties that are used to customize workload resources. These properties (such as custom project id) will be used to create workload resources if possible. This field is optional. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html index 28202a6ab2..ec15e97216 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.backups.html @@ -385,6 +385,9 @@

Method Details

"enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. + "filestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties represents the properties of a Filestore instance that are backed up by the datasource. . # Output only. Filestore specific backup properties. + "sourceInstance": "A String", # Output only. The source instance of the backup. + }, "gcpBackupPlanInfo": { # GCPBackupPlanInfo captures the plan configuration details of Google Cloud resources at the time of backup. # Output only. Configuration for a Google Cloud resource. "backupPlan": "A String", # Resource name of backup plan by which workload is protected at the time of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # The user friendly id of the backup plan revision which triggered this backup in case of scheduled backup or used for on demand backup. @@ -679,6 +682,9 @@

Method Details

"enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. + "filestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties represents the properties of a Filestore instance that are backed up by the datasource. . # Output only. Filestore specific backup properties. + "sourceInstance": "A String", # Output only. The source instance of the backup. + }, "gcpBackupPlanInfo": { # GCPBackupPlanInfo captures the plan configuration details of Google Cloud resources at the time of backup. # Output only. Configuration for a Google Cloud resource. "backupPlan": "A String", # Resource name of backup plan by which workload is protected at the time of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # The user friendly id of the backup plan revision which triggered this backup in case of scheduled backup or used for on demand backup. @@ -962,6 +968,9 @@

Method Details

"enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. + "filestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties represents the properties of a Filestore instance that are backed up by the datasource. . # Output only. Filestore specific backup properties. + "sourceInstance": "A String", # Output only. The source instance of the backup. + }, "gcpBackupPlanInfo": { # GCPBackupPlanInfo captures the plan configuration details of Google Cloud resources at the time of backup. # Output only. Configuration for a Google Cloud resource. "backupPlan": "A String", # Resource name of backup plan by which workload is protected at the time of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # The user friendly id of the backup plan revision which triggered this backup in case of scheduled backup or used for on demand backup. @@ -1249,6 +1258,9 @@

Method Details

"enforcedRetentionEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The backup can not be deleted before this time. "etag": "A String", # Optional. Server specified ETag to prevent updates from overwriting each other. "expireTime": "A String", # Optional. When this backup is automatically expired. + "filestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties represents the properties of a Filestore instance that are backed up by the datasource. . # Output only. Filestore specific backup properties. + "sourceInstance": "A String", # Output only. The source instance of the backup. + }, "gcpBackupPlanInfo": { # GCPBackupPlanInfo captures the plan configuration details of Google Cloud resources at the time of backup. # Output only. Configuration for a Google Cloud resource. "backupPlan": "A String", # Resource name of backup plan by which workload is protected at the time of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupPlans/{backupPlanId} "backupPlanRevisionId": "A String", # The user friendly id of the backup plan revision which triggered this backup in case of scheduled backup or used for on demand backup. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html index eb9dd86fb1..8a53c6eef4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.backupVaults.dataSources.html @@ -328,6 +328,10 @@

Method Details

"sizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. "type": "A String", # The type of the disk. }, + "filestoreInstanceDatasourceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSource. . # Output only. FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties has a subset of FileStore instance properties that are useful at the Datasource level. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource. "location": "A String", # Location of the resource: //"global"/"unspecified". "type": "A String", # The type of the Google Cloud resource. Use the Unified Resource Type, eg. compute.googleapis.com/Instance. @@ -469,6 +473,10 @@

Method Details

"sizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. "type": "A String", # The type of the disk. }, + "filestoreInstanceDatasourceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSource. . # Output only. FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties has a subset of FileStore instance properties that are useful at the Datasource level. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource. "location": "A String", # Location of the resource: //"global"/"unspecified". "type": "A String", # The type of the Google Cloud resource. Use the Unified Resource Type, eg. compute.googleapis.com/Instance. @@ -590,6 +598,10 @@

Method Details

"sizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. "type": "A String", # The type of the disk. }, + "filestoreInstanceDatasourceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSource. . # Output only. FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties has a subset of FileStore instance properties that are useful at the Datasource level. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource. "location": "A String", # Location of the resource: //"global"/"unspecified". "type": "A String", # The type of the Google Cloud resource. Use the Unified Resource Type, eg. compute.googleapis.com/Instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html index 62da8e12b1..73510c710a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/backupdr_v1.projects.locations.dataSourceReferences.html @@ -138,6 +138,10 @@

Method Details

"instanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The tier (or machine type) for this instance. Example: `db-custom-1-3840` "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Cloud SQL instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} }, + "filestoreInstanceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. . # Output only. The properties of the Filestore instance. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance @@ -197,6 +201,10 @@

Method Details

"instanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The tier (or machine type) for this instance. Example: `db-custom-1-3840` "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Cloud SQL instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} }, + "filestoreInstanceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. . # Output only. The properties of the Filestore instance. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance @@ -245,6 +253,10 @@

Method Details

"instanceTier": "A String", # Output only. The tier (or machine type) for this instance. Example: `db-custom-1-3840` "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Cloud SQL instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} }, + "filestoreInstanceProperties": { # FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. . # Output only. The properties of the Filestore instance. + "instanceCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The instance creation timestamp. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance} + }, "gcpResourcename": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance} "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: //"global"/"unspecified" "type": "A String", # Output only. The type of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: compute.googleapis.com/Instance diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html index 85f6f55287..75d6e2deb3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.html
index 2353cff8a0..03eaf633c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html
index 2ba5b4cbc1..6fbd470d1d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html
@@ -180,6 +180,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -239,7 +240,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }
@@ -288,6 +289,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -347,7 +349,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. } accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Requests with conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. @@ -395,6 +397,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -454,7 +457,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }
@@ -479,6 +482,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response format for a page of results when listing datasets. "datasets": [ # An array of the dataset resources in the project. Each resource contains basic information. For full information about a particular dataset resource, use the Datasets: get method. This property is omitted when there are no datasets in the project. { # A dataset resource with only a subset of fields, to be returned in a list of datasets. + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset. * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # The dataset reference. Use this property to access specific parts of the dataset's ID, such as project ID or dataset ID. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. "projectId": "A String", # Optional. The ID of the project containing this dataset. @@ -494,6 +498,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "location": "A String", # The geographic location where the dataset resides. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `Dataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }, ], "etag": "A String", # Output only. A hash value of the results page. You can use this property to determine if the page has changed since the last request. @@ -565,6 +570,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -624,7 +630,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. } accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. @@ -678,6 +684,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -737,7 +744,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }
@@ -799,6 +806,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -858,7 +866,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }
@@ -908,6 +916,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -967,7 +976,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. } accessPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The version of the provided access policy schema. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. This version refers to the schema version of the access policy and not the version of access policy. This field's value can be equal or more than the access policy schema provided in the request. For example, * Operations updating conditional access policy binding in datasets must specify version 3. Some of the operations are : - Adding a new access policy entry with condition. - Removing an access policy entry with condition. - Updating an access policy entry with condition. * But dataset with no conditional role bindings in access policy may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. If unset or if 0 or 1 value is used for dataset with conditional bindings, request will be rejected. This field will be mapped to IAM Policy version (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#versions) and will be used to set policy in IAM. @@ -1021,6 +1030,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "catalogSource": "A String", # Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "datasetReference": { # Identifier for a dataset. # Required. A reference that identifies the dataset. "datasetId": "A String", # Required. A unique ID for this dataset, without the project name. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_). The maximum length is 1,024 characters. @@ -1080,7 +1090,7 @@

Method Details

"tagValue": "A String", # Required. The friendly short name of the tag value, e.g. "production". }, ], - "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog. + "type": "A String", # Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html index 88b8315ba5..3d7ff425bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html @@ -277,6 +277,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -319,7 +327,7 @@

Method Details

}, "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). @@ -533,6 +541,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -562,7 +578,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -725,6 +741,30 @@

Method Details

"slotMs": "A String", # External service cost in terms of bigquery slot milliseconds. }, ], + "genAiStats": { # GenAi stats for the query job. # Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query. + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls. # Job level error stats across all GenAi functions + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars) + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionStats": [ # Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview + { # Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query. + "costOptimizationStats": { # Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call. # Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function. + "message": "A String", # System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state. + "numCostOptimizedRows": "A String", # Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow. + }, + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call. # Error stats for the function. + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars). + "A String", + ], + "numFailedRows": "A String", # Number of failed rows processed by the function + }, + "functionName": "A String", # Name of the function. + "numProcessedRows": "A String", # Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows. + "prompt": "A String", # User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars). + }, + ], + }, "incrementalResultStats": { # Statistics related to Incremental Query Results. Populated as part of JobStatistics2. This feature is not yet available. # Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available. "disabledReason": "A String", # Output only. Reason why incremental query results are/were not written by the query. "disabledReasonDetails": "A String", # Output only. Additional human-readable clarification, if available, for DisabledReason. @@ -1412,6 +1452,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1812,6 +1860,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1854,7 +1910,7 @@

Method Details

}, "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). @@ -2068,6 +2124,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -2097,7 +2161,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -2260,6 +2324,30 @@

Method Details

"slotMs": "A String", # External service cost in terms of bigquery slot milliseconds. }, ], + "genAiStats": { # GenAi stats for the query job. # Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query. + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls. # Job level error stats across all GenAi functions + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars) + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionStats": [ # Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview + { # Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query. + "costOptimizationStats": { # Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call. # Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function. + "message": "A String", # System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state. + "numCostOptimizedRows": "A String", # Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow. + }, + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call. # Error stats for the function. + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars). + "A String", + ], + "numFailedRows": "A String", # Number of failed rows processed by the function + }, + "functionName": "A String", # Name of the function. + "numProcessedRows": "A String", # Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows. + "prompt": "A String", # User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars). + }, + ], + }, "incrementalResultStats": { # Statistics related to Incremental Query Results. Populated as part of JobStatistics2. This feature is not yet available. # Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available. "disabledReason": "A String", # Output only. Reason why incremental query results are/were not written by the query. "disabledReasonDetails": "A String", # Output only. Additional human-readable clarification, if available, for DisabledReason. @@ -2947,6 +3035,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3230,6 +3326,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3435,6 +3539,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3477,7 +3589,7 @@

Method Details

}, "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). @@ -3691,6 +3803,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3720,7 +3840,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -3883,6 +4003,30 @@

Method Details

"slotMs": "A String", # External service cost in terms of bigquery slot milliseconds. }, ], + "genAiStats": { # GenAi stats for the query job. # Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query. + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls. # Job level error stats across all GenAi functions + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars) + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionStats": [ # Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview + { # Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query. + "costOptimizationStats": { # Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call. # Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function. + "message": "A String", # System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state. + "numCostOptimizedRows": "A String", # Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow. + }, + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call. # Error stats for the function. + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars). + "A String", + ], + "numFailedRows": "A String", # Number of failed rows processed by the function + }, + "functionName": "A String", # Name of the function. + "numProcessedRows": "A String", # Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows. + "prompt": "A String", # User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars). + }, + ], + }, "incrementalResultStats": { # Statistics related to Incremental Query Results. Populated as part of JobStatistics2. This feature is not yet available. # Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available. "disabledReason": "A String", # Output only. Reason why incremental query results are/were not written by the query. "disabledReasonDetails": "A String", # Output only. Additional human-readable clarification, if available, for DisabledReason. @@ -4570,6 +4714,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -4941,6 +5093,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -4983,7 +5143,7 @@

Method Details

}, "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). @@ -5197,6 +5357,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -5226,7 +5394,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -5389,6 +5557,30 @@

Method Details

"slotMs": "A String", # External service cost in terms of bigquery slot milliseconds. }, ], + "genAiStats": { # GenAi stats for the query job. # Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query. + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls. # Job level error stats across all GenAi functions + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars) + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionStats": [ # Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview + { # Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query. + "costOptimizationStats": { # Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call. # Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function. + "message": "A String", # System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state. + "numCostOptimizedRows": "A String", # Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow. + }, + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call. # Error stats for the function. + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars). + "A String", + ], + "numFailedRows": "A String", # Number of failed rows processed by the function + }, + "functionName": "A String", # Name of the function. + "numProcessedRows": "A String", # Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows. + "prompt": "A String", # User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars). + }, + ], + }, "incrementalResultStats": { # Statistics related to Incremental Query Results. Populated as part of JobStatistics2. This feature is not yet available. # Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available. "disabledReason": "A String", # Output only. Reason why incremental query results are/were not written by the query. "disabledReasonDetails": "A String", # Output only. Additional human-readable clarification, if available, for DisabledReason. @@ -6076,6 +6268,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -6470,6 +6670,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -6512,7 +6720,7 @@

Method Details

}, "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Default time zone that will apply when parsing timestamp values that have no specific time zone. "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Date format used for parsing TIMESTAMP values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], "useAvroLogicalTypes": True or False, # Optional. If sourceFormat is set to "AVRO", indicates whether to interpret logical types as the corresponding BigQuery data type (for example, TIMESTAMP), instead of using the raw type (for example, INTEGER). @@ -6726,6 +6934,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -6755,7 +6971,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -6920,6 +7136,30 @@

Method Details

"slotMs": "A String", # External service cost in terms of bigquery slot milliseconds. }, ], + "genAiStats": { # GenAi stats for the query job. # Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query. + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls. # Job level error stats across all GenAi functions + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars) + "A String", + ], + }, + "functionStats": [ # Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview + { # Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query. + "costOptimizationStats": { # Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call. # Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function. + "message": "A String", # System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state. + "numCostOptimizedRows": "A String", # Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow. + }, + "errorStats": { # Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call. # Error stats for the function. + "errors": [ # A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars). + "A String", + ], + "numFailedRows": "A String", # Number of failed rows processed by the function + }, + "functionName": "A String", # Name of the function. + "numProcessedRows": "A String", # Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows. + "prompt": "A String", # User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars). + }, + ], + }, "incrementalResultStats": { # Statistics related to Incremental Query Results. Populated as part of JobStatistics2. This feature is not yet available. # Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available. "disabledReason": "A String", # Output only. Reason why incremental query results are/were not written by the query. "disabledReasonDetails": "A String", # Output only. Additional human-readable clarification, if available, for DisabledReason. @@ -7607,6 +7847,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -7987,6 +8235,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.projects.html index 222e30c048..f3823935ae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.projects.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # A hash of the page of results. "kind": "bigquery#projectList", # The resource type of the response. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Use this token to request the next page of results. - "projects": [ # Projects to which the user has at least READ access. + "projects": [ # Projects to which the user has at least READ access. This field can be omitted if `totalItems` is 0. { # Information about a single project. "friendlyName": "A String", # A descriptive name for this project. A wrapper is used here because friendlyName can be set to the empty string. "id": "A String", # An opaque ID of this project. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html index 4c88ae57c7..8e9090dba6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html @@ -164,6 +164,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. @@ -338,6 +350,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. @@ -453,6 +477,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. @@ -583,6 +619,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. @@ -833,6 +881,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. @@ -948,6 +1008,18 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The name of this argument. Can be absent for function return argument. }, ], + "buildStatus": { # The status of a routine build. # Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages) + "buildDuration": "A String", # Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails. + "buildState": "A String", # Output only. The current build state of the routine. + "buildStateUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the build state was updated last. + "errorResult": { # Error details. # Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed. + "debugInfo": "A String", # Debugging information. This property is internal to Google and should not be used. + "location": "A String", # Specifies where the error occurred, if present. + "message": "A String", # A human-readable description of the error. + "reason": "A String", # A short error code that summarizes the error. + }, + "imageSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch. "dataGovernanceType": "A String", # Optional. If set to `DATA_MASKING`, the function is validated and made available as a masking function. For more information, see [Create custom masking routines](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/user-defined-functions#custom-mask). "definitionBody": "A String", # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If `language = "SQL"`, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, "\n", y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, "\n", y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If `language="JAVASCRIPT"`, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS 'return "\n";\n'` The definition_body is `return "\n";\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks. If `definition_body` references another routine, then that routine must be fully qualified with its project ID. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html index 4ecf55e741..a43b26573c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html @@ -302,6 +302,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -331,7 +339,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -459,6 +467,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -807,6 +823,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -836,7 +860,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -964,6 +988,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1253,6 +1285,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1282,7 +1322,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -1410,6 +1450,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1807,6 +1855,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -1836,7 +1892,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -1964,6 +2020,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -2254,6 +2318,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -2283,7 +2355,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -2411,6 +2483,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -2819,6 +2899,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -2848,7 +2936,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -2976,6 +3064,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3266,6 +3362,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. @@ -3295,7 +3399,7 @@

Method Details

"timeFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIME values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. Time zone used when parsing timestamp values that do not have specific time zone information (e.g. 2024-04-20 12:34:56). The expected format is a IANA timezone string (e.g. America/Los_Angeles). "timestampFormat": "A String", # Optional. Format used to parse TIMESTAMP values. Supports C-style and SQL-style values. - "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. + "timestampTargetPrecision": [ # Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated. 42, ], }, @@ -3423,6 +3527,14 @@

Method Details

# Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema ], "foreignTypeDefinition": "A String", # Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required. + "generatedColumn": { # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). # Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). + "generatedExpressionInfo": { # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. # Definition of the expression used to generate the field. + "asynchronous": True or False, # Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously. + "generationExpression": "A String", # Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field. + "stored": True or False, # Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table. + }, + "generatedMode": "A String", # Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field. + }, "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = "STRING", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = "BYTES", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ "STRING" and ≠ "BYTES". "mode": "A String", # Optional. The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE. "name": "A String", # Required. The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.html index 7ad4e4fd8b..5d09d9102f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.html
index cadeb72576..f6d21db655 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.html
@@ -176,6 +176,7 @@ 

Method Details

"instance": { # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. # Required. The instance to create. Fields marked `OutputOnly` must be left blank. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -256,6 +257,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -349,6 +351,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -392,6 +395,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -562,6 +566,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -586,6 +591,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of Bigtable Tables and the resources that serve them. All tables in an instance are served from all Clusters in the instance. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. A commit timestamp representing when this Instance was created. For instances created before this field was added (August 2021), this value is `seconds: 0, nanos: 1`. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion. + "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details. "labels": { # Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate metrics. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `\p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62}`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression: `[\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63}`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given resource. * Keys and values must both be under 128 bytes. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html index ece6e9c093..6444de439e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html @@ -249,6 +249,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -457,6 +459,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -748,6 +752,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -1031,6 +1037,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -1230,6 +1238,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -1357,6 +1367,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -1524,6 +1536,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. @@ -1732,6 +1746,8 @@

Method Details

"elementType": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the elements in the array. This must not be `Array`. }, "boolType": { # bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`. # Bool + "encoding": { # Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. + }, }, "bytesType": { # Bytes Values of type `Bytes` are stored in `Value.bytes_value`. # Bytes "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html index 5112b12e91..a81233eeb9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html @@ -273,9 +273,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -665,9 +665,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -954,9 +954,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1203,9 +1203,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1431,9 +1431,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html index cc36aa9666..c92f2cf6c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html @@ -83,6 +83,9 @@

Instance Methods

runSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent within a session.

+

+ streamRunSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.

Method Details

close() @@ -130,6 +133,276 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for SessionService.RunSession. "config": { # The configuration for the session. # Required. The configuration for the session. "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}` + "enableTextStreaming": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession. + "entryAgent": "A String", # Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + "historicalContexts": [ # Optional. The historical context of the session, including user inputs, agent responses, and other messages. Typically, CES agent would manage session automatically so client doesn't need to explicitly populate this field. However, client can optionally override the historical contexts to force the session start from certain state. + { # A message within a conversation. + "chunks": [ # Optional. Content of the message as a series of chunks. + { # A chunk of content within a message. + "agentTransfer": { # Represents an event indicating the transfer of a conversation to a different agent. # Optional. Agent transfer event. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the agent. + "targetAgent": "A String", # Required. The agent to which the conversation is being transferred. The agent will handle the conversation from this point forward. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + }, + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "defaultVariables": { # A struct represents default variables at the start of the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "payload": { # Optional. Custom payload data. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data. + "toolCall": { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. # Optional. Tool execution request. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "toolResponse": { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. # Optional. Tool execution response. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "transcript": "A String", # Optional. Transcript associated with the audio. + "updatedVariables": { # A struct represents variables that were updated in the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when the message was sent or received. Should not be used if the message is part of an example. + "role": "A String", # Optional. The role within the conversation, e.g., user, agent. + }, + ], + "inputAudioConfig": { # InputAudioConfig configures how the CES agent should interpret the incoming audio data. # Optional. Configuration for processing the input audio. + "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The encoding of the input audio data. + "noiseSuppressionLevel": "A String", # Optional. Whether to enable noise suppression on the input audio. Available values are "low", "moderate", "high", "very_high". + "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Required. The sample rate (in Hertz) of the input audio data. + }, + "outputAudioConfig": { # OutputAudioConfig configures how the CES agent should synthesize outgoing audio responses. # Optional. Configuration for generating the output audio. + "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The encoding of the output audio data. + "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Required. The sample rate (in Hertz) of the output audio data. + }, + "remoteDialogflowQueryParameters": { # [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters) to send to the remote [Dialogflow](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/console-conversational-agents) agent when the session control is transferred to the remote agent. # Optional. [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters) to send to the remote [Dialogflow](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/console-conversational-agents) agent when the session control is transferred to the remote agent. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. The end user metadata to be sent in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "payload": { # Optional. The payload to be sent in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "webhookHeaders": { # Optional. The HTTP headers to be sent as webhook_headers in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. The time zone of the user. If provided, the agent will use the time zone for date and time related variables. Otherwise, the agent will use the time zone specified in the App.time_zone_settings. The format is the IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/Los_Angeles". + "useToolFakes": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use tool fakes for the session. If this field is set, the agent will attempt use tool fakes instead of calling the real tools. + }, + "inputs": [ # Required. Inputs for the session. + { # Input for the session. + "audio": "A String", # Optional. Audio data from the end user. + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data from the end user. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "dtmf": "A String", # Optional. DTMF digits from the end user. + "event": { # Event input. # Optional. Event input. + "event": "A String", # Required. The name of the event. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data from the end user. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data from the end user. + "toolResponses": { # Execution results for the requested tool calls from the client. # Optional. Execution results for the tool calls from the client. + "toolResponses": [ # Optional. The list of tool execution results. + { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + ], + }, + "variables": { # Optional. Contextual variables for the session, keyed by name. Only variables declared in the app will be used by the CES agent. Unrecognized variables will still be sent to the Dialogflow agent as additional session parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. A flag to indicate if the current message is a fragment of a larger input in the bidi streaming session. When set to `true`, the agent defers processing until it receives a subsequent message where `will_continue` is `false`, or until the system detects an endpoint in the audio input. NOTE: This field does not apply to audio and DTMF inputs, as they are always processed automatically based on the endpointing signal. + }, + ], +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Response message for SessionService.RunSession. + "outputs": [ # Outputs for the session. + { # Output for the session. + "audio": "A String", # Output audio from the CES agent. + "citations": { # Citations associated with the agent response. # Citations that provide the source information for the agent's generated text. + "citedChunks": [ # List of cited pieces of information. + { # Piece of cited information. + "text": "A String", # Text used for citation. + "title": "A String", # Title of the cited document. + "uri": "A String", # URI used for citation. + }, + ], + }, + "diagnosticInfo": { # Contains execution details during the processing. # Optional. Diagnostic information contains execution details during the processing of the input. Only populated in the last SessionOutput (with `turn_completed=true`) for each turn. + "messages": [ # List of the messages that happened during the processing. + { # A message within a conversation. + "chunks": [ # Optional. Content of the message as a series of chunks. + { # A chunk of content within a message. + "agentTransfer": { # Represents an event indicating the transfer of a conversation to a different agent. # Optional. Agent transfer event. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the agent. + "targetAgent": "A String", # Required. The agent to which the conversation is being transferred. The agent will handle the conversation from this point forward. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + }, + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "defaultVariables": { # A struct represents default variables at the start of the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "payload": { # Optional. Custom payload data. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data. + "toolCall": { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. # Optional. Tool execution request. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "toolResponse": { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. # Optional. Tool execution response. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "transcript": "A String", # Optional. Transcript associated with the audio. + "updatedVariables": { # A struct represents variables that were updated in the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when the message was sent or received. Should not be used if the message is part of an example. + "role": "A String", # Optional. The role within the conversation, e.g., user, agent. + }, + ], + "rootSpan": { # A span is a unit of work or a single operation during the request processing. # A trace of the entire request processing, represented as a root span. This span can contain nested child spans for specific operations. + "attributes": { # Output only. Key-value attributes associated with the span. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "childSpans": [ # Output only. The child spans that are nested under this span. + # Object with schema name: Span + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the span. + "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of the span. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the span. + "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of the span. + }, + }, + "endSession": { # Indicates the session has terminated, due to either successful completion (e.g. user says "Good bye!" ) or an agent escalation. The agent will not process any further inputs after session is terminated and the client should half-close and disconnect after receiving all remaining responses from the agent. # Indicates the session has ended. + "metadata": { # Optional. Provides additional information about the end session signal, such as the reason for ending the session. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "googleSearchSuggestions": { # Search suggestions from Google Search Tool. # The suggestions returned from Google Search as a result of invoking the GoogleSearchTool. + "htmls": [ # Compliant HTML and CSS styling for search suggestions. The provided HTML and CSS automatically adapts to your device settings, displaying in either light or dark mode indicated by `@media(prefers-color-scheme)`. + "A String", + ], + "webSearchQueries": [ # List of queries used to perform the google search along with the search result URIs forming the search suggestions. + { # Represents a single web search query and its associated search uri. + "query": "A String", # The search query text. + "uri": "A String", # The URI to the Google Search results page for the query. + }, + ], + }, + "payload": { # Custom payload with structured output from the CES agent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Output text from the CES agent. + "toolCalls": { # Request for the client to execute the tools and return the execution results before continuing the session. # Request for the client to execute the tools. + "toolCalls": [ # Optional. The list of tool calls to execute. + { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + ], + }, + "turnCompleted": True or False, # If true, the CES agent has detected the end of the current conversation turn and will provide no further output for this turn. + "turnIndex": 42, # Indicates the sequential order of conversation turn to which this output belongs to, starting from 1. + }, + ], +}
+
+ +
+ streamRunSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.
+
+Args:
+  session: string, Required. The unique identifier of the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/sessions/{session}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SessionService.RunSession.
+  "config": { # The configuration for the session. # Required. The configuration for the session.
+    "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}`
+    "enableTextStreaming": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession.
     "entryAgent": "A String", # Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`
     "historicalContexts": [ # Optional. The historical context of the session, including user inputs, agent responses, and other messages. Typically, CES agent would manage session automatically so client doesn't need to explicitly populate this field. However, client can optionally override the historical contexts to force the session start from certain state.
       { # A message within a conversation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
index e775f14632..d852d72983 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
@@ -516,7 +516,12 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -976,7 +981,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1462,7 +1472,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1935,7 +1950,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2412,7 +2432,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2872,7 +2897,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html index 367fe365d1..90b1141f81 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html @@ -1432,7 +1432,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html index f2c39aeeec..f307a8fe66 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html @@ -333,9 +333,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1028,7 +1028,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1440,9 +1445,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -2135,7 +2140,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2572,9 +2582,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -3267,7 +3277,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -3691,9 +3706,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -4386,7 +4401,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html index 30e3ac04bf..282a172c0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html @@ -326,9 +326,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -737,9 +737,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1096,9 +1096,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1364,9 +1364,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1611,9 +1611,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html index af5f7cde1f..dc5da4701d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.sessions.html @@ -83,6 +83,9 @@

Instance Methods

runSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent within a session.

+

+ streamRunSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.

Method Details

close() @@ -130,6 +133,276 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for SessionService.RunSession. "config": { # The configuration for the session. # Required. The configuration for the session. "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}` + "enableTextStreaming": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession. + "entryAgent": "A String", # Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + "historicalContexts": [ # Optional. The historical context of the session, including user inputs, agent responses, and other messages. Typically, CES agent would manage session automatically so client doesn't need to explicitly populate this field. However, client can optionally override the historical contexts to force the session start from certain state. + { # A message within a conversation. + "chunks": [ # Optional. Content of the message as a series of chunks. + { # A chunk of content within a message. + "agentTransfer": { # Represents an event indicating the transfer of a conversation to a different agent. # Optional. Agent transfer event. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the agent. + "targetAgent": "A String", # Required. The agent to which the conversation is being transferred. The agent will handle the conversation from this point forward. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + }, + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "defaultVariables": { # A struct represents default variables at the start of the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "payload": { # Optional. Custom payload data. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data. + "toolCall": { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. # Optional. Tool execution request. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "toolResponse": { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. # Optional. Tool execution response. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "transcript": "A String", # Optional. Transcript associated with the audio. + "updatedVariables": { # A struct represents variables that were updated in the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when the message was sent or received. Should not be used if the message is part of an example. + "role": "A String", # Optional. The role within the conversation, e.g., user, agent. + }, + ], + "inputAudioConfig": { # InputAudioConfig configures how the CES agent should interpret the incoming audio data. # Optional. Configuration for processing the input audio. + "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The encoding of the input audio data. + "noiseSuppressionLevel": "A String", # Optional. Whether to enable noise suppression on the input audio. Available values are "low", "moderate", "high", "very_high". + "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Required. The sample rate (in Hertz) of the input audio data. + }, + "outputAudioConfig": { # OutputAudioConfig configures how the CES agent should synthesize outgoing audio responses. # Optional. Configuration for generating the output audio. + "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The encoding of the output audio data. + "sampleRateHertz": 42, # Required. The sample rate (in Hertz) of the output audio data. + }, + "remoteDialogflowQueryParameters": { # [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters) to send to the remote [Dialogflow](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/console-conversational-agents) agent when the session control is transferred to the remote agent. # Optional. [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters) to send to the remote [Dialogflow](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/console-conversational-agents) agent when the session control is transferred to the remote agent. + "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. The end user metadata to be sent in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "payload": { # Optional. The payload to be sent in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "webhookHeaders": { # Optional. The HTTP headers to be sent as webhook_headers in [QueryParameters](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.cx.v3#queryparameters). + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "timeZone": "A String", # Optional. The time zone of the user. If provided, the agent will use the time zone for date and time related variables. Otherwise, the agent will use the time zone specified in the App.time_zone_settings. The format is the IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/Los_Angeles". + "useToolFakes": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use tool fakes for the session. If this field is set, the agent will attempt use tool fakes instead of calling the real tools. + }, + "inputs": [ # Required. Inputs for the session. + { # Input for the session. + "audio": "A String", # Optional. Audio data from the end user. + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data from the end user. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "dtmf": "A String", # Optional. DTMF digits from the end user. + "event": { # Event input. # Optional. Event input. + "event": "A String", # Required. The name of the event. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data from the end user. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data from the end user. + "toolResponses": { # Execution results for the requested tool calls from the client. # Optional. Execution results for the tool calls from the client. + "toolResponses": [ # Optional. The list of tool execution results. + { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + ], + }, + "variables": { # Optional. Contextual variables for the session, keyed by name. Only variables declared in the app will be used by the CES agent. Unrecognized variables will still be sent to the Dialogflow agent as additional session parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "willContinue": True or False, # Optional. A flag to indicate if the current message is a fragment of a larger input in the bidi streaming session. When set to `true`, the agent defers processing until it receives a subsequent message where `will_continue` is `false`, or until the system detects an endpoint in the audio input. NOTE: This field does not apply to audio and DTMF inputs, as they are always processed automatically based on the endpointing signal. + }, + ], +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Response message for SessionService.RunSession. + "outputs": [ # Outputs for the session. + { # Output for the session. + "audio": "A String", # Output audio from the CES agent. + "citations": { # Citations associated with the agent response. # Citations that provide the source information for the agent's generated text. + "citedChunks": [ # List of cited pieces of information. + { # Piece of cited information. + "text": "A String", # Text used for citation. + "title": "A String", # Title of the cited document. + "uri": "A String", # URI used for citation. + }, + ], + }, + "diagnosticInfo": { # Contains execution details during the processing. # Optional. Diagnostic information contains execution details during the processing of the input. Only populated in the last SessionOutput (with `turn_completed=true`) for each turn. + "messages": [ # List of the messages that happened during the processing. + { # A message within a conversation. + "chunks": [ # Optional. Content of the message as a series of chunks. + { # A chunk of content within a message. + "agentTransfer": { # Represents an event indicating the transfer of a conversation to a different agent. # Optional. Agent transfer event. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the agent. + "targetAgent": "A String", # Required. The agent to which the conversation is being transferred. The agent will handle the conversation from this point forward. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}` + }, + "blob": { # Represents a blob input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Blob data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the blob. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "defaultVariables": { # A struct represents default variables at the start of the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "image": { # Represents an image input or output in the conversation. # Optional. Image data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes of the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. Supported image types includes: * image/png * image/jpeg * image/webp + }, + "payload": { # Optional. Custom payload data. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text data. + "toolCall": { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. # Optional. Tool execution request. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "toolResponse": { # The execution result of a specific tool from the client or the agent. # Optional. Tool execution response. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The matching ID of the tool call the response is for. + "response": { # Required. The tool execution result in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify tool response and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as tool execution result. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool that got executed. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + "transcript": "A String", # Optional. Transcript associated with the audio. + "updatedVariables": { # A struct represents variables that were updated in the conversation, keyed by variable names. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + ], + "eventTime": "A String", # Optional. Timestamp when the message was sent or received. Should not be used if the message is part of an example. + "role": "A String", # Optional. The role within the conversation, e.g., user, agent. + }, + ], + "rootSpan": { # A span is a unit of work or a single operation during the request processing. # A trace of the entire request processing, represented as a root span. This span can contain nested child spans for specific operations. + "attributes": { # Output only. Key-value attributes associated with the span. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "childSpans": [ # Output only. The child spans that are nested under this span. + # Object with schema name: Span + ], + "duration": "A String", # Output only. The duration of the span. + "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of the span. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the span. + "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of the span. + }, + }, + "endSession": { # Indicates the session has terminated, due to either successful completion (e.g. user says "Good bye!" ) or an agent escalation. The agent will not process any further inputs after session is terminated and the client should half-close and disconnect after receiving all remaining responses from the agent. # Indicates the session has ended. + "metadata": { # Optional. Provides additional information about the end session signal, such as the reason for ending the session. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "googleSearchSuggestions": { # Search suggestions from Google Search Tool. # The suggestions returned from Google Search as a result of invoking the GoogleSearchTool. + "htmls": [ # Compliant HTML and CSS styling for search suggestions. The provided HTML and CSS automatically adapts to your device settings, displaying in either light or dark mode indicated by `@media(prefers-color-scheme)`. + "A String", + ], + "webSearchQueries": [ # List of queries used to perform the google search along with the search result URIs forming the search suggestions. + { # Represents a single web search query and its associated search uri. + "query": "A String", # The search query text. + "uri": "A String", # The URI to the Google Search results page for the query. + }, + ], + }, + "payload": { # Custom payload with structured output from the CES agent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "text": "A String", # Output text from the CES agent. + "toolCalls": { # Request for the client to execute the tools and return the execution results before continuing the session. # Request for the client to execute the tools. + "toolCalls": [ # Optional. The list of tool calls to execute. + { # Request for the client or the agent to execute the specified tool. + "args": { # Optional. The input parameters and values for the tool in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the tool. + "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the tool call. If populated, the client should return the execution result with the matching ID in ToolResponse. + "tool": "A String", # Optional. The name of the tool to execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/tools/{tool}` + "toolsetTool": { # A tool that is created from a toolset. # Optional. The toolset tool to execute. + "toolId": "A String", # Optional. The tool ID to filter the tools to retrieve the schema for. + "toolset": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Toolset from which this tool is derived. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/toolsets/{toolset}` + }, + }, + ], + }, + "turnCompleted": True or False, # If true, the CES agent has detected the end of the current conversation turn and will provide no further output for this turn. + "turnIndex": 42, # Indicates the sequential order of conversation turn to which this output belongs to, starting from 1. + }, + ], +}
+
+ +
+ streamRunSession(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.
+
+Args:
+  session: string, Required. The unique identifier of the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/sessions/{session}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SessionService.RunSession.
+  "config": { # The configuration for the session. # Required. The configuration for the session.
+    "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}`
+    "enableTextStreaming": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession.
     "entryAgent": "A String", # Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`
     "historicalContexts": [ # Optional. The historical context of the session, including user inputs, agent responses, and other messages. Typically, CES agent would manage session automatically so client doesn't need to explicitly populate this field. However, client can optionally override the historical contexts to force the session start from certain state.
       { # A message within a conversation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
index 36724936f6..edf52d8014 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html
@@ -516,7 +516,12 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -976,7 +981,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1462,7 +1472,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1935,7 +1950,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2412,7 +2432,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2872,7 +2897,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html index 78e8bde783..8e83dfe6ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html @@ -1432,7 +1432,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html index d4e9b0b015..0d78c5e1b8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html @@ -352,9 +352,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -1047,7 +1047,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -1478,9 +1483,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -2173,7 +2178,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -2629,9 +2639,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -3324,7 +3334,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. @@ -3767,9 +3782,9 @@

Method Details

"gcsPathPrefix": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud Storage path prefix for audio recordings. This prefix can include the following placeholders, which will be dynamically substituted at serving time: - $project: project ID - $location: app location - $app: app ID - $date: session date in YYYY-MM-DD format - $session: session ID If the path prefix is not specified, the default prefix `$project/$location/$app/$date/$session/` will be used. }, "bigqueryExportSettings": { # Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the BigQuery export behaviors for the app. The conversation data will be exported to BigQuery tables if it is enabled. - "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to. + "dataset": "A String", # Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether the BigQuery export is enabled. - "project": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. + "project": "A String", # Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. }, "cloudLoggingSettings": { # Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. # Optional. Settings to describe the Cloud Logging behaviors for the app. "enableCloudLogging": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable Cloud Logging for the sessions. @@ -4462,7 +4477,12 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of the data mapping. - "pythonScript": "A String", # Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings. + "pythonFunction": { # A Python function tool. # Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the Python function, parsed from the python code's docstring. + "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Python function to execute. Must match a Python function name defined in the python code. Case sensitive. If the name is not provided, the first function defined in the python code will be used. + "pythonCode": "A String", # Optional. The Python code to execute for the tool. + }, + "pythonScript": "A String", # Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead. "sourceToolName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the tool that provides the data for the widget (e.g., a search tool or a custom function). Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}/tools/{tool}` }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the widget tool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html index d399de58bd..f18c26dd98 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html @@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -5978,7 +5978,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -9032,7 +9032,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -12074,7 +12074,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -15121,7 +15121,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -18151,7 +18151,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -21181,7 +21181,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -24211,7 +24211,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html index 1d07eaf02c..a644dd8a47 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html @@ -3057,7 +3057,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -6082,7 +6082,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -9107,7 +9107,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -12130,7 +12130,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -15151,7 +15151,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -18172,7 +18172,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -21610,7 +21610,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -24635,7 +24635,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -27660,7 +27660,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -30683,7 +30683,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -33704,7 +33704,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. @@ -36725,7 +36725,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "fallbackText": "A String", # Optional. A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards can't be displayed—for example, mobile notifications. - "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) + "formattedText": "A String", # Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text—for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`—for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)—for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message) "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the message was last edited by a user. If the message has never been edited, this field is empty. "matchedUrl": { # A matched URL in a Chat message. Chat apps can preview matched URLs. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/preview-links). # Output only. A URL in the Chat message `text` field that matches a link preview pattern. For more information, see [Preview links](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/preview-links). "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL that was matched. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.html index b00ac830d6..b363a6de3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Google Chat API . users

Instance Methods

+

+ sections() +

+

Returns the sections Resource.

+

spaces()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63314e4479 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.html @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ + + + +

Google Chat API . users . sections

+

Instance Methods

+

+ items() +

+

Returns the items Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Creates a section in Google Chat. Sections help users group conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be created. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Deletes a section of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. If the section contains items, such as spaces, the items are moved to Google Chat's default sections and are not deleted. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists sections available to the Chat user. Sections help users group their conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Updates a section. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be updated. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`

+

+ position(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Changes the sort order of a section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Creates a section in Google Chat. Sections help users group conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be created. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name where the section is created. Format: `users/{user}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+  "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+  "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+  "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+  "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Deletes a section of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. If the section contains items, such as spaces, the items are moved to Google Chat's default sections and are not deleted. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the section to delete. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists sections available to the Chat user. Sections help users group their conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which is the user resource name that owns this collection of sections. Only supports listing sections for the calling user. To refer to the calling user, set one of the following: - The `me` alias. For example, `users/me`. - Their Workspace email address. For example, `users/user@example.com`. - Their user id. For example, `users/123456789`. Format: `users/{user}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of sections to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 sections will be returned. The maximum value is 100. If you use a value more than 100, it's automatically changed to 100. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous list sections call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided should match the call that provided the page token. Passing different values to the other parameters might lead to unexpected results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for listing sections. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "sections": [ # The sections from the specified user.
+    { # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+      "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Updates a section. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be updated. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+  "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+  "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The mask to specify which fields to update. Currently supported field paths: - `display_name`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+  "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+  "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+}
+
+ +
+ position(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Changes the sort order of a section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the section to position. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for positioning a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "relativePosition": "A String", # Optional. The relative position of the section in the list of sections.
+  "sortOrder": 42, # Optional. The absolute position of the section in the list of sections. The position must be greater than 0. If the position is greater than the number of sections, the section will be appended to the end of the list. This operation inserts the section at the given position and shifts the original section at that position, and those below it, to the next position.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for positioning a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "section": { # Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The updated section.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+    "sortOrder": 42, # Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the section.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.items.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.items.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a17017ca4c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.users.sections.items.html @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ + + + +

Google Chat API . users . sections . items

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists items in a section. Only spaces can be section items. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Moves an item from one section to another. For example, if a section contains spaces, this method can be used to move a space to a different section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists items in a section. Only spaces can be section items. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which is the section resource name that owns this collection of section items. Only supports listing section items for the calling user. When you're filtering by space, use the wildcard `-` to search across all sections. For example, `users/{user}/sections/-`. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A query filter. Currently only supports filtering by space. For example, `space = spaces/{space}`. Invalid queries are rejected with an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of section items to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 section items will be returned. The maximum value is 100. If you use a value more than 100, it's automatically changed to 100. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous list section items call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided should match the call that provided the page token. Passing different values to the other parameters might lead to unexpected results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for listing section items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "sectionItems": [ # The section items from the specified section.
+    { # A user's defined section item. This is used to represent section items, such as spaces, grouped under a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the section item. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}/items/{item}`
+      "space": "A String", # Optional. The space resource name. Format: `spaces/{space}`
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Moves an item from one section to another. For example, if a section contains spaces, this method can be used to move a space to a different section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the section item to move. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}/items/{item}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for moving a section item across sections. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "targetSection": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the section to move the section item to. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for moving a section item. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).
+  "sectionItem": { # A user's defined section item. This is used to represent section items, such as spaces, grouped under a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). # The updated section item.
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the section item. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}/items/{item}`
+    "space": "A String", # Optional. The space resource name. Format: `spaces/{space}`
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html index 429d054f12..e4525c2368 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html @@ -89,6 +89,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the skus Resource.

+

+ v1beta() +

+

Returns the v1beta Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.v1beta.html index 13c6dec090..7283df3889 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.v1beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.v1beta.html @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- estimateCostScenario(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Estimate list prices using a `CostScenario` without a defined `billingAccount`.

+ generateInsights(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Analyzes cost data for a billing account and/or specific projects. Returns a natural language summary and supporting datasets.

Method Details

close() @@ -87,354 +87,26 @@

Method Details

- estimateCostScenario(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Estimate list prices using a `CostScenario` without a defined `billingAccount`.
+    generateInsights(body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Analyzes cost data for a billing account and/or specific projects. Returns a natural language summary and supporting datasets.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Request for EstimateCostScenarioWithListPrice.
-  "costScenario": { # Encapsulates all the information needed to perform a cost estimate. It includes a specification of the Google Cloud usage whose costs are estimated, and configuration options. # The scenario to estimate costs for.
-    "commitments": [ # New commitments to estimate the costs for. The cost of the commitments will be included in the estimate result and discounts the commitment entitles will be included in the workload cost estimates. A maximum of 100 workloads can be provided.
-      { # Commitments give you the ability to pay a recurring fee in exchange for a benefit, such as a discount for your use. For example, this object might contain details of a [spend-based committed use discount (CUD)](https://cloud.google.com/docs/cuds#spend_based_commitments). Within a CostScenario, adding a commitment includes the cost of the commitment and any discounts.
-        "name": "A String", # Required. A name for this commitment. All commitments in a CostScenario must have unique names. Each name may be at most 128 characters long.
-        "vmResourceBasedCud": { # Specifies a resource-based committed use discount (CUD). # A resource-based committed use discount (CUD).
-          "guestAccelerator": { # Specification of a set of guest accelerators attached to a machine. # Guest accelerator, known as GPU.
-            "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to each instance.
-            "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of the guest accelerator cards. For example: "nvidia-tesla-t4".
-          },
-          "machineSeries": "A String", # The machine series for CUD. For example: "n1" for general purpose N1 machine type commitments. "n2" for general purpose N2 machine type commitments. "e2" for general purpose E2 machine type commitments. "n2d" for general purpose N2D machine type commitments. "t2d" for general purpose T2D machine type commitments. "c2"/"c2d" for compute-optimized commitments. "m1"/"m2" for the memory-optimized commitments. "a2' for the accelerator-optimized commitments.
-          "memorySizeGb": 3.14, # Memory size of the VM in GB (2^30 bytes). Must be an increment of 0.25 (256 MB).
-          "plan": "A String", # Commitment usage plan.
-          "region": "A String", # The region where the VM runs. For example: "us-central1"
-          "virtualCpuCount": "A String", # The number of vCPUs. The number of vCPUs must be an integer of 0 or more and can be even or odd.
-        },
-      },
-    ],
-    "scenarioConfig": { # Configuration for a CostScenario. Specifies how costs are calculated. # Configuration for the scenario.
-      "estimateDuration": "A String", # Time frame for the estimate. Workloads must specify usage for this duration. Duration must be at least 1 hour (3,600 seconds) and at most 10 years (315,360,000 seconds). The calculations for years and months are based on a 730-hour (2,628,000-second) month. For durations longer than one month (2,628,000 seconds), the duration is rounded up to the next month, so the estimate shows you the costs for full months. For example, a duration of 3,232,800 seconds (roughly 5 weeks) is rounded up to 2 months.
+{ # Request for GenerateInsights.
+  "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filters cost data by service id. Follows https://google.aip.dev/160 for the filter syntax. eg. filter: "service = 'C7E2-9256-1C43'"
+  "overriddenMaxIterationCounts": 42, # Optional. Overrides the maximum iterations for any selected strategy.
+  "parents": [ # Optional. The billing account or projects to analyze.
+    { # Specifies a Billing data resource that can be used for authorization to access billing data.
+      "billingAccount": "A String", # Optional. If not provided the billing account currently associated with the resource will be used.
+      "resource": "A String", # Required. Resource name for an entitity that can be used for authorization to access billing data such as `projects/{project}` or `billingAccounts/{billing_account}`
     },
-    "workloads": [ # The Google Cloud usage whose costs are estimated. A maximum of 100 workloads can be provided.
-      { # Specifies usage on a single Google Cloud product over a time frame. Each Google Cloud product has its own message, containing specific product configuration parameters of the product usage amounts along each dimension in which the product is billed.
-        "cloudCdnEgressWorkload": { # Specifies usage for Cloud CDN Data Transfer. # Usage on Google Cloud CDN Data Transfer.
-          "cacheEgressDestination": "A String", # The destination for the cache data transfer.
-          "cacheEgressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Cache data transfer usage. The rate of data cache transferred to the destination. Use units such as GiBy/s or TiBy/mo, based on [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-        },
-        "cloudCdnWorkload": { # Specifies usage for Cloud CDN resources. # Usage on Google Cloud CDN.
-          "cacheFillOriginService": "A String", # The source service for the cache fill.
-          "cacheFillRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Cache fill usage. The rate of data transferred between cache fill regions. For example: units such as "GiBy/s" or "TBy/mo".
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "cacheFillRegions": { # Specifies the regions for Cache Fill. # The regions where data is transferred from Google data locations into Google global cache servers. The SKU prices for cache fill across services are the same.
-            "destinationRegion": "A String", # The destination region for cache fill.
-            "sourceRegion": "A String", # The source region for cache fill.
-          },
-          "cacheLookUpRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Cache look up requests. This is specified to indicate the number of requests. For example: units such as "1/s".
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-        },
-        "cloudInterconnectEgressWorkload": { # Includes the estimate for Interconnect Data Transfer only. To specify usage for data transfer between VMs and internet end-points, use the Standard Tier Internet Data Transfer interface. # Usage on Google Cloud Interconnect Data Transfer.
-          "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Outbound data transfer usage. This usage applies when you move or copy data from one Google Cloud service to another service. The units are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on, based on [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "interconnectConnectionLocation": "A String", # Locations in the [Interconnect connection location table](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/network-pricing#interconnect-pricing). These are the Interconnect Data Transfer charges.
-        },
-        "cloudInterconnectWorkload": { # Specifies usage for Cloud Interconnect resources. # Usage on Google Cloud Interconnect.
-          "interconnectAttachments": [ # VLAN attachment used for interconnect.
-            { # VLAN attachment for Cloud Interconnect.
-              "bandwidth": "A String", # Capacities in the [pricing table](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/network-pricing#interconnect-pricing) Examples of capacity are: 50/100/200/300/400/500-Mbps, 1/2/5/10/20/50-Gbps.
-              "vlanCount": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # VLAN usage. This is specified as a unitless quantity which indicates the number of VLAN attachment used in interconnect.
-                "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-                  "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-                  "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                    { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                      "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                        "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                      },
-                      "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-              },
-            },
-          ],
-          "interconnectType": "A String", # VLAN attachment type
-          "linkType": "A String", # Interconnect circuit link type.
-          "provisionedLinkCount": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Interconnect usage. This is specified as a unitless quantity which indicates the number of circuit provisioned in interconnect.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-        },
-        "cloudStorageEgressWorkload": { # Specification of a network type. Network data transfer within Google Cloud applies when you move or copy data from one Cloud Storage bucket to another or when another Google Cloud service accesses data in your Cloud Storage bucket.This includes the network data transfer within Google Cloud and the general network usage. * If transferring data between two regions, the source and destination fields are set to different values. For example: `source_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC", `destination_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_SOUTH_AMERICA". * If transferring data within one region, the source and destination fields are set to the same value. For example: `source_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC", `destination_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC". Some examples for the Network data transfer traffic type on the pricing page. * Data moves between different locations on the same continent. `source_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC", `destination_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC". * Data moves between different continents and neither is Australia. `source_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_NORTH_AMERICA", `destination_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_ASIA_PACIFIC". * Data moves between different continents and one is Australia. `source_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_NORTH_AMERICA", `destination_continent` = "SOURCE_CONTINENT_AUSTRALIA". # Usage on Cloud Storage Data Transfer.
-          "destinationContinent": "A String", # Where the data is sent to.
-          "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Data transfer usage rate. This usage applies when you move or copy data from one Cloud Storage bucket to another or when another Google Cloud service accesses data in your Cloud Storage bucket. The expected units are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on, based on [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "sourceContinent": "A String", # Where the data comes from.
-        },
-        "cloudStorageWorkload": { # Specifies usage of Cloud Storage resources. # Usage on Google Cloud Storage.
-          "dataRetrieval": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Data retrieval usage. A retrieval cost applies when data or metadata is read, copied, or rewritten . For example: units such as "GiB/s" or "B/s".
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "dataStored": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Data storage usage. The amount of data stored in buckets. For example: units such as GiBy/s or TiBy/mo, based on [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "dualRegion": { # Area contains dual locations. # Specify dual regions.
-            "name": "A String", # The [location name](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/locations#available-locations) where the data is stored. For example: "asia1" for dual region.
-          },
-          "multiRegion": { # Area contains multiple locations. # Specify multi regions.
-            "name": "A String", # The [location name](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/locations#available-locations) where the data is stored. For example: "us" for multi-region.
-          },
-          "operationA": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Class A operation usage in Cloud Storage, such as listing the objects in buckets. See the [operations pricing](https://cloud.google.com/storage/pricing#operations-pricing) tables for a list of which operations fall into each class. For example: units such as "1/s".
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "operationB": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Class B operation usage in Cloud Storage, such as `getIamPolicy`. See the [operations pricing](https://cloud.google.com/storage/pricing#operations-pricing) tables for a list of which operations fall into each class. For example: units such as "1/s".
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "region": { # Area contains only one location. # Specify a single region.
-            "name": "A String", # The [location name](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/locations#available-locations). For example: "us-central1" for region.
-          },
-          "storageClass": "A String", # The [storage class](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/storage-classes#classes) of the data and operation. For example: "standard" and "nearline".
-        },
-        "computeVmWorkload": { # Specificies usage of a set of identical compute VM instances. # Usage of a Google Compute Engine Virtual Machine.
-          "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether each instance has confidential compute enabled.
-          "guestAccelerator": { # Specification of a set of guest accelerators attached to a machine. # Guest accelerators attached to each machine.
-            "acceleratorCount": "A String", # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to each instance.
-            "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of the guest accelerator cards. For example: "nvidia-tesla-t4".
-          },
-          "instancesRunning": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # VM usage. This is specified as a unitless quantity which indicates the number of instances running.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "licenses": [ # Premium image licenses used by each instance.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "machineType": { # Specification of machine series, memory, and number of vCPUs. # The machine type.
-            "customMachineType": { # Specification of a custom machine type.
-              "machineSeries": "A String", # Required. The machine series. Only certain [machine series](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/general-purpose-machines#custom_machine_types) support custom configurations. For example: "n1".
-              "memorySizeGb": 3.14, # Required. Memory size of the VM in GB (2^30 bytes). Must be an increment of 0.25 (256 MB). Each [machine series](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types#machine_type_comparison) has limitations on allowed values for the ratio of memory-to-vCPU count.
-              "virtualCpuCount": "A String", # Required. The number of vCPUs. The allowed values depend on the [machine series](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types#machine_type_comparison).
-            },
-            "predefinedMachineType": { # Specification of a predefined machine type.
-              "machineType": "A String", # The [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types). For example: "n1-standard1".
-            },
-          },
-          "persistentDisks": [ # Persistent disks attached to each instance. Must include a boot disk.
-            { # Specification of a persistent disk attached to a VM.
-              "diskSize": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Specifies the size of disk. Must be at least 10 GB.
-                "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-                  "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-                  "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                    { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                      "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                        "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                      },
-                      "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-              },
-              "diskType": "A String", # The [disk type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#disk-types). For example: "pd-standard".
-              "provisionedIops": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk for extreme persistent disks. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000.
-                "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-                  "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-                  "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                    { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                      "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                        "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                      },
-                      "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-              },
-              "scope": "A String", # The geographic scope of the disk. Defaults to `SCOPE_ZONAL` if not specified.
-            },
-          ],
-          "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether each instance is preemptible.
-          "region": "A String", # The [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones) where the VMs run. For example: "us-central1".
-        },
-        "name": "A String", # Required. A name for this workload. All workloads in a `CostScenario` must have a unique `name`. Each `name` may be at most 128 characters long.
-        "premiumTierEgressWorkload": { # Specify a Premium Tier Internet Data Transfer networking workload. # Usage on Premium Tier Internet Data Transfer.
-          "destinationContinent": "A String", # Where the data is sent to.
-          "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Premium Tier Data Transfer usage. The expected units are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on, based on [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "sourceRegion": "A String", # Which [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones) the data comes from.
-        },
-        "standardTierEgressWorkload": { # Specify Standard Tier Internet Data Transfer. # Usage on Standard Tier Internet Data Transfer.
-          "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # Standard Tier Data Transfer usage. The expected units are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on, based on the [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard.
-            "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-              "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-              "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                  "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                    "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                  },
-                  "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-          "sourceRegion": "A String", # Which [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones) the data is transferred from.
-        },
-        "vmToVmEgressWorkload": { # Specify VM to VM data transfer. # Usage on VM to VM Data Transfer.
-          "interRegionEgress": { # Data transfer between two regions.
-            "destinationRegion": "A String", # Which [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones) the data is transferred to.
-            "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # VM to VM data transfer usage. The expected units such are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on.
-              "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-                "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-                "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                  { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                    "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                      "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                    },
-                    "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-            },
-            "sourceRegion": "A String", # Which [region](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones) the data is transferred from.
-          },
-          "intraRegionEgress": { # Data transfer within the same region. When the source region and destination region are in the same zone, using internal IP addresses, there isn't any charge for data transfer.
-            "egressRate": { # An amount of usage over a time frame. # VM to VM data transfer usage. The expected are GiBy/s, By/s, and so on.
-              "usageRateTimeline": { # A timeline of usage rates. Consists of a series of entries, each of which specifies a constant rate of usage during a time interval. Each entry contains an effective time. The usage rate is in effect from that time until the effective time of the subsequent entry, or, for the last entry, for the remaining portion of estimation time frame. Effective times are specified as an offset into the estimation time frame. Usage is considered to be zero until the `effective_time` of the first entry. All subsequent entries must have an effective time greater than the previous entry and less than the estimate time frame. The effective time on all entries must be an integer number of hours. # A timeline of usage rates over the estimate interval.
-                "unit": "A String", # The unit for the usage rate in each timeline entry. If you provide an incorrect unit for an instance, the correct unit is provided in the error message. The supported units are a subset of [The Unified Code for Units of Measure](https://ucum.org/ucum.html) standard: * **Time units (TIME-UNIT)** * `s` second * `min` minute * `h` hour * `d` day * `wk` week * `mo` month * `yr` year * `ms` millisecond * `us` microsecond * `ns` nanosecond * **Basic storage units (BASIC-STORAGE-UNIT)** * `bit` bit * `By` byte * **Count units (COUNT-UNIT)** * `count` count * **Prefixes (PREFIX)** * `k` kilo (10^3) * `M` mega (10^6) * `G` giga (10^9) * `T` tera (10^12) * `P` peta (10^15) * `Ki` kibi (2^10) * `Mi` mebi (2^20) * `Gi` gibi (2^30) * `Ti` tebi (2^40) * `Pi` pebi (2^50) **Grammar** The grammar also includes these connectors: * `/` division or ratio (as an infix operator). For example: `kBy/{email}` or `MiBy/10ms`. * `.` multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For example: `GBy.d` or `k{watt}.h`. The grammar for a unit is as follows: ``` Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; UNIT = TIME-UNIT | STORAGE-UNIT | DATA-UNIT | COUNT-UNIT Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; ``` Examples: * Request per second: `1/s` or `{requests}/s` * GibiBytes: `GiBy` * GibiBytes * seconds: `GiBy.s`
-                "usageRateTimelineEntries": [ # The timeline entries. Each entry has a start time and usage rate. The start time specifies the effective time of the usage rate. The entries must be sorted by start time in an increasing order.
-                  { # A usage rate timeline entry. Each entry specifies a constant usage rate during a time interval.
-                    "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The effective time for this entry. The usage rate is in effect starting at this time until the effective time of the subsequent entry in the timeline. The last entry defines the usage rate until the end of the `Usage` time frame. Must correspond to an integer number of hours.
-                      "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate.
-                    },
-                    "usageRate": 3.14, # The usage rate.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        },
-      },
-    ],
+  ],
+  "prompt": "A String", # Required. The natural language prompt from the user.
+  "userContext": { # Additional context for personalization (e.g., user persona, role). # Optional. Additional context for personalization (e.g., user persona, role).
+    "persona": "A String", # Optional. The user's persona (e.g., FinOps Manager, Developer).
+    "role": "A String", # Optional. The user's role (e.g., Billing Admin, Project Owner, etc.).
   },
 }
 
@@ -446,184 +118,124 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Response for EstimateCostScenarioWithListPrice - "costEstimationResult": { # The result of a estimating the costs of a `CostScenario`. # The result of the cost estimation. - "currencyCode": "A String", # Required. The ISO 4217 currency code for the cost estimate. - "segmentCostEstimates": [ # Required. Estimated costs for each idealized month of a `CostScenario`. - { # Workload cost estimates for a single time segment. - "commitmentCostEstimates": [ # Estimated costs for each commitment. - { # Estimated cost for a commitment. - "commitmentTotalCostEstimate": { # An estimated cost. # Total estimated costs for the commitment. - "creditEstimates": [ # The estimated credits applied. - { # An estimated credit applied to the costs on a SKU. - "creditAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated credit amount. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "creditDescription": "A String", # The credit description. - "creditType": "A String", # The credit type. - }, - ], - "netCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated net cost after applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "preCreditCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated cost prior to applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - }, - "name": "A String", # The name of the commitment, as specified in the `CostScenario`. - "skuCostEstimates": [ # Estimated costs for each SKU in the commitment. - { # Estimated cost for usage on a SKU. - "costEstimate": { # An estimated cost. # The estimated cost for the usage on this SKU. - "creditEstimates": [ # The estimated credits applied. - { # An estimated credit applied to the costs on a SKU. - "creditAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated credit amount. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "creditDescription": "A String", # The credit description. - "creditType": "A String", # The credit type. - }, - ], - "netCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated net cost after applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "preCreditCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated cost prior to applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - }, - "sku": "A String", # The resource name for the SKU. Example: "services/DA34-426B-A397/skus/AA95-CD31-42FE" More information about the SKU can be found in the `skus` field of the `CostEstimationResult`. - "usageAmount": 3.14, # The amount of usage on this SKU. - "usageUnit": "A String", # The unit for the usage on this SKU. - }, - ], - }, - ], - "segmentStartTime": { # Represents a point in time. # Timestamp for the start of the segment. - "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate. - }, - "segmentTotalCostEstimate": { # An estimated cost. # Total estimated costs for the time segment. - "creditEstimates": [ # The estimated credits applied. - { # An estimated credit applied to the costs on a SKU. - "creditAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated credit amount. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "creditDescription": "A String", # The credit description. - "creditType": "A String", # The credit type. + { # Response for GenerateInsights. + "finalResult": { # Encapsulates all structured data and the completed summary. # Output only. The final structured results and metadata. Usually sent as the final message in the stream. + "dataSets": [ # Output only. Data sets used to support the insights, suitable for UI rendering (tables/charts). + { # A dataset used to support an insight, suitable for UI rendering (tables/charts). + "billingData": { # Encapsulates billing data. # Output only. Actual billing data returned from the Data Mart. Uses the formal message from the Billing Data Service. + "columnInfo": [ # Information about columns. + { # Represents a column header. + "column": "A String", # Name of the column. }, ], - "netCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated net cost after applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "preCreditCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated cost prior to applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - }, - "workloadCostEstimates": [ # Estimated costs for each workload. - { # Estimated cost for a workload. - "name": "A String", # The name of the workload, as specified in the `CostScenario`. - "skuCostEstimates": [ # Estimated costs for each SKU in the workload. - { # Estimated cost for usage on a SKU. - "costEstimate": { # An estimated cost. # The estimated cost for the usage on this SKU. - "creditEstimates": [ # The estimated credits applied. - { # An estimated credit applied to the costs on a SKU. - "creditAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated credit amount. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. + "rows": [ # Rows. + { # Represents a row in the query result. + "values": [ # Values for a row in the column order. + { # This is a copy of storage/googlesql/public/value.proto. ValueProto represents the serialized form of the googlesql::Value. The intention is to support multiple languages including Java and C++, so we must be sensitive to the distinction between Java Strings and byte arrays or ByteStrings. We also want to support use-cases which do not want to serialize a copy of the GoogleSQL type for every instance (which might be very repetitive). Therefore, unlike googlesql::Value, ValueProto does not carry full type information with every instance, and can only be fully interpreted with an associated TypeProto. + "ValueProtoSwitchMustHaveADefault": True or False, # User code that switches on this oneoff enum must have a default case so builds won't break when new fields are added. + "arrayValue": { # An ordered collection of elements of arbitrary count. # An array of value + "element": [ # The elements of the array. + # Object with schema name: ValueProto + ], + }, + "bignumericValue": "A String", # Encoded bignumeric value. For the encoding format see documentation for BigNumericValue::SerializeAsProtoBytes(). + "boolValue": True or False, # Primitive for bool. + "bytesValue": "A String", # Primitive for bytes. + "dateValue": 42, # Primitive for date. + "datetimeValue": { # A datetime value. # primitive for datetime + "bitFieldDatetimeSeconds": "A String", # Represents bit field encoding of year/month/day/hour/minute/second. See class DatetimeValue in civil_time.h for details of encoding. + "nanos": 42, # Non-negative fractions of a second at nanosecond resolution. + }, + "doubleValue": 3.14, # Primitive for double. + "enumValue": 42, # Tag 11 was used for specifying micros timestamps as int64, now obsolete. + "floatValue": 3.14, # Primitive for float. + "geographyValue": "A String", # Geography encoded using ::stlib::STGeographyEncoder + "int32Value": 42, # Primitive value for int32. + "int64Value": "A String", # Primitive for int64. + "intervalValue": "A String", # Encoded interval value. For the encoding format see documentation for IntervalValue::SerializeAsBytes(). + "jsonValue": "A String", # Tag 22 was used for json value as bytes, now obsolete. Json value represented as a string document. + "mapValue": { # An unordered mapping from key to value, represented as a collection of map entries. # Encoded map value. See go/googlesql_map. + "entry": [ # Represents the map entries in the map. + { # A single entry in a Map, representing the mapping between `key` and `value`. + "key": # Object with schema name: ValueProto # Represents the serialized map key for the entry. + "value": # Object with schema name: ValueProto # Represents the serialized map value of the entry. }, - "creditDescription": "A String", # The credit description. - "creditType": "A String", # The credit type. - }, - ], - "netCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated net cost after applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. + ], }, - "preCreditCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated cost prior to applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. + "numericValue": "A String", # Encoded numeric value. For the encoding format see documentation for NumericValue::SerializeAsProtoBytes(). + "protoValue": "A String", # Stores a serialized protocol message. + "rangeValue": { # A range of values, bounded by the values 'start' (inclusive) and 'end' (exclusive). A range has an element type, and values must be of this element type. A range is contiguous, ie it contains all values of the given element type starting at 'start' and ending before 'end'. A "null" value on start or end represents an unbounded start or end value respectively. Start and end values must always be present. # Encoded range value. See go/googlesql_range. + "end": # Object with schema name: ValueProto # Represents the end of the range. + "start": # Object with schema name: ValueProto # Represents the start of the range. }, - }, - "sku": "A String", # The resource name for the SKU. Example: "services/DA34-426B-A397/skus/AA95-CD31-42FE" More information about the SKU can be found in the `skus` field of the `CostEstimationResult`. - "usageAmount": 3.14, # The amount of usage on this SKU. - "usageUnit": "A String", # The unit for the usage on this SKU. - }, - ], - "workloadTotalCostEstimate": { # An estimated cost. # Total estimated costs for the workload. - "creditEstimates": [ # The estimated credits applied. - { # An estimated credit applied to the costs on a SKU. - "creditAmount": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated credit amount. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. + "stringValue": "A String", # Primitive for string. + "structValue": { # A collection of fields. The count, order, and type of the fields is determined by the type associated with this value. # A struct of values + "field": [ # The fields in the struct + # Object with schema name: ValueProto + ], }, - "creditDescription": "A String", # The credit description. - "creditType": "A String", # The credit type. + "timeValue": "A String", # Bit field encoding of hour/minute/second/nanos. See TimeValue class for details. + "timestampPicoValue": "A String", # Encoded timestamp_pico value. For the encoding format see documentation for googlesql::TimestampPico::SerializeAsBytes(). + "timestampValue": "A String", # primitive for timestamp + "tokenlistValue": "A String", # Encoded tokenlist value. copybara:strip_begin(internal-comment) See //search/tokens:token_list. copybara:strip_end + "uint32Value": 42, # Primitive for uint32. + "uint64Value": "A String", # Primitive for uint64. + "uuidValue": "A String", # Encoded uuid value. For the encoding format see documentation for UuidValue::SerializeAsBytes(). }, ], - "netCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated net cost after applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "preCreditCostEstimate": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The estimated cost prior to applying credits. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, }, - }, - ], + ], + }, + "queryInfo": { # A local representation of the query used to fetch the data. This is used instead of the raw QueryBillingDataRequest to avoid pulling in Cloud Policy Enforcement (CPE) resource_type annotations into the response payload, which causes ESF validation failures. # Output only. The query used to fetch this data. + "columns": "A String", # The columns queried. + "filter": "A String", # The filter applied to the query. + "groupBy": "A String", # The group-by clause applied to the query. + "limit": 42, # The row limit applied to the query. + "orderBy": "A String", # The order-by clause applied to the query. + "parents": [ # The parents (e.g. projects, billing accounts) queried. + "A String", + ], + "view": "A String", # The view queried. + }, + "suggestedChart": { # A suggested chart for the data set, used for UI rendering. # Output only. A suggested chart for the data set, used for UI rendering. + "chartTitle": "A String", # The title of the chart. + "chartType": "A String", # The type of the chart. + "seriesField": "A String", # The field used for the series (e.g., color-coding). Optional, but recommended for time-series data. + "xAxisField": "A String", # The field used for the x-axis. + "xAxisLabel": "A String", # The label of the x-axis. + "yAxisField": "A String", # The field used for the y-axis. + "yAxisLabel": "A String", # The label of the y-axis. + }, }, ], - "skus": [ # Required. Information about SKUs used in the estimate. - { # Information about SKUs appearing in the cost estimate. - "displayName": "A String", # The display name for the SKU. Example: A2 Instance Core running in Americas - "prices": [ # A timeline of prices for a SKU in chronological order. Note: The API currently only supports using a constant price for the entire estimation time frame so this list will contain a single value. - { # The price of a SKU at a point int time. - "effectiveTime": { # Represents a point in time. # The timestamp within the estimation time frame when the price was set. - "estimationTimeFrameOffset": "A String", # The point in time, relative to the start of the time frame covered by the cost estimate. - }, - "priceType": "A String", # The type of price. Possible values: "RATE" - "rate": { # A SKU price consisting of tiered rates. # A set of tiered rates. - "tiers": [ # The service tiers. - { # Pricing details for a service tier. - "price": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The price for this tier. - "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. - "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. - "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. - }, - "startAmount": 3.14, # The magnitude of usage in which the tier interval begins. Example: "From 100 GiBi the price is $1 per byte" implies `start_amount` = 100 - }, - ], - "unit": "A String", # The SKU's pricing unit. For example, if the tier price is $1 per 1000000 Bytes, then this field will show 'By'. The `start_amount` field in each tier will be in this unit. - "unitCount": 3.14, # The SKU's count for the pricing unit. For example, if the tier price is $1 per 1000000 Bytes, then this column will show 1000000. - }, - }, - ], - "sku": "A String", # The resource name for the SKU. Example: "services/DA34-426B-A397/skus/AA95-CD31-42FE" + "fullAnalysis": "A String", # Output only. Contains the full natural language analysis, including thoughts, reasoning, and references. + "insights": [ # Output only. A list of discrete insights gleaned from the data. + { # e.g. insight: title: "Cost Increase (The Explanation)" description: "Your cost increase was driven by Vertex AI Online Prediction in us-central1..." severity: INFO + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description of the insight. + "severity": "A String", # Output only. The severity of the insight, used for UI rendering (e.g., color-coding). + "title": "A String", # Output only. The title of the insight. + }, + ], + "interopLinks": [ # Output only. Links to interoperable tools (e.g., pre-filtered Cost Reports or BQE queries). + { # A link to interoperable tools (e.g., pre-filtered Cost Reports, BQE queries). + "label": "A String", # Output only. The label of the link, suitable for UI rendering. + "linkType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the interop link, e.g., "COST_REPORT", "BQE_QUERY", etc. + "url": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the link. }, ], + "suggestedQueries": [ # Output only. A list of suggested follow-up queries for the user. + { # A suggested follow-up query for the user. + "query": "A String", # The natural language query. + }, + ], + "summary": "A String", # Output only. The full natural language summary (re-sent for consistency). + }, + "rejection": { # Encapsulates details about why a request was rejected. # Output only. The request was rejected (e.g. out of scope). + "displayMessage": "A String", # Output only. A user-facing message explaining the rejection. + "reason": "A String", # Output only. The reason for the rejection. }, + "summaryChunk": "A String", # Output only. A chunk of the natural language summary (customer-facing). The UI can append these chunks to provide a real-time "typing" effect. + "thoughtChunk": "A String", # Output only. A chunk of the agent's internal reasoning process. The UI can use this to render a "Thinking..." log or status. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html index 02c7086e1b..fd24f87902 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html @@ -186,6 +186,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -264,6 +270,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -339,6 +349,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -616,6 +654,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -694,6 +738,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -769,6 +817,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1077,6 +1153,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1155,6 +1237,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1230,6 +1316,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1513,6 +1627,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1591,6 +1711,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1666,6 +1790,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html index b01df413bc..1369e52572 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html @@ -185,6 +185,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -263,6 +269,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -338,6 +348,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -615,6 +653,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -693,6 +737,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -768,6 +816,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1076,6 +1152,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1154,6 +1236,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1229,6 +1315,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1512,6 +1626,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1590,6 +1710,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1665,6 +1789,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html index 42c8c44ee6..a364db7cb5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html @@ -174,6 +174,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -252,6 +258,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -327,6 +337,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -787,6 +825,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -865,6 +909,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -940,6 +988,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1428,6 +1504,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1506,6 +1588,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1581,6 +1667,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -2053,6 +2167,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -2131,6 +2251,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -2206,6 +2330,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -2683,6 +2835,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -2761,6 +2919,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -2836,6 +2998,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -3298,6 +3488,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -3376,6 +3572,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -3451,6 +3651,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html index 088aa158ca..98b5b8689e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html @@ -174,6 +174,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -252,6 +258,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -327,6 +337,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -787,6 +825,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -865,6 +909,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -940,6 +988,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -1428,6 +1504,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -1506,6 +1588,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -1581,6 +1667,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -2053,6 +2167,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -2131,6 +2251,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -2206,6 +2330,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -2684,6 +2836,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -2762,6 +2920,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -2837,6 +2999,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. @@ -3297,6 +3487,12 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. The state of this build's approval. }, "artifacts": { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. + "genericArtifacts": [ # Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. + { # Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. + "folder": "A String", # Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry. + "registryPath": "A String", # Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE. { # Go module to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. A module refers to all dependencies in a go.mod file. "modulePath": "A String", # Optional. The Go module's "module path". e.g. example.com/foo/v2 @@ -3375,6 +3571,10 @@

Method Details

"dependencies": [ # Optional. Dependencies that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. { # A dependency that the Cloud Build worker will fetch before executing user steps. "empty": True or False, # If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well). + "genericArtifact": { # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. # Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency. + "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker. + "resource": "A String", # Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, "gitSource": { # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. # Represents a git repository as a build dependency. "depth": "A String", # Optional. How much history should be fetched for the build (default 1, -1 for all history). "destPath": "A String", # Required. Where should the files be placed on the worker. @@ -3450,6 +3650,34 @@

Method Details

"buildStepOutputs": [ # List of build step outputs, produced by builder images, in the order corresponding to build step indices. [Cloud Builders](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/cloud-builders) can produce this output by writing to `$BUILDER_OUTPUT/output`. Only the first 50KB of data is stored. Note that the `$BUILDER_OUTPUT` variable is read-only and can't be substituted. "A String", ], + "genericArtifacts": [ # Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. + { # A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive. + "artifactFingerprint": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. # Output only. The hash of the whole artifact. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. + "fileHashes": { # Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact. + "a_key": { # Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build. + "fileHash": [ # Collection of file hashes. + { # Container message for hash values. + "type": "A String", # The type of hash that was performed. + "value": "A String", # The hash value. + }, + ], + }, + }, + "pushTiming": { # Start and end times for a build execution phase. # Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact. + "endTime": "A String", # End of time span. + "startTime": "A String", # Start of time span. + }, + "uri": "A String", # Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + }, + ], "goModules": [ # Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build. { # A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive. "artifactRegistryPackage": "A String", # Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.html index d038dfd4ea..812834db18 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html
index 5dd4a49ddb..ed53615792 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.html
index a59cdf1638..df24ced773 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
index b6ad339ee7..83901337fd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.html
index 296755de01..975e802974 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html
index 2140ac324f..dece1463c1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html
@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ 

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
@@ -192,6 +193,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". } @@ -210,6 +212,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.organizations.html index a448f610ef..8a4afaa42b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.organizations.html @@ -109,6 +109,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
@@ -128,6 +129,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". } @@ -146,6 +148,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html index 9a61fbf02c..2c62a4d2dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html @@ -152,6 +152,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
@@ -226,6 +227,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }, }
@@ -281,6 +283,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". } @@ -299,6 +302,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "defaultPolicyAvailable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of "{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig". }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html index 7203e145cd..a406ee067a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the EkmConfig singleton resource for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html
index 114773d0f0..262ce0aaa5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html
@@ -80,6 +80,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

capacity(project, region, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Advice on making real-time decisions (such as choosing zone or

+

+ capacityHistory(project, region, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the capacity history for Spot VMs.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -241,6 +244,24 @@

Method Details

# The key is an arbitrary, unique RFC1035 string that identifies the # instance selection. "a_key": { # Machine specification. + "disks": [ # Local SSDs. + { + "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk. + # This field must be set to SCRATCH. + }, + ], + "guestAccelerators": [ # Accelerators configuration. + { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the + # instance. + "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. + "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this + # instance. For example:projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 + # If you are creating an instance template, specify only the + # accelerator name. + # See GPUs on Compute Engine + # for a full list of accelerator types. + }, + ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". "A String", ], @@ -307,6 +328,111 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ capacityHistory(project, region, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the capacity history for Spot VMs.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A request to get the capacity history for Spot VMs.
+  "instanceProperties": {
+    "machineType": "A String", # The machine type for the VM, such as `n2-standard-4`.
+    "scheduling": {
+      "provisioningModel": "A String", # The provisioning model to get capacity history for.
+          # This field must be set to SPOT.
+          #
+          # For more information, see
+          # Compute Engine instances provisioning models.
+    },
+  },
+  "locationPolicy": {
+    "location": "A String", # The region or zone to get capacity history for.
+        #
+        # It can be a partial or full URL. For example, the following are valid
+        # values:
+        #
+        #
+        #      - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone
+        #    - projects/project/zones/zone
+        #    - zones/zone
+        #
+        #
+        #
+        # This field is optional.
+  },
+  "types": [
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains the capacity history for Spot VMs.
+  "location": "A String",
+  "machineType": "A String",
+  "preemptionHistory": [
+    {
+      "interval": { # Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a
+          # Timestamp end (exclusive).
+          #
+          # The start must be less than or equal to the end.
+          # When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time).
+          # When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Exclusive end of the interval.
+            #
+            # If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the
+            # end.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval.
+            #
+            # If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same
+            # or after the start.
+      },
+      "preemptionRate": 3.14,
+    },
+  ],
+  "priceHistory": [
+    {
+      "interval": { # Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a
+          # Timestamp end (exclusive).
+          #
+          # The start must be less than or equal to the end.
+          # When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time).
+          # When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Exclusive end of the interval.
+            #
+            # If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the
+            # end.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Inclusive start of the interval.
+            #
+            # If specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same
+            # or after the start.
+      },
+      "listPrice": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount.
+            # The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive.
+            # If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero.
+            # If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative.
+            # If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero.
+            # For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount.
+            # For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html index 086962001f..0919358c7d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html @@ -457,6 +457,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -1214,6 +1222,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -1586,6 +1602,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -2334,6 +2358,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -2757,6 +2789,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -3449,6 +3489,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 6cf583a9e7..8db5b0f254 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -3425,7 +3425,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3873,7 +3873,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -4033,7 +4033,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -6387,7 +6387,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6835,7 +6835,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6995,7 +6995,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -8525,7 +8525,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -8973,7 +8973,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9133,7 +9133,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -10411,7 +10411,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10859,7 +10859,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -11019,7 +11019,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -12240,7 +12240,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12688,7 +12688,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12848,7 +12848,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -15800,7 +15800,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -16248,7 +16248,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -16408,7 +16408,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html index e72d1c107d..e16daf030f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html @@ -751,6 +751,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2290,6 +2291,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3352,6 +3354,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4414,6 +4417,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5412,6 +5416,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8841,6 +8846,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.hosts.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.hosts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc7c896bb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.hosts.html @@ -0,0 +1,640 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . hosts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(project, zone, association, host, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves information about the specified host.

+

+ getVersion(project, zone, association, host, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a host.

+

+ list(project, zone, association, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of hosts.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(project, zone, association, host, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves information about the specified host.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035. (required)
+  association: string, The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the
+hierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when
+accessing the host. For example, reservations/reservation_name,
+reservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name or
+reservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name/reservationSubBlocks/reservation_sub_block_name. (required)
+  host: string, The name of the host, formatted as RFC1035 or a resource ID
+number. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a host resource.
+  "aliasLinks": [ # Output only. All aliases for this resource.
+      # e.g.
+      # projects/123/zones/us-centra1-a/reservation/r1/reservationBlock/b1/hosts/h1
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp, formatted asRFC3339 text.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier for this resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#host", # Output only. The type of resource. Alwayscompute#host for hosts.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the host.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The self link of the host.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. The self link with id of the host.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the host.
+  "status": { # Output only. The status of the host
+    "physicalTopology": { # Output only. The physical topology of the reservation sub-block, if
+        # present
+      "block": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity block within the cluster.
+      "cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation sub-block.
+      "host": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity host within the capacity sub-block.
+      "subBlock": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity sub-block within the capacity
+          # block.
+    },
+    "runningInstances": [ # Output only. The URIs of the instances currently running on this host.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # Output only. The zone in which the host resides.
+}
+
+ +
+ getVersion(project, zone, association, host, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a host.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  association: string, The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the
+hierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when
+accessing the host. (required)
+  host: string, The name of the host, formatted as RFC1035 or a resource ID
+number. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "sbomSelections": [ # The SBOM selection to return. Duplicate values in the list will be ignored.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, zone, association, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of hosts.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035. (required)
+  association: string, The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the
+hierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when
+accessing the host. For example, reservations/reservation_name,
+reservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name or
+reservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name/reservationSubBlocks/reservation_sub_block_name. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # The unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of host resources.
+    { # Represents a host resource.
+      "aliasLinks": [ # Output only. All aliases for this resource.
+          # e.g.
+          # projects/123/zones/us-centra1-a/reservation/r1/reservationBlock/b1/hosts/h1
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp, formatted asRFC3339 text.
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource.
+      "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier for this resource. This identifier is
+          # defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#host", # Output only. The type of resource. Alwayscompute#host for hosts.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the host.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The self link of the host.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. The self link with id of the host.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the host.
+      "status": { # Output only. The status of the host
+        "physicalTopology": { # Output only. The physical topology of the reservation sub-block, if
+            # present
+          "block": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity block within the cluster.
+          "cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation sub-block.
+          "host": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity host within the capacity sub-block.
+          "subBlock": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity sub-block within the capacity
+              # block.
+        },
+        "runningInstances": [ # Output only. The URIs of the instances currently running on this host.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "zone": "A String", # Output only. The zone in which the host resides.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#host", # The type of resource. Always compute#host for a list of hosts.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # The server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # Unreachable resources.
+      # end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # An informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html index 0d539679e9..cd92b4ae10 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.html @@ -199,6 +199,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the healthChecks Resource.

+

+ hosts() +

+

Returns the hosts Resource.

+

httpHealthChecks()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html index 80bc5d2c2a..23768336ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -189,6 +189,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html index d35a01bc67..f117c3e6b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html @@ -852,6 +852,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1407,6 +1408,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2322,6 +2324,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3252,6 +3255,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3849,6 +3853,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index 491f0b43e0..0d0bc21314 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -729,11 +729,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -805,8 +805,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -829,7 +828,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -848,16 +847,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -954,14 +951,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1079,7 +1076,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -1108,11 +1105,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1184,8 +1181,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -1208,7 +1204,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1227,16 +1223,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1333,14 +1327,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1458,7 +1452,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1860,11 +1854,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1936,8 +1930,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -1960,7 +1953,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1979,16 +1972,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2085,14 +2076,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -2210,7 +2201,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html index 3b5e97fdac..d68624188c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -715,59 +715,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -924,6 +924,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1003,6 +1004,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1423,6 +1425,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1502,6 +1505,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1814,7 +1818,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -1874,7 +1878,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -1912,11 +1916,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -1968,22 +1972,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2080,20 +2084,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2190,79 +2194,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -2454,7 +2458,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -4610,59 +4614,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -4693,7 +4697,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -4819,6 +4823,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4898,6 +4903,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5318,6 +5324,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5397,6 +5404,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5709,7 +5717,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -5769,7 +5777,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -5807,11 +5815,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -5863,22 +5871,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5975,20 +5983,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6085,79 +6093,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -6349,7 +6357,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -6612,59 +6620,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -6695,7 +6703,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -6821,6 +6829,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6900,6 +6909,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7320,6 +7330,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7399,6 +7410,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7711,7 +7723,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -7771,7 +7783,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -7809,11 +7821,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -7865,22 +7877,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -7977,20 +7989,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -8087,79 +8099,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -8351,7 +8363,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -8841,59 +8853,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -8924,7 +8936,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -9050,6 +9062,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9129,6 +9142,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9549,6 +9563,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9628,6 +9643,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9940,7 +9956,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -10000,7 +10016,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -10038,11 +10054,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -10094,22 +10110,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -10206,20 +10222,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -10316,79 +10332,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -10580,7 +10596,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -11068,6 +11084,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11147,6 +11164,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11778,6 +11796,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11857,6 +11876,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -12546,59 +12566,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -12629,7 +12649,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -12755,6 +12775,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -12834,6 +12855,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -13254,6 +13276,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -13333,6 +13356,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -13645,7 +13669,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -13705,7 +13729,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -13743,11 +13767,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -13799,22 +13823,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -13911,20 +13935,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -14021,79 +14045,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -14285,7 +14309,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -18367,59 +18391,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -18450,7 +18474,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -18576,6 +18600,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -18655,6 +18680,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -19075,6 +19101,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -19154,6 +19181,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -19466,7 +19494,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -19526,7 +19554,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -19564,11 +19592,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -19620,22 +19648,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -19732,20 +19760,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -19842,79 +19870,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -20106,7 +20134,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index 62dd7ec5f5..4fe5f60e04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -416,6 +416,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -495,6 +496,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1965,6 +1967,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2044,6 +2047,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3499,6 +3503,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3578,6 +3583,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5043,6 +5049,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5122,6 +5129,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index fc6b4a02e3..84a9d29319 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -1715,6 +1715,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1794,6 +1795,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3238,6 +3240,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3317,6 +3320,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4044,6 +4048,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4123,6 +4128,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4586,6 +4592,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4665,6 +4672,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7242,6 +7250,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7321,6 +7330,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10437,6 +10447,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10516,6 +10527,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -12324,6 +12336,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -12403,6 +12416,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -23146,6 +23160,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -23225,6 +23240,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index 93a6ebde60..fdbc29f8c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -594,6 +594,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -673,6 +674,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1803,6 +1805,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2853,6 +2856,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2932,6 +2936,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4062,6 +4067,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5118,6 +5124,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5197,6 +5204,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6327,6 +6335,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html index a20ef8762c..abbe8b7e17 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(organization, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.

- patch(organization, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(organization, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.

Method Details

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(organization, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(organization, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Patches the SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.
 
 Args:
@@ -176,7 +176,6 @@ 

Method Details

The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html index 8dc56d28d3..f0411dc8b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html @@ -281,6 +281,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -993,6 +994,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1778,6 +1780,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html index 994efa26d1..95dbcfe911 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html @@ -652,6 +652,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -1024,6 +1032,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -1772,6 +1788,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -2194,6 +2218,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -2886,6 +2918,14 @@

Method Details

# default value of "UTC" if left empty. }, }, + "stabilizationPeriodSec": 42, # The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before + # making scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the + # [stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period). + # This might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism + # for your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load + # fluctuations. + # + # The default stabilization period is 600 seconds. }, "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index 20de580017..10205024ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3495,7 +3495,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3655,7 +3655,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -5186,7 +5186,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5634,7 +5634,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5794,7 +5794,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -7075,7 +7075,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7523,7 +7523,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7683,7 +7683,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -8905,7 +8905,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9353,7 +9353,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9513,7 +9513,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -12169,7 +12169,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12617,7 +12617,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12777,7 +12777,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html index 349298645d..881016fe79 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html @@ -851,6 +851,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1913,6 +1914,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2972,6 +2974,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3970,6 +3973,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7396,6 +7400,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index cc4100f9e6..f1788d29cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -729,11 +729,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -805,8 +805,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -829,7 +828,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -848,16 +847,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -954,14 +951,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1079,7 +1076,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -1106,11 +1103,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1182,8 +1179,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -1206,7 +1202,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1225,16 +1221,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1331,14 +1325,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1456,7 +1450,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1859,11 +1853,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1935,8 +1929,7 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned @@ -1959,7 +1952,7 @@

Method Details

"validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity inRFC3339 # text format. }, - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1978,16 +1971,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2084,14 +2075,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -2209,7 +2200,7 @@

Method Details

# text format. }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 0d6d66515b..dd0ba46b38 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -2603,59 +2603,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -2812,6 +2812,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2891,6 +2892,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3311,6 +3313,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3390,6 +3393,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3702,7 +3706,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -3762,7 +3766,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -3800,11 +3804,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -3856,22 +3860,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3968,20 +3972,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4078,79 +4082,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -4342,7 +4346,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -4462,59 +4466,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -4545,7 +4549,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -4671,6 +4675,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4750,6 +4755,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5170,6 +5176,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5249,6 +5256,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5561,7 +5569,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -5621,7 +5629,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -5659,11 +5667,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -5715,22 +5723,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5827,20 +5835,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5937,79 +5945,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -6201,7 +6209,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -6690,59 +6698,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -6773,7 +6781,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -6899,6 +6907,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6978,6 +6987,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7398,6 +7408,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7477,6 +7488,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7789,7 +7801,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -7849,7 +7861,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -7887,11 +7899,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -7943,22 +7955,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -8055,20 +8067,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -8165,79 +8177,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -8429,7 +8441,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -8912,6 +8924,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8991,6 +9004,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9622,6 +9636,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9701,6 +9716,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10387,59 +10403,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -10470,7 +10486,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -10596,6 +10612,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10675,6 +10692,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11095,6 +11113,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11174,6 +11193,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11486,7 +11506,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -11546,7 +11566,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -11584,11 +11604,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -11640,22 +11660,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -11752,20 +11772,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -11862,79 +11882,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -12126,7 +12146,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -16174,59 +16194,59 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingAtomically": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count # of instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the # group will decrease its targetSize value accordingly. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "queuing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "queuing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # is currently queuing. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -16257,7 +16277,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -16383,6 +16403,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -16462,6 +16483,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -16882,6 +16904,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -16961,6 +16984,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -17273,7 +17297,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -17333,7 +17357,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -17371,11 +17395,11 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all # permissions required to create and delete instances. @@ -17427,22 +17451,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -17539,20 +17563,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -17649,79 +17673,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -17913,7 +17937,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 93ed9ff677..ca2573d390 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -606,6 +606,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -685,6 +686,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1770,6 +1772,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1849,6 +1852,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3315,6 +3319,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3394,6 +3399,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index c3d739e4a0..5d2f864984 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -230,6 +230,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -309,6 +310,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -772,6 +774,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -851,6 +854,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html index 215e0c4ed1..d94df8fe0f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html @@ -477,6 +477,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1265,6 +1266,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html index 8156777339..041d688cbb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html @@ -476,6 +476,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1185,6 +1186,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1901,6 +1903,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html index 60f438b40c..feb8faf8c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -3966,6 +3966,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -7582,6 +7588,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -11884,6 +11896,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -15551,6 +15569,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -19476,6 +19500,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23369,6 +23399,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23435,6 +23471,10 @@

Method Details

], "loadSucceeded": True or False, # Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded. # If false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, "testFailures": [ { "actualOutputUrl": "A String", # The actual output URL evaluated by a load balancer containing the scheme, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html index 9af2ce1381..15cb09716f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html @@ -98,6 +98,9 @@

Instance Methods

resume(project, rollout, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Resumes a Rollout.

+

+ startNextWave(project, rollout, requestId=None, waveNumber=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts the next wave of a Rollout.

Method Details

cancel(project, rollout, requestId=None, rollback=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -1627,4 +1630,298 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ startNextWave(project, rollout, requestId=None, waveNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts the next wave of a Rollout.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Required. Project ID for this request. (required)
+  rollout: string, Required. Name of the Rollout resource to start next wave. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  waveNumber: string, Required. Wave number of the current wave.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html index 6f51d65cf1..a061236fd6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html @@ -307,6 +307,8 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "natIpsPerEndpoint": 42, # The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint. + # If not specified, the default value is 1. "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided # by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment. "A String", @@ -848,6 +850,8 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "natIpsPerEndpoint": 42, # The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint. + # If not specified, the default value is 1. "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided # by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment. "A String", @@ -1374,6 +1378,8 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "natIpsPerEndpoint": 42, # The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint. + # If not specified, the default value is 1. "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided # by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment. "A String", @@ -1906,6 +1912,8 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "natIpsPerEndpoint": 42, # The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint. + # If not specified, the default value is 1. "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided # by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment. "A String", @@ -2115,6 +2123,8 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "natIpsPerEndpoint": 42, # The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint. + # If not specified, the default value is 1. "natSubnets": [ # An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided # by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html index 246c322d4d..de6056a58b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.

- patch(project, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.

Method Details

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(project, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Patches the SnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.
 
 Args:
@@ -176,7 +176,6 @@ 

Method Details

The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html index 877af08584..e41280a6a4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html @@ -279,6 +279,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1008,6 +1009,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1740,6 +1742,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2455,6 +2458,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html index 1cfb51bfa0..bf9616a963 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html @@ -3783,6 +3783,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -7780,6 +7786,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -11395,6 +11407,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -15717,6 +15735,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -19383,6 +19407,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23317,6 +23347,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -27237,6 +27273,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -27303,6 +27345,10 @@

Method Details

], "loadSucceeded": True or False, # Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded. # If false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, "testFailures": [ { "actualOutputUrl": "A String", # The actual output URL evaluated by a load balancer containing the scheme, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html index 3374d719de..19e5bfe179 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html @@ -358,6 +358,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -437,6 +438,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -900,6 +902,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -979,6 +982,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2891,6 +2895,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2970,6 +2975,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3433,6 +3439,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3512,6 +3519,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4740,6 +4748,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4819,6 +4828,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5282,6 +5292,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5361,6 +5372,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6965,6 +6977,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7044,6 +7057,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7507,6 +7521,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7586,6 +7601,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html index ec5ecb9c21..d50bea402d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html @@ -709,6 +709,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -975,7 +982,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1415,7 +1422,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1570,7 +1577,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -2735,6 +2742,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -3001,7 +3015,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3441,7 +3455,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3596,7 +3610,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -5249,6 +5263,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -5515,7 +5536,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5955,7 +5976,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6110,7 +6131,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -6974,6 +6995,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -7240,7 +7268,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7680,7 +7708,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7835,7 +7863,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -8448,6 +8476,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -8714,7 +8749,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9154,7 +9189,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9309,7 +9344,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -9865,6 +9900,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -10131,7 +10173,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10571,7 +10613,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10726,7 +10768,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -13010,6 +13052,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -13276,7 +13325,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -13716,7 +13765,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -13871,7 +13920,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html index 615d33a291..f23e296f9d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html @@ -140,6 +140,9 @@

Instance Methods

update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

addResourcePolicies(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -738,6 +741,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1894,6 +1898,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2947,6 +2952,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3867,6 +3873,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4791,6 +4798,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8141,6 +8149,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8786,4 +8795,316 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk
+      # will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS
+      # key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+      # 
+      # 
+      # Where project is the project ID or
+      # project number.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html index 393a0a771e..88e4144a88 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html @@ -315,6 +315,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload. "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and @@ -1315,6 +1327,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload. "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and @@ -1638,6 +1662,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload. "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and @@ -2339,6 +2375,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload. "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and @@ -2715,6 +2763,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload. "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html index 53462120f1..14d8119533 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -189,6 +189,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html index 7770173fcc..f8dc4ff764 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html @@ -850,6 +850,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1404,6 +1405,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2318,6 +2320,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3246,6 +3249,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3842,6 +3846,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index fd8baf43fb..df7bbdd316 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -727,11 +727,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -803,11 +803,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -826,16 +825,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -932,14 +929,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1039,7 +1036,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -1068,11 +1065,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1144,11 +1141,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1167,16 +1163,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1273,14 +1267,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1380,7 +1374,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1781,11 +1775,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1857,11 +1851,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1880,16 +1873,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1986,14 +1977,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -2093,7 +2084,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html index df83939b93..c78f985d3b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -670,51 +670,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -871,6 +871,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -950,6 +951,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1256,7 +1258,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -1299,7 +1301,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -1337,9 +1339,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -1392,22 +1394,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1504,20 +1506,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1614,79 +1616,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -1873,7 +1875,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -3970,51 +3972,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -4045,7 +4047,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -4171,6 +4173,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4250,6 +4253,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4556,7 +4560,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -4599,7 +4603,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -4637,9 +4641,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -4692,22 +4696,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4804,20 +4808,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4914,79 +4918,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -5173,7 +5177,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -5392,51 +5396,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -5467,7 +5471,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -5593,6 +5597,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5672,6 +5677,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5978,7 +5984,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -6021,7 +6027,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -6059,9 +6065,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -6114,22 +6120,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6226,20 +6232,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6336,79 +6342,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -6595,7 +6601,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -7040,51 +7046,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -7115,7 +7121,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -7241,6 +7247,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7320,6 +7327,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7626,7 +7634,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -7669,7 +7677,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -7707,9 +7715,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -7762,22 +7770,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -7874,20 +7882,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -7984,79 +7992,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -8243,7 +8251,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -8916,6 +8924,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8995,6 +9004,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9630,51 +9640,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -9705,7 +9715,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -9831,6 +9841,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9910,6 +9921,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10216,7 +10228,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -10259,7 +10271,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -10297,9 +10309,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -10352,22 +10364,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -10464,20 +10476,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -10574,79 +10586,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -10833,7 +10845,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -14813,51 +14825,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -14888,7 +14900,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -15014,6 +15026,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -15093,6 +15106,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -15399,7 +15413,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -15442,7 +15456,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -15480,9 +15494,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -15535,22 +15549,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -15647,20 +15661,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -15757,79 +15771,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -16016,7 +16030,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index 06940bcebe..d7e0341f04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -410,6 +410,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -489,6 +490,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -995,6 +997,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1853,6 +1859,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1932,6 +1939,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2438,6 +2446,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3282,6 +3294,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3361,6 +3374,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3867,6 +3881,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -4720,6 +4738,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4799,6 +4818,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5305,6 +5325,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index 7369aff623..495449ecc2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -767,6 +767,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1651,6 +1655,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1730,6 +1735,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2348,6 +2354,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2962,6 +2972,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3041,6 +3052,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3761,6 +3773,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3840,6 +3853,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4291,6 +4305,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4370,6 +4385,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4876,6 +4892,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -6833,6 +6853,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6912,6 +6933,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7530,6 +7552,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -9745,6 +9771,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9824,6 +9851,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10442,6 +10470,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -11413,6 +11445,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -11492,6 +11525,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -12110,6 +12144,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -21729,6 +21767,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -21808,6 +21847,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -22426,6 +22466,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -23959,6 +24003,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index 15852d2bc3..ed73ebc593 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -587,6 +587,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -666,6 +667,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1172,6 +1174,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1689,6 +1695,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1930,6 +1937,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2659,6 +2670,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2738,6 +2750,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3244,6 +3257,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3761,6 +3778,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4002,6 +4020,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -4736,6 +4758,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4815,6 +4838,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5321,6 +5345,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -5838,6 +5866,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6079,6 +6108,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html index 892640b9fe..2a428bcb4f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html @@ -240,6 +240,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -697,6 +699,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1143,6 +1147,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1595,6 +1601,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1723,6 +1731,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html index e021a9b39e..bffb925571 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html @@ -582,6 +582,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -848,7 +855,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1288,7 +1295,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1443,7 +1450,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -2359,6 +2366,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -2625,7 +2639,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3065,7 +3079,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3220,7 +3234,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -4085,6 +4099,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -4351,7 +4372,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -4791,7 +4812,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -4946,7 +4967,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -5562,6 +5583,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -5828,7 +5856,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6268,7 +6296,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6423,7 +6451,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -6980,6 +7008,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -7246,7 +7281,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7686,7 +7721,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7841,7 +7876,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -9830,6 +9865,13 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "service": "A String", # Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service + # Attachment). + # e.g. + # "run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service" + # for Cloud Run service. + # "compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment" + # for PSC Service Attachment. "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], @@ -10096,7 +10138,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10536,7 +10578,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10691,7 +10733,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html index 6817025975..2b5f775073 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html @@ -273,6 +273,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -747,6 +759,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -1131,6 +1155,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -1890,6 +1926,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -2359,6 +2407,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html index 699aaa5da4..614139a885 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified CompositeHealthCheck resource in the given region.

+

+ getHealth(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the most recent health check results for this

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region

@@ -701,6 +704,36 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getHealth(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional CompositeHealthCheck.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  compositeHealthCheck: string, Name of the CompositeHealthCheck resource to get health for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth
+  "healthSources": [ # Health sources and their corresponding health states.
+    {
+      "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the associated HealthSource resource.
+      "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.
+  "kind": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of
+      # composite health checks.
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
index 684ba20830..4ea42ba5ab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

addResourcePolicies(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -840,6 +843,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1891,6 +1895,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2808,6 +2813,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3732,6 +3738,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7079,6 +7086,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7724,4 +7732,316 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk
+      # will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS
+      # key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+      # 
+      # 
+      # Where project is the project ID or
+      # project number.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthSources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthSources.html index e05f62653f..da127faeda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthSources.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified HealthSource resource in the given region.

+

+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the most recent health check results for this

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region

@@ -707,6 +710,49 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional HealthSource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  healthSource: string, Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth
+  "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the HealthSource.
+  "kind": "compute#healthSourceHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.
+  "sources": [ # Health state details of the sources.
+    {
+      "backends": [ # Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source
+          # backend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource
+          # is BACKEND_SERVICE.
+        {
+          "endpointCount": 42, # Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+          "group": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group
+              # behind the source backend service.
+          "healthyEndpointCount": 42, # Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "forwardingRule": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source
+          # resource if it is a L4ILB backend service.
+      "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a
+          # backend service URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
index 5dff5a402f..ba2e60df59 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
@@ -727,11 +727,11 @@ 

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -803,11 +803,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -826,16 +825,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -932,14 +929,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1039,7 +1036,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -1066,11 +1063,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1142,11 +1139,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1165,16 +1161,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1271,14 +1265,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1378,7 +1372,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1780,11 +1774,11 @@

Method Details

# InstanceGroupManager. "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. "instances": [ # The names of instances to be created by this resize request. The number of # names specified determines the number of instances to create. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used @@ -1856,11 +1850,10 @@

Method Details

# managed instance. }, ], - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1879,16 +1872,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1985,14 +1976,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -2092,7 +2083,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index f80b90e210..9b8fff7d77 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -2548,51 +2548,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -2749,6 +2749,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2828,6 +2829,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3134,7 +3136,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -3177,7 +3179,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -3215,9 +3217,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -3270,22 +3272,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3382,20 +3384,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3492,79 +3494,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -3751,7 +3753,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -3827,51 +3829,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -3902,7 +3904,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -4028,6 +4030,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4107,6 +4110,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4413,7 +4417,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -4456,7 +4460,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -4494,9 +4498,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -4549,22 +4553,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4661,20 +4665,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4771,79 +4775,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -5030,7 +5034,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -5474,51 +5478,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -5549,7 +5553,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -5675,6 +5679,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5754,6 +5759,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6060,7 +6066,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -6103,7 +6109,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -6141,9 +6147,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -6196,22 +6202,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6308,20 +6314,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6418,79 +6424,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -6677,7 +6683,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -7345,6 +7351,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7424,6 +7431,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8056,51 +8064,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -8131,7 +8139,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -8257,6 +8265,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8336,6 +8345,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8642,7 +8652,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -8685,7 +8695,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -8723,9 +8733,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -8778,22 +8788,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -8890,20 +8900,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -9000,79 +9010,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -9259,7 +9269,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -13205,51 +13215,51 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "adopting": 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "adopting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -13280,7 +13290,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -13406,6 +13416,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -13485,6 +13496,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -13791,7 +13803,7 @@

Method Details

# the capacity above standard_capacity_base. }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed VM. If the value of the onFailedHealthCheck field # is `DEFAULT_ACTION`, then the same action also applies to the VMs on which your application @@ -13834,7 +13846,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "multiMig": "A String", # URL to the multi-MIG that this Managed Instance Group belongs to. @@ -13872,9 +13884,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed # by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all @@ -13927,22 +13939,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -14039,20 +14051,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -14149,79 +14161,79 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "isStateful": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This # field is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -14408,7 +14420,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 71cf6cbcce..05a760cee9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -599,6 +599,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -678,6 +679,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1184,6 +1186,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1658,6 +1664,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1737,6 +1744,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2243,6 +2251,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3097,6 +3109,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3176,6 +3189,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3682,6 +3696,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index 76111b8269..d45a5edb91 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -230,6 +230,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -309,6 +310,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -760,6 +762,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -839,6 +842,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1345,6 +1349,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html index b0dc96eddb..5b511a21f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html @@ -104,6 +104,9 @@

Instance Methods

testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, region, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

close() @@ -472,6 +475,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1174,6 +1178,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1882,6 +1887,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3425,4 +3431,312 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, region, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  snapshot: string, Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the
+      # snapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's
+      # current KMS key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/region/cryptoKeys/key
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html index 1b7115c9fe..cc4cb4af7f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -3921,6 +3921,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -7487,6 +7493,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -11726,6 +11738,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -15343,6 +15361,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -19217,6 +19241,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23059,6 +23089,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23119,6 +23155,10 @@

Method Details

], "loadSucceeded": True or False, # Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded. # If false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, "testFailures": [ { "actualOutputUrl": "A String", # The actual output URL evaluated by a load balancer containing the scheme, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.rollouts.html index e6ea98d309..e65d4c7928 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.rollouts.html @@ -769,6 +769,12 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "failedResourcesCount": "A String", # Output only. Resources failed. + "locationStatus": { # Output only. Status of each location in the wave. Map keys (locations) must be + # specified like "us-east1" or "asia-west1-a". + "a_key": { # Represents the status of a location in a wave. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Location state of the wave. + }, + }, }, "waveDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Wave name. # Ex. wave1 @@ -947,6 +953,12 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "failedResourcesCount": "A String", # Output only. Resources failed. + "locationStatus": { # Output only. Status of each location in the wave. Map keys (locations) must be + # specified like "us-east1" or "asia-west1-a". + "a_key": { # Represents the status of a location in a wave. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Location state of the wave. + }, + }, }, "waveDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Wave name. # Ex. wave1 diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html index cea959a5f7..79aabe892c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html @@ -110,6 +110,9 @@

Instance Methods

testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -273,6 +276,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -994,6 +998,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1697,6 +1702,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2404,6 +2410,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3933,4 +3940,311 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  snapshot: string, Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the
+      # snapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's
+      # current KMS key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html index 7d94533c0d..6e3553df57 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html @@ -3739,6 +3739,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -7685,6 +7691,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -11250,6 +11262,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -15509,6 +15527,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -19125,6 +19149,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -23008,6 +23038,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -26877,6 +26913,12 @@

Method Details

# You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "status": { # [Output Only] The status of the URL map. # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, + }, "tests": [ # The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a # maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. # @@ -26937,6 +26979,10 @@

Method Details

], "loadSucceeded": True or False, # Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded. # If false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons. + "quotaUsage": { # Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap. # Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap. + "forwardingRules": 42, # Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap. + "units": "A String", # Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap. + }, "testFailures": [ { "actualOutputUrl": "A String", # The actual output URL evaluated by a load balancer containing the scheme, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html index 67b7109287..c245bbb363 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html @@ -77,6 +77,12 @@

Instance Methods

addSignedUrlKey(project, backendBucket, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Adds a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend

+

+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the list of all BackendBucket resources, regional and global,

+

+ aggregatedList_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,6 +104,12 @@

Instance Methods

list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified

+

+ listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project.

+

+ listUsable_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -425,6 +437,390 @@

Method Details

} +
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the list of all BackendBucket resources, regional and global,
+available to the specified project.
+
+To prevent failure, it is recommended that you set the
+`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,
+global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added
+after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always
+include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource
+types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only
+scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found
+will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  serviceProjectNumber: string, The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which
+aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of BackendBucketsScopedList resources.
+    "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of BackendBuckets.
+      "backendBuckets": [ # A list of BackendBuckets contained in this scope.
+        { # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+            #
+            # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+            # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+          "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+          "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+            "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+                # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+                # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+              { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+                  # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+                  # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+                "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+                    # Values are case-insensitive.
+              },
+            ],
+            "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+                # Cloud CDN.
+              "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+                  # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+                  # and not treated as delimiters.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+                # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+                # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+                # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+                # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+                # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+                # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+                # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+                # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+                # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+                # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+                # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+                # cached.
+                #
+                # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+                # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+            "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+                # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+                # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+                # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+                # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+                # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+                # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+                # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+                # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+                # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+            "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+                # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+                # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+                # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+                # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+                # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+                # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+                # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+                # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+            "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+                # origin.
+                # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+                # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+                # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+                # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+                # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+                # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+                # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+                # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+                # the defined TTL.
+            "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+                # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+                # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+                # experience by reducing response latency.
+                # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+                # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+                # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+                # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+                # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+                # caching headers.
+                # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+                # status codes:
+                # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+                # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+                # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+                # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+                # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+            "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+                # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+                # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+                # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+                # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+                # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+                # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+                # negative caching when a policy exists.
+              { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+                "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+                    # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+                    # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+                    # once.
+                "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+                    # corresponding status code.
+                    # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+                    # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+                    # defined TTL.
+              },
+            ],
+            "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+                # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+            "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+                # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+                # the cache.
+                # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+                # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+                # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+                # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+                # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+                # response.
+                # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+                # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+            "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+                # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+                # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+                # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+                # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+                # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+                # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+                # altered.
+            "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+              # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+              # text format.
+          "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+              # when the resource is created.
+          "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+              # this backend bucket.
+          "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+          "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+          "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+          "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+              # load balancer.
+              #
+              # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+              # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+              # balancers, or both.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+              # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+              # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+              # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+              # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+              # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+              # cannot be a dash.
+          "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+              # as part of resource payload.
+            "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+                # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+                # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+                # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+                # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+                # { : }.
+                # For example the following are valid inputs:
+                # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+                # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+                # Note:
+                # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+                #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+              # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+              # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+              # not settable as a field in the request body.
+          "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+          "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+            {
+              "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+                  # BackendBucket.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of
+          # backend services when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+            # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+            # are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+            # value format. For example:
+            #
+            # "data": [
+            #   {
+            #    "key": "scope",
+            #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+            #   }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+                # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+                # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+                # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+                # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+                # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+                # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#backendBucketAggregatedList", # Output only. Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ aggregatedList_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -1211,6 +1607,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket + # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket. { @@ -1778,6 +2178,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket + # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket. { @@ -2352,6 +2756,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket + # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket. { @@ -2396,6 +2804,348 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of BackendBucket resources.
+    { # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+        #
+        # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+        # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+      "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+      "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+        "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+            # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+            # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+          { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+              # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+              # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+            "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+                # Values are case-insensitive.
+          },
+        ],
+        "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+            # Cloud CDN.
+          "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+              # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+              # and not treated as delimiters.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+            # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+            # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+            # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+            # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+            # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+            # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+            # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+            # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+            # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+            # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+            # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+            # cached.
+            #
+            # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+            # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+        "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+            # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+            # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+            # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+            # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+            # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+            # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+            # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+            # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+        "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+            # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+            # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+            # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+            # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+            # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+            # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+        "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+            # origin.
+            # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+            # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+            # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+            # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+            # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+            # the defined TTL.
+        "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+            # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+            # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+            # experience by reducing response latency.
+            # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+            # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+            # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+            # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+            # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+            # caching headers.
+            # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+            # status codes:
+            # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+            # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+            # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+            # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+            # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+        "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+            # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+            # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+            # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+            # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+            # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+            # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+            # negative caching when a policy exists.
+          { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+            "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+                # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+                # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+                # once.
+            "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+                # corresponding status code.
+                # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+                # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+                # defined TTL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+            # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+        "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+            # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+            # the cache.
+            # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+            # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+            # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+            # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+            # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+            # response.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+            # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+        "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+            # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+            # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+            # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+            # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+            # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+            # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+            # altered.
+        "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+          # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+          # when the resource is created.
+      "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+          # this backend bucket.
+      "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+      "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+          # load balancer.
+          #
+          # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+          # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+          # balancers, or both.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+          # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+          # cannot be a dash.
+      "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+          # as part of resource payload.
+        "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+            # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+            # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+            # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+            # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+            # { : }.
+            # For example the following are valid inputs:
+            # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+            # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+            # Note:
+            # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+            #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+          # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+          # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+          # not settable as a field in the request body.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+        {
+          "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+              # BackendBucket.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#usableBackendBucketList", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#usableBackendBucketList for lists of usable backend
+      # buckets.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listUsable_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
list_next()
Retrieves the next page of results.
@@ -2602,6 +3352,10 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket + # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket. { @@ -4293,6 +5047,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, }, + "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket + # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket. { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html index 800fc06154..0c4dabe0e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html @@ -665,6 +665,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -701,6 +709,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -954,7 +963,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1381,7 +1390,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1536,7 +1545,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -2601,6 +2610,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -2637,6 +2654,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -2890,7 +2908,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3317,7 +3335,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3472,7 +3490,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -4305,6 +4323,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -4341,6 +4367,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -4594,7 +4621,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5021,7 +5048,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5176,7 +5203,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -5940,6 +5967,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -5976,6 +6011,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -6229,7 +6265,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6656,7 +6692,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6811,7 +6847,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -7324,6 +7360,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -7360,6 +7404,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -7613,7 +7658,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -8040,7 +8085,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -8195,7 +8240,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -8651,6 +8696,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -8687,6 +8740,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -8940,7 +8994,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9367,7 +9421,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -9522,7 +9576,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -11706,6 +11760,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -11742,6 +11804,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -11995,7 +12058,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12422,7 +12485,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -12577,7 +12640,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html index 8fcae5bac0..b196d53fea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html @@ -140,6 +140,9 @@

Instance Methods

update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

addResourcePolicies(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -736,6 +739,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1838,6 +1842,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2884,6 +2889,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3775,6 +3781,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4670,6 +4677,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7991,6 +7999,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -8609,4 +8618,316 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk
+      # will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS
+      # key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+      # 
+      # 
+      # Where project is the project ID or
+      # project number.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html index d89e91b9e0..5eb76a4ab8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html @@ -305,6 +305,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and # expected pricing. @@ -1276,6 +1288,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and # expected pricing. @@ -1570,6 +1594,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and # expected pricing. @@ -2242,6 +2278,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and # expected pricing. @@ -2589,6 +2637,18 @@

Method Details

# delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. # Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created # reservations name format will be -date-####. + "params": { # Additional future reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation "reservationMode": "A String", # The reservation mode which determines reservation-termination behavior and # expected pricing. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html index 2a6163097c..e4d46ff878 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html @@ -364,6 +364,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the regionAutoscalers Resource.

+

+ regionBackendBuckets() +

+

Returns the regionBackendBuckets Resource.

+

regionBackendServices()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html index 2acb7f0d37..41937b54af 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -168,6 +168,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html index 0849194027..2350dba5c9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html @@ -808,6 +808,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1287,6 +1288,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2126,6 +2128,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2978,6 +2981,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3499,6 +3503,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index d953687159..367a3fb454 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -725,16 +725,15 @@

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -753,16 +752,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -859,14 +856,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -966,7 +963,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -993,16 +990,15 @@

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1021,16 +1017,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1127,14 +1121,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1234,7 +1228,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1633,16 +1627,15 @@

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1661,16 +1654,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1767,14 +1758,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1874,7 +1865,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html index 05c5a53b62..3e1b36eeef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -652,49 +652,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -809,9 +809,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -859,22 +859,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -971,20 +971,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1081,72 +1081,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -3109,49 +3109,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -3181,7 +3181,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -3201,7 +3201,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -3240,7 +3240,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -3266,9 +3266,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -3316,22 +3316,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3428,20 +3428,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3538,72 +3538,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -3788,7 +3788,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -3867,49 +3867,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -3939,7 +3939,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -3959,7 +3959,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -3998,7 +3998,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -4024,9 +4024,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -4074,22 +4074,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4186,20 +4186,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4296,72 +4296,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -4546,7 +4546,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -4991,49 +4991,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -5063,7 +5063,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -5083,7 +5083,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -5122,7 +5122,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -5148,9 +5148,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -5198,22 +5198,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5310,20 +5310,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5420,72 +5420,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -5670,7 +5670,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -6564,49 +6564,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -6636,7 +6636,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -6656,7 +6656,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -6695,7 +6695,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -6721,9 +6721,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -6771,22 +6771,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6883,20 +6883,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6993,72 +6993,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -7243,7 +7243,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html index 6ac5ae03d7..fd83d80ef2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html @@ -410,6 +410,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -939,6 +940,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1754,6 +1759,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2283,6 +2289,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3084,6 +3094,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3613,6 +3624,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -4423,6 +4438,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4952,6 +4968,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index e1539d98a9..d2b3ab5a96 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -757,6 +757,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1641,6 +1645,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2286,6 +2291,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2833,6 +2842,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3583,6 +3593,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4064,6 +4075,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4593,6 +4605,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -6506,6 +6522,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7151,6 +7168,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -8758,6 +8779,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -9403,6 +9425,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -10307,6 +10333,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -10952,6 +10979,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -20029,6 +20060,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -20674,6 +20706,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -22139,6 +22175,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html index a2a08a7a2e..9822b32b68 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html @@ -587,6 +587,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1116,6 +1117,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1590,6 +1595,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1830,6 +1836,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2523,6 +2533,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3052,6 +3063,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -3526,6 +3541,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3766,6 +3782,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -4464,6 +4484,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -4993,6 +5014,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -5467,6 +5492,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -5707,6 +5733,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html index 41eaf49bd8..46f91dade1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html @@ -240,6 +240,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -697,6 +699,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1143,6 +1147,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1595,6 +1601,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. @@ -1723,6 +1731,8 @@

Method Details

"secondaryIpCidrRanges": [ # Alias IP ranges from the same subnetwork. "A String", ], + "serviceClassId": "A String", # The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was + # assigned. "status": "A String", # The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment. "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork used to assign the IP to the producer # instance network interface. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendBuckets.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a18517ebb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendBuckets.html @@ -0,0 +1,3568 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . regionBackendBuckets

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, region, backendBucket, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified regional BackendBucket resource.

+

+ get(project, region, backendBucket, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the specified regional BackendBucket resource.

+

+ getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such

+

+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a RegionBackendBucket in the specified project in the given scope

+

+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified

+

+ listUsable(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project in

+

+ listUsable_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(project, region, backendBucket, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the

+

+ setIamPolicy(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, region, backendBucket, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified regional BackendBucket resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  backendBucket: string, Name of the BackendBucket resource to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, region, backendBucket, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the specified regional BackendBucket resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  backendBucket: string, Name of the BackendBucket resource to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+    #
+    # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+    # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+  "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+  "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+    "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+        # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+        # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+      { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+          # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+          # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+        "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+            # Values are case-insensitive.
+      },
+    ],
+    "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+        # Cloud CDN.
+      "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+          # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+          # and not treated as delimiters.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+        # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+        # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+        # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+        # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+        # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+        # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+        # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+        # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+        # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+        # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+        # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+        # cached.
+        #
+        # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+        # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+    "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+        # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+        # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+        # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+        # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+        # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+        # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+        # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+        # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+    "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+        # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+        # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+        # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+        # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+        # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+        # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+    "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+        # origin.
+        # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+        # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+        # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+        # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+        # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+        # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+        # the defined TTL.
+    "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+        # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+        # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+        # experience by reducing response latency.
+        # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+        # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+        # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+        # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+        # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+        # caching headers.
+        # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+        # status codes:
+        # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+        # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+        # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+        # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+        # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+    "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+        # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+        # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+        # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+        # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+        # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+        # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+        # negative caching when a policy exists.
+      { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+        "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+            # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+            # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+            # once.
+        "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+            # corresponding status code.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+            # defined TTL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+        # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+    "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+        # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+        # the cache.
+        # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+        # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+        # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+        # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+        # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+        # response.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+        # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+    "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+        # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+        # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+        # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+        # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+        # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+        # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+        # altered.
+    "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+      # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+      # when the resource is created.
+  "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+      # this backend bucket.
+  "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+  "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+      # load balancer.
+      #
+      # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+      # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+      # balancers, or both.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+      # as part of resource payload.
+    "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+        # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+        # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+        # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+        # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+        # { : }.
+        # For example the following are valid inputs:
+        # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+        # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+        # Note:
+        # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+        #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+      # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+    {
+      "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+          # BackendBucket.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such
+policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a RegionBackendBucket in the specified project in the given scope
+using the parameters that are included in the request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+    # 
+    # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+    # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+  "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+  "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+    "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+        # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+        # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+      { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+          # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+          # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+        "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+            # Values are case-insensitive.
+      },
+    ],
+    "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+        # Cloud CDN.
+      "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+          # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+          # and not treated as delimiters.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+        # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+        # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+        # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+        # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+        # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+        # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+        # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+        # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+        # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+        # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+        # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+        # cached.
+        #
+        # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+        # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+    "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+        # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+        # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+        # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+        # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+        # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+        # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+        # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+        # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+    "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+        # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+        # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+        # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+        # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+        # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+        # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+    "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+        # origin.
+        # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+        # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+        # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+        # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+        # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+        # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+        # the defined TTL.
+    "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+        # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+        # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+        # experience by reducing response latency.
+        # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+        # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+        # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+        # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+        # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+        # caching headers.
+        # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+        # status codes:
+        # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+        # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+        # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+        # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+        # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+    "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+        # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+        # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+        # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+        # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+        # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+        # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+        # negative caching when a policy exists.
+      { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+        "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+            # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+            # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+            # once.
+        "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+            # corresponding status code.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+            # defined TTL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+        # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+    "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+        # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+        # the cache.
+        # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+        # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+        # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+        # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+        # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+        # response.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+        # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+    "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+        # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+        # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+        # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+        # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+        # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+        # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+        # altered.
+    "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+      # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+      # when the resource is created.
+  "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+      # this backend bucket.
+  "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+  "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+      # load balancer.
+      # 
+      # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+      # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+      # balancers, or both.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+      # as part of resource payload.
+    "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+        # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+        # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+        # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+        # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+        # { : }.
+        # For example the following are valid inputs:
+        # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+        # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+        # Note:
+        # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+        #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+      # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+    {
+      "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+          # BackendBucket.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified
+project in the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of BackendBucket resources.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of BackendBucket resources.
+    { # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+        #
+        # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+        # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+      "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+      "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+        "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+            # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+            # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+          { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+              # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+              # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+            "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+                # Values are case-insensitive.
+          },
+        ],
+        "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+            # Cloud CDN.
+          "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+              # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+              # and not treated as delimiters.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+            # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+            # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+            # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+            # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+            # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+            # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+            # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+            # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+            # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+            # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+            # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+            # cached.
+            #
+            # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+            # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+        "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+            # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+            # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+            # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+            # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+            # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+            # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+            # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+            # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+        "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+            # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+            # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+            # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+            # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+            # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+            # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+        "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+            # origin.
+            # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+            # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+            # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+            # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+            # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+            # the defined TTL.
+        "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+            # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+            # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+            # experience by reducing response latency.
+            # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+            # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+            # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+            # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+            # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+            # caching headers.
+            # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+            # status codes:
+            # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+            # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+            # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+            # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+            # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+        "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+            # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+            # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+            # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+            # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+            # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+            # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+            # negative caching when a policy exists.
+          { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+            "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+                # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+                # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+                # once.
+            "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+                # corresponding status code.
+                # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+                # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+                # defined TTL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+            # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+        "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+            # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+            # the cache.
+            # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+            # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+            # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+            # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+            # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+            # response.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+            # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+        "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+            # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+            # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+            # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+            # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+            # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+            # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+            # altered.
+        "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+          # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+          # when the resource is created.
+      "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+          # this backend bucket.
+      "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+      "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+          # load balancer.
+          #
+          # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+          # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+          # balancers, or both.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+          # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+          # cannot be a dash.
+      "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+          # as part of resource payload.
+        "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+            # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+            # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+            # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+            # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+            # { : }.
+            # For example the following are valid inputs:
+            # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+            # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+            # Note:
+            # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+            #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+          # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+          # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+          # not settable as a field in the request body.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+        {
+          "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+              # BackendBucket.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#backendBucketList", # Output only. Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listUsable(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project in
+the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request.
+It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of BackendBucket resources.
+    { # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+        #
+        # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+        # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+      "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+      "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+        "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+            # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+            # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+          { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+              # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+              # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+            "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+                # Values are case-insensitive.
+          },
+        ],
+        "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+            # Cloud CDN.
+          "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+              # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+              # and not treated as delimiters.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+            # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+            # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+            # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+            # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+            # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+            # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+            # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+            # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+            # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+            # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+            # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+            # cached.
+            #
+            # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+            # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+        "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+            # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+            # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+            # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+            # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+            # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+            # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+            # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+            # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+        "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+            # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+            # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+            # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+            # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+            # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+            # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+        "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+            # origin.
+            # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+            # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+            # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+            # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+            # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+            # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+            # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+            # the defined TTL.
+        "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+            # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+            # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+            # experience by reducing response latency.
+            # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+            # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+            # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+            # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+            # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+            # caching headers.
+            # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+            # status codes:
+            # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+            # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+            # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+            # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+            # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+        "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+            # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+            # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+            # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+            # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+            # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+            # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+            # negative caching when a policy exists.
+          { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+            "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+                # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+                # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+                # once.
+            "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+                # corresponding status code.
+                # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+                # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+                # defined TTL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+            # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+        "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+            # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+            # the cache.
+            # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+            # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+            # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+            # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+            # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+            # response.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+            # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+        "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+            # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+            # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+            # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+            # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+            # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+            # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+            # altered.
+        "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+          # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+          # when the resource is created.
+      "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+          # this backend bucket.
+      "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+      "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+          # load balancer.
+          #
+          # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+          # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+          # balancers, or both.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+          # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+          # cannot be a dash.
+      "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+          # as part of resource payload.
+        "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+            # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+            # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+            # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+            # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+            # { : }.
+            # For example the following are valid inputs:
+            # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+            # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+            # Note:
+            # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+            #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+          # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+          # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+          # not settable as a field in the request body.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+        {
+          "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+              # BackendBucket.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#usableBackendBucketList", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#usableBackendBucketList for lists of usable backend
+      # buckets.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listUsable_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(project, region, backendBucket, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the specified  BackendBucket resource with the data included in the
+request. This method supportsPATCH
+semantics and uses theJSON merge
+patch format and processing rules.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  backendBucket: string, Name of the BackendBucket resource to patch. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.
+    # 
+    # This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load
+    # balancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.
+  "bucketName": "A String", # Cloud Storage bucket name.
+  "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket.
+    "bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g.
+        # Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified.
+        # The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.
+      { # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are present,
+          # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case insensitive.
+          # The presence of such a header overrides the cache_mode setting.
+        "headerName": "A String", # The header field name to match on when bypassing cache.
+            # Values are case-insensitive.
+      },
+    ],
+    "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.
+        # Cloud CDN.
+      "includeHttpHeaders": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "queryStringWhitelist": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. Default
+          # parameters are always included. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded
+          # and not treated as delimiters.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend.
+        # The possible values are:USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching
+        # headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be
+        # cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on
+        # every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on
+        # the origin server.FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private",
+        # "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers.
+        # Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,
+        # per-user (user identifiable) content.CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content,
+        # including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets
+        # (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as
+        # uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be
+        # cached.
+        #
+        # If no value is provided for cdnPolicy.cacheMode, it defaults
+        # to CACHE_ALL_STATIC.
+    "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is
+        # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client.  With
+        # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the
+        # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive.  For
+        # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age
+        # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age
+        # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also
+        # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present.
+        # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).
+    "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for
+        # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of
+        # maxTTL, but can be equal.
+        # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL
+        # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is
+        # 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be
+        # evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.
+    "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this
+        # origin.
+        # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than
+        # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will
+        # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an
+        # s-maxage Cache-Control directive.
+        # Headers sent to the client will not be modified.
+        # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate".
+        # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that
+        # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before
+        # the defined TTL.
+    "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order
+        # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.
+        # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user
+        # experience by reducing response latency.
+        # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,
+        # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code
+        # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.
+        # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies
+        # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any
+        # caching headers.
+        # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these
+        # status codes:
+        # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m
+        # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),
+        # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s
+        # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.
+        # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.
+    "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.
+        # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.
+        # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use
+        # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs.
+        # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you
+        # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes
+        # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default
+        # negative caching when a policy exists.
+      { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.
+        "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes
+            # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be
+            # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than
+            # once.
+        "ttl": 42, # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the
+            # corresponding status code.
+            # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that
+            # infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the
+            # defined TTL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill
+        # requests into a small number of requests to the origin.
+    "serveWhileStale": 42, # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating
+        # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing
+        # the cache.
+        # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached
+        # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that
+        # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit
+        # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be
+        # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached
+        # response.
+        # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).
+        # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.
+    "signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec": "A String", # Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be
+        # considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be
+        # revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s).  When serving
+        # responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as
+        # though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control:
+        # public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing
+        # Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be
+        # altered.
+    "signedUrlKeyNames": [ # [Output Only] Names of the keys for signing request URLs.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "compressionMode": "A String", # Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on
+      # the client's Accept-Encoding header.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "customResponseHeaders": [ # Headers that the Application Load Balancer should add to proxied responses.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # An optional textual description of the resource; provided by the client
+      # when the resource is created.
+  "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with
+      # this backend bucket.
+  "enableCdn": True or False, # If true, enable Cloud CDN for this BackendBucket.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#backendBucket", # Output only. Type of the resource.
+  "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7
+      # load balancer.
+      # 
+      # If loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by
+      # classic global external load balancers, or global application external load
+      # balancers, or both.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "params": { # Additional Backend Bucket parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+      # as part of resource payload.
+    "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+        # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource
+        # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT
+        # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+        # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+        # { : }.
+        # For example the following are valid inputs:
+        # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+        # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+        # Note:
+        # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+        #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket
+      # resides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "usedBy": [ # Output only. [Output Only] List of resources referencing that backend bucket.
+    {
+      "reference": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for UrlMaps referencing that
+          # BackendBucket.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.
+Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backwacd compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of
+      # the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a
+      # valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+      # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+      #
+      #
+      # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+      # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+      # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+      # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+      # role or a user-created custom role.
+      #
+      # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+      # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+      # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+      # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+      # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+      #
+      # **JSON example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     {
+      #       "bindings": [
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:mike@example.com",
+      #             "group:admins@example.com",
+      #             "domain:google.com",
+      #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+      #           ]
+      #         },
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:eve@example.com"
+      #           ],
+      #           "condition": {
+      #             "title": "expirable access",
+      #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+      #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+      #           }
+      #         }
+      #       ],
+      #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+      #       "version": 3
+      #     }
+      # ```
+      #
+      # **YAML example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     bindings:
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:mike@example.com
+      #       - group:admins@example.com
+      #       - domain:google.com
+      #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:eve@example.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+      #       condition:
+      #         title: expirable access
+      #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+      #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+      #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+      #     version: 3
+      # ```
+      #
+      # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+          # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+          # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+          # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+          #
+          # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+          # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+          # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+          # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+          #
+          # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+          #
+          #     {
+          #       "audit_configs": [
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "allServices",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         },
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         }
+          #       ]
+          #     }
+          #
+          # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+          # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+          # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+              # Example:
+              #
+              #     {
+              #       "audit_log_configs": [
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+              #           "exempted_members": [
+              #             "user:jose@example.com"
+              #           ]
+              #         },
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+              #         }
+              #       ]
+              #     }
+              #
+              # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+              # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+                # permission.
+                # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+            # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+            # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+        # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+        # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+        #
+        # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+        # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+        # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+        # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+        # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+        # the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+            # current request.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+            # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+            # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+            #
+            # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+            # [IAM
+            # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+            # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+            # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+            #
+            # Example (Comparison):
+            #
+            #     title: "Summary size limit"
+            #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+            #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+            #
+            # Example (Equality):
+            #
+            #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+            #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+            #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+            #
+            # Example (Logic):
+            #
+            #     title: "Public documents"
+            #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+            #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+            #
+            # Example (Data Manipulation):
+            #
+            #     title: "Notification string"
+            #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+            #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+            #
+            # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+            # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+            # documentation for additional information.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+              # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+              # syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+              # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+              # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+              # expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+            # `members` can have the following values:
+            #
+            # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+            #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+            #
+            # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+            #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+            #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+            #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+            #
+            # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+            #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+            #
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+            #    service account. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+            #    identifier for a
+            #    [Kubernetes service
+            #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+            #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+            #
+            # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+            #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+            #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   All workforce identities in a group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   A workload identity pool group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+            #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+            #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+            #    retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+            #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+            #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+            #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+            #    role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+            #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+            #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+            #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+            # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+            #
+            # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+            # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+            # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+            # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+        # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+        # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+        # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+        # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+        # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+        # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+        #
+        # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+        # are rejected.
+        #
+        # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+        # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+        #
+        # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+        # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+        # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+        # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+        #   that includes conditions
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+        #
+        # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+        # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+        #
+        # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+        # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+      # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+      # allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html index 6c3eb50db2..cc35e8cd07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html @@ -538,6 +538,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -574,6 +582,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -827,7 +836,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1254,7 +1263,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -1409,7 +1418,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -2225,6 +2234,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -2261,6 +2278,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -2514,7 +2532,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -2941,7 +2959,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -3096,7 +3114,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -3861,6 +3879,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -3897,6 +3923,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -4150,7 +4177,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -4577,7 +4604,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -4732,7 +4759,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -5248,6 +5275,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -5284,6 +5319,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -5537,7 +5573,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -5964,7 +6000,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -6119,7 +6155,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -6576,6 +6612,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -6612,6 +6656,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -6865,7 +6910,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7292,7 +7337,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -7447,7 +7492,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # @@ -9336,6 +9381,14 @@

Method Details

# balancing mode. # # Not available if the backend's balancingMode isRATE. + "maxInFlightRequests": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or + # instance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. + "maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": 42, # Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM. + # Not available if backend's balancingMode is RATE + # or CONNECTION. "maxRate": 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For # usage guidelines, seeRate # balancing mode and Utilization @@ -9372,6 +9425,7 @@

Method Details

# capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be # assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the # default + "trafficDuration": "A String", }, ], "cdnPolicy": { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for @@ -9625,7 +9679,7 @@

Method Details

# # This field is applicable to either: # - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10052,7 +10106,7 @@

Method Details

# metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field. # # This field is applicable to either: - # - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, + # - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP, # HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to # INTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A global backend service with the @@ -10207,7 +10261,7 @@

Method Details

# - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to # INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. # - A regional backend - # service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and + # service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and # loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not # supported for Serverless NEGs. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html index be91fa2620..147792248f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html @@ -267,6 +267,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -726,6 +738,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -1095,6 +1119,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -1839,6 +1875,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that @@ -2259,6 +2307,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Additional commitment params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "plan": "A String", # The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources. # The plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the # commitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html index 97ee12e229..f7f975462f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified CompositeHealthCheck resource in the given region.

+

+ getHealth(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the most recent health check results for this

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region

@@ -701,6 +704,36 @@

Method Details

} +
+ getHealth(project, region, compositeHealthCheck, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional CompositeHealthCheck.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  compositeHealthCheck: string, Name of the CompositeHealthCheck resource to get health for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth
+  "healthSources": [ # Health sources and their corresponding health states.
+    {
+      "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the associated HealthSource resource.
+      "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.
+  "kind": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of
+      # composite health checks.
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
index f5558d6c60..9a1ef6bd95 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
@@ -131,6 +131,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

addResourcePolicies(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -813,6 +816,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1857,6 +1861,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2745,6 +2750,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3640,6 +3646,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -6958,6 +6965,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -7576,4 +7584,316 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk
+      # will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS
+      # key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+      # 
+      # 
+      # Where project is the project ID or
+      # project number.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthSources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthSources.html index ffc70b3de4..560348ce21 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthSources.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified HealthSource resource in the given region.

+

+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the most recent health check results for this

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region

@@ -707,6 +710,49 @@

Method Details

} +
+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional HealthSource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  healthSource: string, Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth
+  "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the HealthSource.
+  "kind": "compute#healthSourceHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.
+  "sources": [ # Health state details of the sources.
+    {
+      "backends": [ # Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source
+          # backend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource
+          # is BACKEND_SERVICE.
+        {
+          "endpointCount": 42, # Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+          "group": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group
+              # behind the source backend service.
+          "healthyEndpointCount": 42, # Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "forwardingRule": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source
+          # resource if it is a L4ILB backend service.
+      "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a
+          # backend service URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
index 7de91b7422..1216da1c85 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html
@@ -725,16 +725,15 @@ 

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -753,16 +752,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -859,14 +856,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -966,7 +963,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }
@@ -991,16 +988,15 @@

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1019,16 +1015,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1125,14 +1119,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1232,7 +1226,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. } @@ -1632,16 +1626,15 @@

Method Details

# specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager # and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning # InstanceGroupManager. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server - # generates this identifier. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for - # resize requests. + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this + # identifier. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters # long, and comply withRFC1035. - "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion + "region": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a region # where the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize # requests. "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. @@ -1660,16 +1653,14 @@

Method Details

"resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's # target size will be increased by this number. This field cannot be used # together with 'instances'. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines - # this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of the request. - "error": { # Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or - # provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to - # the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is - # final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not - # going to retry. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the request. + "status": { # Output only. Status of the request. + "error": { # Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of + # the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. + # Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are + # never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -1766,14 +1757,14 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "lastAttempt": { # Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. - # The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's - # still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced - # with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the - # value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is - # cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes - # inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be - # storred in the "error" field only. + "lastAttempt": { # Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is + # temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active + # and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a + # different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may + # be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when + # ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the + # final state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the + # "error" field only. "error": { # Output only. Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. @@ -1873,7 +1864,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of a zone # where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize # requests. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index d7cd946d33..deca787249 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -2158,49 +2158,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -2315,9 +2315,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -2365,22 +2365,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2477,20 +2477,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -2587,72 +2587,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -2837,7 +2837,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }
@@ -2913,49 +2913,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -2985,7 +2985,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -3005,7 +3005,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -3044,7 +3044,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -3070,9 +3070,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -3120,22 +3120,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3232,20 +3232,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -3342,72 +3342,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } @@ -4036,49 +4036,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -4108,7 +4108,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -4128,7 +4128,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -4167,7 +4167,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -4193,9 +4193,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -4243,22 +4243,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4355,20 +4355,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -4465,72 +4465,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -4715,7 +4715,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). }, ], @@ -5601,49 +5601,49 @@

Method Details

# "vm-###" results in "vm-001" as a VM name. # @pattern # [a-z](([-a-z0-9]{0,57})|([-a-z0-9]{0,51}-#{1,10}(\\[[0-9]{1,10}\\])?)) - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339 # text format. - "currentActions": { # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances + "currentActions": { # Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those # actions. - "abandoning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group + "abandoning": 42, # Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group # that are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it # from the managed instance group without deleting it. - "creating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "creating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group # fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates # the instance successfully. # # If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; # instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated. - "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group + "creatingWithoutRetries": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group # will attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance # only once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it # decreases the group's targetSize value accordingly. - "deleting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "deleting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted. - "none": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "none": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are running and have no scheduled actions. - "recreating": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "recreating": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated. # Recreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk # and creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the # instance template. - "refreshing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "refreshing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart # or a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target # pools for the instance. - "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "restarting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. - "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "resuming": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. - "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "starting": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be started or are currently being started. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended. - "verifying": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + "verifying": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction # property in the listManagedInstances method documentation. }, @@ -5673,7 +5673,7 @@

Method Details

# # To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to # retrieve an InstanceGroupManager. - "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server + "id": "A String", # Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server # generates this identifier. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple # types of machines. @@ -5693,7 +5693,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource. + "instanceGroup": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource. "instanceLifecyclePolicy": { # The repair policy for this managed instance group. "defaultActionOnFailure": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on a failed or an unhealthy VM. # A VM is marked as unhealthy when the application running on that @@ -5732,7 +5732,7 @@

Method Details

# instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances # in the managed instance group. The templates for existing instances in the # group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, runapplyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group'supdatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE. - "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. + "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManager", # Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups. "listManagedInstancesResults": "A String", # Pagination behavior of the listManagedInstances API method for # this managed instance group. "name": "A String", # The name of the managed instance group. The name must be 1-63 characters @@ -5758,9 +5758,9 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy # - regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy }, - "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines # this URL. "standbyPolicy": { # Standby policy for stopped and suspended instances. "initialDelaySec": 42, # Specifies the number of seconds that the MIG should wait to suspend or @@ -5808,22 +5808,22 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group. - "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group. - "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision. + "status": { # Output only. The status of this managed instance group. + "allInstancesConfig": { # Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group. + "currentRevision": "A String", # Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision. # This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "effective": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has + "effective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has # been applied to all managed instances in the group. }, - "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. + "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": [ # Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG. # Currently only one accelerator topology is supported. { - "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. + "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Output only. Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. # The value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology. - "stateDetails": { # Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state + "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the accelerator topology. + "stateDetails": { # Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state # check. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors. + "error": { # Output only. Encountered errors. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -5920,20 +5920,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field # has // RFC3339 // # text format. }, }, ], - "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler + "autoscaler": "A String", # Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler # that targets this instance group manager. - "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation. + "bulkInstanceOperation": { # Bulk instance operation is the creation of VMs in a MIG when the # Output only. The status of bulk instance operation. # targetSizePolicy.mode is set to BULK. - "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. - "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance + "inProgress": True or False, # Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress. + "lastProgressCheck": { # Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. - "error": { # Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. + "error": { # Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this # operation. { @@ -6030,72 +6030,72 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance + "timestamp": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance # operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, - "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown # for TPU MIGs # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. - "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have DEPROVISIONING status. - "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. - "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons # are counted as 'non_existent'. - "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PENDING_STOP status. - "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have PROVISIONING status. - "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "repairing": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have REPAIRING status. - "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "running": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have RUNNING status. - "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "staging": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STAGING status. - "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopped": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPED status. - "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "stopping": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have STOPPING status. - "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspended": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDED status. - "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "suspending": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have SUSPENDING status. - "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + "terminated": 42, # Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group # that have TERMINATED status. }, - "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a + "isStable": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for # example, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled # for instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance # group itself is not being modified. - "stateful": { # Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. - "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group + "stateful": { # Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager. + "hasStatefulConfig": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group # has stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items # in a stateful policy or in per-instance configs. # The group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when # there is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example, # if you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. - "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. + "perInstanceConfigs": { # Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances. "allEffective": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating if all of the group's per-instance configurations # (listed in the output of a listPerInstanceConfigs API call) have # status EFFECTIVE or there are no per-instance-configs. }, }, - "versionTarget": { # Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their + "versionTarget": { # Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their # target version specified by version field on Instance Group # Manager. - "isReached": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached + "isReached": True or False, # Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached # in this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target # version. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager. }, @@ -6280,7 +6280,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone + "zone": "A String", # Output only. The URL of azone # where the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources). } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 06c8b05462..28b3ae08e1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -599,6 +599,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1128,6 +1129,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -1559,6 +1564,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -2088,6 +2094,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # @@ -2899,6 +2909,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3428,6 +3439,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html index 5a3b5735fb..75d19c8836 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html @@ -230,6 +230,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -711,6 +712,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1240,6 +1242,10 @@

Method Details

"queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network # interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty # if not specified by the users. + "serviceClassId": "A String", # Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network + # interface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to + # use on its own however, network_attachment can be used without + # service_class_id. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses, # use IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used. # diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html index 910fa1f21c..b6791194c8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html @@ -104,6 +104,9 @@

Instance Methods

testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

+ updateKmsKey(project, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Rotates the customer-managed

Method Details

close() @@ -470,6 +473,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1168,6 +1172,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -1870,6 +1875,7 @@

Method Details

# - TDX_CAPABLE # - IDPF # - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE + # - CCA_CAPABLE # # # For more information, see @@ -3394,4 +3400,311 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateKmsKey(project, snapshot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Rotates the customer-managed
+encryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  snapshot: string, Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the
+      # snapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's
+      # current KMS key.
+      # 
+      # The KMS key can be provided in the following formats:
+      # 
+      # 
+      #      - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7710a0cf21 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,595 @@ + + + +

Infrastructure Manager API . projects . locations . deploymentGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ revisions() +

+

Returns the revisions Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, deploymentGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a DeploymentGroup The newly created DeploymentGroup will be in the `CREATING` state and can be retrieved via Get and List calls.

+

+ delete(name, deploymentReferencePolicy=None, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a DeploymentGroup

+

+ deprovision(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deprovisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a DeploymentGroup for a given project and location.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List DeploymentGroups for a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a DeploymentGroup

+

+ provision(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Provisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, deploymentGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a DeploymentGroup The newly created DeploymentGroup will be in the `CREATING` state and can be retrieved via Get and List calls.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent in whose context the Deployment Group is created. The parent value is in the format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}' (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+  "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+    { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+      "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+      "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+  "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+  "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+  "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+}
+
+  deploymentGroupId: string, Required. The deployment group ID.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, deploymentReferencePolicy=None, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a DeploymentGroup
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of DeploymentGroup in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroup} (required)
+  deploymentReferencePolicy: string, Optional. Policy on how to handle referenced deployments when deleting the DeploymentGroup. If unspecified, the default behavior is to fail the deletion if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision are not deleted.
+    Allowed values
+      DEPLOYMENT_REFERENCE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED - The default behavior. If unspecified, the system will act as if `FAIL_IF_ANY_REFERENCES_EXIST` is specified.
+      FAIL_IF_ANY_REFERENCES_EXIST - Fail the deletion if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision are not deleted.
+      FAIL_IF_METADATA_REFERENCES_EXIST - Fail the deletion only if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup are not deleted. The deletion will proceed even if the deployments in the latest revision of the DeploymentGroup are not deleted.
+      IGNORE_DEPLOYMENT_REFERENCES - Ignore any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision.
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, any revisions for this deployment group will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the deployment group has no revisions.)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ deprovision(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deprovisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment group to deprovision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for the DeprovisionDeploymentGroup method.
+  "deletePolicy": "A String", # Optional. Policy on how resources within each deployment should be handled during deletion. This policy is applied globally to the deletion of all deployments in this group. This corresponds to the 'delete_policy' field in DeleteDeploymentRequest.
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, this option is propagated to the deletion of each deployment in the group. This corresponds to the 'force' field in DeleteDeploymentRequest.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a DeploymentGroup for a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment group to retrieve. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+  "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+    { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+      "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+      "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+  "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+  "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+  "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List DeploymentGroups for a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment groups. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Lists the DeploymentGroups that match the filter expression. A filter expression filters the deployment groups listed in the response. The expression must be of the form '{field} {operator} {value}' where operators: '<', '>', '<=', '>=', '!=', '=', ':' are supported (colon ':' represents a HAS operator which is roughly synonymous with equality). {field} can refer to a proto or JSON field, or a synthetic field. Field names can be camelCase or snake_case. Examples: - Filter by name: name = "projects/foo/locations/us-central1/deploymentGroups/bar" - Filter by labels: - Resources that have a key called 'foo' labels.foo:* - Resources that have a key called 'foo' whose value is 'bar' labels.foo = bar - Filter by state: - DeploymentGroups in CREATING state. state=CREATING
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to use to sort the list.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. When requesting a page of resources, 'page_size' specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 500 will be returned. The maximum value is 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Token returned by previous call to 'ListDeploymentGroups' which specifies the position in the list from where to continue listing the deployment groups.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for the ListDeploymentGroups method.
+  "deploymentGroups": [ # The deployment groups from the specified collection.
+    { # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+      "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+        { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+          "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+          "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+        },
+      ],
+      "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+      "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+      "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+      "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to be supplied to the next ListDeploymentGroups request via `page_token` to obtain the next set of results.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a DeploymentGroup
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+  "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+    { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+      "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+      "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+  "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+  "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+  "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Deployment Group resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ provision(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Provisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment group to provision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for the ProvisionDeploymentGroup method.
+  "deploymentSpecs": { # Optional. The deployment specs of the deployment units to be created within the same project and location of the deployment group. The key is the unit ID, and the value is the `DeploymentSpec`. Provisioning will fail if a `deployment_spec` has a `deployment_id` that matches an existing deployment in the same project and location. If an existing deployment was part of the last successful revision but is no longer in the current DeploymentGroup's `deployment_units`, it will be recreated if included in `deployment_specs`.
+    "a_key": { # Spec for a deployment to be created.
+      "deployment": { # A Deployment is a group of resources and configs managed and provisioned by Infra Manager. # Required. The deployment to be created.
+        "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployments during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "artifactsGcsBucket": "A String", # Optional. User-defined location of Cloud Build logs and artifacts in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{folder}` A default bucket will be bootstrapped if the field is not set or empty. Default bucket format: `gs://--blueprint-config` Constraints: - The bucket needs to be in the same project as the deployment - The path cannot be within the path of `gcs_source` - The field cannot be updated, including changing its presence
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment was created.
+        "deleteBuild": "A String", # Output only. Cloud Build instance UUID associated with deleting this deployment.
+        "deleteLogs": "A String", # Output only. Location of Cloud Build logs in Google Cloud Storage, populated when deleting this deployment. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}`.
+        "deleteResults": { # Outputs and artifacts from applying a deployment. # Output only. Location of artifacts from a DeleteDeployment operation.
+          "artifacts": "A String", # Location of artifacts (e.g. logs) in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}`
+          "content": "A String", # Location of a blueprint copy and other manifests in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}`
+          "outputs": { # Map of output name to output info.
+            "a_key": { # Describes a Terraform output.
+              "sensitive": True or False, # Identifies whether Terraform has set this output as a potential sensitive value.
+              "value": "", # Value of output.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. Error code describing errors that may have occurred.
+        "errorLogs": "A String", # Output only. Location of Terraform error logs in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}`.
+        "importExistingResources": True or False, # By default, Infra Manager will return a failure when Terraform encounters a 409 code (resource conflict error) during actuation. If this flag is set to true, Infra Manager will instead attempt to automatically import the resource into the Terraform state (for supported resource types) and continue actuation. Not all resource types are supported, refer to documentation.
+        "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "latestRevision": "A String", # Output only. Revision name that was most recently applied. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}/ revisions/{revision}`
+        "lockState": "A String", # Output only. Current lock state of the deployment.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the deployment. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}`
+        "providerConfig": { # ProviderConfig contains the provider configurations. # Optional. This field specifies the provider configurations.
+          "sourceType": "A String", # Optional. ProviderSource specifies the source type of the provider.
+        },
+        "quotaValidation": "A String", # Optional. Input to control quota checks for resources in terraform configuration files. There are limited resources on which quota validation applies.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when actuating resources. Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}`
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+        "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+        "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module.
+          "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources.
+            "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value.
+              "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment.
+                "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location.
+                "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}`
+          "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo.
+            "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package'
+            "ref": "A String", # Optional. Git reference (e.g. branch or tag).
+            "repo": "A String", # Optional. Repository URL. Example: 'https://github.com/kubernetes/examples.git'
+          },
+          "inputValues": { # Optional. Input variable values for the Terraform blueprint.
+            "a_key": { # A Terraform input variable.
+              "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "tfErrors": [ # Output only. Errors encountered when deleting this deployment. Errors are truncated to 10 entries, see `delete_results` and `error_logs` for full details.
+          { # Errors encountered during actuation using Terraform
+            "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Original error response from underlying Google API, if available.
+              "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+              "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+                {
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+                },
+              ],
+              "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+            },
+            "errorDescription": "A String", # A human-readable error description.
+            "httpResponseCode": 42, # HTTP response code returned from Google Cloud Platform APIs when Terraform fails to provision the resource. If unset or 0, no HTTP response code was returned by Terraform.
+            "resourceAddress": "A String", # Address of the resource associated with the error, e.g. `google_compute_network.vpc_network`.
+          },
+        ],
+        "tfVersion": "A String", # Output only. The current Terraform version set on the deployment. It is in the format of "Major.Minor.Patch", for example, "1.3.10".
+        "tfVersionConstraint": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Terraform version constraint. Example: "=1.3.10".
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment was last modified.
+        "workerPool": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Cloud Build worker pool resource in which the Cloud Build job will execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}`. If this field is unspecified, the default Cloud Build worker pool will be used.
+      },
+      "deploymentId": "A String", # Required. The id of the deployment to be created which doesn't include the project id and location.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.revisions.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..105096d77a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.revisions.html @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ + + + +

Infrastructure Manager API . projects . locations . deploymentGroups . revisions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details about a DeploymentGroupRevision.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists DeploymentGroupRevisions in a given DeploymentGroup.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details about a DeploymentGroupRevision.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment group revision to retrieve. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}/revisions/{revision}'. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A DeploymentGroupRevision represents a snapshot of a DeploymentGroup at a given point in time, created when a DeploymentGroup is provisioned or deprovisioned.
+  "alternativeIds": [ # Output only. The alternative IDs of the deployment group revision.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group revision was created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group revision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}/revisions/{revision}'.
+  "snapshot": { # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure. # Output only. The snapshot of the deployment group at this revision.
+    "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+    "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+      { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+        "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+        "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+      },
+    ],
+    "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+    "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+    "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+    "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists DeploymentGroupRevisions in a given DeploymentGroup.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment group revisions. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. When requesting a page of resources, 'page_size' specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified, a sensible default will be used by the server. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Token returned by previous call to 'ListDeploymentGroupRevisions' which specifies the position in the list from where to continue listing the deployment group revisions. All other parameters provided to `ListDeploymentGroupRevisions` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for the ListDeploymentGroupRevisions method.
+  "deploymentGroupRevisions": [ # The deployment group revisions from the specified collection.
+    { # A DeploymentGroupRevision represents a snapshot of a DeploymentGroup at a given point in time, created when a DeploymentGroup is provisioned or deprovisioned.
+      "alternativeIds": [ # Output only. The alternative IDs of the deployment group revision.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group revision was created.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group revision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}/revisions/{revision}'.
+      "snapshot": { # A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure. # Output only. The snapshot of the deployment group at this revision.
+        "annotations": { # Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.
+        "deploymentUnits": [ # The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.
+          { # A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.
+            "dependencies": [ # Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "deployment": "A String", # Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.
+            "id": "A String", # The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.
+          },
+        ],
+        "labels": { # Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.
+        "provisioningError": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "provisioningState": "A String", # Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.
+        "provisioningStateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment group.
+        "stateDescription": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to be supplied to the next ListDeploymentGroupRevisions request via `page_token` to obtain the next set of results.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html index 7640cf3217..eead5758ca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html @@ -177,6 +177,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -408,6 +416,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -572,6 +588,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -712,6 +736,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional information regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html index 6714d65c74..4055853153 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.deployments.revisions.html @@ -167,6 +167,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the revision. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional info regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # Output only. A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -251,6 +259,14 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the revision. "stateDetail": "A String", # Output only. Additional info regarding the current state. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # Output only. A blueprint described using Terraform's HashiCorp Configuration Language as a root module. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.html index 4c20d09a32..6726b36770 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Infrastructure Manager API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ deploymentGroups() +

+

Returns the deploymentGroups Resource.

+

deployments()

@@ -105,7 +110,7 @@

Instance Methods

Get the AutoMigrationConfig for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -168,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html
index ba0e1773b3..7732b2c06c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/config_v1.projects.locations.previews.html
@@ -155,6 +155,14 @@ 

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when previewing resources. Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the preview. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # The terraform blueprint to preview. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -332,6 +340,14 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when previewing resources. Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the preview. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # The terraform blueprint to preview. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' @@ -422,6 +438,14 @@

Method Details

"serviceAccount": "A String", # Required. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when previewing resources. Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the preview. "terraformBlueprint": { # TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed. # The terraform blueprint to preview. + "externalValues": { # Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources. + "a_key": { # Configuration for a source of an external value. + "deploymentSource": { # Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment. # A source from a Deployment. + "deployment": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location. + "outputName": "A String", # Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision. + }, + }, + }, "gcsSource": "A String", # URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}` "gitSource": { # A set of files in a Git repository. # URI of a public Git repo. "directory": "A String", # Optional. Subdirectory inside the repository. Example: 'staging/my-package' diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html index 9657f87494..d105d10ec6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index ba4244453d..33bb3d6fc6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -444,6 +444,9 @@ 

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -753,7 +756,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -794,11 +797,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -882,10 +885,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1008,6 +1014,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1111,7 +1120,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1152,11 +1161,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1289,7 +1298,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1330,11 +1339,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1418,10 +1427,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1704,6 +1716,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -2107,6 +2126,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -2416,7 +2438,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2457,11 +2479,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2545,10 +2567,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2671,6 +2696,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2774,7 +2802,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2815,11 +2843,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2952,7 +2980,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2993,11 +3021,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3081,10 +3109,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3367,6 +3398,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -3634,6 +3672,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -3943,7 +3984,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3984,11 +4025,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4072,10 +4113,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4198,6 +4242,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4301,7 +4348,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4342,11 +4389,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4479,7 +4526,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4520,11 +4567,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4608,10 +4655,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4894,6 +4944,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -6025,7 +6082,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -6066,17 +6123,20 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether writable cgroups is enabled. }, }, + "desiredControlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Control plane endpoints configuration. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -6337,6 +6397,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigLinuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # The desired Linux node config for all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. Currently only `cgroup_mode` can be set here. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -6455,6 +6518,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "desiredSecretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 11fdf6d7b7..f8f08ecdac 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -252,11 +252,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -340,10 +340,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -816,7 +819,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -857,11 +860,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -945,10 +948,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1248,7 +1254,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1289,11 +1295,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1377,10 +1383,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1974,7 +1983,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2015,11 +2024,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2101,6 +2110,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html index db40828d17..f1d0e3a17e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -546,6 +546,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -855,7 +858,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -896,11 +899,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -984,10 +987,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1110,6 +1116,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1213,7 +1222,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1254,11 +1263,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1391,7 +1400,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1432,11 +1441,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1520,10 +1529,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1806,6 +1818,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -2209,6 +2228,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -2518,7 +2540,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2559,11 +2581,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2647,10 +2669,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2773,6 +2798,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2876,7 +2904,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2917,11 +2945,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3054,7 +3082,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3095,11 +3123,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3183,10 +3211,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3469,6 +3500,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -3780,6 +3818,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -4089,7 +4130,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4130,11 +4171,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4218,10 +4259,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4344,6 +4388,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4447,7 +4494,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4488,11 +4535,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4625,7 +4672,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4666,11 +4713,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4754,10 +4801,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -5040,6 +5090,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "secretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. @@ -6052,7 +6109,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -6093,17 +6150,20 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether writable cgroups is enabled. }, }, + "desiredControlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Control plane endpoints configuration. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -6364,6 +6424,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigLinuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # The desired Linux node config for all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. Currently only `cgroup_mode` can be set here. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -6482,6 +6545,13 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, + "desiredSecretSyncConfig": { # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. # Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets. + "enabled": True or False, # Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config. + "rotationConfig": { # SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation. # Rotation config for secret manager. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether the rotation is enabled. + "rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. + }, + }, "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index 5c9723b4e2..f07110ee7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -317,11 +317,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -405,10 +405,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -881,7 +884,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -922,11 +925,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1010,10 +1013,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1313,7 +1319,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1354,11 +1360,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1442,10 +1448,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1964,7 +1973,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2005,11 +2014,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2091,6 +2100,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index fabe261af6..770f470c23 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -350,6 +350,9 @@

Method Details

{ # CreateClusterRequest creates a cluster. "cluster": { # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. # Required. A [cluster resource](https://cloud.google.com/container-engine/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.clusters) "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -542,6 +545,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -861,7 +867,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -902,11 +908,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1001,10 +1007,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1129,6 +1138,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1232,7 +1244,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1273,11 +1285,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1419,7 +1431,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1460,11 +1472,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1559,10 +1571,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2121,6 +2136,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -2313,6 +2331,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -2632,7 +2653,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2673,11 +2694,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2772,10 +2793,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2900,6 +2924,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3003,7 +3030,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3044,11 +3071,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3190,7 +3217,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3231,11 +3258,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3330,10 +3357,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3749,6 +3779,9 @@

Method Details

"clusters": [ # A list of clusters in the project in the specified zone, or across all ones. { # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -3941,6 +3974,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -4260,7 +4296,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4301,11 +4337,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4400,10 +4436,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4528,6 +4567,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4631,7 +4673,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4672,11 +4714,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4818,7 +4860,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4859,11 +4901,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4958,10 +5000,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -5337,6 +5382,9 @@

Method Details

{ # SetAddonsRequest sets the addons associated with the cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Required. The desired configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -6267,6 +6315,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "desiredAddonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -6440,7 +6491,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -6481,17 +6532,20 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether writable cgroups is enabled. }, }, + "desiredControlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Control plane endpoints configuration. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -6766,6 +6820,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigLinuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # The desired Linux node config for all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. Currently only `cgroup_mode` can be set here. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 738d0f918a..e3ce44d34d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -253,11 +253,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -352,10 +352,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -835,7 +838,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -876,11 +879,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -975,10 +978,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1283,7 +1289,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1324,11 +1330,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1423,10 +1429,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2025,7 +2034,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2066,11 +2075,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2152,6 +2161,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html index 3aa8284b24..d8ad266497 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -153,6 +153,9 @@

Method Details

{ # SetAddonsRequest sets the addons associated with the cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Required. The desired configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -462,6 +465,9 @@

Method Details

{ # CreateClusterRequest creates a cluster. "cluster": { # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. # Required. A [cluster resource](https://cloud.google.com/container-engine/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.locations.clusters) "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -654,6 +660,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -973,7 +982,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1014,11 +1023,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1113,10 +1122,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1241,6 +1253,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1344,7 +1359,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1385,11 +1400,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1531,7 +1546,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1572,11 +1587,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1671,10 +1686,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2233,6 +2251,9 @@

Method Details

{ # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -2425,6 +2446,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -2744,7 +2768,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2785,11 +2809,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2884,10 +2908,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3012,6 +3039,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3115,7 +3145,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3156,11 +3186,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3302,7 +3332,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -3343,11 +3373,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -3442,10 +3472,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -3905,6 +3938,9 @@

Method Details

"clusters": [ # A list of clusters in the project in the specified zone, or across all ones. { # A Google Kubernetes Engine cluster. "addonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -4097,6 +4133,9 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceType": "A String", # Defines the type of technology used by the confidential node. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "controlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # Configuration for control plane egress control. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -4416,7 +4455,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4457,11 +4496,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4556,10 +4595,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4684,6 +4726,9 @@

Method Details

"nodeIpv4CidrSize": 42, # Output only. The size of the address space on each node for hosting containers. This is provisioned from within the `container_ipv4_cidr` range. This field will only be set when cluster is in route-based network mode. "nodePoolAutoConfig": { # node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters # Node pool configs that apply to all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Output only. Configuration options for Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -4787,7 +4832,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -4828,11 +4873,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -4974,7 +5019,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -5015,11 +5060,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -5114,10 +5159,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -6294,6 +6342,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "desiredAddonsConfig": { # Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality. # Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster. + "agentSandboxConfig": { # Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. # Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon. + "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster. + }, "cloudRunConfig": { # Configuration options for the Cloud Run feature. # Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time. "disabled": True or False, # Whether Cloud Run addon is enabled for this cluster. "loadBalancerType": "A String", # Which load balancer type is installed for Cloud Run. @@ -6467,7 +6518,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -6508,17 +6559,20 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether writable cgroups is enabled. }, }, + "desiredControlPlaneEgress": { # ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control. # The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster. + "mode": "A String", # Defines the mode of control plane egress. + }, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { # Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints. # Control plane endpoints configuration. "dnsEndpointConfig": { # Describes the configuration of a DNS endpoint. # DNS endpoint configuration. "allowExternalTraffic": True or False, # Controls whether user traffic is allowed over this endpoint. Note that Google-managed services may still use the endpoint even if this is false. @@ -6793,6 +6847,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "desiredNodePoolAutoConfigLinuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # The desired Linux node config for all auto-provisioned node pools in autopilot clusters and node auto-provisioning enabled clusters. Currently only `cgroup_mode` can be set here. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index b4d198c1c8..961635c953 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -318,11 +318,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -417,10 +417,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -900,7 +903,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -941,11 +944,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1040,10 +1043,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -1348,7 +1354,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -1389,11 +1395,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -1488,10 +1494,13 @@

Method Details

"scope": "A String", # The Topology Manager aligns resources in following scopes: * container * pod The default scope is 'container' if unspecified. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-scopes }, }, - "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ + "labels": { # The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/ "a_key": "A String", }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages @@ -2015,7 +2024,7 @@

Method Details

"privateRegistryAccessConfig": { # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig contains access configuration for private container registries. # PrivateRegistryAccessConfig is used to configure access configuration for private container registries. "certificateAuthorityDomainConfig": [ # Private registry access configuration. { # CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig configures one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to a specific certificate. - "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "fqdns": [ # List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "A String", ], "gcpSecretManagerCertificateConfig": { # GCPSecretManagerCertificateConfig configures a secret from [Secret Manager](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager). # Secret Manager certificate configuration. @@ -2056,11 +2065,11 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "host": "A String", # Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000` "overridePath": True or False, # OverridePath is used to indicate the host's API root endpoint is defined in the URL path rather than by the API specification. This may be used with non-compliant OCI registries which are missing the /v2 prefix. If not set, containerd sets default false. }, ], - "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000 + "server": "A String", # Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000` }, ], "writableCgroups": { # Defines writable cgroups configuration. # Optional. WritableCgroups defines writable cgroups configuration for the node pool. @@ -2142,6 +2151,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. + "accurateTimeConfig": { # AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature. # Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool. + "enablePtpKvmTimeSync": True or False, # Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM. + }, "cgroupMode": "A String", # cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node. "hugepages": { # Hugepages amount in both 2m and 1g size # Optional. Amounts for 2M and 1G hugepages "hugepageSize1g": 42, # Optional. Amount of 1G hugepages diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.folders.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.folders.html index 9136452db2..0cfbc61ba0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.folders.html @@ -77,9 +77,33 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new Folder in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single Folder.

+

+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Fetches a single Folder.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Moves a Folder to a new Folder, TeamFolder, or the root location.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a single Folder.

+

+ queryFolderContents(folder, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the contents of a given Folder.

+

+ queryFolderContents_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -92,6 +116,132 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new Folder in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The location in which to create the Folder. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.
+  "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+  "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.
+  "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+  "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single Folder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Folder's name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Folder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `DeleteFolderTree` request message.
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Fetches a single Folder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Folder's name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.
+  "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+  "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+}
+
+
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -127,6 +277,173 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Moves a Folder to a new Folder, TeamFolder, or the root location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the Folder to move. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `MoveFolder` request message.
+  "destinationContainingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the Folder to. Can be in the format of: "" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a single Folder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The Folder's name. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.
+  "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+  "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Specifies the fields to be updated in the Folder. If left unset, all fields that can be updated, will be updated. A few fields cannot be updated and will be ignored if specified in the update_mask (e.g. parent_name, team_folder_name).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.
+  "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+  "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ queryFolderContents(folder, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the contents of a given Folder.
+
+Args:
+  folder: string, Required. Name of the folder whose contents to list. Format: projects/*/locations/*/folders/* (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter="display_name="MyFolder""`
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: display_name (default), create_time, last_modified_time. Examples: - `orderBy="display_name"` - `orderBy="display_name desc"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryFolderContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # `QueryFolderContents` response message.
+  "entries": [ # List of entries in the folder.
+    { # Represents a single content entry.
+      "folder": { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls. # A subfolder.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+        "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+      },
+      "repository": { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. # A repository.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created.
+        "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key.
+          "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted.
+        },
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The repository's user-friendly name.
+        "gitRemoteSettings": { # Controls Git remote configuration for a repository. # Optional. If set, configures this repository to be linked to a Git remote.
+          "authenticationTokenSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as an authentication token for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          "defaultBranch": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's default branch name.
+          "sshAuthenticationConfig": { # Configures fields for performing SSH authentication. # Optional. Authentication fields for remote uris using SSH protocol.
+            "hostPublicKey": "A String", # Required. Content of a public SSH key to verify an identity of a remote Git host.
+            "userPrivateKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as a ssh private key for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "tokenStatus": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The field does not contain any token status information.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's URL.
+        },
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The reference to a KMS encryption key. If provided, it will be used to encrypt user data in the repository and all child resources. It is not possible to add or update the encryption key after the repository is created. Example: `projects/{kms_project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_location}/cryptoKeys/{key}`
+        "labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name.
+        "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under.
+        "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder.
+        "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information.
+          "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID).
+          "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names.
+          "tablePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix that should be prepended to all table names.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ queryFolderContents_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html
index 5178f60e2b..522f1d4dd0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -105,10 +105,16 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get default config for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ queryUserRootContents(location, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the contents of a caller's root folder in a given location. The root folder contains all resources that are created by the user and not contained in any other folder.

+

+ queryUserRootContents_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

updateConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*

@@ -168,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
@@ -216,6 +222,90 @@ 

Method Details

+
+ queryUserRootContents(location, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the contents of a caller's root folder in a given location. The root folder contains all resources that are created by the user and not contained in any other folder.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. Location of the user root folder whose contents to list. Format: projects/*/locations/* (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter="display_name="MyFolder""`
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: display_name (default), created_at, last_modified_at. Examples: - `orderBy="display_name"` - `orderBy="display_name desc"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryUserRootContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryUserRootFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # `QueryUserRootContents` response message.
+  "entries": [ # List of entries in the folder.
+    { # Represents a single content entry.
+      "folder": { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls. # A subfolder.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+        "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+      },
+      "repository": { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. # A repository.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created.
+        "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key.
+          "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted.
+        },
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The repository's user-friendly name.
+        "gitRemoteSettings": { # Controls Git remote configuration for a repository. # Optional. If set, configures this repository to be linked to a Git remote.
+          "authenticationTokenSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as an authentication token for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          "defaultBranch": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's default branch name.
+          "sshAuthenticationConfig": { # Configures fields for performing SSH authentication. # Optional. Authentication fields for remote uris using SSH protocol.
+            "hostPublicKey": "A String", # Required. Content of a public SSH key to verify an identity of a remote Git host.
+            "userPrivateKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as a ssh private key for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "tokenStatus": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The field does not contain any token status information.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's URL.
+        },
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The reference to a KMS encryption key. If provided, it will be used to encrypt user data in the repository and all child resources. It is not possible to add or update the encryption key after the repository is created. Example: `projects/{kms_project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_location}/cryptoKeys/{key}`
+        "labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name.
+        "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under.
+        "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder.
+        "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information.
+          "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID).
+          "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names.
+          "tablePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix that should be prepended to all table names.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ queryUserRootContents_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
updateConfig(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html
index d65a74dbb4..77d20339ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html
@@ -135,6 +135,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Moves a Repository to a new location.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*

@@ -230,6 +233,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -254,6 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -271,6 +276,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -295,6 +301,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -404,6 +411,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -428,6 +436,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -493,6 +502,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "repositories": [ # List of repositories. { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -517,6 +527,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -544,6 +555,48 @@

Method Details

+
+ move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Moves a Repository to a new location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the repository to move. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `MoveRepository` request message.
+  "destinationContainingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the repository to. Can be in the format of: "" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*
@@ -554,6 +607,7 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -578,6 +632,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. @@ -595,6 +650,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. + "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created. "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. @@ -619,6 +675,7 @@

Method Details

"npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. + "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder. "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html index c6b3f1f2fd..e7eb633e6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html @@ -210,6 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Workspace is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. }, + "disableMoves": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, workspaces will not be moved if its linked Repository is moved. Instead, it will be deleted. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. "privateResourceMetadata": { # Metadata used to identify if a resource is user scoped. # Output only. Metadata indicating whether this resource is user-scoped. For `Workspace` resources, the `user_scoped` field is always `true`. @@ -231,6 +232,7 @@

Method Details

"dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Workspace is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. }, + "disableMoves": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, workspaces will not be moved if its linked Repository is moved. Instead, it will be deleted. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. "privateResourceMetadata": { # Metadata used to identify if a resource is user scoped. # Output only. Metadata indicating whether this resource is user-scoped. For `Workspace` resources, the `user_scoped` field is always `true`. @@ -341,6 +343,7 @@

Method Details

"dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Workspace is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. }, + "disableMoves": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, workspaces will not be moved if its linked Repository is moved. Instead, it will be deleted. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. "privateResourceMetadata": { # Metadata used to identify if a resource is user scoped. # Output only. Metadata indicating whether this resource is user-scoped. For `Workspace` resources, the `user_scoped` field is always `true`. @@ -437,6 +440,7 @@

Method Details

"dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Workspace is protected by a KMS key. "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted. }, + "disableMoves": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, workspaces will not be moved if its linked Repository is moved. Instead, it will be deleted. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. "privateResourceMetadata": { # Metadata used to identify if a resource is user scoped. # Output only. Metadata indicating whether this resource is user-scoped. For `Workspace` resources, the `user_scoped` field is always `true`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html index 0ef4e6dbd7..a289d4947f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html @@ -77,9 +77,36 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new TeamFolder in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single TeamFolder.

+

+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Fetches a single TeamFolder.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a single TeamFolder.

+

+ queryContents(teamFolder, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the contents of a given TeamFolder.

+

+ queryContents_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ search(location, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns all TeamFolders in a given location that the caller has access to and match the provided filter.

+

+ search_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -92,6 +119,126 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new TeamFolder in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The location in which to create the TeamFolder. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single TeamFolder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The TeamFolder's name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The TeamFolder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{team_folder} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `DeleteTeamFolderTree` request message.
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Fetches a single TeamFolder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The TeamFolder's name. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+}
+
+
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -127,6 +274,176 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a single TeamFolder.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The TeamFolder's name. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Specifies the fields to be updated in the Folder. If left unset, all fields will be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+  "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+  "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ queryContents(teamFolder, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the contents of a given TeamFolder.
+
+Args:
+  teamFolder: string, Required. Name of the team_folder whose contents to list. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter="display_name="MyFolder""`
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: `display_name` (default), `create_time`, last_modified_time. Examples: - `orderBy="display_name"` - `orderBy="display_name desc"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryTeamFolderContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryTeamFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # `QueryTeamFolderContents` response message.
+  "entries": [ # List of entries in the TeamFolder.
+    { # Represents a single content entry.
+      "folder": { # Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls. # A subfolder.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.
+        "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The Folder's name.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.
+      },
+      "repository": { # Represents a Dataform Git repository. # A repository.
+        "containingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created.
+        "dataEncryptionState": { # Describes encryption state of a resource. # Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Repository is protected by a KMS key.
+          "kmsKeyVersionName": "A String", # Required. The KMS key version name with which data of a resource is encrypted.
+        },
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The repository's user-friendly name.
+        "gitRemoteSettings": { # Controls Git remote configuration for a repository. # Optional. If set, configures this repository to be linked to a Git remote.
+          "authenticationTokenSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as an authentication token for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          "defaultBranch": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's default branch name.
+          "sshAuthenticationConfig": { # Configures fields for performing SSH authentication. # Optional. Authentication fields for remote uris using SSH protocol.
+            "hostPublicKey": "A String", # Required. Content of a public SSH key to verify an identity of a remote Git host.
+            "userPrivateKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to use as a ssh private key for Git operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`.
+          },
+          "tokenStatus": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The field does not contain any token status information.
+          "url": "A String", # Required. The Git remote's URL.
+        },
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The reference to a KMS encryption key. If provided, it will be used to encrypt user data in the repository and all child resources. It is not possible to add or update the encryption key after the repository is created. Example: `projects/{kms_project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_location}/cryptoKeys/{key}`
+        "labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name.
+        "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under.
+        "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository.
+        "teamFolderName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder.
+        "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { # Configures workspace compilation overrides for a repository. # Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information.
+          "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID).
+          "schemaSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all schema (BigQuery dataset ID) names.
+          "tablePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix that should be prepended to all table names.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ queryContents_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ search(location, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns all TeamFolders in a given location that the caller has access to and match the provided filter.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. Location in which to query TeamFolders. Format: `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter="display_name="MyFolder""`
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Supported keywords: `display_name` (default), `create_time`, `last_modified_time`. Examples: - `orderBy="display_name"` - `orderBy="display_name desc"`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of TeamFolders to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous `SearchTeamFolders` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `SearchTeamFolders`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # `SearchTeamFolders` response message.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "results": [ # List of TeamFolders that match the search query.
+    { # Represents a single content entry.
+      "teamFolder": { # Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls. # A TeamFolder resource that is in the project / location.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.
+        "creatorIamPrincipal": "A String", # Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.
+        "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ search_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html
index 9625ba01cc..49d7302548 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a single Folder.

+

+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Fetches a single Folder.

@@ -133,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated. } - folderId: string, The ID to use for the Folder, which will become the final component of the Folder's resource name. + folderId: string, Deprecated: This field is not used. The resource name is generated automatically. The ID to use for the Folder, which will become the final component of the Folder's resource name. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -172,6 +175,48 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The Folder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `DeleteFolderTree` request message.
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Fetches a single Folder.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 18ddd7d593..51f7c1f90e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get default config for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html
index fbb6dddae0..0b7ff5ae95 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.teamFolders.html
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a single TeamFolder.

+

+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Fetches a single TeamFolder.

@@ -134,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated. } - teamFolderId: string, The ID to use for the TeamFolder, which will become the final component of the TeamFolder's resource name. + teamFolderId: string, Deprecated: This field is not used. The resource name is generated automatically. The ID to use for the TeamFolder, which will become the final component of the TeamFolder's resource name. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -171,6 +174,48 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ deleteTree(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The TeamFolder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{team_folder} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # `DeleteTeamFolderTree` request message.
+  "force": True or False, # Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Fetches a single TeamFolder.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html
index bb3d635b57..74cb487aa7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`

search(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`

search_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+  
Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of partner links. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account} (required)
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+  
Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the partner link to delete. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/partnerLinks/{partner_link} (required)
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 

Method Details

search(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+  
Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Account to search for partner links. If no `filter` is specified, all partner links where this account is either the `owning_account` or `partner_account` are returned. Format: `accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
index a4e769b7b1..7ae3b42ee3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html
@@ -296,6 +296,7 @@ 

Method Details

"alloydbClusterId": "A String", # Optional. If the destination is an AlloyDB database, use this field to provide the AlloyDB cluster ID. "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The name of the specific database within the host. + "enableIamAuthentication": True or False, # Optional. If true, Database Migration Service will use IAM database authentication to connect to the database. "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. @@ -635,6 +636,7 @@

Method Details

"alloydbClusterId": "A String", # Optional. If the destination is an AlloyDB database, use this field to provide the AlloyDB cluster ID. "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The name of the specific database within the host. + "enableIamAuthentication": True or False, # Optional. If true, Database Migration Service will use IAM database authentication to connect to the database. "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. @@ -959,6 +961,7 @@

Method Details

"alloydbClusterId": "A String", # Optional. If the destination is an AlloyDB database, use this field to provide the AlloyDB cluster ID. "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The name of the specific database within the host. + "enableIamAuthentication": True or False, # Optional. If true, Database Migration Service will use IAM database authentication to connect to the database. "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. @@ -1244,6 +1247,7 @@

Method Details

"alloydbClusterId": "A String", # Optional. If the destination is an AlloyDB database, use this field to provide the AlloyDB cluster ID. "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The name of the specific database within the host. + "enableIamAuthentication": True or False, # Optional. If true, Database Migration Service will use IAM database authentication to connect to the database. "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.html index 6e17c03d7b..7b632384cd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 9204803c8f..4933630fba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html
index 875e267de3..3694b69793 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html
@@ -233,6 +233,10 @@ 

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) @@ -445,6 +449,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) @@ -615,6 +623,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html index 901c5bbc35..62d739904e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html @@ -175,6 +175,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) @@ -357,6 +361,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) @@ -479,6 +487,10 @@

Method Details

"shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)). "updateTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage metrics. }, + "cohortInfo": { # Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. # Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to. + "cohort": "A String", # Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload. + "cohortSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the cohort. + }, "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Optional. Accelerator type being used, if any "milliAccelerator": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) accelerator. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)) diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html index eef6c9c312..b693548c14 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html @@ -435,6 +435,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -631,6 +634,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -704,6 +710,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -808,6 +817,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1181,6 +1193,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1377,6 +1392,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1450,6 +1468,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1554,6 +1575,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1954,6 +1978,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2150,6 +2177,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2223,6 +2253,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2327,6 +2360,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2791,6 +2827,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2987,6 +3026,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3060,6 +3102,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3164,6 +3209,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3578,6 +3626,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3774,6 +3825,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3847,6 +3901,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3951,6 +4008,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4433,6 +4493,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4629,6 +4692,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4702,6 +4768,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4806,6 +4875,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5179,6 +5251,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5375,6 +5450,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5448,6 +5526,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5552,6 +5633,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html index 86315da3d6..bbd2c03446 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html @@ -179,6 +179,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -375,6 +378,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -448,6 +454,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -552,6 +561,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -874,6 +886,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1070,6 +1085,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1143,6 +1161,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1247,6 +1268,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1530,6 +1554,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1726,6 +1753,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1799,6 +1829,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1903,6 +1936,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2106,6 +2142,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2302,6 +2341,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2375,6 +2417,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2479,6 +2524,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.nodeGroups.html index 2772dd0dcc..abc7c52cf8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.nodeGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.nodeGroups.html @@ -134,6 +134,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -260,6 +263,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html index 064baddfe5..8278d76c3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html @@ -435,6 +435,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -631,6 +634,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -704,6 +710,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -808,6 +817,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1181,6 +1193,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1377,6 +1392,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1450,6 +1468,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1554,6 +1575,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1954,6 +1978,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2150,6 +2177,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2223,6 +2253,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2327,6 +2360,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2791,6 +2827,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -2987,6 +3026,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3060,6 +3102,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3164,6 +3209,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3578,6 +3626,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3774,6 +3825,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3847,6 +3901,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3951,6 +4008,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4433,6 +4493,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4629,6 +4692,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4702,6 +4768,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4806,6 +4875,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5179,6 +5251,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5375,6 +5450,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5448,6 +5526,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5552,6 +5633,9 @@

Method Details

}, "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The Compute Engine image resource used for cluster instances.The URI can represent an image or image family.Image examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] projects/[project_id]/global/images/[image-id] image-idImage family examples. Dataproc will use the most recent image from the family: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name] projects/[project_id]/global/images/family/[custom-image-family-name]If the URI is unspecified, it will be inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version or the system default. "instanceFlexibilityPolicy": { # Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. # Optional. Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models. + "instanceMachineTypes": { # Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "instanceSelectionList": [ # Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs. { # Defines machines types and a rank to which the machines types belong. "machineTypes": [ # Optional. Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html index a75eb2139a..f65d7da147 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
index a4594ebc7b..ce2067d609 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.html
index 17b36df0bd..428652e844 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/developerconnect_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html
index e663425678..bea25563a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html
@@ -685,6 +685,9 @@ 

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -697,6 +700,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1345,6 +1351,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1357,6 +1366,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1987,6 +1999,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1999,6 +2014,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html index 0b3a5555b4..95f16cb89a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html @@ -844,6 +844,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,6 +859,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1092,6 +1098,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1104,6 +1113,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html index 510822f7f7..c72a7bd2cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -206,6 +206,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -218,6 +221,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html index dbfbe80e24..4bb04176de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html @@ -126,6 +126,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -245,6 +257,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -257,6 +272,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -292,6 +310,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -330,6 +355,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -449,6 +486,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -461,6 +501,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -496,6 +539,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -544,6 +594,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -663,6 +725,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -675,6 +740,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -710,6 +778,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html index 37b113e9d9..de8360a762 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html @@ -685,6 +685,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -697,6 +700,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1345,6 +1351,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1357,6 +1366,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1987,6 +1999,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1999,6 +2014,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html index d72f222387..c424e9056e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html @@ -844,6 +844,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,6 +859,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1092,6 +1098,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1104,6 +1113,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html index ea92a94bd0..b252977548 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -206,6 +206,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -218,6 +221,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html index 12585f5623..aed8418bd5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html @@ -173,6 +173,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -292,6 +304,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -304,6 +319,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -339,6 +357,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -584,6 +609,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -703,6 +740,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -715,6 +755,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -750,6 +793,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -953,6 +1003,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1072,6 +1134,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1084,6 +1149,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1119,6 +1187,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html index 3c07f27bda..486b456008 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html @@ -140,6 +140,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -259,6 +271,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -271,6 +286,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -306,6 +324,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -344,6 +369,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -463,6 +500,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -475,6 +515,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -510,6 +553,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -572,6 +622,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -691,6 +753,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -703,6 +768,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -738,6 +806,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -786,6 +861,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -905,6 +992,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -917,6 +1007,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -952,6 +1045,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -1008,6 +1108,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1127,6 +1239,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1139,6 +1254,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1174,6 +1292,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -1212,6 +1337,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1331,6 +1468,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1343,6 +1483,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1378,6 +1521,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html index 434a298da8..2a249f6da3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html @@ -146,6 +146,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -265,6 +277,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -277,6 +292,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -312,6 +330,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -417,6 +442,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -429,6 +457,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html index c112fd0522..cc8ea60901 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.answerRecords.html @@ -894,6 +894,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -906,6 +909,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1758,6 +1764,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1770,6 +1779,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -2629,6 +2641,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -2641,6 +2656,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -3482,6 +3500,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -3494,6 +3515,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html index 7433a09ba9..e81f70d881 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html @@ -1796,6 +1796,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1808,6 +1811,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -3407,6 +3413,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -3419,6 +3428,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html index bef9d6052d..4b0fd404fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -206,6 +206,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -218,6 +221,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html index e9a15ac074..166088ac93 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html @@ -126,6 +126,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -245,6 +257,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -257,6 +272,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -292,6 +310,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -330,6 +355,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -449,6 +486,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -461,6 +501,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -496,6 +539,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -544,6 +594,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -663,6 +725,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -675,6 +740,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -710,6 +778,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html index 243e059491..bfa8ca460c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.answerRecords.html @@ -894,6 +894,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -906,6 +909,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1758,6 +1764,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1770,6 +1779,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -2629,6 +2641,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -2641,6 +2656,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -3482,6 +3500,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -3494,6 +3515,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html index 1fe5042ee8..798ed252cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html @@ -1796,6 +1796,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1808,6 +1811,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -3407,6 +3413,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -3419,6 +3428,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html index c30beafb47..d59c88057a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -206,6 +206,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -218,6 +221,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html index 8a9e564ed9..bc0de61a97 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.evaluations.html @@ -173,6 +173,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -292,6 +304,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -304,6 +319,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -339,6 +357,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -584,6 +609,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -703,6 +740,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -715,6 +755,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -750,6 +793,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -953,6 +1003,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1072,6 +1134,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1084,6 +1149,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1119,6 +1187,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html index 6e68a62d3d..a1f5129c49 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html @@ -140,6 +140,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -259,6 +271,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -271,6 +286,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -306,6 +324,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -344,6 +369,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -463,6 +500,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -475,6 +515,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -510,6 +553,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -572,6 +622,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -691,6 +753,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -703,6 +768,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -738,6 +806,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
@@ -786,6 +861,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -905,6 +992,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -917,6 +1007,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -952,6 +1045,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -1008,6 +1108,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1127,6 +1239,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1139,6 +1254,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1174,6 +1292,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", } @@ -1212,6 +1337,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -1331,6 +1468,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1343,6 +1483,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -1378,6 +1521,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.phoneNumbers.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.phoneNumbers.html index 60ce11f721..8cd842d9b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.phoneNumbers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.phoneNumbers.html @@ -113,10 +113,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
@@ -141,10 +150,19 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", "phoneNumbers": [ { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }, ], }
@@ -174,10 +192,19 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", } updateMask: string, A parameter @@ -190,10 +217,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
@@ -218,10 +254,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html index 90ecd0c2e2..11b0315b47 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html @@ -146,6 +146,18 @@

Method Details

"overarchingGuidance": "A String", "version": "A String", }, + "cesAppSpecs": [ + { + "cesApp": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], + "cesToolSpecs": [ + { + "cesTool": "A String", + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + }, + ], "createTime": "A String", "description": "A String", "freeFormContext": { @@ -265,6 +277,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -277,6 +292,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { @@ -312,6 +330,13 @@

Method Details

"tools": [ "A String", ], + "toolsetTools": [ + { + "confirmationRequirement": "A String", + "operationId": "A String", + "toolset": "A String", + }, + ], "triggerEvent": "A String", "updateTime": "A String", }, @@ -417,6 +442,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCall": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "inputParameters": { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -429,6 +457,9 @@

Method Details

"toolCallResult": { "action": "A String", "answerRecord": "A String", + "cesApp": "A String", + "cesTool": "A String", + "cesToolset": "A String", "content": "A String", "createTime": "A String", "error": { diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.phoneNumbers.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.phoneNumbers.html index 880fbfebe1..6e1d9d6a7b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.phoneNumbers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.phoneNumbers.html @@ -113,10 +113,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
@@ -141,10 +150,19 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", "phoneNumbers": [ { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }, ], }
@@ -174,10 +192,19 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", } updateMask: string, A parameter @@ -190,10 +217,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
@@ -218,10 +254,19 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "allowedSipTrunks": { + "carrierIds": [ + "A String", + ], + "sipTrunks": [ + "A String", + ], + }, "conversationProfile": "A String", "lifecycleState": "A String", "name": "A String", "phoneNumber": "A String", + "purgeTime": "A String", }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index fc58e700be..3bd8e5dcee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -210,10 +210,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -292,10 +292,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -431,10 +431,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -539,10 +539,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -615,10 +615,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -674,10 +674,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 9f0cd5e719..97aaaa455c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index 79a96d85c4..5079a265b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -434,10 +434,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index a1d90b698b..2c3d6200e9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -1557,10 +1557,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -1932,10 +1932,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2385,10 +2385,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d953ce5f4b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . a2a

+

Instance Methods

+

+ v1() +

+

Returns the v1 Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f10969d652 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.html @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . a2a . v1

+

Instance Methods

+

+ message() +

+

Returns the message Resource.

+ +

+ tasks() +

+

Returns the tasks Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getCard(tenant, x__xgafv=None)

+

GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getCard(tenant, x__xgafv=None) +
GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # AgentCard conveys key information: - Overall details (version, name, description, uses) - Skills; a set of actions/solutions the agent can perform - Default modalities/content types supported by the agent. - Authentication requirements Next ID: 19
+  "additionalInterfaces": [ # Announcement of additional supported transports. Client can use any of the supported transports.
+    { # Defines additional transport information for the agent.
+      "tenant": "A String", # Tenant to be set in the request when calling the agent. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.
+      "transport": "A String", # The transport supported this url. This is an open form string, to be easily extended for many transport protocols. The core ones officially supported are JSONRPC, GRPC and HTTP+JSON.
+      "url": "A String", # The url this interface is found at.
+    },
+  ],
+  "capabilities": { # Defines the A2A feature set supported by the agent # A2A Capability set supported by the agent.
+    "extensions": [ # Extensions supported by this agent.
+      { # A declaration of an extension supported by an Agent.
+        "description": "A String", # A description of how this agent uses this extension. Example: "Google OAuth 2.0 authentication"
+        "params": { # Optional configuration for the extension.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "required": True or False, # Whether the client must follow specific requirements of the extension. Example: false
+        "uri": "A String", # The URI of the extension. Example: "https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2"
+      },
+    ],
+    "pushNotifications": True or False, # If the agent can send push notifications to the clients webhook
+    "streaming": True or False, # If the agent will support streaming responses
+  },
+  "defaultInputModes": [ # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The set of interaction modes that the agent supports across all skills. This can be overridden per skill. Defined as mime types.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "defaultOutputModes": [ # The mime types supported as outputs from this agent.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the agent's domain of action/solution space. Example: "Agent that helps users with recipes and cooking."
+  "documentationUrl": "A String", # A url to provide additional documentation about the agent.
+  "iconUrl": "A String", # An optional URL to an icon for the agent.
+  "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the agent. Example: "Recipe Agent"
+  "preferredTransport": "A String", # The transport of the preferred endpoint. If empty, defaults to JSONRPC.
+  "protocolVersion": "A String", # The version of the A2A protocol this agent supports.
+  "provider": { # Represents information about the service provider of an agent. # The service provider of the agent.
+    "organization": "A String", # The providers organization name Example: "Google"
+    "url": "A String", # The providers reference url Example: "https://ai.google.dev"
+  },
+  "security": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security requirements for contacting the agent. This list can be seen as an OR of ANDs. Each object in the list describes one possible set of security requirements that must be present on a request. This allows specifying, for example, "callers must either use OAuth OR an API Key AND mTLS." Example: security { schemes { key: "oauth" value { list: ["read"] } } } security { schemes { key: "api-key" } schemes { key: "mtls" } }
+    {
+      "schemes": {
+        "a_key": { # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
+          "list": [
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "securitySchemes": { # The security scheme details used for authenticating with this agent.
+    "a_key": {
+      "apiKeySecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "location": "A String", # Location of the API key, valid values are "query", "header", or "cookie"
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the header, query or cookie parameter to be used.
+      },
+      "httpAuthSecurityScheme": {
+        "bearerFormat": "A String", # A hint to the client to identify how the bearer token is formatted. Bearer tokens are usually generated by an authorization server, so this information is primarily for documentation purposes.
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "scheme": "A String", # The name of the HTTP Authentication scheme to be used in the Authorization header as defined in RFC7235. The values used SHOULD be registered in the IANA Authentication Scheme registry. The value is case-insensitive, as defined in RFC7235.
+      },
+      "mtlsSecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+      },
+      "oauth2SecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "flows": { # An object containing configuration information for the flow types supported
+          "authorizationCode": {
+            "authorizationUrl": "A String", # The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+          },
+          "clientCredentials": {
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+          },
+          "implicit": {
+            "authorizationUrl": "A String", # The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "password": {
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+          },
+        },
+        "oauth2MetadataUrl": "A String", # URL to the oauth2 authorization server metadata [RFC8414](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8414). TLS is required.
+      },
+      "openIdConnectSecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "openIdConnectUrl": "A String", # Well-known URL to discover the [[OpenID-Connect-Discovery]] provider metadata.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "signatures": [ # JSON Web Signatures computed for this AgentCard.
+    { # AgentCardSignature represents a JWS signature of an AgentCard. This follows the JSON format of an RFC 7515 JSON Web Signature (JWS).
+      "header": { # The unprotected JWS header values.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "protected": "A String", # Required. The protected JWS header for the signature. This is always a base64url-encoded JSON object. Required.
+      "signature": "A String", # Required. The computed signature, base64url-encoded. Required.
+    },
+  ],
+  "skills": [ # Skills represent a unit of ability an agent can perform. This may somewhat abstract but represents a more focused set of actions that the agent is highly likely to succeed at.
+    { # AgentSkill represents a unit of action/solution that the agent can perform. One can think of this as a type of highly reliable solution that an agent can be tasked to provide. Agents have the autonomy to choose how and when to use specific skills, but clients should have confidence that if the skill is defined that unit of action can be reliably performed.
+      "description": "A String", # A human (or llm) readable description of the skill details and behaviors.
+      "examples": [ # A set of example queries that this skill is designed to address. These examples should help the caller to understand how to craft requests to the agent to achieve specific goals. Example: ["I need a recipe for bread"]
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "id": "A String", # Unique identifier of the skill within this agent.
+      "inputModes": [ # Possible input modalities supported.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the skill.
+      "outputModes": [ # Possible output modalities produced
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "security": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security schemes necessary for the agent to leverage this skill. As in the overall AgentCard.security, this list represents a logical OR of security requirement objects. Each object is a set of security schemes that must be used together (a logical AND). protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
+        {
+          "schemes": {
+            "a_key": { # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
+              "list": [
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "tags": [ # A set of tags for the skill to enhance categorization/utilization. Example: ["cooking", "customer support", "billing"]
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "supportsAuthenticatedExtendedCard": True or False, # Whether the agent supports providing an extended agent card when the user is authenticated, i.e. is the card from .well-known different than the card from GetAgentCard.
+  "url": "A String", # A URL to the address the agent is hosted at. This represents the preferred endpoint as declared by the agent.
+  "version": "A String", # The version of the agent. Example: "1.0.0"
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.message.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.message.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ad1fb0cb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.message.html @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . a2a . v1 . message

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ send(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Send a message to the agent. This is a blocking call that will return the task once it is completed, or a LRO if requested.

+

+ stream(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

SendStreamingMessage is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events until the Task is in an interrupted or terminal state.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ send(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Send a message to the agent. This is a blocking call that will return the task once it is completed, or a LRO if requested.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # /////////// Request Messages ///////////
+  "configuration": { # Configuration of a send message request. # Configuration for the send request.
+    "acceptedOutputModes": [ # The output modes that the agent is expected to respond with.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "blocking": True or False, # If true, the message will be blocking until the task is completed. If false, the message will be non-blocking and the task will be returned immediately. It is the caller's responsibility to check for any task updates.
+    "historyLength": 42, # The maximum number of messages to include in the history. if 0, the history will be unlimited.
+    "pushNotification": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # A configuration of a webhook that can be used to receive updates
+      "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+        "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+        "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+      "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+      "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+    },
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # Required. The message to send to the agent.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Optional metadata for the request.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # ////// Response Messages ///////////
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "task": { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+    "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+      { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+        "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+        "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+    "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+      { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ stream(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
SendStreamingMessage is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events until the Task is in an interrupted or terminal state.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # /////////// Request Messages ///////////
+  "configuration": { # Configuration of a send message request. # Configuration for the send request.
+    "acceptedOutputModes": [ # The output modes that the agent is expected to respond with.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "blocking": True or False, # If true, the message will be blocking until the task is completed. If false, the message will be non-blocking and the task will be returned immediately. It is the caller's responsibility to check for any task updates.
+    "historyLength": 42, # The maximum number of messages to include in the history. if 0, the history will be unlimited.
+    "pushNotification": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # A configuration of a webhook that can be used to receive updates
+      "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+        "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+        "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+      "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+      "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+    },
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # Required. The message to send to the agent.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Optional metadata for the request.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The stream response for a message. The stream should be one of the following sequences: If the response is a message, the stream should contain one, and only one, message and then close If the response is a task lifecycle, the first response should be a Task object followed by zero or more TaskStatusUpdateEvents and TaskArtifactUpdateEvents. The stream should complete when the Task if in an interrupted or terminal state. A stream that ends before these conditions are met are
+  "artifactUpdate": { # TaskArtifactUpdateEvent represents a task delta where an artifact has been generated.
+    "append": True or False, # Whether this should be appended to a prior one produced
+    "artifact": { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication. # The artifact itself
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that this task belongs too
+    "lastChunk": True or False, # Whether this represents the last part of an artifact
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with the artifact update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task for this artifact
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "statusUpdate": { # TaskStatusUpdateEvent is a delta even on a task indicating that a task has changed.
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that the task belongs to
+    "final": True or False, # Whether this is the last status update expected for this task.
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata to associate with the task update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The new status of the task.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task that is changed
+  },
+  "task": { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+    "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+      { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+        "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+        "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+    "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+      { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59f10b3672 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.html @@ -0,0 +1,594 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . a2a . v1 . tasks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ pushNotificationConfigs() +

+

Returns the pushNotificationConfigs Resource.

+ +

+ cancel(tenant, name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Cancel a task from the agent. If supported one should expect no more task updates for the task.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(tenant, name, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the current state of a task from the agent.

+

+ subscribe(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None)

+

TaskSubscription is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events. This attaches the stream to an existing in process task. If the task is complete the stream will return the completed task (like GetTask) and close the stream.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(tenant, name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Cancel a task from the agent. If supported one should expect no more task updates for the task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the task to cancel. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+  "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+    { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+  "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+    { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+  "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+    "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+    "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(tenant, name, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the current state of a task from the agent.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the task. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  historyLength: integer, The number of most recent messages from the task's history to retrieve.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+  "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+    { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+  "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+    { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+  "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+    "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+    "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ subscribe(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None) +
TaskSubscription is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events. This attaches the stream to an existing in process task. If the task is complete the stream will return the completed task (like GetTask) and close the stream.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the task to subscribe to. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The stream response for a message. The stream should be one of the following sequences: If the response is a message, the stream should contain one, and only one, message and then close If the response is a task lifecycle, the first response should be a Task object followed by zero or more TaskStatusUpdateEvents and TaskArtifactUpdateEvents. The stream should complete when the Task if in an interrupted or terminal state. A stream that ends before these conditions are met are
+  "artifactUpdate": { # TaskArtifactUpdateEvent represents a task delta where an artifact has been generated.
+    "append": True or False, # Whether this should be appended to a prior one produced
+    "artifact": { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication. # The artifact itself
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that this task belongs too
+    "lastChunk": True or False, # Whether this represents the last part of an artifact
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with the artifact update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task for this artifact
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "statusUpdate": { # TaskStatusUpdateEvent is a delta even on a task indicating that a task has changed.
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that the task belongs to
+    "final": True or False, # Whether this is the last status update expected for this task.
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata to associate with the task update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The new status of the task.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task that is changed
+  },
+  "task": { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+    "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+      { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+        "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+        "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+    "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+      { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1d37d0268 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . a2a . v1 . tasks . pushNotificationConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(tenant, parent, body=None, configId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Set a push notification config for a task.

+

+ delete(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a push notification config for a task.

+

+ get(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a push notification config for a task.

+

+ list(tenant, parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a list of push notifications configured for a task.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(tenant, parent, body=None, configId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Set a push notification config for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent task resource for this config. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+  "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+    "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+      "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+      "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+    "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+    "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+  },
+}
+
+  configId: string, Required. The ID for the new config.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+  "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+    "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+      "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+      "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+    "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+    "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a push notification config for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the config to delete. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a push notification config for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the config to retrieve. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+  "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+    "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+      "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+      "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+    "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+    "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(tenant, parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a list of push notifications configured for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  parent: string, The parent task resource. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, For AIP-158 these fields are present. Usually not used/needed. The maximum number of configurations to return. If unspecified, all configs will be returned.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from a previous ListTaskPushNotificationConfigRequest call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListTaskPushNotificationConfigRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "configs": [ # The list of push notification configurations.
+    {
+      "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+      "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+        "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+          "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+          "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+        "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+        "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html index a918de0406..c8bc94e547 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html @@ -75,194 +75,22 @@

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents

Instance Methods

- message() + a2a()

-

Returns the message Resource.

+

Returns the a2a Resource.

operations()

Returns the operations Resource.

-

- tasks() -

-

Returns the tasks Resource.

-

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- getCard(tenant, x__xgafv=None)

-

GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
-
- getCard(tenant, x__xgafv=None) -
GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.
-
-Args:
-  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # AgentCard conveys key information: - Overall details (version, name, description, uses) - Skills; a set of actions/solutions the agent can perform - Default modalities/content types supported by the agent. - Authentication requirements Next ID: 19
-  "additionalInterfaces": [ # Announcement of additional supported transports. Client can use any of the supported transports.
-    { # Defines additional transport information for the agent.
-      "tenant": "A String", # Tenant to be set in the request when calling the agent. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.
-      "transport": "A String", # The transport supported this url. This is an open form string, to be easily extended for many transport protocols. The core ones officially supported are JSONRPC, GRPC and HTTP+JSON.
-      "url": "A String", # The url this interface is found at.
-    },
-  ],
-  "capabilities": { # Defines the A2A feature set supported by the agent # A2A Capability set supported by the agent.
-    "extensions": [ # Extensions supported by this agent.
-      { # A declaration of an extension supported by an Agent.
-        "description": "A String", # A description of how this agent uses this extension. Example: "Google OAuth 2.0 authentication"
-        "params": { # Optional configuration for the extension.
-          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
-        },
-        "required": True or False, # Whether the client must follow specific requirements of the extension. Example: false
-        "uri": "A String", # The URI of the extension. Example: "https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2"
-      },
-    ],
-    "pushNotifications": True or False, # If the agent can send push notifications to the clients webhook
-    "streaming": True or False, # If the agent will support streaming responses
-  },
-  "defaultInputModes": [ # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The set of interaction modes that the agent supports across all skills. This can be overridden per skill. Defined as mime types.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultOutputModes": [ # The mime types supported as outputs from this agent.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "description": "A String", # A description of the agent's domain of action/solution space. Example: "Agent that helps users with recipes and cooking."
-  "documentationUrl": "A String", # A url to provide additional documentation about the agent.
-  "iconUrl": "A String", # An optional URL to an icon for the agent.
-  "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the agent. Example: "Recipe Agent"
-  "preferredTransport": "A String", # The transport of the preferred endpoint. If empty, defaults to JSONRPC.
-  "protocolVersion": "A String", # The version of the A2A protocol this agent supports.
-  "provider": { # Represents information about the service provider of an agent. # The service provider of the agent.
-    "organization": "A String", # The providers organization name Example: "Google"
-    "url": "A String", # The providers reference url Example: "https://ai.google.dev"
-  },
-  "security": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security requirements for contacting the agent. This list can be seen as an OR of ANDs. Each object in the list describes one possible set of security requirements that must be present on a request. This allows specifying, for example, "callers must either use OAuth OR an API Key AND mTLS." Example: security { schemes { key: "oauth" value { list: ["read"] } } } security { schemes { key: "api-key" } schemes { key: "mtls" } }
-    {
-      "schemes": {
-        "a_key": { # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
-          "list": [
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "securitySchemes": { # The security scheme details used for authenticating with this agent.
-    "a_key": {
-      "apiKeySecurityScheme": {
-        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
-        "location": "A String", # Location of the API key, valid values are "query", "header", or "cookie"
-        "name": "A String", # Name of the header, query or cookie parameter to be used.
-      },
-      "httpAuthSecurityScheme": {
-        "bearerFormat": "A String", # A hint to the client to identify how the bearer token is formatted. Bearer tokens are usually generated by an authorization server, so this information is primarily for documentation purposes.
-        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
-        "scheme": "A String", # The name of the HTTP Authentication scheme to be used in the Authorization header as defined in RFC7235. The values used SHOULD be registered in the IANA Authentication Scheme registry. The value is case-insensitive, as defined in RFC7235.
-      },
-      "mtlsSecurityScheme": {
-        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
-      },
-      "oauth2SecurityScheme": {
-        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
-        "flows": { # An object containing configuration information for the flow types supported
-          "authorizationCode": {
-            "authorizationUrl": "A String", # The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS
-            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-          },
-          "clientCredentials": {
-            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-          },
-          "implicit": {
-            "authorizationUrl": "A String", # The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS
-            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-          },
-          "password": {
-            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
-              "a_key": "A String",
-            },
-            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
-          },
-        },
-        "oauth2MetadataUrl": "A String", # URL to the oauth2 authorization server metadata [RFC8414](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8414). TLS is required.
-      },
-      "openIdConnectSecurityScheme": {
-        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
-        "openIdConnectUrl": "A String", # Well-known URL to discover the [[OpenID-Connect-Discovery]] provider metadata.
-      },
-    },
-  },
-  "signatures": [ # JSON Web Signatures computed for this AgentCard.
-    { # AgentCardSignature represents a JWS signature of an AgentCard. This follows the JSON format of an RFC 7515 JSON Web Signature (JWS).
-      "header": { # The unprotected JWS header values.
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
-      },
-      "protected": "A String", # Required. The protected JWS header for the signature. This is always a base64url-encoded JSON object. Required.
-      "signature": "A String", # Required. The computed signature, base64url-encoded. Required.
-    },
-  ],
-  "skills": [ # Skills represent a unit of ability an agent can perform. This may somewhat abstract but represents a more focused set of actions that the agent is highly likely to succeed at.
-    { # AgentSkill represents a unit of action/solution that the agent can perform. One can think of this as a type of highly reliable solution that an agent can be tasked to provide. Agents have the autonomy to choose how and when to use specific skills, but clients should have confidence that if the skill is defined that unit of action can be reliably performed.
-      "description": "A String", # A human (or llm) readable description of the skill details and behaviors.
-      "examples": [ # A set of example queries that this skill is designed to address. These examples should help the caller to understand how to craft requests to the agent to achieve specific goals. Example: ["I need a recipe for bread"]
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "id": "A String", # Unique identifier of the skill within this agent.
-      "inputModes": [ # Possible input modalities supported.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the skill.
-      "outputModes": [ # Possible output modalities produced
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "security": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security schemes necessary for the agent to leverage this skill. As in the overall AgentCard.security, this list represents a logical OR of security requirement objects. Each object is a set of security schemes that must be used together (a logical AND). protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
-        {
-          "schemes": {
-            "a_key": { # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
-              "list": [
-                "A String",
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-        },
-      ],
-      "tags": [ # A set of tags for the skill to enhance categorization/utilization. Example: ["cooking", "customer support", "billing"]
-        "A String",
-      ],
-    },
-  ],
-  "supportsAuthenticatedExtendedCard": True or False, # Whether the agent supports providing an extended agent card when the user is authenticated, i.e. is the card from .well-known different than the card from GetAgentCard.
-  "url": "A String", # A URL to the address the agent is hosted at. This represents the preferred endpoint as declared by the agent.
-  "version": "A String", # The version of the agent. Example: "1.0.0"
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html index ce9a4ab196..3a60d52ef0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index c35d905824..93a504271b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -434,10 +434,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index c4834e6d2e..2a43c3c148 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -1557,10 +1557,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -1932,10 +1932,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2385,10 +2385,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.html index 678c935082..b431e6de95 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.html @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataConnector.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ 

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. } updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided DataConnector to update. Supported field paths include: - `refresh_interval` - `params` - `auto_run_disabled` - `action_config` - `action_config.action_params` - `action_config.service_name` - `destination_configs` - `blocking_reasons` - `sync_mode` - `incremental_sync_disabled` - `incremental_refresh_interval` - `data_protection_policy` Note: Support for these fields may vary depending on the connector type. For example, not all connectors support `destination_configs`. If an unsupported or unknown field path is provided, the request will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 92bb478231..7e1676a761 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -210,10 +210,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -292,10 +292,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -431,10 +431,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -539,10 +539,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -615,10 +615,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -674,10 +674,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 8828632d14..c7c07f378b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index c2a1ab4b46..e74ddafec5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -434,10 +434,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 9ae9c255cb..3bb6bedd25 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -1557,10 +1557,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -1932,10 +1932,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2385,10 +2385,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html index 70614d97c8..7a0c4b6cd9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }, } @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. } collectionDisplayName: string, Required. The display name of the Collection. Should be human readable, used to display collections in the Console Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html index a886cb3cb4..17f28b64a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The parent UserStore resource name, format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}`. (required) - orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order. - pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. + pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserLicenses` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserLicenses` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 9791b064eb..8df46bc0b4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -160,10 +160,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -218,10 +218,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -300,10 +300,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -471,10 +471,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -579,10 +579,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -655,10 +655,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -714,10 +714,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html index c0fe218244..6040806672 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index 99591e4cab..f014650022 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 84c2a7ad21..546864a182 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -1770,10 +1770,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2200,10 +2200,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2327,10 +2327,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2848,10 +2848,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2975,10 +2975,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html index 95fb4ae6d6..dbf6252eaf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. Filters the Agents list. Supported fields: * `display_name`: display name of the agent. Supports `=`, `:`. * `id`: ID of the agent. Supports `=`. * `state`: state of the agent. Supports `=`. * `type`: type of the agent. Supports `=` (e.g., "GOOGLE_MADE", "OUR_AGENTS"). * `create_time`: timestamp when the agent was created. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. * `update_time`: timestamp when the agent was last updated. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. * `has_active_iam_proposals`: whether the agent has pending proposals. Supports `=`. Examples: * `display_name = "My Agent"` * `type = "GOOGLE_MADE"` * `create_time > "2023-01-01T00:00:00Z"` * `has_active_iam_proposals = true` + filter: string, Optional. Filters the Agents list. Supported fields: * `display_name`: display name of the agent. Supports `=`, `:`. * `id`: ID of the agent. Supports `=`. * `state`: state of the agent. Supports `=`. * `create_time`: timestamp when the agent was created. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. * `update_time`: timestamp when the agent was last updated. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. Examples: * `display_name = "My Agent"` * `create_time > "2023-01-01T00:00:00Z"` orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `is_pinned` Example: * "update_time desc" * "is_pinned desc,update_time desc": list agents by is_pinned first, then by update_time. pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of Agents to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000; anything above that will be coerced down to 1000. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token ListAgentsResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous AgentService.ListAgents call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListAgents must match the call that provided the page token. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html index 730ce6da91..a5bd30f7f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html @@ -180,10 +180,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -238,10 +238,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index 84dbb46ff8..30ca974f5c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index 33ff14dde4..6b53a5735c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -1770,10 +1770,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2200,10 +2200,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2327,10 +2327,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2848,10 +2848,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2975,10 +2975,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html index e4c5d60fe8..f316915393 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }, "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Collection display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the Collection. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. } @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }, "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Collection display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the Collection. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }, "displayName": "A String", # Required. The Collection display name. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the Collection. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a DataConnector.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ 

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. } updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided DataConnector to update. Supported field paths include: - `refresh_interval` - `params` - `auto_run_disabled` - `action_config` - `action_config.action_params` - `action_config.service_name` - `destination_configs` - `blocking_reasons` - `sync_mode` - `incremental_sync_disabled` - `incremental_refresh_interval` - `data_protection_policy` Note: Support for these fields may vary depending on the connector type. For example, not all connectors support `destination_configs`. If an unsupported or unknown field path is provided, the request will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error. @@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index bdbbbab453..d7ba7ab738 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -160,10 +160,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -218,10 +218,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -300,10 +300,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -471,10 +471,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -579,10 +579,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -655,10 +655,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -714,10 +714,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 5dc2d89ce5..790f86d11b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index cf525da5d6..f11367cf4d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index bd52ddb3c6..8f1c90893f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -1770,10 +1770,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2200,10 +2200,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2327,10 +2327,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2848,10 +2848,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2975,10 +2975,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index ff74df3078..1b0d026a70 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. }, } @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool. }, ], - "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes. + "egressFqdns": [ # Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. "A String", ], "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. @@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@

Method Details

"kmsKeyName": "A String", # Input only. The KMS key to be used to protect the DataStores managed by this connector. Must be set for requests that need to comply with CMEK Org Policy protections. If this field is set and processed successfully, the DataStores created by this connector will be protected by the KMS key. "lastSyncTime": "A String", # Output only. For periodic connectors only, the last time a data sync was completed. "latestPauseTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent timestamp when this DataConnector was paused, affecting all functionalities such as data synchronization. Pausing a connector has the following effects: - All functionalities, including data synchronization, are halted. - Any ongoing data synchronization job will be canceled. - No future data synchronization runs will be scheduled nor can be triggered. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`. "nextSyncTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar day with a particular offset from UTC. * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar day in a particular time zone. * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar day in local time. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a specific year, month, or day respectively. This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in another field. This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to document and validate your application's limitations. # Defines the scheduled time for the next data synchronization. This field requires hour , minute, and time_zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). This is utilized when the data connector has a refresh interval greater than 1 day. When the hours or minutes are not specified, we will assume a sync time of 0:00. The user must provide a time zone to avoid ambiguity. "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@

Method Details

"staticIpEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether customer has enabled static IP addresses for this connector. "syncMode": "A String", # The data synchronization mode supported by the data connector. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was last updated. - "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose. + "vpcscEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. } collectionDisplayName: string, Required. The display name of the Collection. Should be human readable, used to display collections in the Console Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html index 58592cce33..6ddc86d944 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The parent UserStore resource name, format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}`. (required) - orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order. - pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. + pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserLicenses` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserLicenses` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 655f8c613e..257cd21f56 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -210,10 +210,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -292,10 +292,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -431,10 +431,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -539,10 +539,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -615,10 +615,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -674,10 +674,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 536174f169..40ddb86c64 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index 241e5eacc5..eba7bc835b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index d0e6d16f1f..a02f93fe8e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -1654,10 +1654,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2080,10 +2080,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2207,10 +2207,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2724,10 +2724,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2851,10 +2851,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html index 15649ca03f..54985cc20a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html @@ -180,10 +180,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -238,10 +238,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index 1ac8ccb332..9748690062 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index 318b1e626b..355ac098e3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -1654,10 +1654,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2080,10 +2080,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2207,10 +2207,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2724,10 +2724,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2851,10 +2851,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index bbba5a7a00..9c8ea1464d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -210,10 +210,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -292,10 +292,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -431,10 +431,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -539,10 +539,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -615,10 +615,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -674,10 +674,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html index c47b8aa364..ec49b07545 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -177,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -235,10 +235,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index 127280643d..4903cfbb8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -503,10 +503,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 5c354c02ad..51ba50f279 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -1654,10 +1654,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2080,10 +2080,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2207,10 +2207,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2724,10 +2724,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. @@ -2851,10 +2851,10 @@

Method Details

"message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. }, ], - "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. "pendingMessage": "A String", # Immutable. The message indicates the document index is in progress. If this field is populated, the document index is pending. }, - "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. + "indexTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html index 1d0de6f77c..3635512c02 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.userStores.userLicenses.html @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The parent UserStore resource name, format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/userStores/{user_store_id}`. (required) - orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order. - pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. + orderBy: string, Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a " desc" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. + pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserLicenses` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserLicenses` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html index 93525289fc..28394d1f3b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html @@ -1204,6 +1204,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -1255,6 +1263,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -2375,6 +2391,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -2809,6 +2833,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -3716,6 +3748,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html index ae011a8705..965afc3d2d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html @@ -1204,6 +1204,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -1255,6 +1263,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -2375,6 +2391,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -2809,6 +2833,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. @@ -3716,6 +3748,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html index f6b9734f40..6616c8e80a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html @@ -8447,6 +8447,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html index 93ff477875..4ed737e2f9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html @@ -5274,6 +5274,14 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Content data to inspect or redact. "type": "A String", # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8. }, + "contentMetadata": { # Metadata on content to be scanned. # User provided metadata for the content. + "properties": [ # User provided key-value pairs of content metadata. + { # A key-value pair in the Metadata. + "key": "A String", # The key of the property. + "value": "A String", # The value of the property. + }, + ], + }, "table": { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. "headers": [ # Headers of the table. { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/docs_v1.documents.html b/docs/dyn/docs_v1.documents.html index 44ca91c4bb..9d2d0e8878 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/docs_v1.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/docs_v1.documents.html @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of the date to insert. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -3451,7 +3451,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -3462,7 +3462,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -5546,7 +5546,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -5557,7 +5557,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -7641,7 +7641,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -7652,7 +7652,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -10915,7 +10915,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -10926,7 +10926,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -13069,7 +13069,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -13080,7 +13080,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -15164,7 +15164,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -15175,7 +15175,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -17259,7 +17259,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -17270,7 +17270,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -20548,7 +20548,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -20559,7 +20559,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -22703,7 +22703,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -22714,7 +22714,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -24798,7 +24798,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -24809,7 +24809,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -26893,7 +26893,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -26904,7 +26904,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -30167,7 +30167,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -30178,7 +30178,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -32321,7 +32321,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -32332,7 +32332,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -34416,7 +34416,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -34427,7 +34427,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -36511,7 +36511,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -36522,7 +36522,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -39814,7 +39814,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -39825,7 +39825,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -41969,7 +41969,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -41980,7 +41980,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -44064,7 +44064,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -44075,7 +44075,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -46159,7 +46159,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -46170,7 +46170,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -49433,7 +49433,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -49444,7 +49444,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -51587,7 +51587,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -51598,7 +51598,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -53682,7 +53682,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -53693,7 +53693,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -55777,7 +55777,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # The properties of this DateElement. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. @@ -55788,7 +55788,7 @@

Method Details

"dateElementProperties": { # Properties of a DateElement. # DateElementProperties that only includes the changes made in this suggestion. This can be used along with the date_element_properties_suggestion_state to see which fields have changed and their new values. "dateFormat": "A String", # Determines how the date part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is DATE_FORMAT_MONTH_DAY_YEAR_ABBREVIATED, indicating the DateElement will be formatted as `MMM d, y` in `en`, or locale specific equivalent. "displayText": "A String", # Output only. Indicates how the DateElement is displayed in the document. - "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. + "locale": "A String", # The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`. "timeFormat": "A String", # Determines how the time part of the DateElement will be displayed in the document. If unset, the default value is TIME_FORMAT_DISABLED, indicating no time should be shown. "timeZoneId": "A String", # The time zone of the DateElement, as defined by the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (CLDR) project. For example, `America/New York`. If unset, the default time zone is `etc/UTC`. "timestamp": "A String", # The point in time to represent, in seconds and nanoseconds since Unix epoch: January 1, 1970 at midnight UTC. Timestamp is expected to be in UTC. If time_zone_id is set, the timestamp is adjusted according to the time zone. For example, a timestamp of `18000` with a date format of `DATE_FORMAT_ISO8601` and time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE` would be displayed as `1970-01-01 5:00 AM`. A timestamp of `18000` with date format of `DATE_FORMAT_8SO8601`, time format of `TIME_FORMAT_HOUR_MINUTE`, and time zone set to `America/New_York` will instead be `1970-01-01 12:00 AM`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html index 4f67a981ec..28878717c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Instance Methods

Creates a new shared drive.

list(maxResults=None, pageToken=None, q=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.

+

Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@

Method Details

list(maxResults=None, pageToken=None, q=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.
+  
 Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.
 
 Args:
   maxResults: integer, Maximum number of shared drives to return per page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
index caff0930d9..612a915087 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
@@ -97,16 +97,16 @@ 

Instance Methods

Generates a set of file IDs which can be provided in insert or copy requests.

get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

+

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

get_media(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

+

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

insert(body=None, convert=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocr=None, ocrLanguage=None, pinned=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, timedTextLanguage=None, timedTextTrackName=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, visibility=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"title": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.

+

Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"title": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.

list(corpora=None, corpus=None, driveId=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, projection=None, q=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.

+

Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.

listLabels(fileId, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists the labels on a file.

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Instance Methods

Restores a file from the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files.

update(fileId, addParents=None, body=None, convert=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, modifiedDateBehavior=None, newRevision=None, ocr=None, ocrLanguage=None, pinned=None, removeParents=None, setModifiedDate=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, timedTextLanguage=None, timedTextTrackName=None, updateViewedDate=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).

+

Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).

watch(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, body=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None, x__xgafv=None)

Subscribes to changes to a file.

@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@

Method Details

get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
+  
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID for the file in question. (required)
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ 

Method Details

get_media(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
+  
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID for the file in question. (required)
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ 

Method Details

insert(body=None, convert=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocr=None, ocrLanguage=None, pinned=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, timedTextLanguage=None, timedTextTrackName=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, visibility=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"title": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.
+  
 Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"title": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(corpora=None, corpus=None, driveId=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, projection=None, q=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.
+  
 Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.
 
 Args:
   corpora: string, Bodies of items (files/documents) to which the query applies. Supported bodies are `default`, `domain`, `drive` and `allDrives`. Prefer `default` or `drive` to `allDrives` for efficiency.
@@ -4912,7 +4912,7 @@ 

Method Details

update(fileId, addParents=None, body=None, convert=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, modifiedDateBehavior=None, newRevision=None, ocr=None, ocrLanguage=None, pinned=None, removeParents=None, setModifiedDate=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, timedTextLanguage=None, timedTextTrackName=None, updateViewedDate=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).
+  
 Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file to update. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
index d4f84e46fd..666a05ec69 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Hides a shared drive from the default view. For more information, see [Manage shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-shareddrives).

list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, q=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.

+

Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

Method Details

list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, q=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.
+  
 Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.
 
 Args:
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of shared drives to return per page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
index 70caefccb3..ea7539994f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Creates a copy of a file and applies any requested updates with patch semantics. For more information, see [Create and manage files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file).

create(body=None, enforceSingleParent=None, ignoreDefaultVisibility=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, keepRevisionForever=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocrLanguage=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"name": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.

+

Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"name": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.

delete(fileId, enforceSingleParent=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. For more information, see [Trash or delete files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/delete). If the file belongs to a shared drive, the user must be an `organizer` on the parent folder. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.

@@ -103,13 +103,13 @@

Instance Methods

Generates a set of file IDs which can be provided in create or copy requests. For more information, see [Create and manage files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file).

get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

+

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

get_media(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

+

Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).

list(corpora=None, corpus=None, driveId=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, q=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.

+

Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.

listLabels(fileId, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists the labels on a file. For more information, see [List labels on a file](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/list-labels).

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Instance Methods

Modifies the set of labels applied to a file. For more information, see [Set a label field on a file](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/set-label). Returns a list of the labels that were added or modified.

update(fileId, addParents=None, body=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, keepRevisionForever=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocrLanguage=None, removeParents=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).

+

Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).

watch(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, body=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

Subscribes to changes to a file. For more information, see [Notifications for resource changes](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/push).

@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@

Method Details

create(body=None, enforceSingleParent=None, ignoreDefaultVisibility=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, keepRevisionForever=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocrLanguage=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"name": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.
+  
 Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"name": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
+  
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ 

Method Details

get_media(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
+  
 Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(corpora=None, corpus=None, driveId=None, includeItemsFromAllDrives=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, includeTeamDriveItems=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, q=None, spaces=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, teamDriveId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.
+  
 Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.
 
 Args:
   corpora: string, Specifies a collection of items (files or documents) to which the query applies. Supported items include: * `user` * `domain` * `drive` * `allDrives` Prefer `user` or `drive` to `allDrives` for efficiency. By default, corpora is set to `user`. However, this can change depending on the filter set through the `q` parameter. For more information, see [File organization](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/about-files#file-organization).
@@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ 

Method Details

update(fileId, addParents=None, body=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, keepRevisionForever=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocrLanguage=None, removeParents=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).
+  
 Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html
index 7455c314e6..d84a4a1064 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.folders.contacts.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists all contacts for the resource that are subscribed to the specified notification categories, including contacts inherited from any parent resources.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   notificationCategories: string, The categories of notifications to compute contacts for. If ALL is included in this list, contacts subscribed to any notification category will be returned. (repeated)
     Allowed values
       NOTIFICATION_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED - Notification category is unrecognized or unspecified.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ 

Method Details

Adds a new contact for a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ 

Method Details

Deletes a contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a single contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists the contacts that have been set on a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more results might be available. If not specified, the default page_size is 100.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ 

Method Details

Allows a contact admin to send a test message to contact to verify that it has been configured correctly.
 
 Args:
-  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the SendTestMessage method.
-  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}
+  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)
     "A String",
   ],
   "notificationCategory": "A String", # Required. The notification category to send the test message for. All contacts must be subscribed to this category.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html
index 1906b18280..aaef8dffcc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.organizations.contacts.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists all contacts for the resource that are subscribed to the specified notification categories, including contacts inherited from any parent resources.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   notificationCategories: string, The categories of notifications to compute contacts for. If ALL is included in this list, contacts subscribed to any notification category will be returned. (repeated)
     Allowed values
       NOTIFICATION_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED - Notification category is unrecognized or unspecified.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ 

Method Details

Adds a new contact for a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ 

Method Details

Deletes a contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a single contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists the contacts that have been set on a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more results might be available. If not specified, the default page_size is 100.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ 

Method Details

Allows a contact admin to send a test message to contact to verify that it has been configured correctly.
 
 Args:
-  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the SendTestMessage method.
-  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}
+  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)
     "A String",
   ],
   "notificationCategory": "A String", # Required. The notification category to send the test message for. All contacts must be subscribed to this category.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html
index 87897f5937..f0982e7d8b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/essentialcontacts_v1.projects.contacts.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists all contacts for the resource that are subscribed to the specified notification categories, including contacts inherited from any parent resources.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   notificationCategories: string, The categories of notifications to compute contacts for. If ALL is included in this list, contacts subscribed to any notification category will be returned. (repeated)
     Allowed values
       NOTIFICATION_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED - Notification category is unrecognized or unspecified.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ 

Method Details

Adds a new contact for a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ 

Method Details

Deletes a contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ 

Method Details

Gets a single contact.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists the contacts that have been set on a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more results might be available. If not specified, the default page_size is 100.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ 

Method Details

Allows a contact admin to send a test message to contact to verify that it has been configured correctly.
 
 Args:
-  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id} (required)
+  resource: string, Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number) (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for the SendTestMessage method.
-  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}
+  "contacts": [ # Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)
     "A String",
   ],
   "notificationCategory": "A String", # Required. The notification category to send the test message for. All contacts must be subscribed to this category.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html
index c2b7fcb48d..7cb82a63a7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get a GoogleChannelConfig. The name of the GoogleChannelConfig in the response is ALWAYS coded with projectID.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index b82f2b2427..c53eb97e9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html index 98c2b9b1ed..adafa4702b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. - "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready + "sourceBackupdrBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, }, ], "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1.projects.locations.html index a427146543..8c9b3ca9f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 4c68708f98..8bf9409662 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseapphosting_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1.projects.locations.html
index 67377bcb26..b9b6c6bcfd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 802129f0a0..15645fa4e3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedataconnect_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index 22b0e29be8..245531ae3f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ 

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. @@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@

Method Details

"functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 512 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128. "parameters": { # Defines the schema of input and output data. This is a subset of the [OpenAPI 3.0 Schema Object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. If `type` is `OBJECT`, specifies how to handle properties not defined in `properties`. If it is a boolean `false`, no additional properties are allowed. If it is a schema, additional properties are allowed if they conform to the schema. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The instance must be valid against any (one or more) of the subschemas listed in `any_of`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.html index fa3f579b3e..069510727b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html
index 4a0ee7acb6..4722d10bed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index 3fd38be89f..4a71828843 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index b3d9243cc4..b648ebb1f1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 0ac318d758..625be8f03d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.html
index e73aa787eb..b4a69de108 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
index 28a511dbdd..a595e4942a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.html
index 5fa30c8093..01d0324000 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
index be17be5ca4..d245c08fe7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
@@ -89,6 +89,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

Returns the providers Resource.

+

+ addAttestationRule(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Add an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. The total attestation rules after addition must not exceed 50.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -107,12 +110,24 @@

Instance Methods

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, showDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all non-deleted WorkloadIdentityPools in a project. If `show_deleted` is set to `true`, then deleted pools are also listed.

+

+ listAttestationRules(resource, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.

+

+ listAttestationRules_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates an existing WorkloadIdentityPool.

+

+ removeAttestationRule(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Remove an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.

+

+ setAttestationRules(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Set all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. A maximum of 50 AttestationRules can be set.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the IAM policies on a WorkloadIdentityPool

@@ -123,6 +138,50 @@

Instance Methods

undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Undeletes a WorkloadIdentityPool, as long as it was deleted fewer than 30 days ago.

Method Details

+
+ addAttestationRule(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Add an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. The total attestation rules after addition must not exceed 50.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to add an attestation rule to. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AddAttestationRule.
+  "attestationRule": { # Defines which workloads can receive an identity within a pool. When an AttestationRule is defined under a managed identity, matching workloads may receive that identity. # Required. The attestation rule to be added.
+    "googleCloudResource": "A String", # Optional. A single workload operating on Google Cloud. For example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/123/uid/zones/us-central1-a/instances/12345`.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -404,6 +463,47 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ listAttestationRules(resource, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to list attestation rules of. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A query filter. Supports the following function: * `container_ids()`: Returns only the AttestationRules under the specific container ids. The function expects a comma-delimited list with only project numbers and must use the format `projects/`. For example: `container_ids(projects/, projects/,...)`.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of AttestationRules to return. If unspecified, at most 50 AttestationRules are returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 are truncated to 100.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListWorkloadIdentityPoolProviderKeys` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListAttestationRules.
+  "attestationRules": [ # A list of AttestationRules.
+    { # Defines which workloads can receive an identity within a pool. When an AttestationRule is defined under a managed identity, matching workloads may receive that identity.
+      "googleCloudResource": "A String", # Optional. A single workload operating on Google Cloud. For example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/123/uid/zones/us-central1-a/instances/12345`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Optional. A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ listAttestationRules_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
list_next()
Retrieves the next page of results.
@@ -493,6 +593,96 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ removeAttestationRule(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Remove an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to remove an attestation rule from. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for RemoveAttestationRule.
+  "attestationRule": { # Defines which workloads can receive an identity within a pool. When an AttestationRule is defined under a managed identity, matching workloads may receive that identity. # Required. The attestation rule to be removed.
+    "googleCloudResource": "A String", # Optional. A single workload operating on Google Cloud. For example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/123/uid/zones/us-central1-a/instances/12345`.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ setAttestationRules(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Set all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. A maximum of 50 AttestationRules can be set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to add an attestation rule to. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SetAttestationRules.
+  "attestationRules": [ # Required. The attestation rules to be set. At most 50 attestation rules can be set.
+    { # Defines which workloads can receive an identity within a pool. When an AttestationRule is defined under a managed identity, matching workloads may receive that identity.
+      "googleCloudResource": "A String", # Optional. A single workload operating on Google Cloud. For example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/123/uid/zones/us-central1-a/instances/12345`.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the IAM policies on a WorkloadIdentityPool
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html
index ee759d2a82..e7bb70ed39 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedkafka_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.products.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.products.html
index d25308fc65..7223831386 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1.accounts.products.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Method Details

Retrieves the processed product from your Merchant Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the updated final product can be retrieved.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the unpadded base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html
index 79ae70e6a6..cec16aa0a6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Method Details

Retrieves the processed product from your Merchant Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the updated final product can be retrieved.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the unpadded base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html
index e8b933e210..9ec3ad6545 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index 0837f9ef5a..affa621c9e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 0bca5180cb..ad6827d85b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
index 8e4e07c26f..67165b2105 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets the details of regional settings.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.html
index 64842ae477..8b3fbd8b23 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
index e9500ed533..59bc48d535 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
@@ -148,7 +148,6 @@ 

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool @@ -266,7 +265,6 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool @@ -327,7 +325,6 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool @@ -395,7 +392,6 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html index 53c07e01bd..5c3c7019ac 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html @@ -237,9 +237,6 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. - "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. - }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. @@ -541,9 +538,6 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. - "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. - }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. @@ -743,9 +737,6 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. - "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. - }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. @@ -946,9 +937,6 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. - "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. - }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index b727ea667c..7665897c15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
index 9e757110bc..e296b6e750 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html
@@ -148,7 +148,8 @@ 

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use scale_type instead. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool @@ -266,7 +267,8 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use scale_type instead. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool @@ -327,7 +329,8 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use scale_type instead. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool @@ -395,7 +398,8 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use - "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use scale_type instead. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. + "scaleType": "A String", # Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html index 31e5943513..1072ad25d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. - "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html index add030b4a2..8b2d34795c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -109,6 +109,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the regionalEndpoints Resource.

+

+ remoteTransportProfiles() +

+

Returns the remoteTransportProfiles Resource.

+

serviceClasses()

@@ -134,6 +139,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the spokes Resource.

+

+ transports() +

+

Returns the transports Resource.

+

checkConsumerConfig(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

CheckConsumerConfig validates the consumer network and project for potential PSC connection creation. This method performs several checks, including: - Validating the existence and permissions of the service class. - Ensuring the consumer network exists and is accessible. - Verifying XPN relationships if applicable. - Checking for compatible IP versions between the consumer network and the requested version. This method performs a dynamic IAM check for the `networkconnectivity.serviceClasses.use` permission on the service class resource in the Prepare phase.

@@ -145,7 +155,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -215,7 +225,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.html
index 1981ce6065..58788da294 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.html
@@ -107,22 +107,20 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Message describing RemoteTransportProfile object. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of the profile. - "flow": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Type of provisioning flows supported by this profile. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Human readable name of this profile, used to identify this profile in the UI. + "flow": "A String", # Output only. Type of provisioning flows supported by this profile. "labels": { # Output only. Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource in the format of $provider-$site. - "orderState": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Order state for this profile. + "orderState": "A String", # Output only. Order state for this profile. "provider": "A String", # Output only. Name of the provider on the other end of this profile. E.g. “Amazon Web Services” or “Microsoft Azure”. "providerSite": "A String", # Output only. If the profile is a Cloud Service Provider with compute resources, this is populated with the region where connectivity is being established. If the profile provides facility-level selection, this is an identity of the facility any connections on this profile are going through. - "region": "A String", # Output only. GCP Region where this profile is available. - "sla": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Availability class that will be configured for this particular RemoteTransportProfile. + "sla": "A String", # Output only. Availability class that will be configured for this particular RemoteTransportProfile. "supportedBandwidths": [ # Output only. List of bandwidth enum values that are supported by this profile. "A String", ], - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp. }
@@ -148,22 +146,20 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return. "remoteTransportProfiles": [ # The list of RemoteTransportProfiles. { # Message describing RemoteTransportProfile object. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of the profile. - "flow": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Type of provisioning flows supported by this profile. + "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Human readable name of this profile, used to identify this profile in the UI. + "flow": "A String", # Output only. Type of provisioning flows supported by this profile. "labels": { # Output only. Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource in the format of $provider-$site. - "orderState": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Order state for this profile. + "orderState": "A String", # Output only. Order state for this profile. "provider": "A String", # Output only. Name of the provider on the other end of this profile. E.g. “Amazon Web Services” or “Microsoft Azure”. "providerSite": "A String", # Output only. If the profile is a Cloud Service Provider with compute resources, this is populated with the region where connectivity is being established. If the profile provides facility-level selection, this is an identity of the facility any connections on this profile are going through. - "region": "A String", # Output only. GCP Region where this profile is available. - "sla": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Availability class that will be configured for this particular RemoteTransportProfile. + "sla": "A String", # Output only. Availability class that will be configured for this particular RemoteTransportProfile. "supportedBandwidths": [ # Output only. List of bandwidth enum values that are supported by this profile. "A String", ], - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp. }, ], "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html index 72303522ab..e6ee9285f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceClasses.html @@ -83,9 +83,6 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single ServiceClass.

-

- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists ServiceClasses in a given project and location.

@@ -95,12 +92,6 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single ServiceClass.

-

- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

-

- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -171,54 +162,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
-
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists ServiceClasses in a given project and location.
@@ -324,119 +267,4 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-          },
-        ],
-        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-      },
-    ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-        },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-      },
-    ],
-    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html index 3b99cc7c34..5c6d6466a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.html @@ -86,9 +86,6 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single ServiceConnectionMap.

-

- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists ServiceConnectionMaps in a given project and location.

@@ -98,12 +95,6 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single ServiceConnectionMap.

-

- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

-

- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -382,54 +373,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
-
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists ServiceConnectionMaps in a given project and location.
@@ -691,119 +634,4 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-          },
-        ],
-        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-      },
-    ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-        },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-      },
-    ],
-    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html index fff4246163..cca7d323bb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.html @@ -86,9 +86,6 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single ServiceConnectionPolicy.

-

- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists ServiceConnectionPolicies in a given project and location.

@@ -98,12 +95,6 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single ServiceConnectionPolicy.

-

- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

-

- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

Method Details

close() @@ -345,54 +336,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
-
list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists ServiceConnectionPolicies in a given project and location.
@@ -604,119 +547,4 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-          },
-        ],
-        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-      },
-    ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-        },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-      },
-    ],
-    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
-    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
-      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
-        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
-          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
-        },
-      ],
-      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
-    },
-  ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
-  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.transports.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.transports.html index b195f98910..3e1553884d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.transports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.transports.html @@ -111,26 +111,26 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Message describing Transport object. - "adminEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Administrative state of the underlying connectivity. If set to true (default), connectivity should be available between your environments. If set to false, the connectivity over these links is disabled. Disabling your Transport does not affect billing, and retains the underlying network bandwidth associated with the connectivity. - "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. [Preview only] List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. + "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. "A String", ], - "bandwidth": "A String", # Required. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp. + "bandwidth": "A String", # Optional. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile, and must be set when no activation key is being provided. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the Transport. - "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. + "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, - "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. [Output only] The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource, see google.aip.dev/122 for resource naming. - "network": "A String", # Required. [Preview only] Resource URL of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. - "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. - "region": "A String", # Required. GCP Region where this Transport is located. - "remoteProfile": "A String", # Required. Resource URL of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/remoteTransportProfiles/{remote_transport_profile} + "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource. + "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Resource URI of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. + "peeringNetwork": "A String", # Output only. VPC Network URI that was created for the VPC Peering connection to the provided `network`. If VPC Peering is disconnected, this can be used to re-establish. + "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. + "remoteAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user supplied account id for the CSP associated with the remote profile. + "remoteProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. "stackType": "A String", # Optional. IP version stack for the established connectivity. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] State of the underlying connectivity. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the underlying connectivity. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp. } requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -215,26 +215,26 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Message describing Transport object. - "adminEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Administrative state of the underlying connectivity. If set to true (default), connectivity should be available between your environments. If set to false, the connectivity over these links is disabled. Disabling your Transport does not affect billing, and retains the underlying network bandwidth associated with the connectivity. - "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. [Preview only] List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. + "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. "A String", ], - "bandwidth": "A String", # Required. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp. + "bandwidth": "A String", # Optional. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile, and must be set when no activation key is being provided. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the Transport. - "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. + "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, - "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. [Output only] The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource, see google.aip.dev/122 for resource naming. - "network": "A String", # Required. [Preview only] Resource URL of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. - "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. - "region": "A String", # Required. GCP Region where this Transport is located. - "remoteProfile": "A String", # Required. Resource URL of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/remoteTransportProfiles/{remote_transport_profile} + "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource. + "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Resource URI of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. + "peeringNetwork": "A String", # Output only. VPC Network URI that was created for the VPC Peering connection to the provided `network`. If VPC Peering is disconnected, this can be used to re-establish. + "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. + "remoteAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user supplied account id for the CSP associated with the remote profile. + "remoteProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. "stackType": "A String", # Optional. IP version stack for the established connectivity. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] State of the underlying connectivity. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the underlying connectivity. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp. }
@@ -260,26 +260,26 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return. "transports": [ # The list of Transport. { # Message describing Transport object. - "adminEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Administrative state of the underlying connectivity. If set to true (default), connectivity should be available between your environments. If set to false, the connectivity over these links is disabled. Disabling your Transport does not affect billing, and retains the underlying network bandwidth associated with the connectivity. - "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. [Preview only] List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. + "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. "A String", ], - "bandwidth": "A String", # Required. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile. - "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp. + "bandwidth": "A String", # Optional. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile, and must be set when no activation key is being provided. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the Transport. - "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. + "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state. "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs. "a_key": "A String", }, - "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. [Output only] The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource, see google.aip.dev/122 for resource naming. - "network": "A String", # Required. [Preview only] Resource URL of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. - "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. - "region": "A String", # Required. GCP Region where this Transport is located. - "remoteProfile": "A String", # Required. Resource URL of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/remoteTransportProfiles/{remote_transport_profile} + "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource. + "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Resource URI of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed. + "peeringNetwork": "A String", # Output only. VPC Network URI that was created for the VPC Peering connection to the provided `network`. If VPC Peering is disconnected, this can be used to re-establish. + "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state. + "remoteAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user supplied account id for the CSP associated with the remote profile. + "remoteProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. "stackType": "A String", # Optional. IP version stack for the established connectivity. - "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] State of the underlying connectivity. - "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp. + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the underlying connectivity. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp. }, ], "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached. @@ -307,31 +307,31 @@

Method Details

Updates the parameters of a single Transport.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. Name of the resource, see google.aip.dev/122 for resource naming. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the resource. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Message describing Transport object.
-  "adminEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Administrative state of the underlying connectivity. If set to true (default), connectivity should be available between your environments. If set to false, the connectivity over these links is disabled. Disabling your Transport does not affect billing, and retains the underlying network bandwidth associated with the connectivity.
-  "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. [Preview only] List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
+  "advertisedRoutes": [ # Optional. List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
     "A String",
   ],
-  "bandwidth": "A String", # Required. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp.
+  "bandwidth": "A String", # Optional. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile, and must be set when no activation key is being provided.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp.
   "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the Transport.
-  "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state.
+  "generatedActivationKey": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state.
   "labels": { # Optional. Labels as key value pairs.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
-  "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. [Output only] The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport.
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource, see google.aip.dev/122 for resource naming.
-  "network": "A String", # Required. [Preview only] Resource URL of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed.
-  "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state.
-  "region": "A String", # Required. GCP Region where this Transport is located.
-  "remoteProfile": "A String", # Required. Resource URL of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/remoteTransportProfiles/{remote_transport_profile}
+  "mtuLimit": 42, # Output only. The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Resource URI of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed.
+  "peeringNetwork": "A String", # Output only. VPC Network URI that was created for the VPC Peering connection to the provided `network`. If VPC Peering is disconnected, this can be used to re-establish.
+  "providedActivationKey": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state.
+  "remoteAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user supplied account id for the CSP associated with the remote profile.
+  "remoteProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to.
   "stackType": "A String", # Optional. IP version stack for the established connectivity.
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] State of the underlying connectivity.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the underlying connectivity.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time stamp.
 }
 
   requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
index 1d099c7e80..ab49351ab1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html
index 8a061c329a..1bc040f830 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}. }, ], - "billingProjectId": "A String", # Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage. + "billingProjectId": "A String", # Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time stamp. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters. "endpointSettings": { # Settings for the endpoint. # Optional. Settings for the endpoint. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html index 58405a291d..f14d1a8c30 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authzPolicies.html @@ -238,6 +238,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -277,6 +294,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -299,8 +333,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], @@ -508,6 +543,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -547,6 +599,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -569,8 +638,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], @@ -766,6 +836,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -805,6 +892,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -827,8 +931,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], @@ -985,6 +1090,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -1024,6 +1146,23 @@

Method Details

"suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` }, ], + "mcp": { # Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request. # Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources. + "baseProtocolMethodsOption": "A String", # Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol’s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified. + "methods": [ # Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy. + { # Describes a set of MCP methods to match against. + "name": "A String", # Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2. + "params": [ # Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy. + { # Determines how a string value should be matched. + "contains": "A String", # The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def`` + "exact": "A String", # The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``. + "ignoreCase": True or False, # If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true. + "prefix": "A String", # The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz`` + "suffix": "A String", # The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc`` + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, "methods": [ # Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy. "A String", ], @@ -1046,8 +1185,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`. + "policyProfile": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created. "target": { # Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to. # Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to. - "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). + "loadBalancingScheme": "A String", # Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service). "resources": [ # Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 168a8c887b..48b965aac7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html
index f896c39b85..7ab2e5e4e9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html
@@ -130,6 +130,7 @@ 

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. @@ -236,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. @@ -282,6 +284,7 @@

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. @@ -334,6 +337,7 @@

Method Details

], "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124. + "networkCookie": 42, # Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128. "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html index 8f3474edae..e1c1e407d5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index d3af920bf2..6f6235dedb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.folders.locations.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.folders.locations.html
index bf6290768a..c403b34c06 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.folders.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.folders.locations.html
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get Settings

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.organizations.locations.html
index 809a34276d..af9e85a6e8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.organizations.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.organizations.locations.html
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get Settings

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html
index 3e75bf6061..5693f64959 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Get Settings

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
index bec51da01a..7c451a924e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
@@ -109,6 +109,7 @@ 

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A page token that can be used in a subsequent call to ListVulnerabilities to continue retrieving results. "occurrences": [ # The list of Vulnerability Occurrences resulting from a scan. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html index 61a438109d..f6ef77be99 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html @@ -109,6 +109,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A page token that can be used in a subsequent call to ListVulnerabilities to continue retrieving results. "occurrences": [ # The list of Vulnerability Occurrences resulting from a scan. { # An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource. + "advisoryPublishTime": "A String", # The time this advisory was published by the source. "attestation": { # Occurrence that represents a single "attestation". The authenticity of an attestation can be verified using the attached signature. If the verifier trusts the public key of the signer, then verifying the signature is sufficient to establish trust. In this circumstance, the authority to which this attestation is attached is primarily useful for lookup (how to find this attestation if you already know the authority and artifact to be verified) and intent (for which authority this attestation was intended to sign. # Describes an attestation of an artifact. "jwts": [ # One or more JWTs encoding a self-contained attestation. Each JWT encodes the payload that it verifies within the JWT itself. Verifier implementation SHOULD ignore the `serialized_payload` field when verifying these JWTs. If only JWTs are present on this AttestationOccurrence, then the `serialized_payload` SHOULD be left empty. Each JWT SHOULD encode a claim specific to the `resource_uri` of this Occurrence, but this is not validated by Grafeas metadata API implementations. The JWT itself is opaque to Grafeas. { diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.databases.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.databases.html index c4f0943dd5..1d55fc739b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.databases.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Details of the Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/Database/ - "adminPassword": "A String", # Required. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. "characterSet": "A String", # Optional. The character set for the database. The default is AL32UTF8. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Database was created. "databaseId": "A String", # Optional. The database ID of the Database. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response for `Database.List`. "databases": [ # The list of Databases. { # Details of the Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/Database/ - "adminPassword": "A String", # Required. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. "characterSet": "A String", # Optional. The character set for the database. The default is AL32UTF8. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Database was created. "databaseId": "A String", # Optional. The database ID of the Database. diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.dbSystems.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.dbSystems.html index f5a4d00d1c..e48c7485ad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.dbSystems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.dbSystems.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"databaseEdition": "A String", # Required. The database edition of the DbSystem. "dbHome": { # Details of the Database Home resource. # Optional. Details for creating a Database Home. "database": { # Details of the Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/Database/ # Required. The Database resource. - "adminPassword": "A String", # Required. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. "characterSet": "A String", # Optional. The character set for the database. The default is AL32UTF8. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Database was created. "databaseId": "A String", # Optional. The database ID of the Database. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@

Method Details

"databaseEdition": "A String", # Required. The database edition of the DbSystem. "dbHome": { # Details of the Database Home resource. # Optional. Details for creating a Database Home. "database": { # Details of the Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/Database/ # Required. The Database resource. - "adminPassword": "A String", # Required. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. "characterSet": "A String", # Optional. The character set for the database. The default is AL32UTF8. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Database was created. "databaseId": "A String", # Optional. The database ID of the Database. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@

Method Details

"databaseEdition": "A String", # Required. The database edition of the DbSystem. "dbHome": { # Details of the Database Home resource. # Optional. Details for creating a Database Home. "database": { # Details of the Database resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/Database/ # Required. The Database resource. - "adminPassword": "A String", # Required. The password for the default ADMIN user. + "adminPassword": "A String", # Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user. "characterSet": "A String", # Optional. The character set for the database. The default is AL32UTF8. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the Database was created. "databaseId": "A String", # Optional. The database ID of the Database. diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.html index fb9ce4132c..1dee6694b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html
index ad0ac97c9e..fb34a53838 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html index 8b174d8f86..beddfcbc4c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index a9c2ade535..01df5a2571 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 9391768773..540e38093c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 3a128f4216..c80ba8b0c8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 38ecabf3c1..7f06bbbd30 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index c01ffb6db8..7c91b9ae04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html index 73a02411fd..ed68bb290a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.global_.policyOrchestrators.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. }, @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "file": { # A resource that manages the state of a file. # File resource - "content": "A String", # A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. + "content": "A String", # A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB. "file": { # A remote or local file. # A remote or local source. "allowInsecure": True or False, # Defaults to false. When false, files are subject to validations based on the file type: Remote: A checksum must be specified. Cloud Storage: An object generation number must be specified. "gcs": { # Specifies a file available as a Cloud Storage Object. # A Cloud Storage object. @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the iteration. }, }, - "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. + "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the orchestrator. Can be updated to change orchestrator behaviour. Allowed values: - `ACTIVE` - orchestrator is actively looking for actions to be taken. - `STOPPED` - orchestrator won't make any changes. Note: There might be more states added in the future. We use string here instead of an enum, to avoid the need of propagating new states to all the client code. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the policy orchestrator resource was last modified. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html index 89fe6ca084..bb09a1c93c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html +++ b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html @@ -107,6 +107,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request proto for AutocompletePlaces. + "includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": True or False, # Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future. "includePureServiceAreaBusinesses": True or False, # Optional. Include pure service area businesses if the field is set to true. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses do not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. Places will not return fields including `location`, `plus_code`, and other location related fields for these businesses. "includeQueryPredictions": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include both Place and query predictions. Otherwise the response will only return Place predictions. "includedPrimaryTypes": [ # Optional. Included primary Place type (for example, "restaurant" or "gas_station") in Place Types (https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types), or only `(regions)`, or only `(cities)`. A Place is only returned if its primary type is included in this list. Up to 5 values can be specified. If no types are specified, all Place types are returned. @@ -579,6 +580,11 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "openingDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date this place will open in the future. This field is only populated if the business status is FUTURE_OPENING. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "outdoorSeating": True or False, # Place provides outdoor seating. "parkingOptions": { # Information about parking options for the place. A parking lot could support more than one option at the same time. # Options of parking provided by the place. "freeGarageParking": True or False, # Place offers free garage parking. @@ -840,6 +846,7 @@

Method Details

"excludedTypes": [ # Excluded Place type (eg, "restaurant" or "gas_station") from https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. Up to 50 types from [Table A](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types#table-a) may be specified. If the client provides both included_types (e.g. restaurant) and excluded_types (e.g. cafe), then the response should include places that are restaurant but not cafe. The response includes places that match at least one of the included_types and none of the excluded_types. If there are any conflicting types, i.e. a type appears in both included_types and excluded_types, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If a Place type is specified with multiple type restrictions, only places that satisfy all of the restrictions are returned. For example, if we have {included_types = ["restaurant"], excluded_primary_types = ["restaurant"]}, the returned places provide "restaurant" related services but do not operate primarily as "restaurants". "A String", ], + "includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": True or False, # Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future. "includedPrimaryTypes": [ # Included primary Place type (e.g. "restaurant" or "gas_station") from https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. A place can only have a single primary type from the supported types table associated with it. Up to 50 types from [Table A](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types#table-a) may be specified. If there are any conflicting primary types, i.e. a type appears in both included_primary_types and excluded_primary_types, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If a Place type is specified with multiple type restrictions, only places that satisfy all of the restrictions are returned. For example, if we have {included_types = ["restaurant"], excluded_primary_types = ["restaurant"]}, the returned places provide "restaurant" related services but do not operate primarily as "restaurants". "A String", ], @@ -1194,6 +1201,11 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "openingDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date this place will open in the future. This field is only populated if the business status is FUTURE_OPENING. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "outdoorSeating": True or False, # Place provides outdoor seating. "parkingOptions": { # Information about parking options for the place. A parking lot could support more than one option at the same time. # Options of parking provided by the place. "freeGarageParking": True or False, # Place offers free garage parking. @@ -1468,6 +1480,7 @@

Method Details

], "minimumChargingRateKw": 3.14, # Optional. Minimum required charging rate in kilowatts. A place with a charging rate less than the specified rate is filtered out. }, + "includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": True or False, # Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future. "includePureServiceAreaBusinesses": True or False, # Optional. Include pure service area businesses if the field is set to true. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses do not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. Places will not return fields including `location`, `plus_code`, and other location related fields for these businesses. "includedType": "A String", # The requested place type. Full list of types supported: https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. Only support one included type. "languageCode": "A String", # Place details will be displayed with the preferred language if available. If the language code is unspecified or unrecognized, place details of any language may be returned, with a preference for English if such details exist. Current list of supported languages: https://developers.google.com/maps/faq#languagesupport. @@ -1949,6 +1962,11 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "openingDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date this place will open in the future. This field is only populated if the business status is FUTURE_OPENING. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "outdoorSeating": True or False, # Place provides outdoor seating. "parkingOptions": { # Information about parking options for the place. A parking lot could support more than one option at the same time. # Options of parking provided by the place. "freeGarageParking": True or False, # Place offers free garage parking. diff --git a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v3beta.iam.html b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v3beta.iam.html index 2aef71cd31..baf0f04940 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v3beta.iam.html +++ b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v3beta.iam.html @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@

Method Details

"annotations": { # Optional. User-defined annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations "a_key": "A String", }, - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The condition to apply to the policy binding. When set, the `expression` field in the `Expr` must include from 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the "||"(Logical OR), "&&"(Logical AND) or "!"(Logical NOT) operators and cannot contain more than 250 characters. The condition is currently only supported when bound to policies of kind principal access boundary. When the bound policy is a principal access boundary policy, the only supported attributes in any subexpression are `principal.type` and `principal.subject`. An example expression is: "principal.type == 'iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount'" or "principal.subject == 'bob@example.com'". Allowed operations for `principal.subject`: - `principal.subject == ` - `principal.subject != ` - `principal.subject in []` - `principal.subject.startsWith()` - `principal.subject.endsWith()` Allowed operations for `principal.type`: - `principal.type == ` - `principal.type != ` - `principal.type in []` Supported principal types are Workspace, Workforce Pool, Workload Pool and Service Account. Allowed string must be one of: - iam.googleapis.com/WorkspaceIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/WorkforcePoolIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/WorkloadPoolIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # Optional. The condition to apply to the policy binding. When set, the `expression` field in the `Expr` must include from 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the "||"(Logical OR), "&&"(Logical AND) or "!"(Logical NOT) operators and cannot contain more than 250 characters. The condition is currently only supported when bound to policies of kind principal access boundary. When the bound policy is a principal access boundary policy, the only supported attributes in any subexpression are `principal.type` and `principal.subject`. An example expression is: "principal.type == 'iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount'" or "principal.subject == 'bob@example.com'". Allowed operations for `principal.subject`: - `principal.subject == ` - `principal.subject != ` - `principal.subject in []` - `principal.subject.startsWith()` - `principal.subject.endsWith()` Allowed operations for `principal.type`: - `principal.type == ` - `principal.type != ` - `principal.type in []` Supported principal types are workspace, workforce pool, workload pool, service account, and Agent Identity. Allowed string must be one of: - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkspaceIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkforcePoolIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkloadPoolIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount` - `iam.googleapis.com/AgentPoolIdentity` (available in Preview) "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html index 6b8b769af4..86b2b33939 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index f583260720..33dc16c040 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html
index 29abcf3a29..d8603f337f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "riskAnalysis": { # Risk analysis result for an event. # Output only. The risk analysis result for the event being assessed. "challenge": "A String", # Output only. Challenge information for POLICY_BASED_CHALLENGE and INVISIBLE keys. - "extendedVerdictReasons": [ # Output only. Advanced reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of possible reasons is subject to change. + "extendedVerdictReasons": [ # Output only. Additional reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of reasons is subject to change. "A String", ], "reasons": [ # Output only. Reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@

Method Details

}, "riskAnalysis": { # Risk analysis result for an event. # Output only. The risk analysis result for the event being assessed. "challenge": "A String", # Output only. Challenge information for POLICY_BASED_CHALLENGE and INVISIBLE keys. - "extendedVerdictReasons": [ # Output only. Advanced reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of possible reasons is subject to change. + "extendedVerdictReasons": [ # Output only. Additional reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of reasons is subject to change. "A String", ], "reasons": [ # Output only. Reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1013d2ca15 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ + + + +

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . aclPolicies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, aclPolicyId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, aclPolicyId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+  aclPolicyId: string, Required. The logical name of the ACL Policy in the customer project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID. .
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. Etag of the ACL policy. If this is different from the server's etag, the request will fail with an ABORTED error.
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more ACL policies left to be queried. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous ListAclPolicies request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListAclPolicies.
+  "aclPolicies": [ # A list of ACL policies in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated.
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+      "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+        { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+          "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+          "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+        },
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Mask of fields to be updated. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from AclPolicy: * `rules`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 886b898944..a7805a1044 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -164,6 +164,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -439,6 +440,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -680,6 +682,7 @@

Method Details

"clusters": [ # A list of Redis clusters in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder Redis entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to "location not available for ListClusters". { # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -904,6 +907,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html index 3184579b2a..da67cda0b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ aclPolicies() +

+

Returns the aclPolicies Resource.

+

backupCollections()

@@ -105,7 +110,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -172,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d93a5f64f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.aclPolicies.html
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+
+
+
+

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . aclPolicies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, aclPolicyId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, aclPolicyId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+  aclPolicyId: string, Required. The logical name of the ACL Policy in the customer project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID. .
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. Etag of the ACL policy. If this is different from the server's etag, the request will fail with an ABORTED error.
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more ACL policies left to be queried. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous ListAclPolicies request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListAclPolicies.
+  "aclPolicies": [ # A list of ACL policies in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated.
+    { # The ACL policy resource.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+      "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+        { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+          "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+          "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+        },
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+      "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The ACL policy resource.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.
+  "rules": [ # Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.
+    { # A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.
+      "rule": "A String", # Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: "on >password123 ~* +@all" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/
+      "username": "A String", # Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.
+    },
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the ACL policy.
+  "version": "A String", # Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Mask of fields to be updated. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from AclPolicy: * `rules`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 469a740f4d..10689f6317 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -164,6 +164,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -439,6 +440,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -680,6 +682,7 @@

Method Details

"clusters": [ # A list of Redis clusters in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder Redis entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to "location not available for ListClusters". { # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. @@ -904,6 +907,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A cluster instance. "aclPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster. + "aclPolicyInSync": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster. "allowFewerZonesDeployment": True or False, # Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use. "asyncClusterEndpointsDeletionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, cluster endpoints that are created and registered by customers can be deleted asynchronously. That is, such a cluster endpoint can be de-registered before the forwarding rules in the cluster endpoint are deleted. "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 360244210e..e5c62652a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ aclPolicies() +

+

Returns the aclPolicies Resource.

+

backupCollections()

@@ -105,7 +110,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -172,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html
index de258b6637..af9d0c1187 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
index 5e047e6b23..ec0ea8b350 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ 

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -766,8 +766,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -1164,8 +1164,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -1522,8 +1522,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html index 7000b173b5..5f1b237b97 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html @@ -365,8 +365,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -635,8 +635,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html index 559428afae..a62df79b11 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator. - "customAudiences": [ # Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. + "customAudiences": [ # Deprecated: Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. "A String", ], "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator. - "customAudiences": [ # Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. + "customAudiences": [ # Deprecated: Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. "A String", ], "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator. - "customAudiences": [ # Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. + "customAudiences": [ # Deprecated: Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. "A String", ], "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. @@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@

Method Details

], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the authenticated creator. - "customAudiences": [ # Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. + "customAudiences": [ # Deprecated: Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run. "A String", ], "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The deletion time. It is only populated as a response to a Delete request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html index c649ff6837..a6800323bf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html @@ -326,8 +326,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -596,8 +596,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. - "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. - "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8435b4e33d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ projects() +

+

Returns the projects Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4858bd03b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects

+

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a7e1cd0c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ releases() +

+

Returns the releases Resource.

+ +

+ rolloutKinds() +

+

Returns the rolloutKinds Resource.

+ +

+ rollouts() +

+

Returns the rollouts Resource.

+ +

+ saas() +

+

Returns the saas Resource.

+ +

+ tenants() +

+

Returns the tenants Resource.

+ +

+ unitKinds() +

+

Returns the unitKinds Resource.

+ +

+ unitOperations() +

+

Returns the unitOperations Resource.

+ +

+ units() +

+

Returns the units Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets information about a location.

+

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+  "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. Do not use this field. It is unsupported and is ignored unless explicitly documented otherwise. This is primarily for internal usage. (repeated)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+      "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.releases.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.releases.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ec4444579 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.releases.html @@ -0,0 +1,499 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . releases

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, releaseId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new release.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single release.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single release.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of releases.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single release.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, releaseId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new release.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the release. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+    "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+    "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+    "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  releaseId: string, Required. The ID value for the new release.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+    "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+    "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+    "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single release.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the release. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the release. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single release.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+    "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+    "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+    "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of releases.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the release. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of releases to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListReleases method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListReleases call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "releases": [ # The resulting releases.
+    { # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+        "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+        "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+        "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+        { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+          "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+        },
+      ],
+      "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+        { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+          "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+        },
+      ],
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+      "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+        { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+          "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+        },
+      ],
+      "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+        "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single release.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+    "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+    "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+    "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Release resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Release will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "blueprint": { # Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev). # Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit.
+    "engine": "A String", # Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.
+    "package": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).
+    "version": "A String", # Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableDefaults": [ # Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}"
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "releaseRequirements": { # Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release. # Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.
+    "upgradeableFromReleases": [ # Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb63a66815 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . rolloutKinds

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, rolloutKindId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new rollout kind.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single rollout kind.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single rollout kind.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of rollout kinds.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single rollout kind.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, rolloutKindId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new rollout kind.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the rollout kind. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+    "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+    "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  rolloutKindId: string, Required. The ID value for the new rollout kind.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+    "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+    "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single rollout kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the rollout kind. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the rollout kind. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single rollout kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+    "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+    "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of rollout kinds.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the rollout kind. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of rollout kinds to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListRolloutKinds method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListRolloutKinds call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "rolloutKinds": [ # The resulting rollout kinds.
+    { # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+        "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+        "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+      },
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+      "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+      "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single rollout kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+    "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+    "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the RolloutKind resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the RolloutKind will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "errorBudget": { # The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. # Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered.
+    "allowedCount": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.
+    "allowedPercentage": 42, # Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.
+  },
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}"
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "updateUnitKindStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rollouts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91af11e946 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.rollouts.html @@ -0,0 +1,475 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . rollouts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, rolloutId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new rollout.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single rollout.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single rollout.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of rollouts.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single rollout.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, rolloutId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new rollout.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the rollout. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+    "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+    "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+      "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+  "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+  "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+  "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+  "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+    "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+    "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+      { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+        "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  rolloutId: string, Required. The ID value for the new rollout.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+    "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+    "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+      "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+  "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+  "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+  "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+  "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+    "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+    "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+      { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+        "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single rollout.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the rollout. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the rollout. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single rollout.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+    "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+    "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+      "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+  "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+  "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+  "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+  "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+    "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+    "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+      { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+        "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of rollouts.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the rollout. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of rollouts to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListRollouts method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListRollouts call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "rollouts": [ # The resulting rollouts.
+    { # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+        "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+        "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+          "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+      "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+      "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+      "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+      "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+      "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+      "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+      "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+      "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+      "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+        "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+        "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+          { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+            "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+            "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single rollout.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+    "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+    "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+      "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+  "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+  "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+  "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+  "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+    "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+    "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+      { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+        "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Rollout resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Rollout will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a single rollout execution and its results
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "control": { # RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it. # Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state.
+    "action": "A String", # Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.
+    "runParams": { # Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state. # Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed.
+      "retryFailedOperations": True or False, # Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "effectiveUnitFilter": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}"
+  "parentRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.
+  "rolloutKind": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.
+  "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.
+  "rootRollout": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}"
+  "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the rollout.
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.
+  "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.
+  "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.
+    "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.
+    "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED"
+      { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.
+        "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group.
+        "group": "A String", # Required. Group by which to aggregate.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitFilter": "A String", # Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.saas.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.saas.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f61e9b4d5f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.saas.html @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . saas

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, saasId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new saas.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single saas.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single saas.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of saas.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single saas.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, saasId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new saas.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the saas. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+    { # Location information that the service is available in.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  saasId: string, Required. The ID value for the new saas.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+    { # Location information that the service is available in.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single saas.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the saas. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the saas. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single saas.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+    { # Location information that the service is available in.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of saas.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the saas. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of saas to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListSaas method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListSaas call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "saas": [ # The resulting saas.
+    { # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+        { # Location information that the service is available in.
+          "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single saas.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+    { # Location information that the service is available in.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Saas resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Saas will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.
+    { # Location information that the service is available in.
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. Name of location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}"
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.tenants.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.tenants.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..282b788fa4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.tenants.html @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . tenants

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, tenantId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new tenant.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single tenant.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single tenant.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of tenants.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single tenant.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, tenantId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new tenant.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the tenant. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  tenantId: string, Required. The ID value for the new tenant.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single tenant.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the tenant. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the tenant. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single tenant.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of tenants.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the tenant. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of tenants to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListTenants method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListTenants call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "tenants": [ # The resulting tenants.
+    { # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+      "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single tenant.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Tenant resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Tenant will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: "projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8" consumer_resource: "projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe"
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "consumerResource": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}"
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitKinds.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitKinds.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a410d443d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitKinds.html @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . unitKinds

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitKindId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new unit kind.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single unit kind.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single unit kind.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of unit kinds.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single unit kind.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitKindId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new unit kind.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit kind. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+    { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+      "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+  "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  unitKindId: string, Required. The ID value for the new unit kind.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+    { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+      "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+  "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single unit kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit kind. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit kind. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single unit kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+    { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+      "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+  "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of unit kinds.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit kind. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of unit kinds to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListUnitKinds method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnitKinds call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "unitKinds": [ # The resulting unit kinds.
+    { # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+      "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+        { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+          "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+          "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+        },
+      ],
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+        { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+          "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+            "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+            "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+          },
+          "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+            "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+            "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+            "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+          },
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+        },
+      ],
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+      "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+        { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+          "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+            "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+            "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+          },
+          "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+            "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+            "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+            "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+          },
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+        },
+      ],
+      "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single unit kind.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+    { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+      "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+  "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UnitKind resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the UnitKind will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "defaultRelease": "A String", # Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.
+    { # Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.
+      "alias": "A String", # Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency’s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency’s inputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}"
+  "outputVariableMappings": [ # Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.
+    { # Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies
+      "from": { # Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to
+        "outputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "to": { # Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies # Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies.
+        "dependency": "A String", # Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to
+        "ignoreForLookup": True or False, # Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not
+        "inputVariable": "A String", # Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency
+      },
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. name of the variable
+    },
+  ],
+  "saas": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitOperations.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitOperations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23533516b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.unitOperations.html @@ -0,0 +1,559 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . unitOperations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitOperationId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new unit operation.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single unit operation.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single unit operation.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of unit operations.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single unit operation.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitOperationId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new unit operation.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit operation. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+  },
+  "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+  "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+  "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+  "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+  "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+  "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  unitOperationId: string, Required. The ID value for the new unit operation.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+  },
+  "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+  "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+  "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+  "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+  "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+  "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single unit operation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit operation. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit operation. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single unit operation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+  },
+  "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+  "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+  "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+  "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+  "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+  "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of unit operations.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit operation. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of unit operations to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListUnitOperations method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnitOperations call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "unitOperations": [ # The resulting unit operations.
+    { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+      "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+        { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+          "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+          "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+          "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+          "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+          "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+      "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+      },
+      "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+      "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+      "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+      "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+        "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+          { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+            "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+            "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+          },
+        ],
+        "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+      },
+      "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+      "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+      "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+        "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+          { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+            "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+            "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+          },
+        ],
+        "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single unit operation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+  },
+  "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+  "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+  "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+  "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+  "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+  "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UnitOperation resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the UnitOperation will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "cancel": True or False, # Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).
+  "deprovision": { # Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+  },
+  "engineState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.
+  "errorCategory": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}"
+  "parentUnitOperation": "A String", # Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)
+  "provision": { # Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+  "rollout": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.
+  "schedule": { # A time specification to schedule the maintenance. # Optional. When to schedule this operation.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+  "upgrade": { # Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.
+    "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)
+      { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+        "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+        "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+      },
+    ],
+    "release": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.units.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.units.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dcfd6fa6ed --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1.projects.locations.units.html @@ -0,0 +1,643 @@ + + + +

SaaS Runtime API . projects . locations . units

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a new unit.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a single unit.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a single unit.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve a collection of units.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a single unit.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, unitId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a new unit.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+    "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+  },
+  "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+  "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+  "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+  "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+  "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+  "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  unitId: string, Required. The ID value for the new unit.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+    "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+  },
+  "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+  "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+  "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+  "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+  "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+  "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a single unit.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a single unit.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the resource within a service. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+    "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+  },
+  "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+  "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+  "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+  "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+  "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+  "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve a collection of units.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent of the unit. (required)
+  filter: string, Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of units to send per page.
+  pageToken: string, The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response structure for the ListUnits method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnits call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.
+  "units": [ # The resulting units.
+    { # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+      "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+        { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+          "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+          "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+          "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+          "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+          "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+      "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+        { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+          "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+          "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+        },
+      ],
+      "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+        { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+          "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+          "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+        },
+      ],
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+      "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+        { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+          "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+        },
+      ],
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+        "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+      },
+      "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+      "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+        { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+          "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+        },
+      ],
+      "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+      "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+      "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+      "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+      "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+      "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a single unit.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}" (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+    "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+  },
+  "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+  "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+  "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+  "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+  "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+  "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Unit resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Unit will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, If "validate_only" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.
+  "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "conditions": [ # Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.
+    { # UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.
+      "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.
+      "message": "A String", # Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.
+      "reason": "A String", # Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.
+      "status": "A String", # Required. Status of the condition.
+      "type": "A String", # Required. Type of the condition.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
+  "dependencies": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dependents": [ # Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.
+    { # Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.
+      "alias": "A String", # Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.
+      "unit": "A String", # Output only. A reference to the Unit object.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.
+  "inputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "maintenance": { # Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future. # Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.
+    "pinnedUntilTime": "A String", # Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.
+  },
+  "managementMode": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}"
+  "ongoingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "outputVariables": [ # Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.
+    { # UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.
+      "type": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.
+      "value": "A String", # Optional. String encoded value for the variable.
+      "variable": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pendingOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.
+  "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).
+  "systemCleanupAt": "A String", # Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.
+  "systemManagedState": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.
+  "tenant": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.
+  "unitKind": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html index ac104d8778..dc571f00fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.html @@ -123,7 +123,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. @@ -157,7 +156,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. @@ -216,7 +214,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. @@ -261,7 +258,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. @@ -313,7 +309,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. @@ -347,7 +342,6 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "maintenancePolicyEnforcement": "A String", # Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy) "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: "projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}" "rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - "Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce" - "Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations. "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4. diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rollouts.html index 6da84d7556..f21c0d06e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.rollouts.html @@ -139,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. @@ -191,6 +192,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. @@ -268,6 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. @@ -331,6 +334,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. @@ -401,6 +405,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. @@ -453,6 +458,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition. "stateTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state. "stats": { # RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout. # Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout. + "estimatedTotalUnitCount": "A String", # Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout. "operationsByState": [ # Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - "SCHEDULED" - "PENDING" - "RUNNING" - "SUCCEEDED" - "FAILED" - "CANCELLED" { # Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state. "count": 42, # Required. Number of records in the group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.units.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.units.html index f3d575744c..ff059ab625 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.units.html +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.units.html @@ -166,6 +166,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], @@ -245,6 +247,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], @@ -349,6 +353,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], @@ -439,6 +445,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], @@ -536,6 +544,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], @@ -615,6 +625,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "release": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit. + "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default. "scheduledOperations": [ # Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index 9b678cfdc9..6b5c801b61 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -646,6 +646,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -1198,6 +1206,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html index 9febd1c8de..aa4009012c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html @@ -215,6 +215,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -767,6 +775,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -1143,6 +1157,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -1695,6 +1717,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -1927,6 +1955,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -2479,6 +2515,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -2724,6 +2766,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -3276,6 +3326,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -3522,6 +3578,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -4074,6 +4138,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index 54e10be872..5770b8d885 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -646,6 +646,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -1198,6 +1206,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html index 044480f99a..e376907312 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html @@ -148,6 +148,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -700,6 +708,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -932,6 +946,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -1484,6 +1506,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -1787,6 +1815,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -2339,6 +2375,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -2715,6 +2757,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -3267,6 +3317,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -3499,6 +3555,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -4051,6 +4115,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -4296,6 +4366,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -4848,6 +4926,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -5094,6 +5178,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -5646,6 +5738,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index cf37596c1a..7829a1f3cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -646,6 +646,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -1198,6 +1206,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html index 7dc2b0df2b..9a0490fa66 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html @@ -215,6 +215,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -767,6 +775,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -1143,6 +1157,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -1695,6 +1717,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -1927,6 +1955,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -2479,6 +2515,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -2724,6 +2766,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -3276,6 +3326,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. @@ -3522,6 +3578,14 @@

Method Details

"affectedResources": { # Details about resources affected by this finding. # AffectedResources associated with the finding. "count": "A String", # The count of resources affected by the finding. }, + "agentDataAccessEvents": [ # Agent data access events associated with the finding. + { # Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy. + "eventId": "A String", # Unique identifier for data access event. + "eventTime": "A String", # Timestamp of data access event. + "operation": "A String", # The operation performed by the principal to access the data. + "principalSubject": "A String", # The agent principal that accessed the data. + }, + ], "aiModel": { # Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding. # The AI model associated with the finding. "deploymentPlatform": "A String", # The platform on which the model is deployed. "displayName": "A String", # The user defined display name of model. Ex. baseline-classification-model @@ -4074,6 +4138,12 @@

Method Details

], "parent": "A String", # The relative resource name of the source the finding belongs to. See: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#relative_resource_name This field is immutable after creation time. For example: "organizations/{organization_id}/sources/{source_id}" "parentDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human readable display name of the finding source such as "Event Threat Detection" or "Security Health Analytics". + "policyViolationSummary": { # Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control. # PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding. + "conformantResourcesCount": "A String", # Total number of child resources that conform to the policy. + "evaluationErrorsCount": "A String", # Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively "unknown". + "outOfScopeResourcesCount": "A String", # Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation. + "policyViolationsCount": "A String", # Count of child resources in violation of the policy. + }, "processes": [ # Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding. { # Represents an operating system process. "args": [ # Process arguments as JSON encoded strings. diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html index 1e086d2fa4..7416412830 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 6a2dbdf85e..69649ca098 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html
index 4750e5d26d..73b25ada5a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -408,12 +408,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -949,7 +951,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -1154,12 +1156,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -1381,7 +1385,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -1586,12 +1590,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -1827,7 +1833,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -2032,12 +2038,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html index 1cff704dc3..a4ccb1b4c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a Cloud SQL instance as a clone of the source instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.
 
 Args:
-  project: string, Required. Project ID of the source as well as the clone Cloud SQL instance. (required)
+  project: string, Required. Project ID of the source Cloud SQL instance. (required)
   instance: string, Required. The ID of the Cloud SQL instance to be cloned (source). This does not include the project ID. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
@@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The request payload used to execute SQL statements. "application": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the name of the application that is making the request. This field is used for telemetry. Only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores are allowed. The maximum length is 32 characters. - "autoIamAuthn": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, the API caller identity associated with the request is used for database authentication. The API caller must be an IAM user in the database. + "autoIamAuthn": True or False, # Optional. When set to `true`, the API caller identity associated with the request is used for database authentication. The API caller must be an IAM user in the database. "database": "A String", # Optional. Name of the database on which the statement will be executed. "partialResultMode": "A String", # Optional. Controls how the API should respond when the SQL execution result is incomplete due to the size limit or another error. The default mode is to throw an error. "rowLimit": "A String", # Optional. The maximum number of rows returned per SQL statement. @@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -2635,12 +2635,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -3036,7 +3038,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -3241,12 +3243,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -3593,7 +3597,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -3798,12 +3802,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -4044,7 +4050,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -4249,12 +4255,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -4603,7 +4611,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -4808,12 +4816,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -6039,7 +6049,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -6244,12 +6254,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -7429,7 +7441,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, @@ -7634,12 +7646,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Settings for an automatically-setup Private Service Connect consumer endpoint that is used to connect to a Cloud SQL instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The consumer network of this consumer endpoint. This must be a resource path that includes both the host project and the network name. For example, `projects/project1/global/networks/network1`. The consumer host project of this network might be different from the consumer service project. "consumerNetworkStatus": "A String", # The connection policy status of the consumer network. - "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network. + "consumerProject": "A String", # Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network. "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address of the consumer endpoint. "status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html index 10ffc72ddf..9b72d81226 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html @@ -418,7 +418,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -1164,7 +1166,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -1596,7 +1600,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -2042,7 +2048,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html index 6a68c06c04..7d6c0f7313 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a Cloud SQL instance as a clone of the source instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.
 
 Args:
-  project: string, Project ID of the source as well as the clone Cloud SQL instance. (required)
+  project: string, Project ID of the source Cloud SQL instance. (required)
   instance: string, The ID of the Cloud SQL instance to be cloned (source). This does not include the project ID. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
@@ -2640,7 +2640,9 @@ 

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -3246,7 +3248,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -3803,7 +3807,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -4254,7 +4260,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -4813,7 +4821,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -6249,7 +6259,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. @@ -7639,7 +7651,9 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # The connection status of the consumer endpoint. }, ], + "pscAutoDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled. "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. + "pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled. }, "requireSsl": True or False, # Use `ssl_mode` instead. Whether SSL/TLS connections over IP are enforced. If set to false, then allow both non-SSL/non-TLS and SSL/TLS connections. For SSL/TLS connections, the client certificate won't be verified. If set to true, then only allow connections encrypted with SSL/TLS and with valid client certificates. If you want to enforce SSL/TLS without enforcing the requirement for valid client certificates, then use the `ssl_mode` flag instead of the legacy `require_ssl` flag. "serverCaMode": "A String", # Specify what type of CA is used for the server certificate. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html index a82ef0e635..3f1faac259 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # A set of features that Security Token Service supports, in addition to the standard OAuth 2.0 token exchange, formatted as a serialized JSON object of Options. The size of the parameter value must not exceed 4 * 1024 * 1024 characters (4 MB). "requestedTokenType": "A String", # Required. An identifier for the type of requested security token. Can be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_boundary_intermediary_token`. "scope": "A String", # The OAuth 2.0 scopes to include on the resulting access token, formatted as a list of space-delimited, case-sensitive strings; for example, `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform`. Required when exchanging an external credential for a Google access token. For a list of OAuth 2.0 scopes, see [OAuth 2.0 Scopes for Google APIs](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2/scopes). - "subjectToken": "A String", # Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc. For workforce pools, this must match the client ID specified in the provider configuration. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/locations.workforcePools.providers#oidc. Example header: ``` { "alg": "RS256", "kid": "us-east-11" } ``` Example payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1517963104, "exp": 1517966704, "aud": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider", "sub": "113475438248934895348", "my_claims": { "additional_claim": "value" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { "headers": [ {"key": "x-amz-date", "value": "20200815T015049Z"}, {"key": "Authorization", "value": "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature"}, {"key": "x-goog-cloud-target-resource", "value": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/"}, {"key": "host", "value": "sts.amazonaws.com"} . ], "method": "POST", "url": "https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/Post2.0/sstc-saml-tech-overview-2.0-cd-02.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. If the request is for X.509 certificate-based authentication, the `subject_token` must be a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificates in DER format, as defined in [RFC 7515](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7515#section-4.1.6). `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:mtls`. The following example shows a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificate in DER format: ``` [\"MIIEYDCCA0i...\", \"MCIFFGAGTT0...\"] ``` + "subjectToken": "A String", # Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. This timestamp must be in the past and no more than 24 hours in the past, or the token will be rejected. Note that this implies the token is only acceptable within a time window of at most 24 hours. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc. For workforce pools, this must match the client ID specified in the provider configuration. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/locations.workforcePools.providers#oidc. Example header: ``` { "alg": "RS256", "kid": "us-east-11" } ``` Example payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1517963104, "exp": 1517966704, "aud": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider", "sub": "113475438248934895348", "my_claims": { "additional_claim": "value" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { "headers": [ {"key": "x-amz-date", "value": "20200815T015049Z"}, {"key": "Authorization", "value": "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature"}, {"key": "x-goog-cloud-target-resource", "value": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/"}, {"key": "host", "value": "sts.amazonaws.com"} . ], "method": "POST", "url": "https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/Post2.0/sstc-saml-tech-overview-2.0-cd-02.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. If the request is for X.509 certificate-based authentication, the `subject_token` must be a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificates in DER format, as defined in [RFC 7515](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7515#section-4.1.6). `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:mtls`. The following example shows a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificate in DER format: ``` [\"MIIEYDCCA0i...\", \"MCIFFGAGTT0...\"] ``` "subjectTokenType": "A String", # Required. An identifier that indicates the type of the security token in the `subject_token` parameter. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt`, `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`, `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`, `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`, `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:mtls`, and `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/sts_v1beta.v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/sts_v1beta.v1beta.html index 6e9ad1fb66..b2c0c7fd70 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sts_v1beta.v1beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sts_v1beta.v1beta.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # A set of features that Security Token Service supports, in addition to the standard OAuth 2.0 token exchange, formatted as a serialized JSON object of Options. The size of the parameter value must not exceed 4096 characters. "requestedTokenType": "A String", # Required. The type of security token. Must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`, which indicates an OAuth 2.0 access token. "scope": "A String", # The OAuth 2.0 scopes to include on the resulting access token, formatted as a list of space-delimited, case-sensitive strings; for example, `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform`. Required when exchanging an external credential for a Google access token. For a list of OAuth 2.0 scopes, see [OAuth 2.0 Scopes for Google APIs](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2/scopes). - "subjectToken": "A String", # Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc Example header: ``` { "alg": "RS256", "kid": "us-east-11" } ``` Example payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1517963104, "exp": 1517966704, "aud": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider", "sub": "113475438248934895348", "my_claims": { "additional_claim": "value" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { "headers": [ {"key": "x-amz-date", "value": "20200815T015049Z"}, {"key": "Authorization", "value": "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature"}, {"key": "x-goog-cloud-target-resource", "value": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/"}, {"key": "host", "value": "sts.amazonaws.com"} . ], "method": "POST", "url": "https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15" } ``` You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. + "subjectToken": "A String", # Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. This timestamp must be in the past and no more than 24 hours in the past, or the token will be rejected. Note that this implies the token is only acceptable within a time window of at most 24 hours. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc Example header: ``` { "alg": "RS256", "kid": "us-east-11" } ``` Example payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1517963104, "exp": 1517966704, "aud": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider", "sub": "113475438248934895348", "my_claims": { "additional_claim": "value" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { "headers": [ {"key": "x-amz-date", "value": "20200815T015049Z"}, {"key": "Authorization", "value": "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature"}, {"key": "x-goog-cloud-target-resource", "value": "//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/"}, {"key": "host", "value": "sts.amazonaws.com"} . ], "method": "POST", "url": "https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15" } ``` You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. "subjectTokenType": "A String", # Required. An identifier that indicates the type of the security token in the `subject_token` parameter. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt`, `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`, `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`, and `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1.text.html b/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1.text.html index c9c56c8fe4..76b2d84ff3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1.text.html +++ b/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1.text.html @@ -98,7 +98,15 @@

Method Details

"advancedVoiceOptions": { # Used for advanced voice options. # Optional. Advanced voice options. "enableTextnorm": True or False, # Optional. If true, textnorm will be applied to text input. This feature is enabled by default. Only applies for Gemini TTS. "lowLatencyJourneySynthesis": True or False, # Only for Journey voices. If false, the synthesis is context aware and has a higher latency. - "relaxSafetyFilters": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS. + "relaxSafetyFilters": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Deprecated, use safety_settings instead. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS. + "safetySettings": { # Safety settings for the request. # Optional. Input only. This applies to Gemini TTS only. If set, the category specified in the safety setting will be blocked if the harm probability is above the threshold. Otherwise, the safety filter will be disabled by default. + "settings": [ # The safety settings for the request. + { # Safety setting for a single harm category. + "category": "A String", # The harm category to apply the safety setting to. + "threshold": "A String", # The harm block threshold for the safety setting. + }, + ], + }, }, "audioConfig": { # Description of audio data to be synthesized. # Required. The configuration of the synthesized audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The format of the audio byte stream. diff --git a/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1beta1.text.html b/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1beta1.text.html index d79bef975b..a47f608271 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1beta1.text.html +++ b/docs/dyn/texttospeech_v1beta1.text.html @@ -98,7 +98,15 @@

Method Details

"advancedVoiceOptions": { # Used for advanced voice options. # Optional. Advanced voice options. "enableTextnorm": True or False, # Optional. If true, textnorm will be applied to text input. This feature is enabled by default. Only applies for Gemini TTS. "lowLatencyJourneySynthesis": True or False, # Only for Journey voices. If false, the synthesis is context aware and has a higher latency. - "relaxSafetyFilters": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS. + "relaxSafetyFilters": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Deprecated, use safety_settings instead. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS. + "safetySettings": { # Safety settings for the request. # Optional. Input only. This applies to Gemini TTS only. If set, the category specified in the safety setting will be blocked if the harm probability is above the threshold. Otherwise, the safety filter will be disabled by default. + "settings": [ # The safety settings for the request. + { # Safety setting for a single harm category. + "category": "A String", # The harm category to apply the safety setting to. + "threshold": "A String", # The harm block threshold for the safety setting. + }, + ], + }, }, "audioConfig": { # Description of audio data to be synthesized. # Required. The configuration of the synthesized audio. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. The format of the audio byte stream. diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.environments.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.environments.html index da68c32d31..3cb4bdf4e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.environments.html @@ -146,6 +146,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -166,7 +167,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -176,10 +177,10 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Output only. A Project id. "resultsStorage": { # The storage for test results. # The location where output files are stored in the user bucket. "resultsStoragePath": { # A reference to a file. # The root directory for test results. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "xunitXmlFile": { # A reference to a file. # The path to the Xunit XML file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, "shardSummaries": [ # Output only. Summaries of shards. Only one shard will present unless sharding feature is enabled in TestExecutionService. @@ -208,6 +209,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -228,7 +230,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -295,6 +297,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -315,7 +318,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -325,10 +328,10 @@

Method Details

"projectId": "A String", # Output only. A Project id. "resultsStorage": { # The storage for test results. # The location where output files are stored in the user bucket. "resultsStoragePath": { # A reference to a file. # The root directory for test results. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "xunitXmlFile": { # A reference to a file. # The path to the Xunit XML file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, "shardSummaries": [ # Output only. Summaries of shards. Only one shard will present unless sharding feature is enabled in TestExecutionService. @@ -357,6 +360,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -377,7 +381,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.html index 7e072aaed3..a99e2ec1b4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.html @@ -156,6 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -257,6 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -366,6 +368,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -478,6 +481,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -599,6 +603,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -700,6 +705,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.html index fa33c4141f..55669668db 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.html @@ -251,6 +251,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -292,7 +293,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -311,7 +312,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -321,7 +322,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -342,7 +343,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -352,7 +353,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -439,6 +440,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -480,7 +482,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -499,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -509,7 +511,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -530,7 +532,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -540,7 +542,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -636,6 +638,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -677,7 +680,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -696,7 +699,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -706,7 +709,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -727,7 +730,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -737,7 +740,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -905,6 +908,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -946,7 +950,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -965,7 +969,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -975,7 +979,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -996,7 +1000,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1006,7 +1010,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1113,6 +1117,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -1154,7 +1159,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -1173,7 +1178,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1183,7 +1188,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1204,7 +1209,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1214,7 +1219,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1301,6 +1306,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -1342,7 +1348,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -1361,7 +1367,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1371,7 +1377,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1392,7 +1398,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1402,7 +1408,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1431,7 +1437,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for StepService.PublishXunitXmlFiles. "xunitXmlFiles": [ # URI of the Xunit XML files to publish. The maximum size of the file this reference is pointing to is 50MB. Required. { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], } @@ -1509,6 +1515,7 @@

Method Details

"incompatibleAppVersion": True or False, # If the App doesn't support the specific API level. "incompatibleArchitecture": True or False, # If the App doesn't run on the specific architecture, for example, x86. "incompatibleDevice": True or False, # If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model. + "pendingTimeout": True or False, # Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available. }, "successDetail": { # Details for an outcome with a SUCCESS outcome summary. LINT.IfChange # More information about a SUCCESS outcome. Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if this field is set but the summary is not SUCCESS. Optional "otherNativeCrash": True or False, # If a native process other than the app crashed. @@ -1550,7 +1557,7 @@

Method Details

"skippedCount": 42, # Number of test cases not run, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "totalCount": 42, # Number of test cases, typically set by the service by parsing the xml_source. - In create/response: always set - In update request: never "xmlSource": { # A reference to a file. # If this test suite was parsed from XML, this is the URI where the original XML file is stored. Note: Multiple test suites can share the same xml_source Returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if the uri format is not supported. - In create/response: optional - In update request: never - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, }, ], @@ -1569,7 +1576,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1579,7 +1586,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -1600,7 +1607,7 @@

Method Details

}, "toolLogs": [ # References to any plain text logs output the tool execution. This field can be set before the tool has exited in order to be able to have access to a live view of the logs while the tool is running. The maximum allowed number of tool logs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list { # A reference to a file. - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, ], "toolOutputs": [ # References to opaque files of any format output by the tool execution. The maximum allowed number of tool outputs per step is 1000. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create request: optional - In update request: optional, any value provided will be appended to the existing list @@ -1610,7 +1617,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.testCases.html index ee3c0d5e1f..5d72407660 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.testCases.html @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. diff --git a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.thumbnails.html b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.thumbnails.html index f7db3853ef..6a132614c6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.thumbnails.html +++ b/docs/dyn/toolresults_v1beta3.projects.histories.executions.steps.thumbnails.html @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Method Details

"seconds": "A String", # Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive. }, "output": { # A reference to a file. # A FileReference to an output file. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set - "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set + "fileUri": "A String", # The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set }, "testCase": { # A reference to a test case. Test case references are canonically ordered lexicographically by these three factors: * First, by test_suite_name. * Second, by class_name. * Third, by name. # The test case to which this output file belongs. - In response: present if set by create/update request - In create/update request: optional "className": "A String", # The name of the class. diff --git a/docs/dyn/travelimpactmodel_v1.flights.html b/docs/dyn/travelimpactmodel_v1.flights.html index d2fcdd22b5..76e6b786a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/travelimpactmodel_v1.flights.html +++ b/docs/dyn/travelimpactmodel_v1.flights.html @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

Method Details

"first": 42, # Emissions for one passenger in first class in grams. This field is always computed and populated, regardless of whether the aircraft has first class seats or not. "premiumEconomy": 42, # Emissions for one passenger in premium economy class in grams. This field is always computed and populated, regardless of whether the aircraft has premium economy class seats or not. }, - "flight": { # All details related to a single request item for a direct flight emission estimates. # Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized. + "flight": { # All details related to a single request item for a direct flight emission estimates. # Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized. "departureDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date of the flight in the time zone of the origin airport. Must be a date in the present or future. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of flights with Scope 3 emission estimates. "flightEmissions": [ # List of flight segments with emission estimates. { # Scope 3 flight with emission estimates. - "flight": { # Flight parameters with which the Scope 3 emissions are fetched. # Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. + "flight": { # Flight parameters with which the Scope 3 emissions are fetched. # Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. "cabinClass": "A String", # Required. The cabin class of the flight. "carrierCode": "A String", # Optional. 2-character [IATA carrier code](https://www.iata.org/en/publications/directories/code-search/), e.g. `KE`. This is required if specific flight matching is desired. Otherwise, this is unused for typical flight and distance-based emissions models. This could be both operating and marketing carrier code (i.e. codeshare is covered). "departureDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. Date of the flight in the time zone of the origin airport. Only year is required for typical flight and distance-based emissions models (month and day values are ignored and therefore, can be either omitted, set to 0, or set to a valid date for those cases). Correspondingly, if a specific date is not provided for TIM emissions, we will fallback to typical flight (or distance-based) emissions. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

Method Details

"first": 42, # Emissions for one passenger in first class in grams. This field is always computed and populated, regardless of whether the aircraft has first class seats or not. "premiumEconomy": 42, # Emissions for one passenger in premium economy class in grams. This field is always computed and populated, regardless of whether the aircraft has premium economy class seats or not. }, - "market": { # A pair of airports. # Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized. + "market": { # A pair of airports. # Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized. "destination": "A String", # Required. IATA airport code for flight destination, e.g. "JFK". "origin": "A String", # Required. IATA airport code for flight origin, e.g. "LHR". }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.html index d93ea35034..8ed16383ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
index 12cfc9ed88..f88df16383 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.html
index fd3e5971a0..430191f406 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets all the principals having bind permission on the intranet VPC associated with the consumer project granted by the Grant API. DnsBindPermission is a global resource and location can only be global.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPeerings.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPeerings.html
index 96acc1534b..4804168250 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPeerings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPeerings.html
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, networkPeeringId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, networkPeeringId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new network peering between the peer network and VMware Engine network provided in a `NetworkPeering` resource. NetworkPeering is a global resource and location can only be global.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies a `NetworkPeering` resource. Only the `description` field can be updated. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. NetworkPeering is a global resource and location can only be global.

Method Details

@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, networkPeeringId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, networkPeeringId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new network peering between the peer network and VMware Engine network provided in a `NetworkPeering` resource. NetworkPeering is a global resource and location can only be global.
 
 Args:
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ 

Method Details

networkPeeringId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the new `NetworkPeering`. This identifier must be unique among `NetworkPeering` resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -296,7 +297,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Modifies a `NetworkPeering` resource. Only the `description` field can be updated. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. NetworkPeering is a global resource and location can only be global.
 
 Args:
@@ -325,6 +326,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `NetworkPeering` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.externalAccessRules.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.externalAccessRules.html index 08bece91d9..0c09eaab3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.externalAccessRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.externalAccessRules.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, externalAccessRuleId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, externalAccessRuleId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new external access rule in a given network policy.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single external access rule. Only fields specified in `update_mask` are applied.

Method Details

@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, externalAccessRuleId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, externalAccessRuleId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new external access rule in a given network policy.
 
 Args:
@@ -144,6 +144,7 @@ 

Method Details

externalAccessRuleId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the `ExternalAccessRule` to be created. This identifier must be unique among `ExternalAccessRule` resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -330,7 +331,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the parameters of a single external access rule. Only fields specified in `update_mask` are applied.
 
 Args:
@@ -372,6 +373,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `ExternalAccessRule` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the// request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.html index 9aad24fdf8..372f25a1d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.networkPolicies.html @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, networkPolicyId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, networkPolicyId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new network policy in a given VMware Engine network of a project and location (region). A new network policy cannot be created if another network policy already exists in the same scope.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies a `NetworkPolicy` resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `internet_access`, `external_ip`, `edge_services_cidr`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. When updating a network policy, the external IP network service can only be disabled if there are no external IP addresses present in the scope of the policy. Also, a `NetworkService` cannot be updated when `NetworkService.state` is set to `RECONCILING`. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.

Method Details

@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, networkPolicyId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, networkPolicyId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new network policy in a given VMware Engine network of a project and location (region). A new network policy cannot be created if another network policy already exists in the same scope.
 
 Args:
@@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ 

Method Details

networkPolicyId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the network policy to be created. This identifier must be unique within parent `projects/{my-project}/locations/{us-central1}/networkPolicies` and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -349,7 +350,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Modifies a `NetworkPolicy` resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `internet_access`, `external_ip`, `edge_services_cidr`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. When updating a network policy, the external IP network service can only be disabled if there are no external IP addresses present in the scope of the policy. Also, a `NetworkService` cannot be updated when `NetworkService.state` is set to `RECONCILING`. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.
 
 Args:
@@ -378,6 +379,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `NetworkPolicy` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.clusters.html index 87e84a86e3..83b14e152c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.clusters.html @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

clusterId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the new `Cluster`. This identifier must be unique among clusters within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -518,6 +518,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ignoreColocation": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the colocation requirement will be ignored. If set to false, the colocation requirement will be enforced. If not set, the colocation requirement will be enforced. Colocation requirement is the requirement that the cluster must be in the same region/zone of datastore(regional/zonal datastore). "requestId": "A String", # Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -623,7 +624,7 @@

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `Cluster` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `updateMask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -780,6 +781,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Unmount Datastore Request messag "datastore": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the datastore to unmount. Resource names are schemeless URIs that follow the conventions in https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names. For example: `projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/datastores/my-datastore` "requestId": "A String", # Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + "validateOnly": True or False, # Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.externalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.externalAddresses.html index 06a1b2c9a6..17e1755adc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.externalAddresses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.externalAddresses.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, externalAddressId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, externalAddressId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new `ExternalAddress` resource in a given private cloud. The network policy that corresponds to the private cloud must have the external IP address network service enabled (`NetworkPolicy.external_ip`).

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the parameters of a single external IP address. Only fields specified in `update_mask` are applied. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.

Method Details

@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, externalAddressId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, externalAddressId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new `ExternalAddress` resource in a given private cloud. The network policy that corresponds to the private cloud must have the external IP address network service enabled (`NetworkPolicy.external_ip`).
 
 Args:
@@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ 

Method Details

externalAddressId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the `ExternalAddress` to be created. This identifier must be unique among `ExternalAddress` resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -267,7 +268,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the parameters of a single external IP address. Only fields specified in `update_mask` are applied. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.
 
 Args:
@@ -288,6 +289,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `ExternalAddress` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.html index 95a048a23c..340abe0da1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateClouds.html @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies a `PrivateCloud` resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `description`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.

privateCloudDeletionNow(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@

Method Details

privateCloudId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the private cloud to be created. This identifier must be unique among each `PrivateCloud` within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - validateOnly: boolean, Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Modifies a `PrivateCloud` resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `description`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied. During operation processing, the resource is temporarily in the `ACTIVE` state before the operation fully completes. For that period of time, you can't update the resource. Use the operation status to determine when the processing fully completes.
 
 Args:
@@ -592,6 +592,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `PrivateCloud` resource by the update. The fields specified in `updateMask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html index dd9103ec7b..d9c9d2dd0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.html @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new private connection that can be used for accessing private Clouds.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies a `PrivateConnection` resource. Only `description` and `routing_mode` fields can be updated. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied.

Method Details

@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, privateConnectionId=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new private connection that can be used for accessing private Clouds.
 
 Args:
@@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ 

Method Details

privateConnectionId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the new private connection. This identifier must be unique among private connection resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -287,7 +288,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Modifies a `PrivateConnection` resource. Only `description` and `routing_mode` fields can be updated. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied.
 
 Args:
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the `PrivateConnection` resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.vmwareEngineNetworks.html b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.vmwareEngineNetworks.html index 7ac1bbdb97..b91589f09d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.vmwareEngineNetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmwareengine_v1.projects.locations.vmwareEngineNetworks.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, vmwareEngineNetworkId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, vmwareEngineNetworkId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new VMware Engine network that can be used by a private cloud.

delete(name, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Modifies a VMware Engine network resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `description`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied.

Method Details

@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, vmwareEngineNetworkId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, vmwareEngineNetworkId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new VMware Engine network that can be used by a private cloud.
 
 Args:
@@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ 

Method Details

} requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. vmwareEngineNetworkId: string, Required. The user-provided identifier of the new VMware Engine network. This identifier must be unique among VMware Engine network resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * For networks of type LEGACY, adheres to the format: `{region-id}-default`. Replace `{region-id}` with the region where you want to create the VMware Engine network. For example, "us-central1-default". * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -286,7 +287,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Modifies a VMware Engine network resource. Only the following fields can be updated: `description`. Only fields specified in `updateMask` are applied.
 
 Args:
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@ 

Method Details

requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the VMware Engine network resource by the update. The fields specified in the `update_mask` are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten. Only the following fields can be updated: `description`. + validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn’t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html index 6a1e5faff5..780aa5bb58 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 388a923cb9..d86213a971 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.tests.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.tests.html
index f98130a3c9..f05c5c93cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.tests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.tests.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- insert(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ insert(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, onBehalfOfContentOwnerChannel=None, x__xgafv=None)

POST method.

Method Details

@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Method Details

- insert(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, x__xgafv=None) + insert(part, body=None, externalChannelId=None, onBehalfOfContentOwnerChannel=None, x__xgafv=None)
POST method.
 
 Args:
@@ -105,6 +105,7 @@ 

Method Details

} externalChannelId: string, A parameter + onBehalfOfContentOwnerChannel: string, A parameter x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/agentregistry.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/agentregistry.v1alpha.json index 7fda64e027..443ce95c58 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/agentregistry.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/agentregistry.v1alpha.json @@ -511,8 +511,10 @@ "$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-only", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/agentregistry.read-write", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" ] }, "list": { @@ -755,7 +757,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260318", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://agentregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Agent": { @@ -1456,6 +1458,11 @@ "description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Service. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service}`.", "type": "string" }, +"registryResource": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the resulting Agent, MCP Server, or Endpoint. Format: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mcpServers/{mcp_server}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}` * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. Update time.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index 3c530bb25a..079633c206 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -6567,34 +6567,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"generateUserScenarios": { -"description": "Generates user scenarios for agent evaluation.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:generateUserScenarios", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.generateUserScenarios", -"parameterOrder": [ -"location" -], -"parameters": { -"location": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to run the job. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+location}:generateUserScenarios", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateUserScenariosRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateUserScenariosResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "get": { "description": "Gets information about a location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}", @@ -6646,7 +6618,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.list", @@ -30893,7 +30865,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260317", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperiments": { @@ -31518,43 +31490,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AgentConfig": { -"description": "Represents configuration for an Agent.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AgentConfig", -"properties": { -"agentId": { -"description": "Required. Unique identifier of the agent. This ID is used to refer to this agent, e.g., in AgentEvent.author, or in the `sub_agents` field. It must be unique within the `agents` map.", -"type": "string" -}, -"agentType": { -"description": "Optional. The type or class of the agent (e.g., \"LlmAgent\", \"RouterAgent\", \"ToolUseAgent\"). Useful for the autorater to understand the expected behavior of the agent.", -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Optional. A high-level description of the agent's role and responsibilities. Critical for evaluating if the agent is routing tasks correctly.", -"type": "string" -}, -"instruction": { -"description": "Optional. Provides instructions for the LLM model, guiding the agent's behavior. Can be static or dynamic. Dynamic instructions can contain placeholders like {variable_name} that will be resolved at runtime using the `AgentEvent.state_delta` field.", -"type": "string" -}, -"subAgents": { -"description": "Optional. The list of valid agent IDs that this agent can delegate to. This defines the directed edges in the multi-agent system graph topology.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"tools": { -"description": "Optional. The list of tools available to this agent.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Tool" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AggregationOutput": { "description": "The aggregation result for the entire dataset and all metrics.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AggregationOutput", @@ -41196,7 +41131,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.", +"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.", "type": "string" }, "parameters": { @@ -41907,42 +41842,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateUserScenariosRequest": { -"description": "Request message for DataFoundryService.GenerateUserScenarios.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateUserScenariosRequest", -"properties": { -"agents": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AgentConfig" -}, -"description": "Required. A map containing the static configurations for each agent in the system. Key: agent_id (matches the `author` field in events). Value: The static configuration of the agent.", -"type": "object" -}, -"rootAgentId": { -"description": "Required. The agent id to identify the root agent.", -"type": "string" -}, -"userScenarioGenerationConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UserScenarioGenerationConfig", -"description": "Required. Configuration for generating user scenarios." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateUserScenariosResponse": { -"description": "Response message for DataFoundryService.GenerateUserScenarios.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateUserScenariosResponse", -"properties": { -"userScenarios": { -"description": "The generated user scenarios used to simulate multi-turn agent running results and agent evaluation.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UserScenario" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateVideoResponse": { "description": "Generate video response.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateVideoResponse", @@ -43703,6 +43602,38 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbe": { +"description": "Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbe", +"properties": { +"httpGet": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe." +}, +"maxSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet": { +"description": "Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet", +"properties": { +"path": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `\"/is_busy\"`).", +"type": "string" +}, +"port": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1LLMBasedMetricSpec": { "description": "Specification for an LLM based metric.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1LLMBasedMetricSpec", @@ -52661,6 +52592,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"keepAliveProbe": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1KeepAliveProbe", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings." +}, "maxInstances": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100].", "format": "int32", @@ -52719,6 +52654,10 @@ false "description": "Specification for deploying from source code.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpec", "properties": { +"agentConfigSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource", +"description": "Source code is generated from the agent config." +}, "developerConnectSource": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectSource", "description": "Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect." @@ -52738,6 +52677,36 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource": { +"description": "Specification for the deploying from agent config.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource", +"properties": { +"adkConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig", +"description": "Required. The ADK configuration." +}, +"inlineSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecInlineSource", +"description": "Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK).", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig", +"properties": { +"jsonConfig": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectConfig": { "description": "Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectConfig", @@ -56364,6 +56333,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData": { +"description": "Defines data for an interaction prompt.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData", +"properties": { +"interactionIds": { +"description": "Optional. Lists interaction IDs associated with the prompt. This maps 1:1 to PromptMessage.contents. If InteractionData is present, every prompt message has an interaction ID.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SchemaPromptSpecMultimodalPrompt": { "description": "Prompt variation that embeds preambles to prompt string.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SchemaPromptSpecMultimodalPrompt", @@ -56496,6 +56479,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"interactionData": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData", +"description": "Data for interaction use case." +}, "outputPrefixes": { "description": "Preamble: The output prefixes before each example output.", "items": { @@ -63073,45 +63060,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UserScenario": { -"description": "Output of user scenario generation.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UserScenario", -"properties": { -"conversationPlan": { -"description": "Conversation plan to drive multi-turn agent run and get simulated agent eval dataset.", -"type": "string" -}, -"startingPrompt": { -"description": "Starting prompt for the conversation between simulated user and agent under the test.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UserScenarioGenerationConfig": { -"description": "User scenario generation configuration.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UserScenarioGenerationConfig", -"properties": { -"environmentData": { -"description": "Optional. Environment data in string type.", -"type": "string" -}, -"modelName": { -"description": "Optional. The model name to use for generation. It can be model name, e.g. \"gemini-3-pro-preview\". or the fully qualified name of the publisher model or endpoint. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"simulationInstruction": { -"description": "Optional. Simulation instruction to guide the user scenario generation.", -"type": "string" -}, -"userScenarioCount": { -"description": "Required. The number of user scenarios to generate. The maximum number of scenarios that can be generated is 100.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Value": { "description": "Value is the value of the field.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Value", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index 313cc0db96..db9ff45760 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -8628,7 +8628,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.list", @@ -29505,6 +29505,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes an A2aTask.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2aTasks/{a2aTasksId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.a2aTasks.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the A2aTask to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}/a2aTasks/{a2a_task}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+/a2aTasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Gets an A2aTask.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/a2aTasks/{a2aTasksId}", @@ -31817,6 +31842,166 @@ } } }, +"semanticGovernancePolicies": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"wait": { +"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.wait", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", +"format": "google-duration", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:wait", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "solvers": { "resources": { "operations": { @@ -39143,6 +39328,166 @@ } } }, +"semanticGovernancePolicies": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"wait": { +"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/semanticGovernancePolicies/{semanticGovernancePoliciesId}/operations/{operationsId}:wait", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.semanticGovernancePolicies.operations.wait", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^semanticGovernancePolicies/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"timeout": { +"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.", +"format": "google-duration", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:wait", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "solvers": { "resources": { "operations": { @@ -40619,7 +40964,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260317", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoExperiments": { @@ -41216,7 +41561,7 @@ "description": "Optional. The status details of the task." }, "ttl": { -"description": "Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 365 days by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days]", +"description": "Optional. Input only. The TTL (Time To Live) for the task. If not set, the task will expire in 24 hours by default. Valid range: (0 seconds, 1000 days]", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, @@ -46638,25 +46983,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSamplingSpec": { -"description": "Spec for creating a distilled dataset in Vertex Dataset.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSamplingSpec", -"properties": { -"baseTeacherModel": { -"description": "Optional. The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models).", -"type": "string" -}, -"tunedTeacherModelSource": { -"description": "Optional. The resource name of the Tuned teacher model. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`.", -"type": "string" -}, -"validationDatasetUri": { -"description": "Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for distillation. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSpec": { "description": "Tuning Spec for Distillation.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSpec", @@ -50230,28 +50556,30 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"defaultApiKey": { +"description": "Output only. The default API key string of the project.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "projectId": { -"description": "The project ID of the project.", +"description": "Output only. The project ID of the project.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "projectNumber": { -"description": "The project number of the project.", +"description": "Output only. The project number of the project.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "The region of the project.", +"description": "Output only. The region of the project.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExpressProjectSignUpMetadata": { -"description": "Runtime operation information for ExpressModeService.SignUp.", -"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExpressProjectSignUpMetadata", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension": { "description": "Extensions are tools for large language models to access external data, run computations, etc.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension", @@ -52691,7 +53019,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.", +"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.", "type": "string" }, "parameters": { @@ -55576,6 +55904,38 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbe": { +"description": "Represents the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbe", +"properties": { +"httpGet": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe." +}, +"maxSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the maximum duration (in seconds) to keep the instance alive via this probe. Can be a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet": { +"description": "Specifies the HTTP GET configuration for the probe.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbeHttpGet", +"properties": { +"path": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the path of the HTTP GET request (e.g., `\"/is_busy\"`).", +"type": "string" +}, +"port": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the port number on the container to which the request is sent.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LLMBasedMetricSpec": { "description": "Specification for an LLM based metric.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1LLMBasedMetricSpec", @@ -66341,6 +66701,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"keepAliveProbe": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1KeepAliveProbe", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the configuration for keep-alive probe. Contains configuration on a specified endpoint that a deployment host should use to keep the container alive based on the probe settings." +}, "maxInstances": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of application instances that can be launched to handle increased traffic. Defaults to 100. Range: [1, 1000]. If VPC-SC or PSC-I is enabled, the acceptable range is [1, 100].", "format": "int32", @@ -66399,6 +66763,10 @@ false "description": "Specification for deploying from source code.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpec", "properties": { +"agentConfigSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource", +"description": "Source code is generated from the agent config." +}, "developerConnectSource": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectSource", "description": "Source code is in a Git repository managed by Developer Connect." @@ -66418,6 +66786,36 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource": { +"description": "Specification for the deploying from agent config.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSource", +"properties": { +"adkConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig", +"description": "Required. The ADK configuration." +}, +"inlineSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecInlineSource", +"description": "Optional. Any additional files needed to interpret the config. If a `requirements.txt` file is present in the `inline_source`, the corresponding packages will be installed. If no `requirements.txt` file is present in `inline_source`, then the latest version of `google-adk` will be installed for interpreting the ADK config." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the Agent Development Kit (ADK).", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecAgentConfigSourceAdkConfig", +"properties": { +"jsonConfig": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. The value of the ADK config in JSON format.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectConfig": { "description": "Specifies the configuration for fetching source code from a Git repository that is managed by Developer Connect. This includes the repository, revision, and directory to use.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpecSourceCodeSpecDeveloperConnectConfig", @@ -70436,6 +70834,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData": { +"description": "Defines data for an interaction prompt.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData", +"properties": { +"interactionIds": { +"description": "Optional. Lists interaction IDs associated with the prompt. This maps 1:1 to PromptMessage.contents. If InteractionData is present, every prompt message has an interaction ID.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SchemaPromptSpecMultimodalPrompt": { "description": "Prompt variation that embeds preambles to prompt string.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SchemaPromptSpecMultimodalPrompt", @@ -70568,6 +70980,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"interactionData": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SchemaPromptSpecInteractionData", +"description": "Data for interaction use case." +}, "outputPrefixes": { "description": "Preamble: The output prefixes before each example output.", "items": { @@ -77200,10 +77616,6 @@ false "description": "Optional. The description of the TuningJob.", "type": "string" }, -"distillationSamplingSpec": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSamplingSpec", -"description": "Optional. Spec for creating a distillation dataset." -}, "distillationSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSpec", "description": "Tuning Spec for Distillation." @@ -78046,6 +78458,10 @@ false "startingPrompt": { "description": "Starting prompt for the conversation between simulated user and agent under the test.", "type": "string" +}, +"testCaseTitle": { +"description": "Represents a short 3-5 word title for eval test case.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json index c97dd74d5a..3b5e3cae2a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260316", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseDetected": { @@ -609,7 +609,12 @@ "ActionInfo": { "description": "Metadata related to the action.", "id": "ActionInfo", -"properties": {}, +"properties": { +"evidenceLockerFilePath": { +"description": "Google Cloud Storage location of the content that violated the rule. This field has format: \"/\"", +"type": "string" +} +}, "type": "object" }, "ActivityRule": { @@ -1806,12 +1811,14 @@ "enum": [ "DATA_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", "DRIVE", +"GMAIL", "CHROME", "CHAT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Data source is unspecified.", "Drive data source.", +"Gmail data source.", "Chrome data source.", "Chat data source." ], @@ -1861,7 +1868,12 @@ "DRIVE_BLOCK_EXTERNAL_SHARING", "DRIVE_WARN_ON_EXTERNAL_SHARING", "DRIVE_RESTRICT_DOWNLOAD_PRINT_COPY", +"DRIVE_RESTRICT_DOWNLOAD_PRINT_COPY_FOR_ALL", "DRIVE_APPLY_DRIVE_LABELS", +"GMAIL_QUARANTINE_MESSAGE", +"GMAIL_BLOCK_MESSAGE", +"GMAIL_WARN_USERS", +"GMAIL_APPLY_CLASSIFICATION_LABELS", "CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_DOWNLOAD", "CHROME_WARN_FILE_DOWNLOAD", "CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_UPLOAD", @@ -1870,10 +1882,14 @@ "CHROME_WARN_WEB_CONTENT_UPLOAD", "CHROME_BLOCK_PAGE_PRINT", "CHROME_WARN_PAGE_PRINT", +"CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_TRANSFER", +"CHROME_WARN_FILE_TRANSFER", "CHROME_BLOCK_URL_VISITED", "CHROME_WARN_URL_VISITED", "CHROME_BLOCK_SCREENSHOT", "CHROME_STORE_CONTENT", +"CHROME_WATERMARK", +"CHROME_FORCE_SAVE_TO_CLOUD", "DELETE_WEBPROTECT_EVIDENCE", "CHAT_BLOCK_CONTENT", "CHAT_WARN_USER", @@ -1886,7 +1902,12 @@ "Block sharing a file externally.", "Show a warning message when sharing a file externally.", "Disable download, print, and copy for commenters and viewers in drive.", +"Disable download, print, and copy for all collaborators in drive.", "Apply customer specified Drive labels to the file.", +"Quarantine message.", +"Block message.", +"Warn users.", +"Apply classification labels.", "Chrome actions. Block file download.", "Warn user about downloaded file.", "Block file upload.", @@ -1895,10 +1916,14 @@ "Warn user about uploaded web content.", "Block page print.", "Warn user about printed page.", +"Block ChromeOS file transfer.", +"Warn user about ChromeOS file transfer.", "Block Chrome URL visit.", "Warn user about Chrome URL visited.", "Block screenshot alert.", "Store the content that violated the rule.", +"Send watermark alert", +"Force save to cloud storage.", "Delete web protect evidence file", "Chat actions. Block Chat content to be sent out.", "Warn end user about Chat content.", @@ -1915,24 +1940,28 @@ "enum": [ "TRIGGER_UNSPECIFIED", "DRIVE_SHARE", +"MAIL_BEING_SENT", "CHROME_FILE_DOWNLOAD", "CHROME_FILE_UPLOAD", "CHROME_WEB_CONTENT_UPLOAD", "CHAT_MESSAGE_SENT", "CHAT_ATTACHMENT_UPLOADED", "CHROME_PAGE_PRINT", -"CHROME_URL_VISITED" +"CHROME_URL_VISITED", +"CHROMEOS_FILE_TRANSFER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Trigger is unspecified.", "A Drive file is shared.", +"An email message is sent.", "A file being downloaded in a Chrome browser.", "A file being uploaded from a Chrome browser.", "Web content being uploaded from a Chrome browser.", "A Chat message is sent.", "A Chat attachment is uploaded.", "A page is being printed by Chrome.", -"A URL is visited within Chrome." +"A URL is visited within Chrome.", +"A file being transferred (copy or moved) between different file systems on ChromeOS." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1951,7 +1980,12 @@ "DRIVE_BLOCK_EXTERNAL_SHARING", "DRIVE_WARN_ON_EXTERNAL_SHARING", "DRIVE_RESTRICT_DOWNLOAD_PRINT_COPY", +"DRIVE_RESTRICT_DOWNLOAD_PRINT_COPY_FOR_ALL", "DRIVE_APPLY_DRIVE_LABELS", +"GMAIL_QUARANTINE_MESSAGE", +"GMAIL_BLOCK_MESSAGE", +"GMAIL_WARN_USERS", +"GMAIL_APPLY_CLASSIFICATION_LABELS", "CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_DOWNLOAD", "CHROME_WARN_FILE_DOWNLOAD", "CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_UPLOAD", @@ -1960,10 +1994,14 @@ "CHROME_WARN_WEB_CONTENT_UPLOAD", "CHROME_BLOCK_PAGE_PRINT", "CHROME_WARN_PAGE_PRINT", +"CHROME_BLOCK_FILE_TRANSFER", +"CHROME_WARN_FILE_TRANSFER", "CHROME_BLOCK_URL_VISITED", "CHROME_WARN_URL_VISITED", "CHROME_BLOCK_SCREENSHOT", "CHROME_STORE_CONTENT", +"CHROME_WATERMARK", +"CHROME_FORCE_SAVE_TO_CLOUD", "DELETE_WEBPROTECT_EVIDENCE", "CHAT_BLOCK_CONTENT", "CHAT_WARN_USER", @@ -1976,7 +2014,12 @@ "Block sharing a file externally.", "Show a warning message when sharing a file externally.", "Disable download, print, and copy for commenters and viewers in drive.", +"Disable download, print, and copy for all collaborators in drive.", "Apply customer specified Drive labels to the file.", +"Quarantine message.", +"Block message.", +"Warn users.", +"Apply classification labels.", "Chrome actions. Block file download.", "Warn user about downloaded file.", "Block file upload.", @@ -1985,10 +2028,14 @@ "Warn user about uploaded web content.", "Block page print.", "Warn user about printed page.", +"Block ChromeOS file transfer.", +"Warn user about ChromeOS file transfer.", "Block Chrome URL visit.", "Warn user about Chrome URL visited.", "Block screenshot alert.", "Store the content that violated the rule.", +"Send watermark alert", +"Force save to cloud storage.", "Delete web protect evidence file", "Chat actions. Block Chat content to be sent out.", "Warn end user about Chat content.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index 4633491c68..04c9e724f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260316", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { @@ -6178,7 +6178,7 @@ false "type": "boolean" }, "credentialProviderPolicyDefault": { -"description": "Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy.", +"description": "Optional. Controls which apps are allowed to act as credential providers on Android 14 and above. These apps store credentials, see this (https://developer.android.com/training/sign-in/passkeys) and this (https://developer.android.com/reference/androidx/credentials/CredentialManager) for details. See also credentialProviderPolicy.", "enum": [ "CREDENTIAL_PROVIDER_POLICY_DEFAULT_UNSPECIFIED", "CREDENTIAL_PROVIDER_DEFAULT_DISALLOWED", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json index 55b0b9583b..8ac2a294b3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/apps/{appsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appengine.apps.locations.list", @@ -2753,7 +2753,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260316", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json index a7dcfd2981..68d5f0d5e9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/apps/{appsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appengine.apps.locations.list", @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appengine.projects.locations.list", @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260126", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index 3d26383628..2796b6f6f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/apps/{appsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appengine.apps.locations.list", @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appengine.projects.locations.list", @@ -2964,7 +2964,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260316", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json index 74fa6987d9..844fb40e7b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json @@ -437,6 +437,32 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" ] }, +"getProjectConfig": { +"description": "Retrieves the project configuration.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/projectConfig", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.getProjectConfig", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the project's logging configuration: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/projectConfig$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "ProjectConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" +] +}, "getVpcscConfig": { "description": "Retrieves the VPCSC Config for the Project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/vpcscConfig", @@ -464,7 +490,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -511,6 +537,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" ] }, +"updateProjectConfig": { +"description": "Updates the project configuration.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/projectConfig", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.updateProjectConfig", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/projectConfig$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask to support partial updates. See https://protobuf.dev/reference/protobuf/google.protobuf/#field-mask for more details.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ProjectConfig" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ProjectConfig" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "updateVpcscConfig": { "description": "Updates the VPCSC Config for the Project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/vpcscConfig", @@ -549,6 +609,34 @@ "resources": { "operations": { "methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", +"request": { +"$ref": "CancelOperationRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", @@ -2493,7 +2581,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260206", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -2667,6 +2755,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CancelOperationRequest": { +"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", +"id": "CancelOperationRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "CleanupPolicy": { "description": "Artifact policy configuration for repository cleanup policies.", "id": "CleanupPolicy", @@ -4041,6 +4135,53 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PlatformLogsConfig": { +"description": "The platform logs config for a project or a repository.", +"id": "PlatformLogsConfig", +"properties": { +"loggingState": { +"description": "Optional. The state of the platform logs: enabled or disabled.", +"enum": [ +"LOGGING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ENABLED", +"DISABLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Platform logs settings for the parent resource haven't been set. This is the default state or when the user clears the settings for the parent.", +"Platform logs are enabled.", +"Platform logs are disabled." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"severityLevel": { +"description": "Optional. The severity level for the logs. Logs will be generated if their severity level is >= than the value of the severity level mentioned here.", +"enum": [ +"SEVERITY_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"DEBUG", +"INFO", +"NOTICE", +"WARNING", +"ERROR", +"CRITICAL", +"ALERT", +"EMERGENCY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No severity level specified, meaning everything is being logged.", +"Debug or trace information.", +"Routine information, such as ongoing status or performance.", +"Normal but significant events, such as start up, shut down, or a configuration change.", +"Warning events that might cause problems.", +"Error events that are likely to cause problems.", +"Critical events that cause more severe problems or outages.", +"Alert events that require a person must take an action immediately.", +"One or more systems are unusable." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Policy": { "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", @@ -4065,6 +4206,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ProjectConfig": { +"description": "The Artifact Registry logging configurations that apply to a Project.", +"id": "ProjectConfig", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the project's configuration. Always of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/projectConfig", +"type": "string" +}, +"platformLogsConfig": { +"$ref": "PlatformLogsConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for platform logs." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ProjectSettings": { "description": "The Artifact Registry settings that apply to a Project.", "id": "ProjectSettings", @@ -4318,6 +4474,10 @@ false "description": "The name of the repository, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. For each location in a project, repository names must be unique.", "type": "string" }, +"platformLogsConfig": { +"$ref": "PlatformLogsConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for platform logs." +}, "registryUri": { "description": "Output only. The repository endpoint, for example: `us-docker.pkg.dev/my-proj/my-repo`.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json index e53b6b72b6..a662bde1fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260206", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json index e1674c7d9e..64537a3075 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260206", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json index f506441ef0..3ebd4666d9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { @@ -835,30 +835,7 @@ "description": "Optional. Compliance controls that should be applied to the resources managed by the workload.", "enum": [ "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", -"IL4", -"CJIS", -"FEDRAMP_HIGH", -"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", -"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", -"HIPAA", -"HITRUST", -"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"ITAR", -"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", -"ISR_REGIONS", -"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_PROTECTED_B", -"IL5", -"IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", -"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", -"IRS_1075", -"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", "AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", @@ -873,12 +850,35 @@ "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR", "EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", +"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY", +"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", +"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT", -"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", -"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", -"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY" +"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"CA_PROTECTED_B", +"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", +"CJIS", +"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"FEDRAMP_HIGH", +"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", +"HIPAA", +"HITRUST", +"IL2", +"IL4", +"IL5", +"IRS_1075", +"ISR_REGIONS", +"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"ITAR", +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", +"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -887,8 +887,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -true, -true, false, false, false, @@ -915,6 +913,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +true, +true, false, false, false, @@ -928,51 +928,51 @@ false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown compliance regime.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", -"Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", -"FedRAMP High data protection controls", -"FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", -"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Information Trust Alliance controls", -"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", -"International Traffic in Arms Regulations", -"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads for Partners;", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", -"Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", -"Assured Workloads Sovereign Controls KSA", -"Assured Workloads for Regional Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support", -"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls", -"Canada Controlled Goods", +"The default value. This value is used if the control package is omitted or unknown.", +"Specifies a [Sovereign Controls by Partners](https://cloud.google.com/sovereign-controls-by-partners/docs/overview) control package. To use this control package, you must also specify the partner field from the list of Sovereign Controls by Partners.", "Australia Data Boundary and Support", "Canada Data Boundary and Support", "Data Boundary for Canada Controlled Goods", "Data Boundary for Canada Protected B", -"Data Boundary for CJIS", +"Data Boundary for Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS)", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP High", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP Moderate", -"Data Boundary for IL2", -"Data Boundary for IL4", -"Data Boundary for IL5", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 2 (IL2)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 4 (IL4)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 5 (IL5)", "Data Boundary for IRS Publication 1075", -"Data Boundary for ITAR", -"Data Boundary for EU Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for Israel Regions", -"Data Boundary for US Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", -"KSA Data Boundary with Access Justifications", -"Regional Data Boundary", -"JAPAN Data Boundary" +"Data Boundary for International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR)", +"European Union (EU) Data Boundary and Support", +"Israel Data Boundary and Support", +"Japan Data Boundary", +"Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) Data Boundary with Access Justifications", +"Data boundary for one of Assured Workloads' *Free tier* control packages. Determines the region by specifying the data location during workload creation.", +"United States (US) Data Boundary and Support", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", +"Use the AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_PROTECTED_B enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CJIS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_HIGH enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_MODERATE enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL2 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL4 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL5 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IRS_PUBLICATION_1075 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1534,30 +1534,7 @@ false "description": "Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload.", "enum": [ "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", -"IL4", -"CJIS", -"FEDRAMP_HIGH", -"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", -"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", -"HIPAA", -"HITRUST", -"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"ITAR", -"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", -"ISR_REGIONS", -"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_PROTECTED_B", -"IL5", -"IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", -"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", -"IRS_1075", -"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", "AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", @@ -1572,12 +1549,35 @@ false "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR", "EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", +"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY", +"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", +"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT", -"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", -"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", -"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY" +"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"CA_PROTECTED_B", +"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", +"CJIS", +"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"FEDRAMP_HIGH", +"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", +"HIPAA", +"HITRUST", +"IL2", +"IL4", +"IL5", +"IRS_1075", +"ISR_REGIONS", +"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"ITAR", +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", +"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -1586,8 +1586,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -true, -true, false, false, false, @@ -1614,6 +1612,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +true, +true, false, false, false, @@ -1627,51 +1627,51 @@ false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown compliance regime.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", -"Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", -"FedRAMP High data protection controls", -"FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", -"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Information Trust Alliance controls", -"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", -"International Traffic in Arms Regulations", -"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads for Partners;", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", -"Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", -"Assured Workloads Sovereign Controls KSA", -"Assured Workloads for Regional Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support", -"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls", -"Canada Controlled Goods", +"The default value. This value is used if the control package is omitted or unknown.", +"Specifies a [Sovereign Controls by Partners](https://cloud.google.com/sovereign-controls-by-partners/docs/overview) control package. To use this control package, you must also specify the partner field from the list of Sovereign Controls by Partners.", "Australia Data Boundary and Support", "Canada Data Boundary and Support", "Data Boundary for Canada Controlled Goods", "Data Boundary for Canada Protected B", -"Data Boundary for CJIS", +"Data Boundary for Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS)", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP High", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP Moderate", -"Data Boundary for IL2", -"Data Boundary for IL4", -"Data Boundary for IL5", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 2 (IL2)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 4 (IL4)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 5 (IL5)", "Data Boundary for IRS Publication 1075", -"Data Boundary for ITAR", -"Data Boundary for EU Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for Israel Regions", -"Data Boundary for US Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", -"KSA Data Boundary with Access Justifications", -"Regional Data Boundary", -"JAPAN Data Boundary" +"Data Boundary for International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR)", +"European Union (EU) Data Boundary and Support", +"Israel Data Boundary and Support", +"Japan Data Boundary", +"Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) Data Boundary with Access Justifications", +"Data boundary for one of Assured Workloads' *Free tier* control packages. Determines the region by specifying the data location during workload creation.", +"United States (US) Data Boundary and Support", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", +"Use the AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_PROTECTED_B enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CJIS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_HIGH enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_MODERATE enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL2 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL4 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL5 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IRS_PUBLICATION_1075 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ false "description": "Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload" }, "partnerServicesBillingAccount": { -"description": "Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC", +"description": "Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC", "type": "string" }, "provisionedResourcesParent": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json index b41ea139e4..3c0b42674d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { @@ -807,30 +807,7 @@ "description": "Optional. Compliance controls that should be applied to the resources managed by the workload.", "enum": [ "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", -"IL4", -"CJIS", -"FEDRAMP_HIGH", -"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", -"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", -"HIPAA", -"HITRUST", -"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"ITAR", -"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", -"ISR_REGIONS", -"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_PROTECTED_B", -"IL5", -"IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", -"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", -"IRS_1075", -"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", "AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", @@ -845,12 +822,35 @@ "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR", "EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", +"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY", +"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", +"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT", -"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", -"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", -"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY" +"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"CA_PROTECTED_B", +"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", +"CJIS", +"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"FEDRAMP_HIGH", +"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", +"HIPAA", +"HITRUST", +"IL2", +"IL4", +"IL5", +"IRS_1075", +"ISR_REGIONS", +"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"ITAR", +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", +"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -859,8 +859,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -true, -true, false, false, false, @@ -887,6 +885,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +true, +true, false, false, false, @@ -900,51 +900,51 @@ false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown compliance regime.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", -"Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", -"FedRAMP High data protection controls", -"FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", -"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Information Trust Alliance controls", -"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", -"International Traffic in Arms Regulations", -"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads for Partners;", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", -"Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", -"Assured Workloads Sovereign Controls KSA", -"Assured Workloads for Regional Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support", -"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls", -"Canada Controlled Goods", +"The default value. This value is used if the control package is omitted or unknown.", +"Specifies a [Sovereign Controls by Partners](https://cloud.google.com/sovereign-controls-by-partners/docs/overview) control package. To use this control package, you must also specify the partner field from the list of Sovereign Controls by Partners.", "Australia Data Boundary and Support", "Canada Data Boundary and Support", "Data Boundary for Canada Controlled Goods", "Data Boundary for Canada Protected B", -"Data Boundary for CJIS", +"Data Boundary for Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS)", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP High", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP Moderate", -"Data Boundary for IL2", -"Data Boundary for IL4", -"Data Boundary for IL5", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 2 (IL2)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 4 (IL4)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 5 (IL5)", "Data Boundary for IRS Publication 1075", -"Data Boundary for ITAR", -"Data Boundary for EU Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for Israel Regions", -"Data Boundary for US Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", -"KSA Data Boundary with Access Justifications", -"Regional Data Boundary", -"JAPAN Data Boundary" +"Data Boundary for International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR)", +"European Union (EU) Data Boundary and Support", +"Israel Data Boundary and Support", +"Japan Data Boundary", +"Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) Data Boundary with Access Justifications", +"Data boundary for one of Assured Workloads' *Free tier* control packages. Determines the region by specifying the data location during workload creation.", +"United States (US) Data Boundary and Support", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", +"Use the AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_PROTECTED_B enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CJIS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_HIGH enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_MODERATE enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL2 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL4 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL5 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IRS_PUBLICATION_1075 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1504,30 +1504,7 @@ false "description": "Required. Immutable. Compliance Regime associated with this workload.", "enum": [ "COMPLIANCE_REGIME_UNSPECIFIED", -"IL4", -"CJIS", -"FEDRAMP_HIGH", -"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", -"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS", -"HIPAA", -"HITRUST", -"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"ITAR", -"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", "ASSURED_WORKLOADS_FOR_PARTNERS", -"ISR_REGIONS", -"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"CA_PROTECTED_B", -"IL5", -"IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", -"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", -"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", -"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", -"IRS_1075", -"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", "AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", @@ -1542,12 +1519,35 @@ false "DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR", "EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", +"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY", +"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", +"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES", "US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT", -"KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS", -"REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY", -"JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY" +"AU_REGIONS_AND_US_SUPPORT", +"CA_PROTECTED_B", +"CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS", +"CJIS", +"EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"FEDRAMP_HIGH", +"FEDRAMP_MODERATE", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS", +"HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_CONTROLS_US_SUPPORT", +"HIPAA", +"HITRUST", +"IL2", +"IL4", +"IL5", +"IRS_1075", +"ISR_REGIONS", +"ISR_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"ITAR", +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS", +"REGIONAL_CONTROLS", +"US_REGIONAL_ACCESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -1556,8 +1556,6 @@ false, false, false, false, -true, -true, false, false, false, @@ -1584,6 +1582,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +true, +true, false, false, false, @@ -1597,51 +1597,51 @@ false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unknown compliance regime.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL4 requirements.", -"Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security policies.", -"FedRAMP High data protection controls", -"FedRAMP Moderate data protection controls", -"Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls", -"[DEPRECATED] Health Information Trust Alliance controls", -"Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls", -"International Traffic in Arms Regulations", -"Assured Workloads for Australia Regions and Support controls", -"Assured Workloads for Partners;", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Israel Regions", -"Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", -"Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", -"Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", -"Assured Workloads Sovereign Controls KSA", -"Assured Workloads for Regional Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls", -"Healthcare and Life Science Controls with US Support", -"Internal Revenue Service 1075 controls", -"Canada Controlled Goods", +"The default value. This value is used if the control package is omitted or unknown.", +"Specifies a [Sovereign Controls by Partners](https://cloud.google.com/sovereign-controls-by-partners/docs/overview) control package. To use this control package, you must also specify the partner field from the list of Sovereign Controls by Partners.", "Australia Data Boundary and Support", "Canada Data Boundary and Support", "Data Boundary for Canada Controlled Goods", "Data Boundary for Canada Protected B", -"Data Boundary for CJIS", +"Data Boundary for Criminal Justice Information Systems (CJIS)", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP High", "Data Boundary for FedRAMP Moderate", -"Data Boundary for IL2", -"Data Boundary for IL4", -"Data Boundary for IL5", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 2 (IL2)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 4 (IL4)", +"Data Boundary for Impact Level 5 (IL5)", "Data Boundary for IRS Publication 1075", -"Data Boundary for ITAR", -"Data Boundary for EU Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for Israel Regions", -"Data Boundary for US Regions and Support", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences", -"Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", -"KSA Data Boundary with Access Justifications", -"Regional Data Boundary", -"JAPAN Data Boundary" +"Data Boundary for International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR)", +"European Union (EU) Data Boundary and Support", +"Israel Data Boundary and Support", +"Japan Data Boundary", +"Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) Data Boundary with Access Justifications", +"Data boundary for one of Assured Workloads' *Free tier* control packages. Determines the region by specifying the data location during workload creation.", +"United States (US) Data Boundary and Support", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences", +"United States (US) Data Boundary for Healthcare and Life Sciences with Support", +"Use the AUSTRALIA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_PROTECTED_B enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the CANADA_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CANADA_CONTROLLED_GOODS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_CJIS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the EU_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_HIGH enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_FEDRAMP_MODERATE enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_HEALTHCARE_AND_LIFE_SCIENCES_WITH_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Deprecated: Consider using the Data Boundary for US Healthcare and Life Sciences control package instead.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL2 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL4 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IL5 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_IRS_PUBLICATION_1075 enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the ISRAEL_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the DATA_BOUNDARY_FOR_ITAR enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the JAPAN_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the KSA_DATA_BOUNDARY_WITH_ACCESS_JUSTIFICATIONS enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the REGIONAL_DATA_BOUNDARY enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed.", +"Use the US_DATA_BOUNDARY_AND_SUPPORT enum for this control package instead, as the name of the associated Assured Workloads control package has changed." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ false "description": "Optional. Permissions granted to the AW Partner SA account for the customer workload" }, "partnerServicesBillingAccount": { -"description": "Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC", +"description": "Optional. Billing account necessary for purchasing services from Sovereign Partners. This field is required for creating SIA/PSN/CNTXT/Telefonica partner workloads. The caller should have 'billing.resourceAssociations.create' IAM permission on this billing-account. The format of this string is billingAccounts/AAAAAA-BBBBBB-CCCCCC", "type": "string" }, "provisionedResourcesParent": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json index 2b4f4227f9..e8ffe3f6a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/backupdr.v1.json @@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://backupdr.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonBackupRequest": { @@ -2814,6 +2814,11 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, +"filestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { +"$ref": "FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties", +"description": "Output only. Filestore specific backup properties.", +"readOnly": true +}, "gcpBackupPlanInfo": { "$ref": "GCPBackupPlanInfo", "description": "Output only. Configuration for a Google Cloud resource.", @@ -4338,6 +4343,11 @@ "$ref": "DiskDataSourceProperties", "description": "DiskDataSourceProperties has a subset of Disk properties that are useful at the Datasource level." }, +"filestoreInstanceDatasourceProperties": { +"$ref": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties", +"description": "Output only. FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties has a subset of FileStore instance properties that are useful at the Datasource level.", +"readOnly": true +}, "gcpResourcename": { "description": "Output only. Full resource pathname URL of the source Google Cloud resource.", "readOnly": true, @@ -4368,6 +4378,11 @@ "description": "Output only. The properties of the Cloud SQL instance.", "readOnly": true }, +"filestoreInstanceProperties": { +"$ref": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties", +"description": "Output only. The properties of the Filestore instance.", +"readOnly": true +}, "gcpResourcename": { "description": "Output only. The resource name of the Google Cloud resource. Ex: projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}", "readOnly": true, @@ -4953,6 +4968,54 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties": { +"description": "FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties represents the properties of a Filestore instance that are backed up by the datasource. .", +"id": "FilestoreInstanceBackupProperties", +"properties": { +"sourceInstance": { +"description": "Output only. The source instance of the backup.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties": { +"description": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSource. .", +"id": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceProperties", +"properties": { +"instanceCreateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The instance creation timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties": { +"description": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties represents the properties of a Filestore resource that are stored in the DataSourceReference. .", +"id": "FilestoreInstanceDataSourceReferenceProperties", +"properties": { +"instanceCreateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The instance creation timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the Filestore instance backed up by the datasource. Format: projects/{project}/instances/{instance}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FinalizeBackupRequest": { "description": "Message for finalizing a Backup.", "id": "FinalizeBackupRequest", @@ -5566,7 +5629,8 @@ "CLOUD_SQL", "ALLOY_DB", "FILESTORE", -"SAAS_PLATFORM" +"CEP_MONITORING_COMPUTE_INSTANCE", +"CEP_MONITORING_DISK" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -5577,6 +5641,7 @@ "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -6075,14 +6140,16 @@ "CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_VM", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK", -"COMPUTE_ENGINE_REGIONAL_DISK" +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_REGIONAL_DISK", +"FILESTORE_INSTANCE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Resource type not set.", "Cloud SQL instance.", "Compute Engine VM.", "Compute Engine Disk.", -"Compute Engine Regional Disk." +"Compute Engine Regional Disk.", +"Filestore Instance." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json index fde83de195..4a3b892faf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "baremetalsolution.projects.locations.list", @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://baremetalsolution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedClient": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json index c23f96969c..63a4105a16 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "batch.projects.locations.list", @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260302", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://batch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index 987d1f0d3e..55be493b5e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260224", +"revision": "20260314", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { @@ -3691,6 +3691,11 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"catalogSource": { +"description": "Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "creationTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when this dataset was created, in milliseconds since the epoch.", "format": "int64", @@ -3862,7 +3867,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "type": { -"description": "Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog.", +"description": "Output only. Same as `type` in `ListFormatDataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -3906,6 +3911,11 @@ "items": { "description": "A dataset resource with only a subset of fields, to be returned in a list of datasets.", "properties": { +"catalogSource": { +"description": "Output only. The origin of the dataset, one of: * (Unset) - Native BigQuery Dataset. * BIGLAKE - Dataset is backed by a namespace stored natively in Biglake.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "datasetReference": { "$ref": "DatasetReference", "description": "The dataset reference. Use this property to access specific parts of the dataset's ID, such as project ID or dataset ID." @@ -3937,6 +3947,11 @@ "location": { "description": "The geographic location where the dataset resides.", "type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Output only. Same as `type` in `Dataset`. The type of the dataset, one of: * DEFAULT - only accessible by owner and authorized accounts, * PUBLIC - accessible by everyone, * LINKED - linked dataset, * EXTERNAL - dataset with definition in external metadata catalog, * BIGLAKE_ICEBERG - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Iceberg API, * BIGLAKE_HIVE - a Biglake dataset accessible through the Hive API.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4711,7 +4726,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "timestampTargetPrecision": { -"description": "Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated.", +"description": "Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated.", "items": { "format": "int32", "type": "integer" @@ -4854,6 +4869,145 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GenAiErrorStats": { +"description": "Provides error statistics for the query job across all AI function calls.", +"id": "GenAiErrorStats", +"properties": { +"errors": { +"description": "A list of unique errors at query level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars)", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenAiFunctionCostOptimizationStats": { +"description": "Provides cost optimization statistics for a GenAi function call.", +"id": "GenAiFunctionCostOptimizationStats", +"properties": { +"message": { +"description": "System generated message to provide insights into cost optimization state.", +"type": "string" +}, +"numCostOptimizedRows": { +"description": "Number of rows inferred via cost optimized workflow.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenAiFunctionErrorStats": { +"description": "Provides error statistics for a GenAi function call.", +"id": "GenAiFunctionErrorStats", +"properties": { +"errors": { +"description": "A list of unique errors at function level (up to 5, truncated to 100 chars).", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"numFailedRows": { +"description": "Number of failed rows processed by the function", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenAiFunctionStats": { +"description": "Provides statistics for each Ai function call within a query.", +"id": "GenAiFunctionStats", +"properties": { +"costOptimizationStats": { +"$ref": "GenAiFunctionCostOptimizationStats", +"description": "Cost optimization stats if applied on the rows processed by the function." +}, +"errorStats": { +"$ref": "GenAiFunctionErrorStats", +"description": "Error stats for the function." +}, +"functionName": { +"description": "Name of the function.", +"type": "string" +}, +"numProcessedRows": { +"description": "Number of rows processed by this GenAi function. This includes all cost_optimized, llm_inferred and failed_rows.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"prompt": { +"description": "User input prompt of the function (truncated to 20 chars).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenAiStats": { +"description": "GenAi stats for the query job.", +"id": "GenAiStats", +"properties": { +"errorStats": { +"$ref": "GenAiErrorStats", +"description": "Job level error stats across all GenAi functions" +}, +"functionStats": { +"description": "Function level stats for GenAi Functions. See https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/generative-ai-overview", +"items": { +"$ref": "GenAiFunctionStats" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GeneratedColumn": { +"description": "Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields).", +"id": "GeneratedColumn", +"properties": { +"generatedExpressionInfo": { +"$ref": "GeneratedExpressionInfo", +"description": "Definition of the expression used to generate the field." +}, +"generatedMode": { +"description": "Optional. Dictates when system generated values are used to populate the field.", +"enum": [ +"GENERATED_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"GENERATED_ALWAYS", +"GENERATED_BY_DEFAULT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified GeneratedMode will default to GENERATED_ALWAYS.", +"Field can only have system generated values. Users cannot manually insert values into the field.", +"Use system generated values only if the user does not explicitly provide a value." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GeneratedExpressionInfo": { +"description": "Definition of the expression used to generate the field.", +"id": "GeneratedExpressionInfo", +"properties": { +"asynchronous": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the column generation is done asynchronously.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"generationExpression": { +"description": "Optional. The generation expression (e.g. AI.EMBED(...)) used to generated the field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"stored": { +"description": "Optional. Whether the generated column is stored in the table.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GetIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method.", "id": "GetIamPolicyRequest", @@ -5933,7 +6087,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "timestampTargetPrecision": { -"description": "Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV. For the CSV Format, Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated.", +"description": "Precisions (maximum number of total digits in base 10) for seconds of TIMESTAMP types that are allowed to the destination table for autodetection mode. Available for the formats: CSV, PARQUET, and AVRO. Possible values include: Not Specified, [], or [6]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns [6, 12]: timestamp(6) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have less than 6 digits of subseconds. timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns that have more than 6 digits of subseconds. [12]: timestamp(12) for all auto detected TIMESTAMP columns. The order of the elements in this array is ignored. Inputs that have higher precision than the highest target precision in this array will be truncated.", "items": { "format": "int32", "type": "integer" @@ -6532,6 +6686,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, +"genAiStats": { +"$ref": "GenAiStats", +"description": "Output only. Statistics related to GenAI usage in the query.", +"readOnly": true +}, "incrementalResultStats": { "$ref": "IncrementalResultStats", "description": "Output only. Statistics related to incremental query results, if enabled for the query. This feature is not yet available.", @@ -7735,7 +7894,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "projects": { -"description": "Projects to which the user has at least READ access.", +"description": "Projects to which the user has at least READ access. This field can be omitted if `totalItems` is 0.", "items": { "description": "Information about a single project.", "properties": { @@ -8460,6 +8619,11 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"buildStatus": { +"$ref": "RoutineBuildStatus", +"description": "Output only. The build status of the routine. This field is only applicable to Python UDFs. [Preview](https://cloud.google.com/products/#product-launch-stages)", +"readOnly": true +}, "creationTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch.", "format": "int64", @@ -8605,6 +8769,53 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RoutineBuildStatus": { +"description": "The status of a routine build.", +"id": "RoutineBuildStatus", +"properties": { +"buildDuration": { +"description": "Output only. The time taken for the image build. Populated only after the build succeeds or fails.", +"format": "google-duration", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"buildState": { +"description": "Output only. The current build state of the routine.", +"enum": [ +"BUILD_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IN_PROGRESS", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"The build is in progress.", +"The build has succeeded.", +"The build has failed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"buildStateUpdateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the build state was updated last.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"errorResult": { +"$ref": "ErrorProto", +"description": "Output only. A result object that will be present only if the build has failed.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"imageSizeBytes": { +"description": "Output only. The size of the image in bytes. Populated only after the build succeeds.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RoutineReference": { "description": "Id path of a routine.", "id": "RoutineReference", @@ -9884,6 +10095,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Definition of the foreign data type. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields). If the type is FOREIGN, this field is required.", "type": "string" }, +"generatedColumn": { +"$ref": "GeneratedColumn", +"description": "Optional. Definition of how values are generated for the field. Only valid for top-level schema fields (not nested fields)." +}, "maxLength": { "description": "Optional. Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = \"STRING\", then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = \"BYTES\", then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type \u2260 \"STRING\" and \u2260 \"BYTES\".", "format": "int64", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json index 43af1c1943..ba569078ad 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "bigquerydatatransfer.projects.locations.list", @@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260314", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CheckValidCredsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json index 9eac0dddc8..f6e283f1dd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json @@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260307", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppProfile": { @@ -4326,6 +4326,17 @@ "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeBool": { "description": "bool Values of type `Bool` are stored in `Value.bool_value`.", "id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeBool", +"properties": { +"encoding": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeBoolEncoding", +"description": "Specifies the encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeBoolEncoding": { +"description": "Defines rules used to convert to or from lower level types.", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeBoolEncoding", "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, @@ -4673,6 +4684,20 @@ "description": "Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs. Can be changed at any time, but should be kept globally unique to avoid confusion.", "type": "string" }, +"edition": { +"description": "Optional. The edition of the instance. See Edition for details.", +"enum": [ +"EDITION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ENTERPRISE", +"ENTERPRISE_PLUS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The edition is unspecified. This is treated as `ENTERPRISE`.", +"The Enterprise edition. This is the default offering that is designed to meet the needs of most enterprise workloads.", +"The Enterprise Plus edition. This is a premium tier that is designed for demanding, multi-tenant workloads requiring the highest levels of performance, scale, and global availability. The nodes in the Enterprise Plus tier come at a higher cost than the Enterprise tier. Any Enterprise Plus features must be disabled before downgrading to Enterprise." +], +"type": "string" +}, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json index d6db33149b..f6dfd199bf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "canonicalName": "Certificate Manager", "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", -"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/certificate-manager", +"documentationLink": "https://docs.cloud.google.com/certificate-manager/docs/overview", "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260316", "rootUrl": "https://certificatemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowlistedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json index 132cbe0eae..e428f85706 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json @@ -1540,6 +1540,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ces", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamRunSession": { +"description": "Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apps/{appsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:streamRunSession", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "ces.projects.locations.apps.sessions.streamRunSession", +"parameterOrder": [ +"session" +], +"parameters": { +"session": { +"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/sessions/{session}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+session}:streamRunSession", +"request": { +"$ref": "RunSessionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RunSessionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -2246,7 +2275,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://ces.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -2965,7 +2994,7 @@ "id": "BigQueryExportSettings", "properties": { "dataset": { -"description": "Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to.", +"description": "Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to.", "type": "string" }, "enabled": { @@ -2973,7 +3002,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "project": { -"description": "Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"description": "Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4169,12 +4198,14 @@ "enum": [ "ERROR_HANDLING_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED", "NONE", -"FALLBACK_RESPONSE" +"FALLBACK_RESPONSE", +"END_SESSION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified error handling strategy.", "No specific handling is enabled.", -"A fallback message will be returned to the user in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors)." +"A fallback message will be returned to the user in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors).", +"An EndSession signal will be emitted in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors)." ], "type": "string" } @@ -6212,6 +6243,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}`", "type": "string" }, +"enableTextStreaming": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "entryAgent": { "description": "Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`", "type": "string" @@ -7062,8 +7097,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"pythonFunction": { +"$ref": "PythonFunction", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format." +}, "pythonScript": { -"description": "Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead.", "type": "string" }, "sourceToolName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json index abb31bd97a..d53cf74d4e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json @@ -2683,6 +2683,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ces", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"streamRunSession": { +"description": "Initiates a single-turn interaction with the CES agent. Uses server-side streaming to deliver incremental results and partial responses as they are generated. By default, complete responses (e.g., messages from callbacks or full LLM responses) are sent to the client as soon as they are available. To enable streaming individual text chunks directly from the model, set enable_text_streaming to true.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apps/{appsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:streamRunSession", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "ces.projects.locations.apps.sessions.streamRunSession", +"parameterOrder": [ +"session" +], +"parameters": { +"session": { +"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/sessions/{session}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+session}:streamRunSession", +"request": { +"$ref": "RunSessionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RunSessionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ces", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } } }, @@ -3389,7 +3418,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://ces.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -4368,7 +4397,7 @@ "id": "BigQueryExportSettings", "properties": { "dataset": { -"description": "Optional. The BigQuery dataset to export the data to.", +"description": "Optional. The BigQuery **dataset ID** to export the data to.", "type": "string" }, "enabled": { @@ -4376,7 +4405,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "project": { -"description": "Optional. The project ID of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"description": "Optional. The **project ID** of the BigQuery dataset to export the data to. Note: If the BigQuery dataset is in a different project from the app, you should grant `roles/bigquery.admin` role to the CES service agent `service-@gcp-sa-ces.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -5578,12 +5607,14 @@ "enum": [ "ERROR_HANDLING_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED", "NONE", -"FALLBACK_RESPONSE" +"FALLBACK_RESPONSE", +"END_SESSION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified error handling strategy.", "No specific handling is enabled.", -"A fallback message will be returned to the user in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors)." +"A fallback message will be returned to the user in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors).", +"An EndSession signal will be emitted in case of system errors (e.g. LLM errors)." ], "type": "string" } @@ -7620,6 +7651,10 @@ "$ref": "GenerateAppResourceResponseGenerateResultInfo", "description": "Additional information about the generated result." }, +"qualityReport": { +"$ref": "QualityReport", +"description": "The quality report generated by the LLM assistant." +}, "tools": { "$ref": "GenerateAppResourceResponseTools", "description": "The list of tools generated by the LLM assistant." @@ -9521,6 +9556,72 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"QualityReport": { +"description": "The report describing any identified quality issues in the app.", +"id": "QualityReport", +"properties": { +"evaluationRuns": { +"description": "Optional. A list of evaluation runs used to generate the quality report. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/evaluationRuns/{evaluationRun}`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"generalIssues": { +"description": "Optional. General issues not specific to any agent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QualityReportIssue" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"issues": { +"description": "Optional. The issues grouped by agent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QualityReportAgentIssues" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QualityReportAgentIssues": { +"description": "Issues identified for a single agent.", +"id": "QualityReportAgentIssues", +"properties": { +"agent": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the agent to which the issues are related. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"issues": { +"description": "Optional. List of issues found for this agent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QualityReportIssue" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QualityReportIssue": { +"description": "The issue identified.", +"id": "QualityReportIssue", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the issue found.", +"type": "string" +}, +"occurrenceCount": { +"description": "Optional. How many times this issue occurred.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"proposedSolution": { +"description": "Optional. Proposed solution to fix the issue by modifying instructions or tools.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RedactionConfig": { "description": "Configuration to instruct how sensitive data should be handled.", "id": "RedactionConfig", @@ -10027,6 +10128,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The deployment of the app to use for the session. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/deployments/{deployment}`", "type": "string" }, +"enableTextStreaming": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to enable streaming text outputs from the model. By default, text outputs from the model are collected before sending to the client. NOTE: This is only supported for text (non-voice) sessions via StreamRunSession or BidiRunSession.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "entryAgent": { "description": "Optional. The entry agent to handle the session. If not specified, the session will be handled by the root agent of the app. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/apps/{app}/agents/{agent}`", "type": "string" @@ -10940,8 +11045,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"pythonFunction": { +"$ref": "PythonFunction", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for a Python function used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format." +}, "pythonScript": { -"description": "Optional. A Python script used to transform the source tool's output into the widget's input format. This is used when the mapping is too complex for simple field mappings.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Use `python_function` instead.", "type": "string" }, "sourceToolName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index b467724e2d..3dbcb27bbf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -89,6 +89,12 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.readstate.readonly": { "description": "View last read time for Google Chat conversations" }, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections": { +"description": "View, create, update, and delete your sections in Google Chat; move and list your section items in Google Chat" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly": { +"description": "View your sections and their section items in Google Chat" +}, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.spacesettings": { "description": "Read and update your space settings" } @@ -1373,6 +1379,238 @@ }, "users": { "resources": { +"sections": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Creates a section in Google Chat. Sections help users group conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be created. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "chat.users.sections.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource name where the section is created. Format: `users/{user}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/sections", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Deletes a section of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. If the section contains items, such as spaces, the items are moved to Google Chat's default sections and are not deleted. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections/{sectionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "chat.users.sections.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the section to delete. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/sections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists sections available to the Chat user. Sections help users group their conversations and customize the list of spaces displayed in Chat navigation panel. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "chat.users.sections.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of sections to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 sections will be returned. The maximum value is 100. If you use a value more than 100, it's automatically changed to 100. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous list sections call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided should match the call that provided the page token. Passing different values to the other parameters might lead to unexpected results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which is the user resource name that owns this collection of sections. Only supports listing sections for the calling user. To refer to the calling user, set one of the following: - The `me` alias. For example, `users/me`. - Their Workspace email address. For example, `users/user@example.com`. - Their user id. For example, `users/123456789`. Format: `users/{user}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/sections", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSectionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Updates a section. Only sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION` can be updated. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections/{sectionsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "chat.users.sections.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/sections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. The mask to specify which fields to update. Currently supported field paths: - `display_name`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections" +] +}, +"position": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Changes the sort order of a section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections/{sectionsId}:position", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "chat.users.sections.position", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the section to position. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/sections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:position", +"request": { +"$ref": "PositionSectionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "PositionSectionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"items": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists items in a section. Only spaces can be section items. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections` - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections/{sectionsId}/items", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "chat.users.sections.items.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A query filter. Currently only supports filtering by space. For example, `space = spaces/{space}`. Invalid queries are rejected with an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of section items to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 section items will be returned. The maximum value is 100. If you use a value more than 100, it's automatically changed to 100. Negative values return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous list section items call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided should match the call that provided the page token. Passing different values to the other parameters might lead to unexpected results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which is the section resource name that owns this collection of section items. Only supports listing section items for the calling user. When you're filtering by space, use the wildcard `-` to search across all sections. For example, `users/{user}/sections/-`. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/sections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/items", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSectionItemsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections.readonly" +] +}, +"move": { +"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Moves an item from one section to another. For example, if a section contains spaces, this method can be used to move a space to a different section. For details, see [Create and organize sections in Google Chat](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854). Requires [user authentication](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize-chat-user) with the [authorization scope](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/authenticate-authorize#chat-api-scopes): - `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections`", +"flatPath": "v1/users/{usersId}/sections/{sectionsId}/items/{itemsId}:move", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "chat.users.sections.items.move", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the section item to move. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}/items/{item}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^users/[^/]+/sections/[^/]+/items/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:move", +"request": { +"$ref": "MoveSectionItemRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "MoveSectionItemResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chat.users.sections" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "spaces": { "methods": { "getSpaceReadState": { @@ -1535,7 +1773,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260317", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSettings": { @@ -4049,6 +4287,44 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleChatV1Section": { +"description": "Represents a [section](https://support.google.com/chat/answer/16059854) in Google Chat. Sections help users organize their spaces. There are two types of sections: 1. **System Sections:** These are predefined sections managed by Google Chat. Their resource names are fixed, and they cannot be created, deleted, or have their `display_name` modified. Examples include: * `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` * `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` * `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` 2. **Custom Sections:** These are sections created and managed by the user. Creating a custom section using `CreateSection` **requires** a `display_name`. Custom sections can be updated using `UpdateSection` and deleted using `DeleteSection`. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "GoogleChatV1Section", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The section's display name. Only populated for sections of type `CUSTOM_SECTION`. Supports up to 80 characters. Required when creating a `CUSTOM_SECTION`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Resource name of the section. For system sections, the section ID is a constant string: - DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES: `users/{user}/sections/default-direct-messages` - DEFAULT_SPACES: `users/{user}/sections/default-spaces` - DEFAULT_APPS: `users/{user}/sections/default-apps` Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"sortOrder": { +"description": "Output only. The order of the section in relation to other sections. Sections with a lower `sort_order` value appear before sections with a higher value.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. The type of the section.", +"enum": [ +"SECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CUSTOM_SECTION", +"DEFAULT_DIRECT_MESSAGES", +"DEFAULT_SPACES", +"DEFAULT_APPS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified section type.", +"Custom section.", +"Default section containing [DIRECT_MESSAGE](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces#spacetype) between two human users or [GROUP_CHAT](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces#spacetype) spaces that don't belong to any custom section.", +"Default spaces that don't belong to any custom section.", +"Default section containing a user's installed apps." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Group": { "description": "A Google Group in Google Chat.", "id": "Group", @@ -4384,6 +4660,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListSectionItemsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for listing section items. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "ListSectionItemsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sectionItems": { +"description": "The section items from the specified section.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SectionItem" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListSectionsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for listing sections. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "ListSectionsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sections": { +"description": "The sections from the specified user.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListSpaceEventsResponse": { "description": "Response message for listing space events.", "id": "ListSpaceEventsResponse", @@ -4732,7 +5044,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "formattedText": { -"description": "Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, and bulleted list. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text\u2014for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`\u2014for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)\u2014for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message)", +"description": "Output only. Contains the message `text` with markups added to communicate formatting. This field might not capture all formatting visible in the UI, but includes the following: * [Markup syntax](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages) for bold, italic, strikethrough, monospace, monospace block, bulleted list, and block quote. * [User mentions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#messages-@mention) using the format ``. * Custom hyperlinks using the format `<{url}|{rendered_text}>` where the first string is the URL and the second is the rendered text\u2014for example, ``. * Custom emoji using the format `:{emoji_name}:`\u2014for example, `:smile:`. This doesn't apply to Unicode emoji, such as `U+1F600` for a grinning face emoji. * Bullet list items using asterisks (`*`)\u2014for example, `* item`. For more information, see [View text formatting sent in a message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/format-messages#view_text_formatting_sent_in_a_message)", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -4865,6 +5177,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"MoveSectionItemRequest": { +"description": "Request message for moving a section item across sections. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "MoveSectionItemRequest", +"properties": { +"targetSection": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the section to move the section item to. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MoveSectionItemResponse": { +"description": "Response message for moving a section item. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "MoveSectionItemResponse", +"properties": { +"sectionItem": { +"$ref": "SectionItem", +"description": "The updated section item." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "OnClick": { "description": "An `onclick` action (for example, open a link).", "id": "OnClick", @@ -4950,6 +5284,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PositionSectionRequest": { +"description": "Request message for positioning a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "PositionSectionRequest", +"properties": { +"relativePosition": { +"description": "Optional. The relative position of the section in the list of sections.", +"enum": [ +"POSITION_UNSPECIFIED", +"START", +"END" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified position.", +"Start of the list of sections.", +"End of the list of sections." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"sortOrder": { +"description": "Optional. The absolute position of the section in the list of sections. The position must be greater than 0. If the position is greater than the number of sections, the section will be appended to the end of the list. This operation inserts the section at the given position and shifts the original section at that position, and those below it, to the next position.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PositionSectionResponse": { +"description": "Response message for positioning a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "PositionSectionResponse", +"properties": { +"section": { +"$ref": "GoogleChatV1Section", +"description": "The updated section." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "QuotedMessageMetadata": { "description": "Information about a message that another message quotes. When you create a message, you can quote messages within the same thread, or quote a root message to create a new root message. However, you can't quote a message reply from a different thread. When you update a message, you can't add or replace the `quotedMessageMetadata` field, but you can remove it. For example usage, see [Quote another message](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/create-messages#quote-a-message).", "id": "QuotedMessageMetadata", @@ -5184,6 +5555,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SectionItem": { +"description": "A user's defined section item. This is used to represent section items, such as spaces, grouped under a section. [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview).", +"id": "SectionItem", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the section item. Format: `users/{user}/sections/{section}/items/{item}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"space": { +"description": "Optional. The space resource name. Format: `spaces/{space}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SelectionItems": { "description": "List of widget autocomplete results.", "id": "SelectionItems", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json index 289b56b2cf..96a91a6266 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json @@ -700,11 +700,174 @@ } } } +}, +"v1beta": { +"methods": { +"generateInsights": { +"description": "Analyzes cost data for a billing account and/or specific projects. Returns a natural language summary and supporting datasets.", +"flatPath": "v1beta:generateInsights", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "cloudbilling.generateInsights", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": {}, +"path": "v1beta:generateInsights", +"request": { +"$ref": "GenerateInsightsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GenerateInsightsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing.readonly", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} } }, -"revision": "20250711", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { +"AgenticQueryInfo": { +"description": "A local representation of the query used to fetch the data. This is used instead of the raw QueryBillingDataRequest to avoid pulling in Cloud Policy Enforcement (CPE) resource_type annotations into the response payload, which causes ESF validation failures.", +"id": "AgenticQueryInfo", +"properties": { +"columns": { +"description": "The columns queried.", +"type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "The filter applied to the query.", +"type": "string" +}, +"groupBy": { +"description": "The group-by clause applied to the query.", +"type": "string" +}, +"limit": { +"description": "The row limit applied to the query.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "The order-by clause applied to the query.", +"type": "string" +}, +"parents": { +"description": "The parents (e.g. projects, billing accounts) queried.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"view": { +"description": "The view queried.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Array": { +"description": "An ordered collection of elements of arbitrary count.", +"id": "Array", +"properties": { +"element": { +"description": "The elements of the array.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ValueProto" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BillingData": { +"description": "Encapsulates billing data.", +"id": "BillingData", +"properties": { +"columnInfo": { +"description": "Information about columns.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ColumnInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"rows": { +"description": "Rows.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Row" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BillingDataResource": { +"description": "Specifies a Billing data resource that can be used for authorization to access billing data.", +"id": "BillingDataResource", +"properties": { +"billingAccount": { +"description": "Optional. If not provided the billing account currently associated with the resource will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Required. Resource name for an entitity that can be used for authorization to access billing data such as `projects/{project}` or `billingAccounts/{billing_account}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ColumnInfo": { +"description": "Represents a column header.", +"id": "ColumnInfo", +"properties": { +"column": { +"description": "Name of the column.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DataSet": { +"description": "A dataset used to support an insight, suitable for UI rendering (tables/charts).", +"id": "DataSet", +"properties": { +"billingData": { +"$ref": "BillingData", +"description": "Output only. Actual billing data returned from the Data Mart. Uses the formal message from the Billing Data Service.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"queryInfo": { +"$ref": "AgenticQueryInfo", +"description": "Output only. The query used to fetch this data.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"suggestedChart": { +"$ref": "SuggestedChart", +"description": "Output only. A suggested chart for the data set, used for UI rendering.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Datetime": { +"description": "A datetime value.", +"id": "Datetime", +"properties": { +"bitFieldDatetimeSeconds": { +"description": "Represents bit field encoding of year/month/day/hour/minute/second. See class DatetimeValue in civil_time.h for details of encoding.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"nanos": { +"description": "Non-negative fractions of a second at nanosecond resolution.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Decimal": { "description": "A representation of a decimal value, such as 2.5. Clients may convert values into language-native decimal formats, such as Java's [BigDecimal](https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/11/docs/api/java.base/java/math/BigDecimal.html) or Python's [decimal.Decimal](https://docs.python.org/3/library/decimal.html).", "id": "Decimal", @@ -716,6 +879,113 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FinalResult": { +"description": "Encapsulates all structured data and the completed summary.", +"id": "FinalResult", +"properties": { +"dataSets": { +"description": "Output only. Data sets used to support the insights, suitable for UI rendering (tables/charts).", +"items": { +"$ref": "DataSet" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"fullAnalysis": { +"description": "Output only. Contains the full natural language analysis, including thoughts, reasoning, and references.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"insights": { +"description": "Output only. A list of discrete insights gleaned from the data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Insight" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"interopLinks": { +"description": "Output only. Links to interoperable tools (e.g., pre-filtered Cost Reports or BQE queries).", +"items": { +"$ref": "InteropLink" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"suggestedQueries": { +"description": "Output only. A list of suggested follow-up queries for the user.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SuggestedQuery" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"summary": { +"description": "Output only. The full natural language summary (re-sent for consistency).", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateInsightsRequest": { +"description": "Request for GenerateInsights.", +"id": "GenerateInsightsRequest", +"properties": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filters cost data by service id. Follows https://google.aip.dev/160 for the filter syntax. eg. filter: \"service = 'C7E2-9256-1C43'\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"overriddenMaxIterationCounts": { +"description": "Optional. Overrides the maximum iterations for any selected strategy.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"parents": { +"description": "Optional. The billing account or projects to analyze.", +"items": { +"$ref": "BillingDataResource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"prompt": { +"description": "Required. The natural language prompt from the user.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userContext": { +"$ref": "UserContext", +"description": "Optional. Additional context for personalization (e.g., user persona, role)." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateInsightsResponse": { +"description": "Response for GenerateInsights.", +"id": "GenerateInsightsResponse", +"properties": { +"finalResult": { +"$ref": "FinalResult", +"description": "Output only. The final structured results and metadata. Usually sent as the final message in the stream.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"rejection": { +"$ref": "Rejection", +"description": "Output only. The request was rejected (e.g. out of scope).", +"readOnly": true +}, +"summaryChunk": { +"description": "Output only. A chunk of the natural language summary (customer-facing). The UI can append these chunks to provide a real-time \"typing\" effect.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"thoughtChunk": { +"description": "Output only. A chunk of the agent's internal reasoning process. The UI can use this to render a \"Thinking...\" log or status.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaAggregationInfo": { "description": "Encapsulates the aggregation information such as aggregation level and interval for a billing account price.", "id": "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaAggregationInfo", @@ -1665,6 +1935,103 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Insight": { +"description": "e.g. insight: title: \"Cost Increase (The Explanation)\" description: \"Your cost increase was driven by Vertex AI Online Prediction in us-central1...\" severity: INFO", +"id": "Insight", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Output only. The description of the insight.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"severity": { +"description": "Output only. The severity of the insight, used for UI rendering (e.g., color-coding).", +"enum": [ +"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"INFO", +"WARNING", +"CRITICAL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"The insight is useful, but no action is required.", +"The insight is useful, and some action may be required.", +"The insight is useful, and immediate action is required." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Output only. The title of the insight.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InteropLink": { +"description": "A link to interoperable tools (e.g., pre-filtered Cost Reports, BQE queries).", +"id": "InteropLink", +"properties": { +"label": { +"description": "Output only. The label of the link, suitable for UI rendering.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"linkType": { +"description": "Output only. The type of the interop link, e.g., \"COST_REPORT\", \"BQE_QUERY\", etc.", +"enum": [ +"LINK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"COST_REPORT", +"BQE_QUERY", +"FINOPS_HUB" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"A link to a Cost Report in Google Cloud Console.", +"A link to a BigQuery Export query.", +"A link to a FinOps Hub page." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "Output only. The URL of the link.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Map": { +"description": "An unordered mapping from key to value, represented as a collection of map entries.", +"id": "Map", +"properties": { +"entry": { +"description": "Represents the map entries in the map.", +"items": { +"$ref": "MapEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MapEntry": { +"description": "A single entry in a Map, representing the mapping between `key` and `value`.", +"id": "MapEntry", +"properties": { +"key": { +"$ref": "ValueProto", +"description": "Represents the serialized map key for the entry." +}, +"value": { +"$ref": "ValueProto", +"description": "Represents the serialized map value of the entry." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Money": { "description": "Represents an amount of money with its currency type.", "id": "Money", @@ -1685,6 +2052,297 @@ } }, "type": "object" +}, +"Range": { +"description": "A range of values, bounded by the values 'start' (inclusive) and 'end' (exclusive). A range has an element type, and values must be of this element type. A range is contiguous, ie it contains all values of the given element type starting at 'start' and ending before 'end'. A \"null\" value on start or end represents an unbounded start or end value respectively. Start and end values must always be present.", +"id": "Range", +"properties": { +"end": { +"$ref": "ValueProto", +"description": "Represents the end of the range." +}, +"start": { +"$ref": "ValueProto", +"description": "Represents the start of the range." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Rejection": { +"description": "Encapsulates details about why a request was rejected.", +"id": "Rejection", +"properties": { +"displayMessage": { +"description": "Output only. A user-facing message explaining the rejection.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "Output only. The reason for the rejection.", +"enum": [ +"REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"EXPLICIT_OUT_OF_SCOPE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"The user explicitly asked about a service that is not Gemini or Vertex AI." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Row": { +"description": "Represents a row in the query result.", +"id": "Row", +"properties": { +"values": { +"description": "Values for a row in the column order.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ValueProto" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Struct": { +"description": "A collection of fields. The count, order, and type of the fields is determined by the type associated with this value.", +"id": "Struct", +"properties": { +"field": { +"description": "The fields in the struct", +"items": { +"$ref": "ValueProto" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SuggestedChart": { +"description": "A suggested chart for the data set, used for UI rendering.", +"id": "SuggestedChart", +"properties": { +"chartTitle": { +"description": "The title of the chart.", +"type": "string" +}, +"chartType": { +"description": "The type of the chart.", +"enum": [ +"CHART_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"BAR_CHART", +"UNCHARTABLE", +"LINE_CHART", +"AREA_CHART" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"Represents a bar chart.", +"The data set cannot be rendered as a chart.", +"Represents a line chart. Suitable for quantitative and temporal data on the x-axis.", +"Represents an area chart." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"seriesField": { +"description": "The field used for the series (e.g., color-coding). Optional, but recommended for time-series data.", +"type": "string" +}, +"xAxisField": { +"description": "The field used for the x-axis.", +"type": "string" +}, +"xAxisLabel": { +"description": "The label of the x-axis.", +"type": "string" +}, +"yAxisField": { +"description": "The field used for the y-axis.", +"type": "string" +}, +"yAxisLabel": { +"description": "The label of the y-axis.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SuggestedQuery": { +"description": "A suggested follow-up query for the user.", +"id": "SuggestedQuery", +"properties": { +"query": { +"description": "The natural language query.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UserContext": { +"description": "Additional context for personalization (e.g., user persona, role).", +"id": "UserContext", +"properties": { +"persona": { +"description": "Optional. The user's persona (e.g., FinOps Manager, Developer).", +"enum": [ +"PERSONA_UNSPECIFIED", +"FINOPS_MANAGER", +"DEVELOPER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"The user is a FinOps Manager.", +"The user is a Developer." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"role": { +"description": "Optional. The user's role (e.g., Billing Admin, Project Owner, etc.).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ValueProto": { +"description": "This is a copy of storage/googlesql/public/value.proto. ValueProto represents the serialized form of the googlesql::Value. The intention is to support multiple languages including Java and C++, so we must be sensitive to the distinction between Java Strings and byte arrays or ByteStrings. We also want to support use-cases which do not want to serialize a copy of the GoogleSQL type for every instance (which might be very repetitive). Therefore, unlike googlesql::Value, ValueProto does not carry full type information with every instance, and can only be fully interpreted with an associated TypeProto.", +"id": "ValueProto", +"properties": { +"ValueProtoSwitchMustHaveADefault": { +"description": "User code that switches on this oneoff enum must have a default case so builds won't break when new fields are added.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"arrayValue": { +"$ref": "Array", +"description": "An array of value" +}, +"bignumericValue": { +"description": "Encoded bignumeric value. For the encoding format see documentation for BigNumericValue::SerializeAsProtoBytes().", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"boolValue": { +"description": "Primitive for bool.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"bytesValue": { +"description": "Primitive for bytes.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"dateValue": { +"description": "Primitive for date.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"datetimeValue": { +"$ref": "Datetime", +"description": "primitive for datetime" +}, +"doubleValue": { +"description": "Primitive for double.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"enumValue": { +"description": "Tag 11 was used for specifying micros timestamps as int64, now obsolete.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"floatValue": { +"description": "Primitive for float.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"geographyValue": { +"description": "Geography encoded using ::stlib::STGeographyEncoder", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"int32Value": { +"description": "Primitive value for int32.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"int64Value": { +"description": "Primitive for int64.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"intervalValue": { +"description": "Encoded interval value. For the encoding format see documentation for IntervalValue::SerializeAsBytes().", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"jsonValue": { +"description": "Tag 22 was used for json value as bytes, now obsolete. Json value represented as a string document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"mapValue": { +"$ref": "Map", +"description": "Encoded map value. See go/googlesql_map." +}, +"numericValue": { +"description": "Encoded numeric value. For the encoding format see documentation for NumericValue::SerializeAsProtoBytes().", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"protoValue": { +"description": "Stores a serialized protocol message.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"rangeValue": { +"$ref": "Range", +"description": "Encoded range value. See go/googlesql_range." +}, +"stringValue": { +"description": "Primitive for string.", +"type": "string" +}, +"structValue": { +"$ref": "Struct", +"description": "A struct of values" +}, +"timeValue": { +"description": "Bit field encoding of hour/minute/second/nanos. See TimeValue class for details.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"timestampPicoValue": { +"description": "Encoded timestamp_pico value. For the encoding format see documentation for googlesql::TimestampPico::SerializeAsBytes().", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"timestampValue": { +"description": "primitive for timestamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"tokenlistValue": { +"description": "Encoded tokenlist value. copybara:strip_begin(internal-comment) See //search/tokens:token_list. copybara:strip_end", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"uint32Value": { +"description": "Primitive for uint32.", +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"uint64Value": { +"description": "Primitive for uint64.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"uuidValue": { +"description": "Encoded uuid value. For the encoding format see documentation for UuidValue::SerializeAsBytes().", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json index aba0d81760..1489026590 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json @@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { @@ -2693,6 +2693,13 @@ "description": "Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.", "id": "Artifacts", "properties": { +"genericArtifacts": { +"description": "Optional. A list of generic artifacts to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any artifacts fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GenericArtifact" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "goModules": { "description": "Optional. A list of Go modules to be uploaded to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps. If any objects fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.", "items": { @@ -4042,6 +4049,10 @@ false "description": "If set to true disable all dependency fetching (ignoring the default source as well).", "type": "boolean" }, +"genericArtifact": { +"$ref": "GenericArtifactDependency", +"description": "Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency." +}, "gitSource": { "$ref": "GitSourceDependency", "description": "Represents a git repository as a build dependency." @@ -4163,6 +4174,36 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GenericArtifact": { +"description": "Generic artifact to upload to Artifact Registry upon successful completion of all build steps.", +"id": "GenericArtifact", +"properties": { +"folder": { +"description": "Required. Path to the generic artifact in the build's workspace to be uploaded to Artifact Registry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"registryPath": { +"description": "Required. Registry path to upload the generic artifact to, in the form projects/$PROJECT/locations/$LOCATION/repositories/$REPO/packages/$PACKAGE/versions/$VERSION", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenericArtifactDependency": { +"description": "Represents a generic artifact as a build dependency.", +"id": "GenericArtifactDependency", +"properties": { +"destPath": { +"description": "Required. Where the artifact files should be placed on the worker.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The location to download the artifact files from. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GitConfig": { "description": "GitConfig is a configuration for git operations.", "id": "GitConfig", @@ -5378,6 +5419,14 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"genericArtifacts": { +"description": "Output only. Generic artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UploadedGenericArtifact" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "goModules": { "description": "Optional. Go module artifacts uploaded to Artifact Registry at the end of the build.", "items": { @@ -5775,6 +5824,41 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UploadedGenericArtifact": { +"description": "A generic artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GenericArtifact directive.", +"id": "UploadedGenericArtifact", +"properties": { +"artifactFingerprint": { +"$ref": "FileHashes", +"description": "Output only. The hash of the whole artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"artifactRegistryPackage": { +"description": "Output only. Path to the artifact in Artifact Registry.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"fileHashes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "FileHashes" +}, +"description": "Output only. The file hashes that make up the generic artifact.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"pushTiming": { +"$ref": "TimeSpan", +"description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pushing the specified artifact.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uri": { +"description": "Output only. URI of the uploaded artifact. Ex: projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/r1/packages/p1/versions/v1", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UploadedGoModule": { "description": "A Go module artifact uploaded to Artifact Registry using the GoModule directive.", "id": "UploadedGoModule", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json index 34ebe4c7e4..5006c366be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.list", @@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260126", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json index 8076c8a046..e4a6cdeeaf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudfunctions.projects.locations.list", @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json index e41452ee7c..3f8a81cd5f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudfunctions.projects.locations.list", @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260212", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json index 3e41c68daa..96586072a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudfunctions.projects.locations.list", @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260212", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json index bc06f47806..6531a9cbfd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudfunctions.projects.locations.list", @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260212", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json index 283bf84d8c..e37565d81a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.list", @@ -2948,7 +2948,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddQuorumMember": { @@ -4550,6 +4550,11 @@ false "$ref": "KeyAccessJustificationsPolicy", "description": "Optional. Specifies the default key access justifications (KAJ) policy used when a CryptoKey is created in this folder. This is only used when a Key Access Justifications policy is not provided in the CreateCryptoKeyRequest. This overrides any default policies in its ancestry. If this field is unset, or is set but contains an empty allowed_access_reasons list, no default Key Access Justifications (KAJ) policy configuration is active. In this scenario, all newly created keys will default to an \"allow-all\" policy." }, +"defaultPolicyAvailable": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether this parent resource is available to default policy feature. Please consult [the prerequisite of default policy feature](https://cloud.google.com/assured-workloads/key-access-justifications/docs/set-default-policy#before) for more details.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Identifier. Represents the resource name for this KeyAccessJustificationsPolicyConfig in the format of \"{organizations|folders|projects}/*/kajPolicyConfig\".", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json index b7d5a47bc5..9d43fcd3c2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json @@ -7,6 +7,9 @@ }, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer": { "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Composer data and see the email address for your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Composer data and the email address of your Google Account" } } } @@ -511,7 +514,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "get": { @@ -537,7 +541,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -574,7 +579,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "loadSnapshot": { @@ -667,7 +673,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "restartWebServer": { @@ -839,7 +846,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -876,7 +884,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "update": { @@ -990,7 +999,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -1027,7 +1037,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "update": { @@ -1102,7 +1113,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1150,7 +1162,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1206,7 +1219,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -1253,7 +1267,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1263,7 +1278,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260219", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AirflowMetadataRetentionPolicyConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json index 3a0c1c38b0..92be33dbc9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json @@ -7,6 +7,9 @@ }, "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer": { "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Composer data and see the email address for your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Composer data and the email address of your Google Account" } } } @@ -511,7 +514,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "get": { @@ -537,7 +541,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -574,7 +579,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "loadSnapshot": { @@ -667,7 +673,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "restartWebServer": { @@ -839,7 +846,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -876,7 +884,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "update": { @@ -990,7 +999,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -1027,7 +1037,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "update": { @@ -1102,7 +1113,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1150,7 +1162,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1206,7 +1219,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -1253,7 +1267,8 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudcomposer.readonly" ] } } @@ -1263,7 +1278,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260219", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AirflowMetadataRetentionPolicyConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index 22751f8768..4d9af0e8d6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -785,6 +785,43 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"capacityHistory": { +"description": "Gets the capacity history for Spot VMs.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/advice/capacityHistory", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.advice.capacityHistory", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/advice/capacityHistory", +"request": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -9023,107 +9060,100 @@ } } }, -"httpHealthChecks": { +"hosts": { "methods": { -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.delete", +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves information about the specified host.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts/{host}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.hosts.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"httpHealthCheck" +"zone", +"association", +"host" ], "parameters": { -"httpHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to delete.", +"association": { +"description": "The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the\nhierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when\naccessing the host. For example, reservations/reservation_name,\nreservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name or\nreservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name/reservationSubBlocks/reservation_sub_block_name.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"host": { +"description": "The name of the host, formatted as RFC1035 or a resource ID\nnumber.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"description": "The project ID for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts/{host}", "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "Host" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"get": { -"description": "Returns the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.get", +"getVersion": { +"description": "Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a host.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts/{host}/getVersion", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.hosts.getVersion", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"httpHealthCheck" +"zone", +"association", +"host" ], "parameters": { -"httpHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to return.", +"association": { +"description": "The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the\nhierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when\naccessing the host.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"host": { +"description": "The name of the host, formatted as RFC1035 or a resource ID\nnumber.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" -} }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"response": { -"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"insert": { -"description": "Creates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.insert", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project" -], -"parameters": { "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts/{host}/getVersion", "request": { -"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" +"$ref": "HostsGetVersionRequest" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -9134,14 +9164,22 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of HttpHealthCheck resources available to the specified\nproject.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", +"description": "Retrieves a list of hosts.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.list", +"id": "compute.hosts.list", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"zone", +"association" ], "parameters": { +"association": { +"description": "The parent resource association for the Host. This field specifies the\nhierarchical context (e.g., reservation, block, sub-block) when\naccessing the host. For example, reservations/reservation_name,\nreservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name or\nreservations/reservation_name/reservationBlocks/reservation_block_name/reservationSubBlocks/reservation_sub_block_name.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, "filter": { "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", "location": "query", @@ -9166,9 +9204,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"description": "The project ID for this request.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -9176,156 +9213,40 @@ "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", -"response": { -"$ref": "HttpHealthCheckList" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"httpHealthCheck" -], -"parameters": { -"httpHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to patch.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"request": { -"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" }, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{association}/hosts", "response": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "HostsListResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] -}, -"update": { -"description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"httpMethod": "PUT", -"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.update", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"httpHealthCheck" -], -"parameters": { -"httpHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to update.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", -"request": { -"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] } } }, -"httpsHealthChecks": { +"httpHealthChecks": { "methods": { "delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"description": "Deletes the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.delete", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"httpsHealthCheck" +"httpHealthCheck" ], "parameters": { -"httpsHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpsHealthCheck resource to delete.", +"httpHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to delete.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -9344,7 +9265,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -9354,17 +9275,17 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"description": "Returns the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.get", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"httpsHealthCheck" +"httpHealthCheck" ], "parameters": { -"httpsHealthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HttpsHealthCheck resource to return.", +"httpHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to return.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -9378,9 +9299,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", "response": { -"$ref": "HttpsHealthCheck" +"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -9389,10 +9310,10 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"description": "Creates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.insert", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -9410,9 +9331,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", "request": { -"$ref": "HttpsHealthCheck" +"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -9423,10 +9344,299 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of HttpsHealthCheck resources available to the specified\nproject.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"description": "Retrieves the list of HttpHealthCheck resources available to the specified\nproject.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.list", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpHealthCheckList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"httpHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"httpHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to patch.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", +"request": { +"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "PUT", +"id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"httpHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"httpHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpHealthCheck resource to update.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}", +"request": { +"$ref": "HttpHealthCheck" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +} +} +}, +"httpsHealthChecks": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"httpsHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"httpsHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpsHealthCheck resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"httpsHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"httpsHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HttpsHealthCheck resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}", +"response": { +"$ref": "HttpsHealthCheck" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"request": { +"$ref": "HttpsHealthCheck" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of HttpsHealthCheck resources available to the specified\nproject.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -24707,12 +24917,6 @@ "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "{+organization}/global/snapshotRecycleBinPolicy", @@ -43292,6 +43496,51 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"startNextWave": { +"description": "Starts the next wave of a Rollout.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/startNextWave", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.rollouts.startNextWave", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"rollout" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Required. Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"rollout": { +"description": "Required. Name of the Rollout resource to start next wave.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"waveNumber": { +"description": "Required. Wave number of the current wave.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/startNextWave", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -46170,12 +46419,6 @@ "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, "path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotRecycleBinPolicy", @@ -54676,7 +54919,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -57532,6 +57775,11 @@ false }, "description": "Scaling schedules defined for an autoscaler. Multiple schedules\ncan be set on an autoscaler, and they can overlap. During overlapping\nperiods the greatest min_required_replicas of all scaling schedules is\napplied. Up to 128 scaling schedules are allowed.", "type": "object" +}, +"stabilizationPeriodSec": { +"description": "The number of seconds that autoscaler waits for load stabilization before\nmaking scale-in decisions. This is referred to as the\n[stabilization period](/compute/docs/autoscaler#stabilization_period).\nThis might appear as a delay in scaling in but it is an important mechanism\nfor your application to not have fluctuating size due to short term load\nfluctuations.\n\nThe default stabilization period is 600 seconds.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -58760,7 +59008,7 @@ false }, "consistentHash": { "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings", -"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." +"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", @@ -58904,7 +59152,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "localityLbPolicy": { -"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", +"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", "enum": [ "INVALID_LB_POLICY", "LEAST_REQUEST", @@ -58965,7 +59213,7 @@ false }, "outlierDetection": { "$ref": "OutlierDetection", -"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." +"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." }, "params": { "$ref": "BackendServiceParams", @@ -61245,6 +61493,20 @@ false "description": "Machine specification.", "id": "CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceFlexibilityPolicyInstanceSelection", "properties": { +"disks": { +"description": "Local SSDs.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceFlexibilityPolicyInstanceSelectionAttachedDisk" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"guestAccelerators": { +"description": "Accelerators configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AcceleratorConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "machineTypes": { "description": "Full machine-type names, e.g. \"n1-standard-16\".", "items": { @@ -61255,6 +61517,24 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceFlexibilityPolicyInstanceSelectionAttachedDisk": { +"id": "CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceFlexibilityPolicyInstanceSelectionAttachedDisk", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "Specifies the type of the disk.\nThis field must be set to SCRATCH.", +"enum": [ +"DISK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCRATCH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceProperties": { "description": "Instance provisining properties.", "id": "CapacityAdviceRequestInstanceProperties", @@ -61391,6 +61671,131 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CapacityHistoryRequest": { +"description": "A request to get the capacity history for Spot VMs.", +"id": "CapacityHistoryRequest", +"properties": { +"instanceProperties": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryRequestInstanceProperties" +}, +"locationPolicy": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryRequestLocationPolicy" +}, +"types": { +"items": { +"enum": [ +"HISTORY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PREEMPTION", +"PRICE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryRequestInstanceProperties": { +"id": "CapacityHistoryRequestInstanceProperties", +"properties": { +"machineType": { +"description": "The machine type for the VM, such as `n2-standard-4`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scheduling": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryRequestInstancePropertiesScheduling" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryRequestInstancePropertiesScheduling": { +"id": "CapacityHistoryRequestInstancePropertiesScheduling", +"properties": { +"provisioningModel": { +"description": "The provisioning model to get capacity history for.\nThis field must be set to SPOT.\n\nFor more information, see\nCompute Engine instances provisioning models.", +"enum": [ +"FLEX_START", +"RESERVATION_BOUND", +"SPOT", +"STANDARD" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Instance is provisioned using the Flex Start provisioning model and\nhas a limited runtime.", +"Bound to the lifecycle of the reservation in which it is provisioned.", +"Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime.", +"Standard provisioning with user controlled runtime, no discounts." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryRequestLocationPolicy": { +"id": "CapacityHistoryRequestLocationPolicy", +"properties": { +"location": { +"description": "The region or zone to get capacity history for.\n\nIt can be a partial or full URL. For example, the following are valid\nvalues: \n \n \n - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone \n - projects/project/zones/zone \n - zones/zone\n\n\n\nThis field is optional.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryResponse": { +"description": "Contains the capacity history for Spot VMs.", +"id": "CapacityHistoryResponse", +"properties": { +"location": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"type": "string" +}, +"preemptionHistory": { +"items": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryResponsePreemptionRecord" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"priceHistory": { +"items": { +"$ref": "CapacityHistoryResponsePriceRecord" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryResponsePreemptionRecord": { +"id": "CapacityHistoryResponsePreemptionRecord", +"properties": { +"interval": { +"$ref": "Interval" +}, +"preemptionRate": { +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CapacityHistoryResponsePriceRecord": { +"id": "CapacityHistoryResponsePriceRecord", +"properties": { +"interval": { +"$ref": "Interval" +}, +"listPrice": { +"$ref": "Money" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ChannelCredentials": { "description": "[Deprecated] gRPC channel credentials to access the SDS server.\ngRPC channel credentials to access the SDS server.", "id": "ChannelCredentials", @@ -61686,6 +62091,7 @@ false "GENERAL_PURPOSE_T2D", "GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED", "GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED_G4", +"GRAPHICS_OPTIMIZED_G4_VGPU", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_M3", "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED_M4", @@ -61735,6 +62141,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "CUD bucket for X4 machine with 1440 vCPUs and 24TB of memory.", "", "CUD bucket for X4 machine with 1920 vCPUs and 32TB of memory.", @@ -67360,6 +67767,7 @@ false "pscConnectionStatus": { "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", +"ACCEPTED_LIMITED_CAPACITY", "CLOSED", "NEEDS_ATTENTION", "PENDING", @@ -67368,6 +67776,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The connection has been accepted by the producer.", +"The PSC connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer\nhas allocated less capacity than the amount requested by the consumer.\nThe connection is usable, but may not be able to handle the expected\ntraffic load.", "The connection has been closed by the producer and will not serve traffic\ngoing forward.", "The connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer needs\nto take further action before the forwarding rule can serve traffic.", "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.", @@ -70120,7 +70529,7 @@ false "id": "GuestOsFeature", "properties": { "type": { -"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", +"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n - CCA_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", "enum": [ "BARE_METAL_LINUX_COMPATIBLE", "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -70800,6 +71209,7 @@ false "description": "Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume\nresources: ANY_RESERVATION (default),SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See\nConsuming reserved instances for examples.", "enum": [ "ANY_RESERVATION", +"ANY_RESERVATION_THEN_FAIL", "NO_RESERVATION", "SPECIFIC_RESERVATION", "SPECIFIC_THEN_ANY_RESERVATION", @@ -70808,6 +71218,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Consume any allocation available.", +"Consume any reservation available, but fail if no reservation is\navailable. Will not consume from the on-demand pool.", "Do not consume from any allocated capacity.", "Must consume from a specific reservation. Must specify key value\nfields for specifying the reservations.", "Prefer to consume from a specific reservation, but still consume any\nreservation available if the specified reservation is not available\nor exhausted. Must specify key value fields for specifying the\nreservations.", @@ -73793,6 +74204,108 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"Host": { +"description": "Represents a host resource.", +"id": "Host", +"properties": { +"aliasLinks": { +"description": "Output only. All aliases for this resource.\ne.g.\nprojects/123/zones/us-centra1-a/reservation/r1/reservationBlock/b1/hosts/h1", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp, formatted asRFC3339 text.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier for this resource. This identifier is\ndefined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#host", +"description": "Output only. The type of resource. Alwayscompute#host for hosts.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the host.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. The self link of the host.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "Output only. The self link with id of the host.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the host.", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVE", +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNAVAILABLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The host has allocated all its resources.", +"The resources are being allocated for the host.", +"The host is currently being deleted.", +"", +"The host is currently unavailable." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "HostStatus", +"description": "Output only. The status of the host", +"readOnly": true +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Output only. The zone in which the host resides.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HostPhysicalTopology": { +"id": "HostPhysicalTopology", +"properties": { +"block": { +"description": "The unique identifier of the capacity block within the cluster.", +"type": "string" +}, +"cluster": { +"description": "The cluster name of the reservation sub-block.", +"type": "string" +}, +"host": { +"description": "The unique identifier of the capacity host within the capacity sub-block.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subBlock": { +"description": "The unique identifier of the capacity sub-block within the capacity\nblock.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HostRule": { "description": "UrlMaps\nA host-matching rule for a URL. If matched, will use the namedPathMatcher to select the BackendService.", "id": "HostRule", @@ -73815,6 +74328,212 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"HostStatus": { +"id": "HostStatus", +"properties": { +"physicalTopology": { +"$ref": "HostPhysicalTopology", +"description": "Output only. The physical topology of the reservation sub-block, if\npresent", +"readOnly": true +}, +"runningInstances": { +"description": "Output only. The URIs of the instances currently running on this host.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HostsGetVersionRequest": { +"id": "HostsGetVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"sbomSelections": { +"description": "The SBOM selection to return. Duplicate values in the list will be ignored.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"SBOM_SELECTION_CURRENT", +"SBOM_SELECTION_TARGET", +"SBOM_SELECTION_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HostsListResponse": { +"id": "HostsListResponse", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "The unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of host resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Host" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#host", +"description": "The type of resource. Always compute#host for a list of hosts.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "The server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "Unreachable resources.\nend_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "An informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HttpFaultAbort": { "description": "Specification for how requests are aborted as part of fault injection.", "id": "HttpFaultAbort", @@ -76203,13 +76922,13 @@ false "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "currentActions": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", "readOnly": true }, "description": { @@ -76238,7 +76957,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -76248,7 +76967,7 @@ false "description": "Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple\ntypes of machines.\nInstance flexibility configuration on MIG overrides instance\ntemplate configuration." }, "instanceGroup": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -76262,7 +76981,7 @@ false }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManager", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -76314,22 +77033,22 @@ false "description": "Resource policies for this managed instance group." }, "satisfiesPzi": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "satisfiesPzs": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "selfLinkWithId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", +"description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -76347,7 +77066,7 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group.", +"description": "Output only. The status of this managed instance group.", "readOnly": true }, "targetPools": { @@ -76406,7 +77125,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", +"description": "Output only. The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -76417,102 +77136,103 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", "properties": { "abandoning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", +"description": "Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "adopting": { -"description": "[Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted.", "format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creatingAtomically": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count\nof instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the\ngroup will decrease its targetSize value accordingly.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create atomically, in a batch mode. If the desired count\nof instances can not be created, entire batch will be deleted and the\ngroup will decrease its targetSize value accordingly.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creatingWithoutRetries": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "deleting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "none": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "queuing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group\nis currently queuing.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group\nis currently queuing.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "recreating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "refreshing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "restarting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "restartingInPlace": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "resuming": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "starting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "verifying": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -77079,7 +77799,7 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -77088,7 +77808,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this\nidentifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -77102,7 +77822,7 @@ false }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for\nresize requests.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -77122,7 +77842,7 @@ false "description": "This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned\nimmediately and would stay in the queue until explicitly cancelled. When\nset, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When\nunset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate\nprovisioning is not possible." }, "region": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a region\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -77136,17 +77856,17 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "selfLinkWithId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", +"description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Current state of the request.", "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", "CANCELLED", @@ -77182,11 +77902,11 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Status of the request.", "readOnly": true }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a zone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -77197,7 +77917,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or\nprovisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to\nthe FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is\nfinal and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not\ngoing to retry.", +"description": "Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of\nthe ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state.\nContrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are\nnever removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -77247,7 +77967,7 @@ false }, "lastAttempt": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatusLastAttempt", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request.\nThe value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's\nstill active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced\nwith a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the\nvalue may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is\ncleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes\ninactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be\nstorred in the \"error\" field only.", +"description": "Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is\ntemporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active\nand the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a\ndifferent error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may\nbe stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when\nResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the\nfinal state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the\n\"error\" field only.", "readOnly": true }, "queuingPolicy": { @@ -77512,11 +78232,11 @@ false "properties": { "allInstancesConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", +"description": "Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", "readOnly": true }, "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", +"description": "Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", "items": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology" }, @@ -77524,33 +78244,33 @@ false "type": "array" }, "autoscaler": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "bulkInstanceOperation": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. The status of bulk instance operation.", "readOnly": true }, "currentInstanceStatuses": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", "readOnly": true }, "isStable": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "stateful": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true }, "versionTarget": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", +"description": "Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -77560,12 +78280,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology", "properties": { "acceleratorTopology": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", +"description": "Output only. Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology.", +"description": "Output only. The state of the accelerator topology.", "enum": [ "ACTIVATING", "ACTIVE", @@ -77589,7 +78309,7 @@ false }, "stateDetails": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", +"description": "Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -77599,7 +78319,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors.", +"description": "Output only. Encountered errors.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -77648,7 +78368,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -77660,12 +78380,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", "properties": { "currentRevision": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "effective": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -77677,13 +78397,13 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", "properties": { "inProgress": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", +"description": "Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "lastProgressCheck": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", +"description": "Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -77693,7 +78413,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -77742,7 +78462,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -77755,79 +78475,79 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", "properties": { "deprovisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "nonExistent": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pendingStop": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "provisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "repairing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "running": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "staging": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopped": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspended": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "terminated": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -77839,19 +78559,19 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", "properties": { "hasStatefulConfig": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "isStateful": { "deprecated": true, -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This\nfield is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This\nfield is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "perInstanceConfigs": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStatefulPerInstanceConfigs", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", +"description": "Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -77872,7 +78592,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", "properties": { "isReached": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -85937,6 +86657,23 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"Interval": { +"description": "Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a\nTimestamp end (exclusive).\n\nThe start must be less than or equal to the end.\nWhen the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time).\nWhen both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time.", +"id": "Interval", +"properties": { +"endTime": { +"description": "Optional. Exclusive end of the interval.\n\nIf specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be before the\nend.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Optional. Inclusive start of the interval.\n\nIf specified, a Timestamp matching this interval will have to be the same\nor after the start.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "IpAddressesList": { "id": "IpAddressesList", "properties": { @@ -91441,6 +92178,7 @@ false "description": "Output only. [Output Only] The connection status of the PSC Forwarding Rule.", "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", +"ACCEPTED_LIMITED_CAPACITY", "CLOSED", "NEEDS_ATTENTION", "PENDING", @@ -91449,6 +92187,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The connection has been accepted by the producer.", +"The connection has been accepted by the producer but run at a lower\ncapacity. The producer needs to take further actions to increase\ncapacity for this connection.", "The connection has been closed by the producer and will not serve\ntraffic going forward.", "The connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer\nneeds to take further action before the forwarding rule can serve\ntraffic.", "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.", @@ -105325,6 +106064,7 @@ false "description": "Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume\nresources: ANY_RESERVATION (default),SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See\nConsuming reserved instances for examples.", "enum": [ "ANY_RESERVATION", +"ANY_RESERVATION_THEN_FAIL", "NO_RESERVATION", "SPECIFIC_RESERVATION", "SPECIFIC_THEN_ANY_RESERVATION", @@ -105333,6 +106073,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Consume any allocation available.", +"Consume any reservation available, but fail if no reservation is\navailable. Will not consume from the on-demand pool.", "Do not consume from any allocated capacity.", "Must consume from a specific reservation. Must specify key value fields\nfor specifying the reservations.", "Prefer to consume from a specific reservation, but still consume any\nreservation available if the specified reservation is not available or\nexhausted. Must specify key value fields for specifying the reservations.", @@ -109145,11 +109886,11 @@ false "STATE_UNSPECIFIED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Location state is FAILED.", -"Location state is PROCESSING.", -"Location state is either INITIALIZED or WAITING.", -"Location state is either CANCELED or SKIPPED.", -"Location state is COMPLETED.", +"Work on the wave failed.", +"Work on the wave is in progress.", +"Work on the wave is pending.", +"Work on the wave was canceled or skipped.", +"Work on the wave succeeded.", "Undefined default state. Should never be exposed to users." ], "readOnly": true, @@ -114428,6 +115169,11 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"natIpsPerEndpoint": { +"description": "The number of NAT IP addresses to be allocated per connected endpoint.\nIf not specified, the default value is 1.", +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, "natSubnets": { "description": "An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided\nby the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment.", "items": { @@ -114678,6 +115424,7 @@ false "description": "The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.", "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", +"ACCEPTED_LIMITED_CAPACITY", "CLOSED", "NEEDS_ATTENTION", "PENDING", @@ -114686,6 +115433,7 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The connection has been accepted by the producer.", +"The connection has been accepted by the producer but run at a lower\ncapacity. The producer needs to take further actions to increase\ncapacity for this connection.", "The connection has been closed by the producer.", "The connection has been accepted by the producer, but the producer\nneeds to take further action before the forwarding rule can serve\ntraffic.", "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.", @@ -125160,6 +125908,11 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"status": { +"$ref": "UrlMapStatus", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map.", +"readOnly": true +}, "tests": { "description": "The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a\nmaximum of 100 tests per UrlMap.\n\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that\nhas validateForProxyless field set to true.", "items": { @@ -125327,6 +126080,25 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UrlMapQuotaUsage": { +"description": "Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap.", +"id": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"properties": { +"forwardingRules": { +"description": "Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"units": { +"description": "Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UrlMapReference": { "id": "UrlMapReference", "properties": { @@ -125336,6 +126108,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UrlMapStatus": { +"description": "[Output Only] The status of the URL map.", +"id": "UrlMapStatus", +"properties": { +"quotaUsage": { +"$ref": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"description": "Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UrlMapTest": { "description": "Message for the expected URL mappings.", "id": "UrlMapTest", @@ -125413,6 +126197,11 @@ false "description": "Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded.\nIf false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons.", "type": "boolean" }, +"quotaUsage": { +"$ref": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"description": "Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap.", +"readOnly": true +}, "testFailures": { "items": { "$ref": "TestFailure" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index 61566be0a5..ef569a50ee 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -3941,6 +3941,55 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.disks.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -26823,6 +26872,49 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional CompositeHealthCheck.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks/{compositeHealthCheck}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionCompositeHealthChecks.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"compositeHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"compositeHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the CompositeHealthCheck resource to get health for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks/{compositeHealthCheck}/getHealth", +"response": { +"$ref": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "insert": { "description": "Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks", @@ -28055,6 +28147,55 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionDisks.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -29279,6 +29420,49 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional HealthSource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionHealthSources.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"healthSource" +], +"parameters": { +"healthSource": { +"description": "Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"response": { +"$ref": "HealthSourceHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "insert": { "description": "Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources", @@ -36200,6 +36384,56 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionSnapshots.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"snapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"description": "Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -44029,6 +44263,48 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.snapshots.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"snapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"description": "Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -51297,7 +51573,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -54251,6 +54527,10 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"service": { +"description": "Represents a service backend (e.g., Cloud Run service, PSC Service\nAttachment).\ne.g.\n \"run.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/services/my-service\"\n for Cloud Run service.\n \"compute.googleapis.com/projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/serviceAttachments/my-service-attachment\"\n for PSC Service Attachment.", +"type": "string" +}, "trafficDuration": { "enum": [ "LONG", @@ -55204,7 +55484,7 @@ false }, "consistentHash": { "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings", -"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." +"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", @@ -55346,7 +55626,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "localityLbPolicy": { -"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", +"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", "enum": [ "INVALID_LB_POLICY", "LEAST_REQUEST", @@ -55407,7 +55687,7 @@ false }, "outlierDetection": { "$ref": "OutlierDetection", -"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." +"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." }, "params": { "$ref": "BackendServiceParams", @@ -57610,6 +57890,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "CommitmentParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "plan": { "description": "The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources.\nThe plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the\ncommitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that\nyou receive for your resources. Committing to a longer time duration\ntypically gives you a higher discount rate. The supported values for this\nfield are TWELVE_MONTH (1 year), andTHIRTY_SIX_MONTH (3 years).", "enum": [ @@ -58097,6 +58381,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CommitmentParams": { +"description": "Additional commitment params.", +"id": "CommitmentParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CommitmentResourceStatus": { "description": "[Output Only] Contains output only fields.", "id": "CommitmentResourceStatus", @@ -58476,6 +58774,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CompositeHealthCheckHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth", +"id": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth", +"properties": { +"healthSources": { +"description": "Health sources and their corresponding health states.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of\ncomposite health checks.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CompositeHealthCheckList": { "id": "CompositeHealthCheckList", "properties": { @@ -58631,6 +58963,30 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth": { +"id": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth", +"properties": { +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the associated HealthSource resource.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CompositeHealthChecksScopedList": { "id": "CompositeHealthChecksScopedList", "properties": { @@ -60623,6 +60979,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk\nwill be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS\nkey.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key\n\n\nWhere project is the project ID or\nproject number.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest": { "id": "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest", "properties": { @@ -63502,6 +63868,10 @@ false "description": "Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of\ndelivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035.\nMaximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created\nreservations name format will be -date-####.", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "FutureReservationParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "planningStatus": { "description": "Planning state before being submitted for evaluation", "enum": [ @@ -63637,6 +64007,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"FutureReservationParams": { +"description": "Additional future reservation params.", +"id": "FutureReservationParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties": { "id": "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties", "properties": { @@ -65351,7 +65735,7 @@ false "id": "GuestOsFeature", "properties": { "type": { -"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", +"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n - CCA_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", "enum": [ "BARE_METAL_LINUX_COMPATIBLE", "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -67486,6 +67870,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"HealthSourceHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth", +"id": "HealthSourceHealth", +"properties": { +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the HealthSource.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthSourceHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Health state details of the sources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HealthSourceList": { "id": "HealthSourceList", "properties": { @@ -67641,6 +68059,47 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo", +"properties": { +"backends": { +"description": "Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source\nbackend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource\nis BACKEND_SERVICE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source\nresource if it is a L4ILB backend service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a\nbackend service URL.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo", +"properties": { +"endpointCount": { +"description": "Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"group": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group\nbehind the source backend service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"healthyEndpointCount": { +"description": "Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HealthSourcesScopedList": { "id": "HealthSourcesScopedList", "properties": { @@ -70267,13 +70726,13 @@ false "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "currentActions": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", "readOnly": true }, "description": { @@ -70302,7 +70761,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -70312,7 +70771,7 @@ false "description": "Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple\ntypes of machines.\nInstance flexibility configuration on MIG overrides instance\ntemplate configuration." }, "instanceGroup": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -70326,7 +70785,7 @@ false }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManager", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -70378,17 +70837,17 @@ false "description": "Resource policies for this managed instance group." }, "satisfiesPzi": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "satisfiesPzs": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -70406,7 +70865,7 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group.", +"description": "Output only. The status of this managed instance group.", "readOnly": true }, "targetPools": { @@ -70453,7 +70912,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", +"description": "Output only. The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -70464,84 +70923,85 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", "properties": { "abandoning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", +"description": "Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "adopting": { -"description": "[Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be adopted or are currently being adopted.", "format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creatingWithoutRetries": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "deleting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "none": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "recreating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "refreshing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "restarting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "resuming": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "starting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "verifying": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -71058,7 +71518,7 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -71067,7 +71527,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this\nidentifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -71081,7 +71541,7 @@ false }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for\nresize requests.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -71096,7 +71556,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a region\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -71110,17 +71570,17 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "selfLinkWithId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", +"description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Current state of the request.", "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", "CANCELLED", @@ -71153,11 +71613,11 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Status of the request.", "readOnly": true }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a zone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -71168,7 +71628,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or\nprovisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to\nthe FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is\nfinal and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not\ngoing to retry.", +"description": "Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of\nthe ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state.\nContrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are\nnever removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -71218,7 +71678,7 @@ false }, "lastAttempt": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatusLastAttempt", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request.\nThe value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's\nstill active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced\nwith a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the\nvalue may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is\ncleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes\ninactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be\nstorred in the \"error\" field only.", +"description": "Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is\ntemporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active\nand the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a\ndifferent error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may\nbe stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when\nResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the\nfinal state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the\n\"error\" field only.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -71477,11 +71937,11 @@ false "properties": { "allInstancesConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", +"description": "Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", "readOnly": true }, "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", +"description": "Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", "items": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology" }, @@ -71489,33 +71949,33 @@ false "type": "array" }, "autoscaler": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "bulkInstanceOperation": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. The status of bulk instance operation.", "readOnly": true }, "currentInstanceStatuses": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", "readOnly": true }, "isStable": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "stateful": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true }, "versionTarget": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", +"description": "Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -71525,12 +71985,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology", "properties": { "acceleratorTopology": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", +"description": "Output only. Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology.", +"description": "Output only. The state of the accelerator topology.", "enum": [ "ACTIVATING", "ACTIVE", @@ -71552,7 +72012,7 @@ false }, "stateDetails": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", +"description": "Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -71562,7 +72022,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors.", +"description": "Output only. Encountered errors.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -71611,7 +72071,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -71623,12 +72083,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", "properties": { "currentRevision": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "effective": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -71640,13 +72100,13 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", "properties": { "inProgress": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", +"description": "Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "lastProgressCheck": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", +"description": "Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -71656,7 +72116,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -71705,7 +72165,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -71718,79 +72178,79 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", "properties": { "deprovisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "nonExistent": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pendingStop": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "provisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "repairing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "running": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "staging": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopped": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspended": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "terminated": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -71802,19 +72262,19 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", "properties": { "hasStatefulConfig": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "isStateful": { "deprecated": true, -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This\nfield is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions. This\nfield is deprecated in favor of has_stateful_config.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "perInstanceConfigs": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStatefulPerInstanceConfigs", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", +"description": "Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -71835,7 +72295,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", "properties": { "isReached": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -82652,6 +83112,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"serviceClassId": { +"description": "The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was\nassigned.", +"type": "string" +}, "status": { "description": "The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment.", "enum": [ @@ -84631,6 +85095,10 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"serviceClassId": { +"description": "Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network\ninterface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to\nuse on its own however, network_attachment can be used without\nservice_class_id.", +"type": "string" +}, "stackType": { "description": "The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses,\nuse IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used.\n\nThis field can be both set at instance creation and update network\ninterface operations.", "enum": [ @@ -93779,6 +94247,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk\nwill be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS\nkey.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key\n\n\nWhere project is the project ID or\nproject number.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RegionDisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest": { "id": "RegionDisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest", "properties": { @@ -95276,6 +95754,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionSnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "RegionSnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the\nsnapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's\ncurrent KMS key.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/region/cryptoKeys/key", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RegionTargetHttpsProxiesSetSslCertificatesRequest": { "id": "RegionTargetHttpsProxiesSetSslCertificatesRequest", "properties": { @@ -98982,6 +99470,42 @@ false "format": "int64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"locationStatus": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "RolloutWaveDetailsOrchestratedWaveDetailsLocationStatus" +}, +"description": "Output only. Status of each location in the wave. Map keys (locations) must be\nspecified like \"us-east1\" or \"asia-west1-a\".", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RolloutWaveDetailsOrchestratedWaveDetailsLocationStatus": { +"description": "Represents the status of a location in a wave.", +"id": "RolloutWaveDetailsOrchestratedWaveDetailsLocationStatus", +"properties": { +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Location state of the wave.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_FAILED", +"STATE_IN_PROGRESS", +"STATE_PENDING", +"STATE_SKIPPED", +"STATE_SUCCEEDED", +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Work on the wave failed.", +"Work on the wave is in progress.", +"Work on the wave is pending.", +"Work on the wave was canceled or skipped.", +"Work on the wave succeeded.", +"Undefined default state. Should never be exposed to users." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -105674,6 +106198,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the\nsnapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's\ncurrent KMS key.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SnapshotsScopedList": { "id": "SnapshotsScopedList", "properties": { @@ -114222,6 +114756,11 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"status": { +"$ref": "UrlMapStatus", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of the URL map.", +"readOnly": true +}, "tests": { "description": "The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update theUrlMap succeeds only if all test cases pass. You can specify a\nmaximum of 100 tests per UrlMap.\n\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy that\nhas validateForProxyless field set to true.", "items": { @@ -114389,6 +114928,25 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UrlMapQuotaUsage": { +"description": "Message representing the quota usage for a UrlMap.", +"id": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"properties": { +"forwardingRules": { +"description": "Output only. The number of forwarding rules that uses this UrlMap.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"units": { +"description": "Output only. The number of quota units calculated for this UrlMap.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UrlMapReference": { "id": "UrlMapReference", "properties": { @@ -114398,6 +114956,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UrlMapStatus": { +"description": "[Output Only] The status of the URL map.", +"id": "UrlMapStatus", +"properties": { +"quotaUsage": { +"$ref": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"description": "Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UrlMapTest": { "description": "Message for the expected URL mappings.", "id": "UrlMapTest", @@ -114466,6 +115036,11 @@ false "description": "Whether the given UrlMap can be successfully loaded.\nIf false, 'loadErrors' indicates the reasons.", "type": "boolean" }, +"quotaUsage": { +"$ref": "UrlMapQuotaUsage", +"description": "Output only. Summary of quota usage for given UrlMap.", +"readOnly": true +}, "testFailures": { "items": { "$ref": "TestFailure" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index b1c94dfc25..cd1e51d1e6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -1201,6 +1201,72 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of all BackendBucket resources, regional and global,\navailable to the specified project.\n\nTo prevent failure, it is recommended that you set the\n`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/backendBuckets", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.backendBuckets.aggregatedList", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,\nglobal) should be included in the response. For new resource types added\nafter this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always\ninclude every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource\ntypes which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only\nscopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found\nwill be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which\naggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/backendBuckets", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendBucketAggregatedList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "delete": { "description": "Deletes the specified BackendBucket resource.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", @@ -1450,6 +1516,61 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"listUsable": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/listUsable", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.backendBuckets.listUsable", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/listUsable", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendBucketListUsable" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "patch": { "description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the\nrequest. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", @@ -3730,6 +3851,55 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.disks.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -23527,21 +23697,21 @@ } } }, -"regionBackendServices": { +"regionBackendBuckets": { "methods": { "delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified regional BackendService resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"description": "Deletes the specified regional BackendBucket resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.delete", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"backendService" +"backendBucket" ], "parameters": { -"backendService": { -"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to delete.", +"backendBucket": { +"description": "Name of the BackendBucket resource to delete.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -23562,12 +23732,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).\nend_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -23577,18 +23747,18 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified regional BackendService resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"description": "Returns the specified regional BackendBucket resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.get", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"backendService" +"backendBucket" ], "parameters": { -"backendService": { -"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to return.", +"backendBucket": { +"description": "Name of the BackendBucket resource to return.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -23609,54 +23779,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", -"response": { -"$ref": "BackendService" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"getHealth": { -"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional BackendService.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getHealth", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"backendService" -], -"parameters": { -"backendService": { -"description": "Name of the BackendService resource for which to get health.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth", -"request": { -"$ref": "ResourceGroupReference" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "response": { -"$ref": "BackendServiceGroupHealth" +"$ref": "BackendBucket" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -23666,9 +23791,9 @@ }, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getIamPolicy", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -23703,7 +23828,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "response": { "$ref": "Policy" }, @@ -23714,10 +23839,10 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a regional BackendService resource in the specified project using\nthe data included in the request. For more information, see\nBackend services overview.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"description": "Creates a RegionBackendBucket in the specified project in the given scope\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.insert", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -23731,7 +23856,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"description": "Name of the region of this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, @@ -23743,9 +23868,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets", "request": { -"$ref": "BackendService" +"$ref": "BackendBucket" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -23756,10 +23881,10 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of regional BackendService resources available to the\nspecified project in the given region.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"description": "Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified\nproject in the given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.list", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -23796,7 +23921,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"description": "Name of the region of this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, @@ -23808,9 +23933,9 @@ "type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets", "response": { -"$ref": "BackendServiceList" +"$ref": "BackendBucketList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -23819,10 +23944,10 @@ ] }, "listUsable": { -"description": "Retrieves a list of all usable backend services in the specified project in\nthe given region.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/listUsable", +"description": "Retrieves a list of all usable backend buckets in the specified project in\nthe given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/listUsable", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.listUsable", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.listUsable", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -23861,6 +23986,7 @@ "region": { "description": "Name of the region scoping this request.\nIt must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -23870,9 +23996,9 @@ "type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/listUsable", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/listUsable", "response": { -"$ref": "BackendServiceListUsable" +"$ref": "BackendBucketListUsable" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -23881,18 +24007,18 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data\nincluded in the request. For more information, see \nUnderstanding backend services This method\nsupports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the\nrequest. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.patch", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"backendService" +"backendBucket" ], "parameters": { -"backendService": { -"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to patch.", +"backendBucket": { +"description": "Name of the BackendBucket resource to patch.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -23913,14 +24039,14 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).\nend_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}", "request": { -"$ref": "BackendService" +"$ref": "BackendBucket" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -23932,9 +24058,505 @@ }, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.\nReplaces any existing policy.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/setIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.setIamPolicy", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionBackendBuckets.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendBuckets/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +} +} +}, +"regionBackendServices": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified regional BackendService resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"backendService" +], +"parameters": { +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified regional BackendService resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"backendService" +], +"parameters": { +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendService" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional BackendService.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"backendService" +], +"parameters": { +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the BackendService resource for which to get health.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth", +"request": { +"$ref": "ResourceGroupReference" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendServiceGroupHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a regional BackendService resource in the specified project using\nthe data included in the request. For more information, see\nBackend services overview.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"request": { +"$ref": "BackendService" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of regional BackendService resources available to the\nspecified project in the given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendServiceList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"listUsable": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of all usable backend services in the specified project in\nthe given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/listUsable", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.listUsable", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.\nIt must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/listUsable", +"response": { +"$ref": "BackendServiceListUsable" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data\nincluded in the request. For more information, see \nUnderstanding backend services This method\nsupports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"backendService" +], +"parameters": { +"backendService": { +"description": "Name of the BackendService resource to patch.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}", +"request": { +"$ref": "BackendService" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.\nReplaces any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionBackendServices.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -24559,6 +25181,49 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional CompositeHealthCheck.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks/{compositeHealthCheck}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionCompositeHealthChecks.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"compositeHealthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"compositeHealthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the CompositeHealthCheck resource to get health for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks/{compositeHealthCheck}/getHealth", +"response": { +"$ref": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "insert": { "description": "Create a CompositeHealthCheck in the specified project in the given region\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks", @@ -25704,6 +26369,55 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified persistent disk.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionDisks.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -26928,6 +27642,49 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional HealthSource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionHealthSources.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"healthSource" +], +"parameters": { +"healthSource": { +"description": "Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"response": { +"$ref": "HealthSourceHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "insert": { "description": "Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources", @@ -38195,6 +38952,48 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"updateKmsKey": { +"description": "Rotates the customer-managed\nencryption key to the latest version for the specified snapshot.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.snapshots.updateKmsKey", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"snapshot" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"description": "Name of the snapshot resource to update. Should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}/updateKmsKey", +"request": { +"$ref": "SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -45181,7 +45980,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260306", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -47953,12 +48752,14 @@ false "enum": [ "CONNECTION", "CUSTOM_METRICS", +"IN_FLIGHT", "RATE", "UTILIZATION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.", "Based on custom defined and reported metrics.", +"Balance based on the number of in-flight requests.", "Balance based on requests per second (RPS).", "Balance based on the backend utilization." ], @@ -48003,6 +48804,21 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"maxInFlightRequests": { +"description": "Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for the whole NEG or\ninstance group. Not available if backend's balancingMode isRATE or CONNECTION.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"maxInFlightRequestsPerEndpoint": { +"description": "Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single endpoint.\nNot available if backend's balancingMode is RATE\nor CONNECTION.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"maxInFlightRequestsPerInstance": { +"description": "Defines a maximum number of in-flight requests for a single VM.\nNot available if backend's balancingMode is RATE\nor CONNECTION.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "maxRate": { "description": "Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For\nusage guidelines, seeRate\nbalancing mode and Utilization\nbalancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode isCONNECTION.", "format": "int32", @@ -48040,6 +48856,19 @@ false "Traffic will be sent to this backend first." ], "type": "string" +}, +"trafficDuration": { +"enum": [ +"LONG", +"SHORT", +"TRAFFIC_DURATION_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Most of the requests are expected to take more than multiple seconds to\nfinish.", +"Most requests are expected to finish with a sub-second latency.", +"Traffic duration is unspecified." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -48116,9 +48945,11 @@ false "loadBalancingScheme": { "description": "The value can only be INTERNAL_MANAGED for cross-region internal layer 7\nload balancer.\n\nIf loadBalancingScheme is not specified, the backend bucket can be used by\nclassic global external load balancers, or global application external load\nbalancers, or both.", "enum": [ +"EXTERNAL_MANAGED", "INTERNAL_MANAGED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"Signifies that this will be used for regional external Application Load\nBalancers.", "Signifies that this will be used for internal Application Load Balancers." ], "type": "string" @@ -48132,6 +48963,11 @@ false "$ref": "BackendBucketParams", "description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." }, +"region": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional backend bucket\nresides. This field is not applicable to global backend buckets.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -48147,6 +48983,163 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendBucketAggregatedList": { +"id": "BackendBucketAggregatedList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "BackendBucketsScopedList", +"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of BackendBuckets." +}, +"description": "A list of BackendBucketsScopedList resources.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#backendBucketAggregatedList", +"description": "Output only. Type of resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendBucketCdnPolicy": { "description": "Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend bucket.", "id": "BackendBucketCdnPolicy", @@ -48434,6 +49427,162 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendBucketListUsable": { +"id": "BackendBucketListUsable", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of BackendBucket resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "BackendBucket" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#usableBackendBucketList", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#usableBackendBucketList for lists of usable backend\nbuckets.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendBucketParams": { "description": "Additional Backend Bucket parameters.", "id": "BackendBucketParams", @@ -48459,6 +49608,143 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendBucketsScopedList": { +"id": "BackendBucketsScopedList", +"properties": { +"backendBuckets": { +"description": "A list of BackendBuckets contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "BackendBucket" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of\nbackend services when the list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendCustomMetric": { "description": "Custom Metrics are used for CUSTOM_METRICS balancing_mode.", "id": "BackendCustomMetric", @@ -48524,7 +49810,7 @@ false }, "consistentHash": { "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings", -"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." +"description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session\naffinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load\nbalancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a\nparticular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are\nadded/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters\nthat control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable whenlocalityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV orRING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:\n \n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED." }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", @@ -48662,7 +49948,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "localityLbPolicy": { -"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", +"description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The\npossible values are:\n \n - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy\n backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.\n - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which\n selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active\n requests.\n - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements\n consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the\n addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the\n requests.\n - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy\n host.\n - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected\n based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to\n the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection\n before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.\n - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash\n load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table\n lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about\n Maglev, see Maglev:\n A Fast and Reliable Software Network Load Balancer.\n - WEIGHTED_ROUND_ROBIN: Per-endpoint Weighted Round Robin\n Load Balancing using weights computed from Backend reported Custom Metrics.\n If set, the Backend Service responses are expected to contain non-standard\n HTTP response header field Endpoint-Load-Metrics. The reported\n metrics to use for computing the weights are specified via thecustomMetrics field.\n \n This field is applicable to either:\n - A regional backend service with the service protocol set to HTTP,\n HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and load_balancing_scheme set to\n INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A global backend service with the\n load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, INTERNAL_MANAGED, or\n EXTERNAL_MANAGED.\n \n \n If sessionAffinity is not configured\u2014that is, if session\n affinity remains at the default value of NONE\u2014then the\n default value for localityLbPolicy\n is ROUND_ROBIN. If session affinity is set to a value other\n than NONE,\n then the default value for localityLbPolicy isMAGLEV.\n \n Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported\n when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to\n target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n \n localityLbPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy.", "enum": [ "INVALID_LB_POLICY", "LEAST_REQUEST", @@ -48723,7 +50009,7 @@ false }, "outlierDetection": { "$ref": "OutlierDetection", -"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." +"description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the service protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." }, "params": { "$ref": "BackendServiceParams", @@ -50722,6 +52008,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "CommitmentParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "plan": { "description": "The minimum time duration that you commit to purchasing resources.\nThe plan that you choose determines the preset term length of the\ncommitment (which is 1 year or 3 years) and affects the discount rate that\nyou receive for your resources. Committing to a longer time duration\ntypically gives you a higher discount rate. The supported values for this\nfield are TWELVE_MONTH (1 year), andTHIRTY_SIX_MONTH (3 years).", "enum": [ @@ -51209,6 +52499,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CommitmentParams": { +"description": "Additional commitment params.", +"id": "CommitmentParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the commitment. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CommitmentResourceStatus": { "description": "[Output Only] Contains output only fields.", "id": "CommitmentResourceStatus", @@ -51588,6 +52892,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CompositeHealthCheckHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth", +"id": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth", +"properties": { +"healthSources": { +"description": "Health sources and their corresponding health states.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of\ncomposite health checks.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CompositeHealthCheckList": { "id": "CompositeHealthCheckList", "properties": { @@ -51743,6 +53081,30 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth": { +"id": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth", +"properties": { +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the associated HealthSource resource.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CompositeHealthChecksScopedList": { "id": "CompositeHealthChecksScopedList", "properties": { @@ -53642,6 +55004,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "DiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk\nwill be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS\nkey.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key\n\n\nWhere project is the project ID or\nproject number.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest": { "id": "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest", "properties": { @@ -56425,6 +57797,10 @@ false "description": "Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of\ndelivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035.\nMaximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created\nreservations name format will be -date-####.", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "FutureReservationParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "planningStatus": { "description": "Planning state before being submitted for evaluation", "enum": [ @@ -56546,6 +57922,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"FutureReservationParams": { +"description": "Additional future reservation params.", +"id": "FutureReservationParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the future reservation. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties": { "id": "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties", "properties": { @@ -57827,7 +59217,7 @@ false "id": "GuestOsFeature", "properties": { "type": { -"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", +"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n - CCA_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", "enum": [ "BARE_METAL_LINUX_COMPATIBLE", "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -59709,99 +61099,297 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"HealthSource": { -"description": "Represents a health source.\n\nA health source resource specifies the source resources and the health\naggregation policy applied to the source resources to determine the\naggregated health status.", -"id": "HealthSource", +"HealthSource": { +"description": "Represents a health source.\n\nA health source resource specifies the source resources and the health\naggregation policy applied to the source resources to determine the\naggregated health status.", +"id": "HealthSource", +"properties": { +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fingerprint": { +"description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object.\nThis field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when\ninserting a HealthSource. An up-to-date fingerprint\nmust be provided in order to patch the HealthSource; Otherwise, the request\nwill fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest\nfingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the\nHealthSource.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"healthAggregationPolicy": { +"description": "URL to the HealthAggregationPolicy resource. Must be set. Must\nbe regional and in the same region as the HealthSource. Can be\nmutated.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"format": "uint64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthSource", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthSource for health sources.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.\nThe name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.\nSpecifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular\nexpression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first\ncharacter must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must\nbe a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which\ncannot be a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the health source resides.\nThis field applies only to the regional resource. You must specify this\nfield as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in\nthe request body.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL with id for the resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceType": { +"description": "Specifies the type of the HealthSource. The only allowed value\nis BACKEND_SERVICE. Must be specified when theHealthSource is created, and cannot be mutated.", +"enum": [ +"BACKEND_SERVICE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "URLs to the source resources. Must be size 1. Must be aBackendService if\nthe sourceType is BACKEND_SERVICE. TheBackendService must have load balancing schemeINTERNAL or INTERNAL_MANAGED and must be regional\nand in the same region as the HealthSource (cross-region\ndeployment for INTERNAL_MANAGED is not supported). TheBackendService may use only IGs, MIGs, or NEGs of typeGCE_VM_IP or GCE_VM_IP_PORT. TheBackendService may not use haPolicy. Can be\nmutated.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthSourceAggregatedList": { +"description": "Contains a list of HealthSourcesScopedList.", +"id": "HealthSourceAggregatedList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "HealthSourcesScopedList", +"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of HealthSources." +}, +"description": "A list of HealthSourcesScopedList resources.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthSourceAggregatedList", +"description": "Output only. Type of resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthSourceHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth", +"id": "HealthSourceHealth", "properties": { -"creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"fingerprint": { -"description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object.\nThis field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when\ninserting a HealthSource. An up-to-date fingerprint\nmust be provided in order to patch the HealthSource; Otherwise, the request\nwill fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest\nfingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the\nHealthSource.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"healthAggregationPolicy": { -"description": "URL to the HealthAggregationPolicy resource. Must be set. Must\nbe regional and in the same region as the HealthSource. Can be\nmutated.", -"type": "string" -}, -"id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", -"format": "uint64", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#healthSource", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthSource for health sources.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.\nThe name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.\nSpecifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular\nexpression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first\ncharacter must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must\nbe a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which\ncannot be a dash.", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the health source resides.\nThis field applies only to the regional resource. You must specify this\nfield as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in\nthe request body.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLinkWithId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL with id for the resource.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceType": { -"description": "Specifies the type of the HealthSource. The only allowed value\nis BACKEND_SERVICE. Must be specified when theHealthSource is created, and cannot be mutated.", +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the HealthSource.", "enum": [ -"BACKEND_SERVICE" +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" ], "enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", "" ], "type": "string" }, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthSourceHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "sources": { -"description": "URLs to the source resources. Must be size 1. Must be aBackendService if\nthe sourceType is BACKEND_SERVICE. TheBackendService must have load balancing schemeINTERNAL or INTERNAL_MANAGED and must be regional\nand in the same region as the HealthSource (cross-region\ndeployment for INTERNAL_MANAGED is not supported). TheBackendService may use only IGs, MIGs, or NEGs of typeGCE_VM_IP or GCE_VM_IP_PORT. TheBackendService may not use haPolicy. Can be\nmutated.", +"description": "Health state details of the sources.", "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo" }, "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"HealthSourceAggregatedList": { -"description": "Contains a list of HealthSourcesScopedList.", -"id": "HealthSourceAggregatedList", +"HealthSourceList": { +"id": "HealthSourceList", "properties": { "id": { "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, "items": { -"additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "HealthSourcesScopedList", -"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of HealthSources." +"description": "A list of HealthSource resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSource" }, -"description": "A list of HealthSourcesScopedList resources.", -"type": "object" +"type": "array" }, "kind": { -"default": "compute#healthSourceAggregatedList", -"description": "Output only. Type of resource.", +"default": "compute#healthSourceList", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthSource for health sources.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -59810,18 +61398,9 @@ false "type": "string" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"unreachables": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.", -"items": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", "type": "string" }, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, "warning": { "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", "properties": { @@ -59949,157 +61528,43 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"HealthSourceList": { -"id": "HealthSourceList", +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo", "properties": { -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", -"type": "string" -}, -"items": { -"description": "A list of HealthSource resources.", +"backends": { +"description": "Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source\nbackend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource\nis BACKEND_SERVICE.", "items": { -"$ref": "HealthSource" +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo" }, "type": "array" }, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#healthSourceList", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthSource for health sources.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source\nresource if it is a L4ILB backend service.", "type": "string" }, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"source": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a\nbackend service URL.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"type": "array" +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo", +"properties": { +"endpointCount": { +"description": "Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" }, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"group": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group\nbehind the source backend service.", "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"healthyEndpointCount": { +"description": "Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -62655,13 +64120,13 @@ false "type": "string" }, "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this managed instance group inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "currentActions": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance actions and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those\nactions.", "readOnly": true }, "description": { @@ -62678,7 +64143,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -62688,7 +64153,7 @@ false "description": "Instance flexibility allowing MIG to create VMs from multiple\ntypes of machines.\nInstance flexibility configuration on MIG overrides instance\ntemplate configuration." }, "instanceGroup": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of the Instance Group resource.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of the Instance Group resource.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -62702,7 +64167,7 @@ false }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManager", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManager for managed instance groups.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -62746,17 +64211,17 @@ false "description": "Resource policies for this managed instance group." }, "satisfiesPzi": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "satisfiesPzs": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.", +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines\nthis URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -62770,7 +64235,7 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of this managed instance group.", +"description": "Output only. The status of this managed instance group.", "readOnly": true }, "targetPools": { @@ -62817,7 +64282,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", +"description": "Output only. The URL of azone\nwhere the managed instance group is located (for zonal resources).", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -62828,79 +64293,79 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerActionsSummary", "properties": { "abandoning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", +"description": "Output only. The total number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat are scheduled to be abandoned. Abandoning an instance removes it\nfrom the managed instance group without deleting it.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group\nfails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates\nthe instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated;\ninstead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "creatingWithoutRetries": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that the managed instance group\nwill attempt to create. The group attempts to create each instance\nonly once. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it\ndecreases the group's targetSize value accordingly.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "deleting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be deleted or are currently being deleted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "none": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare running and have no scheduled actions.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "recreating": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be recreated or are currently being being recreated.\nRecreating an instance deletes the existing root persistent disk\nand creates a new disk from the image that is defined in the\ninstance template.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "refreshing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being reconfigured with properties that do not require a restart\nor a recreate action. For example, setting or removing target\npools for the instance.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "restarting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "resuming": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "starting": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be started or are currently being started.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be stopped or are currently being stopped.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "verifying": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction\nproperty in the listManagedInstances method documentation.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -63341,7 +64806,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", "properties": { "creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. The creation timestamp for this resize request inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -63350,14 +64815,14 @@ false "type": "string" }, "id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server\ngenerates this identifier.", +"description": "Output only. A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this\nidentifier.", "format": "uint64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "kind": { "default": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for\nresize requests.", +"description": "Output only. The resource type, which is alwayscompute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -63372,7 +64837,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of aregion\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a region\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for regional resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -63386,17 +64851,17 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines\nthis URL.", +"description": "Output only. The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "selfLinkWithId": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", +"description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Current state of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Current state of the request.", "enum": [ "ACCEPTED", "CANCELLED", @@ -63418,11 +64883,11 @@ false }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of the request.", +"description": "Output only. Status of the request.", "readOnly": true }, "zone": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of azone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of a zone\nwhere the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize\nrequests.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } @@ -63433,7 +64898,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or\nprovisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to\nthe FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is\nfinal and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not\ngoing to retry.", +"description": "Output only. Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of\nthe ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state.\nContrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are\nnever removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -63483,7 +64948,7 @@ false }, "lastAttempt": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatusLastAttempt", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request.\nThe value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's\nstill active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced\nwith a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the\nvalue may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is\ncleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes\ninactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be\nstorred in the \"error\" field only.", +"description": "Output only. Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is\ntemporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active\nand the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a\ndifferent error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may\nbe stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when\nResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the\nfinal state is FAILED the error describing it will be stored in the\n\"error\" field only.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -63742,11 +65207,11 @@ false "properties": { "allInstancesConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", -"description": "Output only. [Output only] Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", +"description": "Output only. Status of all-instances configuration on the group.", "readOnly": true }, "appliedAcceleratorTopologies": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", +"description": "Output only. The accelerator topology applied to this MIG.\nCurrently only one accelerator topology is supported.", "items": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology" }, @@ -63754,33 +65219,33 @@ false "type": "array" }, "autoscaler": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", +"description": "Output only. The URL of theAutoscaler\nthat targets this instance group manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "bulkInstanceOperation": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. The status of bulk instance operation.", "readOnly": true }, "currentInstanceStatuses": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", +"description": "Output only. The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", "readOnly": true }, "isStable": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "stateful": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. Stateful status of the given Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true }, "versionTarget": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", +"description": "Output only. A status of consistency of Instances' versions with their\ntarget version specified by version field on Instance Group\nManager.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -63790,12 +65255,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopology", "properties": { "acceleratorTopology": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", +"description": "Output only. Topology in the format of: \"16x16\", \"4x4x4\", etc.\nThe value is the same as configured in the WorkloadPolicy.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The state of the accelerator topology.", +"description": "Output only. The state of the accelerator topology.", "enum": [ "ACTIVATING", "ACTIVE", @@ -63817,7 +65282,7 @@ false }, "stateDetails": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", +"description": "Output only. The result of the latest accelerator topology state\ncheck.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -63827,7 +65292,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAcceleratorTopologyAcceleratorTopologyStateDetails", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Encountered errors.", +"description": "Output only. Encountered errors.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -63876,7 +65341,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp is shown only if there is an error. The field\nhas // RFC3339 //\ntext format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -63888,12 +65353,12 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusAllInstancesConfig", "properties": { "currentRevision": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Current all-instances configuration revision.\nThis value is in RFC3339 text format.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "effective": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether this configuration has\nbeen applied to all managed instances in the group.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -63905,13 +65370,13 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperation", "properties": { "inProgress": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", +"description": "Output only. Informs whether bulk instance operation is in progress.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "lastProgressCheck": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", +"description": "Output only. Information from the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -63921,7 +65386,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusBulkInstanceOperationLastProgressCheck", "properties": { "error": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", +"description": "Output only. Errors encountered during bulk instance operation.", "properties": { "errors": { "description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", @@ -63970,7 +65435,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "timestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", +"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the last progress check of bulk instance\noperation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -63983,79 +65448,79 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", "properties": { "deprovisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "nonExistent": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "pendingStop": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "provisioning": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "repairing": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "running": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "staging": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopped": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "stopping": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspended": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "suspending": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, "terminated": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", +"description": "Output only. The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", "format": "int32", "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" @@ -64067,13 +65532,13 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", "properties": { "hasStatefulConfig": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether the managed instance group\nhas stateful configuration, that is, if you have configured any items\nin a stateful policy or in per-instance configs.\nThe group might report that it has no stateful configuration even when\nthere is still some preserved state on a managed instance, for example,\nif you have deleted all PICs but not yet applied those deletions.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, "perInstanceConfigs": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStatefulPerInstanceConfigs", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", +"description": "Output only. Status of per-instance configurations on the instances.", "readOnly": true } }, @@ -64094,7 +65559,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusVersionTarget", "properties": { "isReached": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", +"description": "Output only. A bit indicating whether version target has been reached\nin this managed instance group, i.e. all instances are in their target\nversion. Instances' target version are specified byversion field on Instance Group Manager.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -73480,6 +74945,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"serviceClassId": { +"description": "The service class id of the producer service to which the IP was\nassigned.", +"type": "string" +}, "status": { "description": "The status of a connected endpoint to this network attachment.", "enum": [ @@ -75377,6 +76846,10 @@ false "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"serviceClassId": { +"description": "Optional. Producer Service's Service class Id for the region of this network\ninterface. Can only be used with network_attachment. It is not possible to\nuse on its own however, network_attachment can be used without\nservice_class_id.", +"type": "string" +}, "stackType": { "description": "The stack type for this network interface. To assign only IPv4 addresses,\nuse IPV4_ONLY. To assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, useIPV4_IPV6. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY is used.\n\nThis field can be both set at instance creation and update network\ninterface operations.", "enum": [ @@ -83717,6 +85190,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "RegionDiskUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the disk. If empty, the disk\nwill be re-encrypted using the primary version of the disk's current KMS\nkey.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/location/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key\n\n\nWhere project is the project ID or\nproject number.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RegionDisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest": { "id": "RegionDisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest", "properties": { @@ -93798,6 +95281,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest": { +"id": "SnapshotUpdateKmsKeyRequest", +"properties": { +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Optional. The new KMS key to replace the current one on the snapshot. If empty, the\nsnapshot will be re-encrypted using the primary version of the snapshot's\ncurrent KMS key.\n\nThe KMS key can be provided in the following formats:\n \n \n - projects/project_id/locations/region/keyRings/key_ring/cryptoKeys/key", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SourceDiskEncryptionKey": { "id": "SourceDiskEncryptionKey", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json index f098ead3f5..770e501d2a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/config.v1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "config.projects.locations.list", @@ -242,6 +242,333 @@ } }, "resources": { +"deploymentGroups": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a DeploymentGroup The newly created DeploymentGroup will be in the `CREATING` state and can be retrieved via Get and List calls.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deploymentGroupId": { +"description": "Required. The deployment group ID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent in whose context the Deployment Group is created. The parent value is in the format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/deploymentGroups", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a DeploymentGroup", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"deploymentReferencePolicy": { +"description": "Optional. Policy on how to handle referenced deployments when deleting the DeploymentGroup. If unspecified, the default behavior is to fail the deletion if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision are not deleted.", +"enum": [ +"DEPLOYMENT_REFERENCE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED", +"FAIL_IF_ANY_REFERENCES_EXIST", +"FAIL_IF_METADATA_REFERENCES_EXIST", +"IGNORE_DEPLOYMENT_REFERENCES" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default behavior. If unspecified, the system will act as if `FAIL_IF_ANY_REFERENCES_EXIST` is specified.", +"Fail the deletion if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision are not deleted.", +"Fail the deletion only if any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup are not deleted. The deletion will proceed even if the deployments in the latest revision of the DeploymentGroup are not deleted.", +"Ignore any deployments currently referenced in the `deployment_units` of the DeploymentGroup or in the latest revision." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, any revisions for this deployment group will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the deployment group has no revisions.)", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of DeploymentGroup in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroup}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"deprovision": { +"description": "Deprovisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}:deprovision", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.deprovision", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group to deprovision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:deprovision", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeprovisionDeploymentGroupRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Get a DeploymentGroup for a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group to retrieve. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroup" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "List DeploymentGroups for a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Lists the DeploymentGroups that match the filter expression. A filter expression filters the deployment groups listed in the response. The expression must be of the form '{field} {operator} {value}' where operators: '<', '>', '<=', '>=', '!=', '=', ':' are supported (colon ':' represents a HAS operator which is roughly synonymous with equality). {field} can refer to a proto or JSON field, or a synthetic field. Field names can be camelCase or snake_case. Examples: - Filter by name: name = \"projects/foo/locations/us-central1/deploymentGroups/bar\" - Filter by labels: - Resources that have a key called 'foo' labels.foo:* - Resources that have a key called 'foo' whose value is 'bar' labels.foo = bar - Filter by state: - DeploymentGroups in CREATING state. state=CREATING", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to use to sort the list.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. When requesting a page of resources, 'page_size' specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 500 will be returned. The maximum value is 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Token returned by previous call to 'ListDeploymentGroups' which specifies the position in the list from where to continue listing the deployment groups.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment groups. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/deploymentGroups", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListDeploymentGroupsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a DeploymentGroup", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Deployment Group resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"provision": { +"description": "Provisions a deployment group. NOTE: As a first step of this operation, Infra Manager will automatically delete any Deployments that were part of the *last successful* DeploymentGroupRevision but are *no longer* included in the *current* DeploymentGroup definition (e.g., following an `UpdateDeploymentGroup` call), along with their actuated resources.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}:provision", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.provision", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group to provision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:provision", +"request": { +"$ref": "ProvisionDeploymentGroupRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"revisions": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets details about a DeploymentGroupRevision.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}/revisions/{revisionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.revisions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group revision to retrieve. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}/revisions/{revision}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+/revisions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroupRevision" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists DeploymentGroupRevisions in a given DeploymentGroup.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentGroups/{deploymentGroupsId}/revisions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "config.projects.locations.deploymentGroups.revisions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. When requesting a page of resources, 'page_size' specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified, a sensible default will be used by the server. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Token returned by previous call to 'ListDeploymentGroupRevisions' which specifies the position in the list from where to continue listing the deployment group revisions. All other parameters provided to `ListDeploymentGroupRevisions` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment group revisions. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deploymentGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/revisions", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListDeploymentGroupRevisionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "deployments": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -1409,7 +1736,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://config.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplyResults": { @@ -1738,12 +2065,149 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"DeploymentOperationMetadata": { -"description": "Ephemeral metadata content describing the state of a deployment operation.", -"id": "DeploymentOperationMetadata", +"DeploymentGroup": { +"description": "A DeploymentGroup is a collection of DeploymentUnits that in a DAG-like structure.", +"id": "DeploymentGroup", "properties": { -"applyResults": { -"$ref": "ApplyResults", +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Arbitrary key-value metadata storage e.g. to help client tools identify deployment group during automation. See https://google.aip.dev/148#annotations for details on format and size limitations.", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the deployment group was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deploymentUnits": { +"description": "The deployment units of the deployment group in a DAG like structure. When a deployment group is being provisioned, the deployment units are deployed in a DAG order. The provided units must be in a DAG order, otherwise an error will be returned.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DeploymentUnit" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. User-defined metadata for the deployment group.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the deployment group. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}'.", +"type": "string" +}, +"provisioningError": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "Output only. The error status of the deployment group provisioning or deprovisioning.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"provisioningState": { +"description": "Output only. The provisioning state of the deployment group.", +"enum": [ +"PROVISIONING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROVISIONING", +"PROVISIONED", +"FAILED_TO_PROVISION", +"DEPROVISIONING", +"DEPROVISIONED", +"FAILED_TO_DEPROVISION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified provisioning state.", +"The deployment group is being provisioned.", +"The deployment group is provisioned.", +"The deployment group failed to be provisioned.", +"The deployment group is being deprovisioned.", +"The deployment group is deprovisioned.", +"The deployment group failed to be deprovisioned." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"provisioningStateDescription": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information regarding the current provisioning state.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the deployment group.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED", +"SUSPENDED", +"DELETED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", +"The deployment group is being created.", +"The deployment group is healthy.", +"The deployment group is being updated.", +"The deployment group is being deleted.", +"The deployment group has encountered an unexpected error.", +"The deployment group is no longer being actively reconciled. This may be the result of recovering the project after deletion.", +"The deployment group has been deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateDescription": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the deployment group was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentGroupRevision": { +"description": "A DeploymentGroupRevision represents a snapshot of a DeploymentGroup at a given point in time, created when a DeploymentGroup is provisioned or deprovisioned.", +"id": "DeploymentGroupRevision", +"properties": { +"alternativeIds": { +"description": "Output only. The alternative IDs of the deployment group revision.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the deployment group revision was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the deployment group revision. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deploymentGroups/{deployment_group}/revisions/{revision}'.", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshot": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroup", +"description": "Output only. The snapshot of the deployment group at this revision.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Ephemeral metadata content describing the state of a deployment operation.", +"id": "DeploymentOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"applyResults": { +"$ref": "ApplyResults", "description": "Outputs and artifacts from applying a deployment." }, "build": { @@ -1793,6 +2257,227 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DeploymentOperationSummary": { +"description": "The summary of the deployment operation.", +"id": "DeploymentOperationSummary", +"properties": { +"artifacts": { +"description": "Output only. Location of Deployment operations artifacts in `gs://{bucket}/{object}` format.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"build": { +"description": "Output only. Cloud Build instance UUID associated with this operation.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"content": { +"description": "Output only. Location of Deployment operations content in `gs://{bucket}/{object}` format.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deploymentStep": { +"description": "Output only. The current step the deployment operation is running.", +"enum": [ +"DEPLOYMENT_STEP_UNSPECIFIED", +"PREPARING_STORAGE_BUCKET", +"DOWNLOADING_BLUEPRINT", +"RUNNING_TF_INIT", +"RUNNING_TF_PLAN", +"RUNNING_TF_APPLY", +"RUNNING_TF_DESTROY", +"RUNNING_TF_VALIDATE", +"UNLOCKING_DEPLOYMENT", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED", +"VALIDATING_REPOSITORY", +"RUNNING_QUOTA_VALIDATION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified deployment step", +"Infra Manager is creating a Google Cloud Storage bucket to store artifacts and metadata about the deployment and revision", +"Downloading the blueprint onto the Google Cloud Storage bucket", +"Initializing Terraform using `terraform init`", +"Running `terraform plan`", +"Actuating resources using Terraform using `terraform apply`", +"Destroying resources using Terraform using `terraform destroy`", +"Validating the uploaded TF state file when unlocking a deployment", +"Unlocking a deployment", +"Operation was successful", +"Operation failed", +"Validating the provided repository.", +"Running quota validation" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"logs": { +"description": "Output only. Location of Deployment operations logs in `gs://{bucket}/{object}` format.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentSource": { +"description": "Configuration for a value sourced from a Deployment.", +"id": "DeploymentSource", +"properties": { +"deployment": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the source Deployment to import the output from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment} The source deployment must be in the same project and location.", +"type": "string" +}, +"outputName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the output variable in the source deployment's latest successfully applied revision.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentSpec": { +"description": "Spec for a deployment to be created.", +"id": "DeploymentSpec", +"properties": { +"deployment": { +"$ref": "Deployment", +"description": "Required. The deployment to be created." +}, +"deploymentId": { +"description": "Required. The id of the deployment to be created which doesn't include the project id and location.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentUnit": { +"description": "A DeploymentUnit is a container for a deployment and its dependencies. An existing deployment can be provided directly in the unit, or the unit can act as a placeholder to define the DAG, with the deployment specs supplied in a `provisionDeploymentRequest`.", +"id": "DeploymentUnit", +"properties": { +"dependencies": { +"description": "Required. The IDs of the deployment units within the deployment group that this unit depends on.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"deployment": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "The id of the deployment unit. Must be unique within the deployment group.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentUnitProgress": { +"description": "The progress of a deployment unit provisioning or deprovisioning.", +"id": "DeploymentUnitProgress", +"properties": { +"deployment": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the deployment to be provisioned. Format: 'projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deploymentOperationSummary": { +"$ref": "DeploymentOperationSummary", +"description": "Output only. The summary of the deployment operation.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "Output only. Holds the error status of the deployment unit provisioning.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"intent": { +"description": "Output only. The intent of the deployment unit.", +"enum": [ +"INTENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATE_DEPLOYMENT", +"UPDATE_DEPLOYMENT", +"DELETE_DEPLOYMENT", +"RECREATE_DEPLOYMENT", +"CLEAN_UP", +"UNCHANGED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified intent.", +"Create deployment in the unit from the deployment spec.", +"Update deployment in the unit.", +"Delete deployment in the unit.", +"Recreate deployment in the unit.", +"Delete deployment in latest successful revision while no longer referenced in any deployment unit in the current deployment group.", +"Expected to be unchanged." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current step of the deployment unit provisioning.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"QUEUED", +"APPLYING_DEPLOYMENT", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED", +"ABORTED", +"SKIPPED", +"DELETING_DEPLOYMENT", +"PREVIEWING_DEPLOYMENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is unused.", +"The deployment unit is queued for deployment creation or update.", +"The underlying deployment of the unit is being created or updated.", +"The underlying deployment operation of the unit has succeeded.", +"The underlying deployment operation of the unit has failed.", +"The deployment unit was aborted, likely due to failures in other dependent deployment units.", +"The deployment unit was skipped because there were no changes to apply.", +"The deployment is being deleted.", +"The deployment is being previewed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateDescription": { +"description": "Output only. Additional information regarding the current state.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unitId": { +"description": "Output only. The unit id of the deployment unit to be provisioned.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeprovisionDeploymentGroupRequest": { +"description": "The request message for the DeprovisionDeploymentGroup method.", +"id": "DeprovisionDeploymentGroupRequest", +"properties": { +"deletePolicy": { +"description": "Optional. Policy on how resources within each deployment should be handled during deletion. This policy is applied globally to the deletion of all deployments in this group. This corresponds to the 'delete_policy' field in DeleteDeploymentRequest.", +"enum": [ +"DELETE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED", +"DELETE", +"ABANDON" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified policy, resources will be deleted.", +"Deletes resources actuated by the deployment.", +"Abandons resources and only deletes the deployment and its metadata." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, this option is propagated to the deletion of each deployment in the group. This corresponds to the 'force' field in DeleteDeploymentRequest.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Empty": { "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", "id": "Empty", @@ -1857,6 +2542,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ExternalValueSource": { +"description": "Configuration for a source of an external value.", +"id": "ExternalValueSource", +"properties": { +"deploymentSource": { +"$ref": "DeploymentSource", +"description": "A source from a Deployment." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GitSource": { "description": "A set of files in a Git repository.", "id": "GitSource", @@ -1888,6 +2584,56 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListDeploymentGroupRevisionsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for the ListDeploymentGroupRevisions method.", +"id": "ListDeploymentGroupRevisionsResponse", +"properties": { +"deploymentGroupRevisions": { +"description": "The deployment group revisions from the specified collection.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroupRevision" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to be supplied to the next ListDeploymentGroupRevisions request via `page_token` to obtain the next set of results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListDeploymentGroupsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for the ListDeploymentGroups method.", +"id": "ListDeploymentGroupsResponse", +"properties": { +"deploymentGroups": { +"description": "The deployment groups from the specified collection.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DeploymentGroup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to be supplied to the next ListDeploymentGroups request via `page_token` to obtain the next set of results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListDeploymentsResponse": { "id": "ListDeploymentsResponse", "properties": { @@ -2244,6 +2990,11 @@ "description": "Output only. Metadata about the preview operation state.", "readOnly": true }, +"provisionDeploymentGroupMetadata": { +"$ref": "ProvisionDeploymentGroupOperationMetadata", +"description": "Output only. Metadata about ProvisionDeploymentGroup operation state.", +"readOnly": true +}, "requestedCancellation": { "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", "readOnly": true, @@ -2639,6 +3390,60 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ProvisionDeploymentGroupOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Operation metadata for `ProvisionDeploymentGroup` and `DeprovisionDeploymentGroup` long-running operations.", +"id": "ProvisionDeploymentGroupOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"deploymentUnitProgresses": { +"description": "Output only. Progress information for each deployment unit within the operation.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DeploymentUnitProgress" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"step": { +"description": "Output only. The current step of the deployment group operation.", +"enum": [ +"PROVISION_DEPLOYMENT_GROUP_STEP_UNSPECIFIED", +"VALIDATING_DEPLOYMENT_GROUP", +"ASSOCIATING_DEPLOYMENTS_TO_DEPLOYMENT_GROUP", +"PROVISIONING_DEPLOYMENT_UNITS", +"DISASSOCIATING_DEPLOYMENTS_FROM_DEPLOYMENT_GROUP", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED", +"DEPROVISIONING_DEPLOYMENT_UNITS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified step.", +"Validating the deployment group.", +"Locking the deployments to the deployment group for atomic actuation.", +"Provisioning the deployment units.", +"Unlocking the deployments from the deployment group after actuation.", +"The operation has succeeded.", +"The operation has failed.", +"Deprovisioning the deployment units." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ProvisionDeploymentGroupRequest": { +"description": "The request message for the ProvisionDeploymentGroup method.", +"id": "ProvisionDeploymentGroupRequest", +"properties": { +"deploymentSpecs": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "DeploymentSpec" +}, +"description": "Optional. The deployment specs of the deployment units to be created within the same project and location of the deployment group. The key is the unit ID, and the value is the `DeploymentSpec`. Provisioning will fail if a `deployment_spec` has a `deployment_id` that matches an existing deployment in the same project and location. If an existing deployment was part of the last successful revision but is no longer in the current DeploymentGroup's `deployment_units`, it will be recreated if included in `deployment_specs`.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Resource": { "description": "Resource represents a Google Cloud Platform resource actuated by IM. Resources are child resources of Revisions.", "id": "Resource", @@ -3089,6 +3894,13 @@ "description": "TerraformBlueprint describes the source of a Terraform root module which describes the resources and configs to be deployed.", "id": "TerraformBlueprint", "properties": { +"externalValues": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "ExternalValueSource" +}, +"description": "Optional. Map of input variable names in this blueprint to configurations for importing values from external sources.", +"type": "object" +}, "gcsSource": { "description": "URI of an object in Google Cloud Storage. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}` URI may also specify an object version for zipped objects. Format: `gs://{bucket}/{object}#{version}`", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json index b658391c25..57e92eca4e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "contactcenteraiplatform.projects.locations.list", @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260317", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenteraiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminUser": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index 42c52e685f..f69f745be2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -6101,7 +6101,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { @@ -8609,7 +8609,8 @@ true "AGENT_ASSIST_SUPERVISOR_ID", "LABEL_KEY", "LABEL_VALUE", -"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE" +"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE", +"LAST_TRANSFER_SUB_AGENT_NAME" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The key of the dimension is unspecified.", @@ -8632,7 +8633,8 @@ true "The dimension is keyed by the supervisor ID of the assigned human supervisor for virtual agents.", "The dimension is keyed by label keys.", "The dimension is keyed by label values.", -"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs." +"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs.", +"The dimension is keyed by the last transfer sub agent name." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -14512,7 +14514,8 @@ true "AGENT_ASSIST_SUPERVISOR_ID", "LABEL_KEY", "LABEL_VALUE", -"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE" +"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE", +"LAST_TRANSFER_SUB_AGENT_NAME" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The key of the dimension is unspecified.", @@ -14535,7 +14538,8 @@ true "The dimension is keyed by the supervisor ID of the assigned human supervisor for virtual agents.", "The dimension is keyed by label keys.", "The dimension is keyed by label values.", -"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs." +"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs.", +"The dimension is keyed by the last transfer sub agent name." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -19056,7 +19060,8 @@ true "AGENT_ASSIST_SUPERVISOR_ID", "LABEL_KEY", "LABEL_VALUE", -"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE" +"LABEL_KEY_AND_VALUE", +"LAST_TRANSFER_SUB_AGENT_NAME" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The key of the dimension is unspecified.", @@ -19079,7 +19084,8 @@ true "The dimension is keyed by the supervisor ID of the assigned human supervisor for virtual agents.", "The dimension is keyed by label keys.", "The dimension is keyed by label values.", -"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs." +"The dimension is keyed by label key-value pairs.", +"The dimension is keyed by the last transfer sub agent name." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json index d51c9fa993..4c675a97d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json @@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -2691,6 +2691,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AccurateTimeConfig": { +"description": "AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature.", +"id": "AccurateTimeConfig", +"properties": { +"enablePtpKvmTimeSync": { +"description": "Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AdditionalIPRangesConfig": { "description": "AdditionalIPRangesConfig is the configuration for individual additional subnetwork attached to the cluster", "id": "AdditionalIPRangesConfig", @@ -3356,7 +3367,7 @@ "id": "CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig", "properties": { "fqdns": { -"description": "List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -3519,6 +3530,10 @@ "$ref": "ConfidentialNodes", "description": "Configuration of Confidential Nodes. All the nodes in the cluster will be Confidential VM once enabled." }, +"controlPlaneEgress": { +"$ref": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"description": "Configuration for control plane egress control." +}, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "$ref": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", "description": "Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints." @@ -3790,6 +3805,10 @@ "$ref": "SecretManagerConfig", "description": "Secret CSI driver configuration." }, +"secretSyncConfig": { +"$ref": "SecretSyncConfig", +"description": "Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets." +}, "securityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", "description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." @@ -4024,6 +4043,10 @@ "$ref": "ContainerdConfig", "description": "The desired containerd config for the cluster." }, +"desiredControlPlaneEgress": { +"$ref": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"description": "The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster." +}, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "$ref": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", "description": "Control plane endpoints configuration." @@ -4275,6 +4298,10 @@ "$ref": "SecretManagerConfig", "description": "Enable/Disable Secret Manager Config." }, +"desiredSecretSyncConfig": { +"$ref": "SecretSyncConfig", +"description": "Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets." +}, "desiredSecurityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", "description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." @@ -4554,6 +4581,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ControlPlaneEgress": { +"description": "ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control.", +"id": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"properties": { +"mode": { +"description": "Defines the mode of control plane egress.", +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"VIA_CONTROL_PLANE", +"NONE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value not specified.", +"Control plane has public IP and no restriction on egress.", +"No public IP on control plane and only internal allowlisted egress." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "description": "Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints.", "id": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", @@ -5529,7 +5577,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "host": { -"description": "Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "type": "string" }, "overridePath": { @@ -5872,6 +5920,10 @@ false "description": "Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes.", "id": "LinuxNodeConfig", "properties": { +"accurateTimeConfig": { +"$ref": "AccurateTimeConfig", +"description": "Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool." +}, "cgroupMode": { "description": "cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node.", "enum": [ @@ -6758,7 +6810,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/", +"description": "The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/", "type": "object" }, "linuxNodeConfig": { @@ -8095,7 +8147,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "server": { -"description": "Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8393,6 +8445,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SecretSyncConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for sync Secret Manager secrets as k8s secrets.", +"id": "SecretSyncConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Enable/Disable Secret Sync Config.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"rotationConfig": { +"$ref": "SyncRotationConfig", +"description": "Rotation config for secret manager." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SecurityBulletinEvent": { "description": "SecurityBulletinEvent is a notification sent to customers when a security bulletin has been posted that they are vulnerable to.", "id": "SecurityBulletinEvent", @@ -9213,6 +9280,22 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SyncRotationConfig": { +"description": "SyncRotationConfig is config for secret manager auto rotation.", +"id": "SyncRotationConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Whether the rotation is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"rotationInterval": { +"description": "The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TaintConfig": { "description": "TaintConfig contains the configuration for the taints of the node pool.", "id": "TaintConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json index 8a6a89dc9c..1b910619c4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json @@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -2778,6 +2778,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AccurateTimeConfig": { +"description": "AccurateTimeConfig contains configuration for the accurate time synchronization feature.", +"id": "AccurateTimeConfig", +"properties": { +"enablePtpKvmTimeSync": { +"description": "Enables enhanced time synchronization using PTP-KVM.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AdditionalIPRangesConfig": { "description": "AdditionalIPRangesConfig is the configuration for individual additional subnetwork attached to the cluster", "id": "AdditionalIPRangesConfig", @@ -2874,6 +2885,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality.", "id": "AddonsConfig", "properties": { +"agentSandboxConfig": { +"$ref": "AgentSandboxConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon." +}, "cloudRunConfig": { "$ref": "CloudRunConfig", "description": "Configuration for the Cloud Run addon. The `IstioConfig` addon must be enabled in order to enable Cloud Run addon. This option can only be enabled at cluster creation time." @@ -3023,6 +3038,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AgentSandboxConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for the AgentSandbox addon.", +"id": "AgentSandboxConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether AgentSandbox is enabled for this cluster.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AnonymousAuthenticationConfig": { "description": "AnonymousAuthenticationConfig defines the settings needed to limit endpoints that allow anonymous authentication.", "id": "AnonymousAuthenticationConfig", @@ -3511,7 +3537,7 @@ "id": "CertificateAuthorityDomainConfig", "properties": { "fqdns": { -"description": "List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "List of fully qualified domain names (FQDN). Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -3678,6 +3704,10 @@ "$ref": "ConfidentialNodes", "description": "Configuration of Confidential Nodes. All the nodes in the cluster will be Confidential VM once enabled." }, +"controlPlaneEgress": { +"$ref": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"description": "Configuration for control plane egress control." +}, "controlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "$ref": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", "description": "Configuration for all cluster's control plane endpoints." @@ -4259,6 +4289,10 @@ "$ref": "ContainerdConfig", "description": "The desired containerd config for the cluster." }, +"desiredControlPlaneEgress": { +"$ref": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"description": "The desired control plane egress control config for the cluster." +}, "desiredControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "$ref": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", "description": "Control plane endpoints configuration." @@ -4869,6 +4903,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ControlPlaneEgress": { +"description": "ControlPlaneEgress defines the settings needed to enable control plane egress control.", +"id": "ControlPlaneEgress", +"properties": { +"mode": { +"description": "Defines the mode of control plane egress.", +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"VIA_CONTROL_PLANE", +"NONE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value not specified.", +"Control plane has public IP and no restriction on egress.", +"No public IP on control plane and only internal allowlisted egress." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig": { "description": "Configuration for all of the cluster's control plane endpoints.", "id": "ControlPlaneEndpointsConfig", @@ -5878,7 +5933,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "host": { -"description": "Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "Host configures the registry host/mirror. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) and IP addresses. Specifying scheme, port or path is supported. Scheme can only be http or https. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `https://my.customdomain.com/path` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "type": "string" }, "overridePath": { @@ -6287,6 +6342,10 @@ false "description": "Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes.", "id": "LinuxNodeConfig", "properties": { +"accurateTimeConfig": { +"$ref": "AccurateTimeConfig", +"description": "Optional. The accurate time configuration for the node pool." +}, "cgroupMode": { "description": "cgroup_mode specifies the cgroup mode to be used on the node.", "enum": [ @@ -7272,7 +7331,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/", +"description": "The Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to apply to each node. The values in this field are added to the set of default labels Kubernetes applies to nodes. This field has the following restrictions: * Labels must use a valid Kubernetes syntax and character set, as defined in https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/#syntax-and-character-set. * This field supports up to 1,024 total characters in a single request. Depending on the Kubernetes version, keys in this field might conflict with the keys of the default labels, which might change which of your labels are applied to the nodes. Assume that the behavior is unpredictable and avoid label key conflicts. For more information about the default labels, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/labels-annotations-taints/", "type": "object" }, "linuxNodeConfig": { @@ -8697,7 +8756,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "server": { -"description": "Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - my.customdomain.com - 10.0.1.2:5000", +"description": "Defines the host name of the registry server, which will be used to create configuration file as /etc/containerd/hosts.d//hosts.toml. It supports fully qualified domain names (FQDN) and IP addresses: Specifying port is supported, while scheme and path are NOT supported. Wildcards are NOT supported. Examples: - `my.customdomain.com` - `10.0.1.2:5000`", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json index 5f9ed103e0..075e2d22f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.list", @@ -211,6 +211,53 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"queryUserRootContents": { +"description": "Returns the contents of a caller's root folder in a given location. The root folder contains all resources that are created by the user and not contained in any other folder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:queryUserRootContents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.queryUserRootContents", +"parameterOrder": [ +"location" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter=\"display_name=\"MyFolder\"\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Required. Location of the user root folder whose contents to list. Format: projects/*/locations/*", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: display_name (default), created_at, last_modified_at. Examples: - `orderBy=\"display_name\"` - `orderBy=\"display_name desc\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryUserRootContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryUserRootFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+location}:queryUserRootContents", +"response": { +"$ref": "QueryUserRootContentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "updateConfig": { "description": "Update default config for a given project and location. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/config", @@ -250,6 +297,116 @@ "resources": { "folders": { "methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Folder in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The location in which to create the Folder. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/folders", +"request": { +"$ref": "Folder" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Folder" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Folder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The Folder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"deleteTree": { +"description": "Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:deleteTree", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.deleteTree", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The Folder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:deleteTree", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeleteFolderTreeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Fetches a single Folder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The Folder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Folder" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:getIamPolicy", @@ -282,6 +439,117 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"move": { +"description": "Moves a Folder to a new Folder, TeamFolder, or the root location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:move", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.move", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource name of the Folder to move.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:move", +"request": { +"$ref": "MoveFolderRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a single Folder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The Folder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the fields to be updated in the Folder. If left unset, all fields that can be updated, will be updated. A few fields cannot be updated and will be ignored if specified in the update_mask (e.g. parent_name, team_folder_name).", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Folder" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Folder" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"queryFolderContents": { +"description": "Returns the contents of a given Folder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:queryFolderContents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.queryFolderContents", +"parameterOrder": [ +"folder" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter=\"display_name=\"MyFolder\"\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"folder": { +"description": "Required. Name of the folder whose contents to list. Format: projects/*/locations/*/folders/*", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: display_name (default), create_time, last_modified_time. Examples: - `orderBy=\"display_name\"` - `orderBy=\"display_name desc\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryFolderContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+folder}:queryFolderContents", +"response": { +"$ref": "QueryFolderContentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:setIamPolicy", @@ -764,6 +1032,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"move": { +"description": "Moves a Repository to a new location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}:move", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.move", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The full resource name of the repository to move.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:move", +"request": { +"$ref": "MoveRepositoryRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "patch": { "description": "Updates a single Repository. **Note:** *This method does not fully implement [AIP/134](https://google.aip.dev/134). The wildcard entry (\\*) is treated as a bad request, and when the `field_mask` is omitted, the request is treated as a full update on all modifiable fields.*", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}", @@ -2327,90 +2624,329 @@ "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.testIamPermissions", "parameterOrder": [ -"resource" +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"writeFile": { +"description": "Writes to a file (inside a Workspace).", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}:writeFile", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.writeFile", +"parameterOrder": [ +"workspace" +], +"parameters": { +"workspace": { +"description": "Required. The workspace's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+workspace}:writeFile", +"request": { +"$ref": "WriteFileRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "WriteFileResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"teamFolders": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new TeamFolder in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The location in which to create the TeamFolder. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/teamFolders", +"request": { +"$ref": "TeamFolder" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TeamFolder" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single TeamFolder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The TeamFolder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"deleteTree": { +"description": "Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}:deleteTree", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.deleteTree", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The TeamFolder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{team_folder}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:deleteTree", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Fetches a single TeamFolder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The TeamFolder's name.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "TeamFolder" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a single TeamFolder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" ], "parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the fields to be updated in the Folder. If left unset, all fields will be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"path": "v1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +"$ref": "TeamFolder" }, "response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "TeamFolder" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"writeFile": { -"description": "Writes to a file (inside a Workspace).", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}:writeFile", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.writeFile", +"queryContents": { +"description": "Returns the contents of a given TeamFolder.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}:queryContents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.queryContents", "parameterOrder": [ -"workspace" +"teamFolder" ], "parameters": { -"workspace": { -"description": "Required. The workspace's name.", +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter=\"display_name=\"MyFolder\"\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Will order Folders before Repositories, and then by `order_by` in ascending order. Supported keywords: `display_name` (default), `create_time`, last_modified_time. Examples: - `orderBy=\"display_name\"` - `orderBy=\"display_name desc\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of paths to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous `QueryTeamFolderContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `QueryTeamFolderContents`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"teamFolder": { +"description": "Required. Name of the team_folder whose contents to list. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+workspace}:writeFile", -"request": { -"$ref": "WriteFileRequest" -}, +"path": "v1/{+teamFolder}:queryContents", "response": { -"$ref": "WriteFileResponse" +"$ref": "QueryTeamFolderContentsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -} -} -} -} }, -"teamFolders": { -"methods": { -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}:getIamPolicy", +"search": { +"description": "Returns all TeamFolders in a given location that the caller has access to and match the provided filter.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders:search", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.getIamPolicy", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.search", "parameterOrder": [ -"resource" +"location" ], "parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Optional filtering for the returned list. Filtering is currently only supported on the `display_name` field. Example: - `filter=\"display_name=\"MyFolder\"\"`", "location": "query", -"type": "integer" +"type": "string" }, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": { +"description": "Required. Location in which to query TeamFolders. Format: `projects/*/locations/*`.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to additionally sort results by. Supported keywords: `display_name` (default), `create_time`, `last_modified_time`. Examples: - `orderBy=\"display_name\"` - `orderBy=\"display_name desc\"`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of TeamFolders to return. The server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous `SearchTeamFolders` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `SearchTeamFolders`, with the exception of `page_size`, must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"path": "v1/{+location}/teamFolders:search", "response": { -"$ref": "Policy" +"$ref": "SearchTeamFoldersResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", @@ -2482,7 +3018,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260317", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionErrorTable": { @@ -3118,6 +3654,28 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"DeleteFolderTreeRequest": { +"description": "`DeleteFolderTree` request message.", +"id": "DeleteFolderTreeRequest", +"properties": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest": { +"description": "`DeleteTeamFolderTree` request message.", +"id": "DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest", +"properties": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DirectoryEntry": { "description": "Represents a single entry in a directory.", "id": "DirectoryEntry", @@ -3312,6 +3870,67 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Folder": { +"description": "Represents a Dataform Folder. This is a resource that is used to organize Files and other Folders and provide hierarchical access controls.", +"id": "Folder", +"properties": { +"containingFolder": { +"description": "Optional. The containing Folder resource name. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}, projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}, or just projects/{project}/locations/{location} if this is a root Folder. This field can only be updated through MoveFolder.", +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"creatorIamPrincipal": { +"description": "Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the Folder.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The Folder's user-friendly name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"internalMetadata": { +"description": "Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The Folder's name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"teamFolderName": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Folder is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Folder is not associated with a TeamFolder and is a UserFolder.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp of when the Folder was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FolderContentsEntry": { +"description": "Represents a single content entry.", +"id": "FolderContentsEntry", +"properties": { +"folder": { +"$ref": "Folder", +"description": "A subfolder." +}, +"repository": { +"$ref": "Repository", +"description": "A repository." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GitRemoteSettings": { "description": "Controls Git remote configuration for a repository.", "id": "GitRemoteSettings", @@ -3808,6 +4427,28 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"MoveFolderRequest": { +"description": "`MoveFolder` request message.", +"id": "MoveFolderRequest", +"properties": { +"destinationContainingFolder": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the Folder to. Can be in the format of: \"\" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MoveRepositoryRequest": { +"description": "`MoveRepository` request message.", +"id": "MoveRepositoryRequest", +"properties": { +"destinationContainingFolder": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the repository to. Can be in the format of: \"\" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Notebook": { "description": "Represents a notebook.", "id": "Notebook", @@ -4117,6 +4758,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"QueryFolderContentsResponse": { +"description": "`QueryFolderContents` response message.", +"id": "QueryFolderContentsResponse", +"properties": { +"entries": { +"description": "List of entries in the folder.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FolderContentsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "QueryRepositoryDirectoryContentsResponse": { "description": "`QueryRepositoryDirectoryContents` response message.", "id": "QueryRepositoryDirectoryContentsResponse", @@ -4135,6 +4794,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"QueryTeamFolderContentsResponse": { +"description": "`QueryTeamFolderContents` response message.", +"id": "QueryTeamFolderContentsResponse", +"properties": { +"entries": { +"description": "List of entries in the TeamFolder.", +"items": { +"$ref": "TeamFolderContentsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QueryUserRootContentsResponse": { +"description": "`QueryUserRootContents` response message.", +"id": "QueryUserRootContentsResponse", +"properties": { +"entries": { +"description": "List of entries in the folder.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RootContentsEntry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "QueryWorkflowInvocationActionsResponse": { "description": "`QueryWorkflowInvocationActions` response message.", "id": "QueryWorkflowInvocationActionsResponse", @@ -4416,6 +5111,10 @@ "description": "Represents a Dataform Git repository.", "id": "Repository", "properties": { +"containingFolder": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the containing folder of the repository. The field is immutable and it can be modified via a MoveRepository operation. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`. or `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp of when the repository was created.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -4467,6 +5166,11 @@ "description": "Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository.", "type": "boolean" }, +"teamFolderName": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the TeamFolder that this Repository is associated with. This should take the format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{teamFolder}. If this is not set, the Repository is not associated with a TeamFolder.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "workspaceCompilationOverrides": { "$ref": "WorkspaceCompilationOverrides", "description": "Optional. If set, fields of `workspace_compilation_overrides` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json when creating workspace-scoped compilation results. See documentation for `WorkspaceCompilationOverrides` for more information." @@ -4498,6 +5202,21 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"RootContentsEntry": { +"description": "Represents a single content entry.", +"id": "RootContentsEntry", +"properties": { +"folder": { +"$ref": "Folder", +"description": "A subfolder." +}, +"repository": { +"$ref": "Repository", +"description": "A repository." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ScheduledExecutionRecord": { "description": "A record of an attempt to create a workflow invocation for this workflow config.", "id": "ScheduledExecutionRecord", @@ -4573,6 +5292,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SearchTeamFoldersResponse": { +"description": "`SearchTeamFolders` response message.", +"id": "SearchTeamFoldersResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"results": { +"description": "List of TeamFolders that match the search query.", +"items": { +"$ref": "TeamFolderSearchResult" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SetIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", "id": "SetIamPolicyRequest", @@ -4670,6 +5407,69 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"TeamFolder": { +"description": "Represents a Dataform TeamFolder. This is a resource that sits at the project level and is used to organize Repositories and Folders with hierarchical access controls. They provide a team context and stricter access controls.", +"id": "TeamFolder", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"creatorIamPrincipal": { +"description": "Output only. The IAM principal identifier of the creator of the TeamFolder.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The TeamFolder's user-friendly name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"internalMetadata": { +"description": "Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The TeamFolder's name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp of when the TeamFolder was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TeamFolderContentsEntry": { +"description": "Represents a single content entry.", +"id": "TeamFolderContentsEntry", +"properties": { +"folder": { +"$ref": "Folder", +"description": "A subfolder." +}, +"repository": { +"$ref": "Repository", +"description": "A repository." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TeamFolderSearchResult": { +"description": "Represents a single content entry.", +"id": "TeamFolderSearchResult", +"properties": { +"teamFolder": { +"$ref": "TeamFolder", +"description": "A TeamFolder resource that is in the project / location." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TestIamPermissionsRequest": { "description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", "id": "TestIamPermissionsRequest", @@ -4939,6 +5739,10 @@ "description": "Output only. A data encryption state of a Git repository if this Workspace is protected by a KMS key.", "readOnly": true }, +"disableMoves": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, workspaces will not be moved if its linked Repository is moved. Instead, it will be deleted.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "internalMetadata": { "description": "Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json index 32d1fb10eb..4d3caa63bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.list", @@ -307,7 +307,8 @@ ], "parameters": { "folderId": { -"description": "The ID to use for the Folder, which will become the final component of the Folder's resource name.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: This field is not used. The resource name is generated automatically. The ID to use for the Folder, which will become the final component of the Folder's resource name.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -357,6 +358,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"deleteTree": { +"description": "Deletes a Folder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}:deleteTree", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.folders.deleteTree", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The Folder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/folders/{folder}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/folders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:deleteTree", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeleteFolderTreeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Fetches a single Folder.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/folders/{foldersId}", @@ -2675,7 +2705,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "teamFolderId": { -"description": "The ID to use for the TeamFolder, which will become the final component of the TeamFolder's resource name.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: This field is not used. The resource name is generated automatically. The ID to use for the TeamFolder, which will become the final component of the TeamFolder's resource name.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -2718,6 +2749,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"deleteTree": { +"description": "Deletes a TeamFolder with its contents (Folders, Repositories, Workspaces, ReleaseConfigs, and WorkflowConfigs).", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}:deleteTree", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataform.projects.locations.teamFolders.deleteTree", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The TeamFolder's name. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/teamFolders/{team_folder}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/teamFolders/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:deleteTree", +"request": { +"$ref": "DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Fetches a single TeamFolder.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/teamFolders/{teamFoldersId}", @@ -2970,7 +3030,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260317", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionErrorTable": { @@ -3606,6 +3666,28 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"DeleteFolderTreeRequest": { +"description": "`DeleteFolderTree` request message.", +"id": "DeleteFolderTreeRequest", +"properties": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest": { +"description": "`DeleteTeamFolderTree` request message.", +"id": "DeleteTeamFolderTreeRequest", +"properties": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If `false` (default): The operation will fail if any Repository within the folder hierarchy has associated Release Configs or Workflow Configs. If `true`: The operation will attempt to delete everything, including any Release Configs and Workflow Configs linked to Repositories within the folder hierarchy. This permanently removes schedules and resources.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DirectoryEntry": { "description": "Represents a single entry in a directory.", "id": "DirectoryEntry", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json index f1afc4e42d..5e2a0c58f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ "partnerLinks": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"description": "Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`", "flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/partnerLinks", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.create", @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"description": "Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`", "flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/partnerLinks/{partnerLinksId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.delete", @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ ] }, "search": { -"description": "Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"description": "Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}`", "flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/partnerLinks:search", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.search", @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260307", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://datamanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdIdentifiers": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json index 445810d629..9a2fcab128 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datamigration.projects.locations.list", @@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260304", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": { @@ -6081,6 +6081,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The name of the specific database within the host.", "type": "string" }, +"enableIamAuthentication": { +"description": "Optional. If true, Database Migration Service will use IAM database authentication to connect to the database.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "forwardSshConnectivity": { "$ref": "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity", "description": "Forward SSH tunnel connectivity." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json index b53254eddb..e8d49b87af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datamigration.projects.locations.list", @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260225", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json index dd06276f15..80e5792d1c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json @@ -5032,7 +5032,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260219", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -6325,6 +6325,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CohortInfo": { +"description": "Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to.", +"id": "CohortInfo", +"properties": { +"cohort": { +"description": "Output only. Final cohort that was used to tune the workload.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"cohortSource": { +"description": "Output only. Source of the cohort.", +"enum": [ +"COHORT_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"USER_PROVIDED", +"AIRFLOW" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Cohort source is unspecified.", +"Indicates that the cohort was explicitly provided.", +"Composed from the labels coming from Airflow/Composer." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ConfidentialInstanceConfig": { "description": "Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs)", "id": "ConfidentialInstanceConfig", @@ -7543,6 +7570,14 @@ "description": "Instance flexibility Policy allowing a mixture of VM shapes and provisioning models.", "id": "InstanceFlexibilityPolicy", "properties": { +"instanceMachineTypes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Output only. A map of instance short name to machine type. The key is the short name of the Compute Engine instance, and the value is the full machine-type name (e.g., 'n1-standard-16'). See Machine types for more information on valid machine type strings.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, "instanceSelectionList": { "description": "Optional. List of instance selection options that the group will use when creating new VMs.", "items": { @@ -9912,6 +9947,11 @@ "description": "Output only. Approximate workload resource usage, calculated when the workload completes (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).Note: This metric calculation may change in the future, for example, to capture cumulative workload resource consumption during workload execution (see the Dataproc Serverless release notes (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/docs/release-notes) for announcements, changes, fixes and other Dataproc developments).", "readOnly": true }, +"cohortInfo": { +"$ref": "CohortInfo", +"description": "Output only. Information about the cohort that the workload belongs to.", +"readOnly": true +}, "currentUsage": { "$ref": "UsageSnapshot", "description": "Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json index fca93544df..af0e76dfb0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json @@ -120,11 +120,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -340,11 +335,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -1121,7 +1111,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json index 31dd9566c1..f8b7363f05 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json @@ -120,11 +120,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -340,11 +335,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -630,7 +620,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json index 61d9938747..29d3543e9c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json @@ -120,11 +120,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -340,11 +335,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-datastore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -798,7 +788,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json index 32119a28c4..ca25fd6ec1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datastream.projects.locations.list", @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260318", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppendOnly": { @@ -2184,7 +2184,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "field": { -"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", +"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[0].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[2].type[1]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[0].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[2].type[1]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", "type": "string" }, "localizedMessage": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json index 0afc1bf835..bdc18c2430 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datastream.projects.locations.list", @@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260318", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvroFileFormat": { @@ -1840,7 +1840,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "field": { -"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", +"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[0].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[2].type[1]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[0].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[2].type[1]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", "type": "string" }, "localizedMessage": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json index 1d907b7958..b4e7eace69 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "developerconnect.projects.locations.list", @@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://developerconnect.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountConnector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json index 70186a0f6f..3fbf30f8ab 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json @@ -8780,7 +8780,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -13658,6 +13658,50 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesAppSpec": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesAppSpec", +"properties": { +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesToolSpec": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesToolSpec", +"properties": { +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata", "properties": { @@ -15277,6 +15321,18 @@ true "agentCoachingContext": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2AgentCoachingContext" }, +"cesAppSpecs": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesAppSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"cesToolSpecs": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CesToolSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -15310,6 +15366,12 @@ true }, "type": "array" }, +"toolsetTools": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ToolsetTool" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "triggerEvent": { "enum": [ "TRIGGER_EVENT_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -19724,6 +19786,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -19771,6 +19842,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, @@ -19968,6 +20048,31 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ToolsetTool": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ToolsetTool", +"properties": { +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"operationId": { +"type": "string" +}, +"toolset": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2TrainAgentRequest": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2TrainAgentRequest", "properties": {}, @@ -22887,6 +22992,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -22934,6 +23048,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index d58fc85f43..880afbe694 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -8431,7 +8431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -14963,6 +14963,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -15010,6 +15019,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, @@ -15998,6 +16016,50 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesAppSpec": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesAppSpec", +"properties": { +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesToolSpec": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesToolSpec", +"properties": { +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata", "properties": { @@ -17349,6 +17411,18 @@ true "agentCoachingContext": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1AgentCoachingContext" }, +"cesAppSpecs": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesAppSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"cesToolSpecs": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1CesToolSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -17382,6 +17456,12 @@ true }, "type": "array" }, +"toolsetTools": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ToolsetTool" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "triggerEvent": { "enum": [ "TRIGGER_EVENT_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -20128,6 +20208,9 @@ true "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1PhoneNumber": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1PhoneNumber", "properties": { +"allowedSipTrunks": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1PhoneNumberAllowedSipTrunks" +}, "conversationProfile": { "type": "string" }, @@ -20151,6 +20234,29 @@ true "phoneNumber": { "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"purgeTime": { +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1PhoneNumberAllowedSipTrunks": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1PhoneNumberAllowedSipTrunks", +"properties": { +"carrierIds": { +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sipTrunks": { +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -22321,6 +22427,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -22368,6 +22483,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, @@ -22565,6 +22689,31 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ToolsetTool": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1ToolsetTool", +"properties": { +"confirmationRequirement": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIRMATION_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUIRED", +"NOT_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"operationId": { +"type": "string" +}, +"toolset": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1TrainAgentRequest": { "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1TrainAgentRequest", "properties": {}, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json index 3294810403..cd5b8a25d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json @@ -5031,7 +5031,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Action": { @@ -15772,6 +15772,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -15819,6 +15828,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, @@ -18651,6 +18669,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -18698,6 +18725,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json index 7d363235ea..ca516a5da9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json @@ -5151,7 +5151,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -16817,6 +16817,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -16864,6 +16873,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, @@ -19696,6 +19714,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, @@ -19743,6 +19770,15 @@ true "answerRecord": { "type": "string" }, +"cesApp": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesTool": { +"type": "string" +}, +"cesToolset": { +"type": "string" +}, "content": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json index 11a64fa0e5..1e41bc8221 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataConnector$", "required": true, @@ -4022,12 +4022,16 @@ }, "resources": { "agents": { +"resources": { +"a2a": { +"resources": { +"v1": { "methods": { "getCard": { "description": "GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/card", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/card", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.getCard", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.getCard", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant" ], @@ -4040,7 +4044,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+tenant}/card", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/card", "response": { "$ref": "A2aV1AgentCard" }, @@ -4054,9 +4058,9 @@ "methods": { "send": { "description": "Send a message to the agent. This is a blocking call that will return the task once it is completed, or a LRO if requested.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/message:send", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/message:send", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.message.send", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.message.send", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant" ], @@ -4069,7 +4073,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+tenant}/message:send", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/message:send", "request": { "$ref": "A2aV1SendMessageRequest" }, @@ -4082,9 +4086,9 @@ }, "stream": { "description": "SendStreamingMessage is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events until the Task is in an interrupted or terminal state.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/message:stream", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/message:stream", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.message.stream", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.message.stream", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant" ], @@ -4097,7 +4101,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+tenant}/message:stream", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/message:stream", "request": { "$ref": "A2aV1SendMessageRequest" }, @@ -4110,43 +4114,13 @@ } } }, -"operations": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/operations/{operationsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.operations.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -} -} -}, "tasks": { "methods": { "cancel": { "description": "Cancel a task from the agent. If supported one should expect no more task updates for the task.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}:cancel", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.cancel", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.cancel", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "name" @@ -4167,7 +4141,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+tenant}/{+name}:cancel", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+name}:cancel", "request": { "$ref": "A2aV1CancelTaskRequest" }, @@ -4180,9 +4154,9 @@ }, "get": { "description": "Get the current state of a task from the agent.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.get", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.get", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "name" @@ -4209,7 +4183,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+tenant}/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "A2aV1Task" }, @@ -4219,9 +4193,9 @@ }, "subscribe": { "description": "TaskSubscription is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events. This attaches the stream to an existing in process task. If the task is complete the stream will return the completed task (like GetTask) and close the stream.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}:subscribe", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}:subscribe", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.subscribe", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.subscribe", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "name" @@ -4242,7 +4216,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+tenant}/{+name}:subscribe", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+name}:subscribe", "response": { "$ref": "A2aV1StreamResponse" }, @@ -4256,9 +4230,9 @@ "methods": { "create": { "description": "Set a push notification config for a task.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.create", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.create", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "parent" @@ -4284,7 +4258,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+tenant}/{+parent}", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+parent}", "request": { "$ref": "A2aV1TaskPushNotificationConfig" }, @@ -4297,9 +4271,9 @@ }, "delete": { "description": "Delete a push notification config for a task.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.delete", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "name" @@ -4320,7 +4294,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+tenant}/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" }, @@ -4330,9 +4304,9 @@ }, "get": { "description": "Get a push notification config for a task.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.get", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.get", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "name" @@ -4353,7 +4327,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+tenant}/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "A2aV1TaskPushNotificationConfig" }, @@ -4363,9 +4337,9 @@ }, "list": { "description": "Get a list of push notifications configured for a task.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/a2a/v1/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.list", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.a2a.v1.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.list", "parameterOrder": [ "tenant", "parent" @@ -4397,7 +4371,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+tenant}/{+parent}/pushNotificationConfigs", +"path": "v1/{+tenant}/a2a/v1/{+parent}/pushNotificationConfigs", "response": { "$ref": "A2aV1ListTaskPushNotificationConfigResponse" }, @@ -4413,6 +4387,40 @@ } } }, +"operations": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, "completionConfig": { "methods": { "completeQuery": { @@ -9011,12 +9019,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order.", +"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -9158,7 +9166,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260317", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "A2aV1APIKeySecurityScheme": { @@ -14588,7 +14596,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -14662,8 +14670,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -14782,7 +14789,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -15506,7 +15513,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "indexTime": { -"description": "Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", +"description": "Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -15602,7 +15609,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "indexTime": { -"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed.", +"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, @@ -17029,8 +17036,9 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -24153,7 +24161,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -24227,8 +24235,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -24347,7 +24354,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -26573,8 +26580,9 @@ false "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -31599,8 +31607,9 @@ false "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json index 6fbe23e5cf..3471224f42 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json @@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataConnector$", "required": true, @@ -5683,7 +5683,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filters the Agents list. Supported fields: * `display_name`: display name of the agent. Supports `=`, `:`. * `id`: ID of the agent. Supports `=`. * `state`: state of the agent. Supports `=`. * `type`: type of the agent. Supports `=` (e.g., \"GOOGLE_MADE\", \"OUR_AGENTS\"). * `create_time`: timestamp when the agent was created. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. * `update_time`: timestamp when the agent was last updated. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. * `has_active_iam_proposals`: whether the agent has pending proposals. Supports `=`. Examples: * `display_name = \"My Agent\"` * `type = \"GOOGLE_MADE\"` * `create_time > \"2023-01-01T00:00:00Z\"` * `has_active_iam_proposals = true`", +"description": "Optional. Filters the Agents list. Supported fields: * `display_name`: display name of the agent. Supports `=`, `:`. * `id`: ID of the agent. Supports `=`. * `state`: state of the agent. Supports `=`. * `create_time`: timestamp when the agent was created. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. * `update_time`: timestamp when the agent was last updated. Supports `=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`. Examples: * `display_name = \"My Agent\"` * `create_time > \"2023-01-01T00:00:00Z\"`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -12077,12 +12077,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order.", +"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -12195,7 +12195,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260317", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -13764,7 +13764,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -13838,8 +13838,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -13958,7 +13957,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -15601,8 +15600,9 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -22212,7 +22212,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -22286,8 +22286,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -22406,7 +22405,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -23287,7 +23286,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "indexTime": { -"description": "Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", +"description": "Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -23383,7 +23382,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "indexTime": { -"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed.", +"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, @@ -25744,8 +25743,9 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -34799,8 +34799,9 @@ false "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json index 804dc1182f..7962dbd09a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json @@ -8989,12 +8989,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "orderBy": { -"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields: * `license_assignment_state` * `user_principal` * `user_profile` * `last_login_date` * `update_time` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order. * `license_assignment_state` to order by `license_assignment_state` in ascending order. * `last_login_date desc` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order. * `update_time desc` to order by `update_time` in descending order. * `last_login_date desc, user_principal` to order by `last_login_date` in descending order and then by `user_principal` in ascending order.", +"description": "Optional. The order in which the UserLicenses are listed. The value must be a comma-separated list of fields. Default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a \" desc\" suffix. Redundant space characters in the syntax are insignificant. Supported fields (only `user_principal` is supported for now): * `user_principal` If not set, the default ordering is by `user_principal`. Examples: * `user_principal` to order by `user_principal` in ascending order. * `user_principal desc` to order by `user_principal` in descending order.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 1000. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -9107,7 +9107,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260317", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -10676,7 +10676,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -10750,8 +10750,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -10870,7 +10869,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -12513,8 +12512,9 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -16163,7 +16163,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "egressFqdns": { -"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs. Note: This field is derived from both the DataConnector.params, and connector source spec. It should only be used for CAIS and Org Policy evaluation purposes.", +"description": "Output only. The list of FQDNs of the data connector can egress to. This includes both FQDN derived from the customer provided instance URL and default per connector type FQDNs.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -16237,8 +16237,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The full resource name of the Data Connector. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataConnector`.", "type": "string" }, "nextSyncTime": { @@ -16357,7 +16356,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "vpcscEnabled": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled. This is only used for CuOP evaluation purpose.", +"description": "Output only. Whether the connector is created with VPC-SC enabled.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } @@ -18583,8 +18582,9 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -25856,7 +25856,7 @@ false "readOnly": true }, "indexTime": { -"description": "Output only. The last time the document was indexed. If this field is set, the document could be returned in search results. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", +"description": "Output only. The time when the document was last indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours. If this field is not populated, it means the document has never been indexed.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -25952,7 +25952,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "indexTime": { -"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed.", +"description": "The time when the document was indexed. If this field is populated, it means the document has been indexed. While documents typically become searchable within seconds of indexing, it can sometimes take up to a few hours.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, @@ -27528,8 +27528,9 @@ false "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"description": "Output only. Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", "format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json index b56115ff79..6e46653750 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json @@ -5128,7 +5128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260307", +"revision": "20260321", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { @@ -6521,6 +6521,10 @@ "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ByteContentItem", "description": "Content data to inspect or redact. Replaces `type` and `data`." }, +"contentMetadata": { +"$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ContentMetadata", +"description": "User provided metadata for the content." +}, "table": { "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Table", "description": "Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more." @@ -6568,6 +6572,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GooglePrivacyDlpV2ContentMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata on content to be scanned.", +"id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2ContentMetadata", +"properties": { +"properties": { +"description": "User provided key-value pairs of content metadata.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2KeyValueMetadataProperty" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2CreateConnectionRequest": { "description": "Request message for CreateConnection.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2CreateConnectionRequest", @@ -10326,6 +10344,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GooglePrivacyDlpV2KeyValueMetadataProperty": { +"description": "A key-value pair in the Metadata.", +"id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2KeyValueMetadataProperty", +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "The key of the property.", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "The value of the property.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GooglePrivacyDlpV2KindExpression": { "description": "A representation of a Datastore kind.", "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2KindExpression", @@ -10823,12 +10856,14 @@ "enum": [ "METADATATYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "STORAGE_METADATA", -"CONTENT_METADATA" +"CONTENT_METADATA", +"CLIENT_PROVIDED_METADATA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unused", "General file metadata provided by Cloud Storage.", -"Metadata extracted from the files." +"Metadata extracted from the files.", +"Metadata provided by the client." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json index 0dafa87179..6fc60fd70a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDocumentTabRequest": { @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "locale": { -"description": "The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`.", +"description": "The language code of the DateElement. For example, `en`. If unset, the default locale is `en`. Limited to the following locales: `af`, `am`, `ar`, `as`, `az`, `be`, `bg`, `bn`, `ca`, `cs`, `da`, `de`, `el`, `en`, `en-CA`, `en-GB`, `es`, `es-419`, `et`, `eu`, `fa`, `fi`, `fil`, `fr`, `fr-CA`, `gl`, `gu`, `hi`, `hr`, `hu`, `hy`, `id`, `is`, `it`, `iw`, `ja`, `ka`, `kk`, `km`, `kn`, `ko`, `lo`, `lt`, `lv`, `mk`, `ml`, `mn`, `mr`, `ms`, `ne`, `nl`, `no`, `or`, `pa`, `pl`, `pt-BR`, `pt-PT`, `ro`, `ru`, `si`, `sk`, `sl`, `sq`, `sr`, `sv`, `sw`, `ta`, `te`, `th`, `tr`, `uk`, `ur`, `uz`, `vi`, `zh-CN`, `zh-HK`, `zh-TW`, `zu`, `cy`, `my`.", "type": "string" }, "timeFormat": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json index e628812dfc..371d770949 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": " Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.", +"description": " Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.", "flatPath": "drives", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.drives.list", @@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": " Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).", +"description": " Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v2/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download & export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.files.get", @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ "useMediaDownloadService": true }, "insert": { -"description": " Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `\"title\": \"cat.jpg\"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.", +"description": " Inserts a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.insert` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `title` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `\"title\": \"cat.jpg\"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.", "flatPath": "files", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "drive.files.insert", @@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ "supportsMediaUpload": true }, "list": { -"description": " Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.", +"description": " Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.", "flatPath": "files", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.files.list", @@ -2202,7 +2202,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": " Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).", +"description": " Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "drive.files.update", @@ -3897,7 +3897,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260318", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json index f209ef721a..d3d23026d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": " Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.", +"description": " Lists the user's shared drives. This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. For more information, see the [Search for shared drives](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-shareddrives) guide.", "flatPath": "drives", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.drives.list", @@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ ] }, "create": { -"description": " Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `\"name\": \"cat.jpg\"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.", +"description": " Creates a file. For more information, see [Create and manage files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/create-file). This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with the `create` method must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `\"name\": \"cat.jpg\"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `name` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the name. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.", "flatPath": "files", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "drive.files.create", @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": " Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).", +"description": " Gets a file's metadata or content by ID. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). If you provide the URL parameter `alt=media`, then the response includes the file contents in the response body. Downloading content with `alt=media` only works if the file is stored in Drive. To download Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides use [`files.export`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/files/export) instead. For more information, see [Download and export files](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-downloads).", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.files.get", @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ "useMediaDownloadService": true }, "list": { -"description": " Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.", +"description": " Lists the user's files. For more information, see [Search for files and folders](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/search-files). This method accepts the `q` parameter, which is a search query combining one or more search terms. This method returns *all* files by default, including trashed files. If you don't want trashed files to appear in the list, use the `trashed=false` query parameter to remove trashed files from the results.", "flatPath": "files", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "drive.files.list", @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": " Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).", +"description": " Updates a file's metadata, content, or both. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:* `*/*` (Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information, see [Google Workspace and Google Drive supported MIME types](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/mime-types).) For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "drive.files.update", @@ -2803,7 +2803,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json index cd3d33e373..041990e56f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "resource": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "resource": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to compute contacts for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The resource to save this contact for. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to delete. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the contact to retrieve. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/contacts/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "resource": { -"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization_id}, folders/{folder_id} or projects/{project_id}", +"description": "Required. The name of the resource to send the test message for. All contacts must either be set directly on this resource or inherited from another resource that is an ancestor of this one. Format: organizations/{organization}, folders/{folder} or projects/{project} (where {project} is the project number)", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250522", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": { @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1SendTestMessageRequest", "properties": { "contacts": { -"description": "Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization_id}/contacts/{contact_id}, folders/{folder_id}/contacts/{contact_id} or projects/{project_id}/contacts/{contact_id}", +"description": "Required. The list of names of the contacts to send a test message to. Format: organizations/{organization}/contacts/{contact}, folders/{folder}/contacts/{contact} or projects/{project}/contacts/{contact} (where {project} is the project number)", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json index ad315537e6..3949e19c14 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "eventarc.projects.locations.list", @@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260206", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json index 966adc4f66..2fcae31a2c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sourceBackupdrBackup": { -"description": "The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready", +"description": "The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`,", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json index 660291a2be..ea1b9e7312 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { @@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sourceBackupdrBackup": { -"description": "The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, TODO (b/443690479) - Remove visibility restrictions once the feature is ready", +"description": "The resource name of the BackupDR backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupVaults/{backupvault_id}/dataSources/{datasource_id}/backups/{backup_id}`,", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1.json index 250133fc2b..dc1dd6d844 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "firebaseapphosting.projects.locations.list", @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseapphosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ArchiveSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1beta.json index 65c76403de..8be10fd1a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseapphosting.v1beta.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "firebaseapphosting.projects.locations.list", @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260305", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseapphosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ArchiveSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1.json index 51d44d3b6e..f3887c459b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "firebasedataconnect.projects.locations.list", @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260301", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedataconnect.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json index 2f152f38f0..f38c865d5d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedataconnect.v1beta.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "firebasedataconnect.projects.locations.list", @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260301", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedataconnect.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json index 45b834f117..fc43a83f3b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260315", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Date": { @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.", +"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots, colons and dashes, with a maximum length of 128.", "type": "string" }, "parameters": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json index aab47e2bc0..c28f29a3b1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json @@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -341,11 +336,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -2304,7 +2294,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "firestore.projects.locations.list", @@ -2445,7 +2435,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260304", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json index 33407648b9..83c211677d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json @@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -341,11 +336,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -1441,7 +1431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260304", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json index 8cda03e2c3..1bf51e2933 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json @@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -341,11 +336,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "europe-west15" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://batch-firestore.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west2" }, @@ -877,7 +867,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json index 92ea4627c5..1a6060974f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json index 1c08265806..60a7795597 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -2510,7 +2510,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json index dd8bc230db..6343e27a1f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json index b30f34cdd9..0f38888494 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplianceCluster": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json index ce43fb7d89..5e6b06d718 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2.json @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json index 11b1ee9a7a..cc8f48e0f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json index 3638e45b20..5072a8d13a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2beta.json @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "gkehub.projects.locations.list", @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceState": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index ce9b6e84f9..416184fdff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -1888,6 +1888,34 @@ }, "workloadIdentityPools": { "methods": { +"addAttestationRule": { +"description": "Add an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. The total attestation rules after addition must not exceed 50.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}:addAttestationRule", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "iam.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.addAttestationRule", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to add an attestation rule to.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloadIdentityPools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:addAttestationRule", +"request": { +"$ref": "AddAttestationRuleRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "create": { "description": "Creates a new WorkloadIdentityPool. You cannot reuse the name of a deleted pool until 30 days after deletion.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools", @@ -2040,6 +2068,47 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"listAttestationRules": { +"description": "List all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}:listAttestationRules", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "iam.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.listAttestationRules", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A query filter. Supports the following function: * `container_ids()`: Returns only the AttestationRules under the specific container ids. The function expects a comma-delimited list with only project numbers and must use the format `projects/`. For example: `container_ids(projects/, projects/,...)`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of AttestationRules to return. If unspecified, at most 50 AttestationRules are returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 are truncated to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListWorkloadIdentityPoolProviderKeys` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to list attestation rules of.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloadIdentityPools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:listAttestationRules", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAttestationRulesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "patch": { "description": "Updates an existing WorkloadIdentityPool.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}", @@ -2074,6 +2143,62 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"removeAttestationRule": { +"description": "Remove an AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}:removeAttestationRule", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "iam.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.removeAttestationRule", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to remove an attestation rule from.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloadIdentityPools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:removeAttestationRule", +"request": { +"$ref": "RemoveAttestationRuleRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setAttestationRules": { +"description": "Set all AttestationRule on a WorkloadIdentityPoolManagedIdentity. A maximum of 50 AttestationRules can be set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}:setAttestationRules", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "iam.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.setAttestationRules", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the managed identity or namespace resource to add an attestation rule to.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloadIdentityPools/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setAttestationRules", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetAttestationRulesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the IAM policies on a WorkloadIdentityPool", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}:setIamPolicy", @@ -4132,7 +4257,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessRestrictions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json index 067f894d48..ed8d8a942d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/managedkafka.v1.json @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "managedkafka.projects.locations.list", @@ -3186,7 +3186,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://managedkafka.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1.json index 36666d65c6..a4acce561d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1.json @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the unpadded base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260318", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutomatedDiscounts": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json index 565e59429e..a1cbd3be94 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVMtc2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", +"description": "Required. The name of the product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` The `{product}` segment is a unique identifier for the product. This identifier must be unique within a merchant account and generally follows the structure: `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `en~US~sku123` For legacy local products, the structure is: `local~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. Example: `local~en~US~sku123` The format of the `{product}` segment in the URL is automatically detected by the server, supporting two options: 1. **Encoded Format**: The `{product}` segment is an unpadded base64url encoded string (RFC 4648 Section 5). The decoded string must result in the `content_language~feed_label~offer_id` structure. This encoding MUST be used if any part of the product identifier (like `offer_id`) contains characters such as `/`, `%`, or `~`. * Example: To represent the product ID `en~US~sku/123`, the `{product}` segment must be the unpadded base64url encoding of this string, which is `ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. The full resource name for the product would be `accounts/123/products/ZW5-VVN-c2t1LzEyMw`. 2. **Plain Format**: The `{product}` segment is the tilde-separated string `content_language~feed_label~offer_id`. This format is suitable only when `content_language`, `feed_label`, and `offer_id` do not contain URL-problematic characters like `/`, `%`, or `~`. We recommend using the **Encoded Format** for all product IDs to ensure correct parsing, especially those containing special characters. The presence of tilde (`~`) characters in the `{product}` segment is used to differentiate between the two formats. Note: For calls to the v1beta version, the plain format is `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id`, for example: `accounts/123/products/online~en~US~sku123`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/products/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attributes": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json index 2e53eb1603..370fd9d9fb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json index 37f7d5a082..5ed2023153 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json index 4f0f7c5474..1d0f3527f7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the ListLocationsRequest.name field: Global locations: If name is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. Project-specific locations: If name follows the format projects/{project}, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project.For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the name field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json index b20da55409..14b3c59fcc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1alpha1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "migrationcenter.projects.locations.list", @@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260310", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json index 2c1e22dc67..03642d171d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "netapp.projects.locations.list", @@ -2827,7 +2827,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260318", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveDirectory": { @@ -4051,18 +4051,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"LargeCapacityConfig": { -"description": "Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool.", -"id": "LargeCapacityConfig", -"properties": { -"constituentCount": { -"description": "Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ListActiveDirectoriesResponse": { "description": "ListActiveDirectoriesResponse contains all the active directories requested.", "id": "ListActiveDirectoriesResponse", @@ -5295,20 +5283,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, -"scaleTier": { -"description": "Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`.", -"enum": [ -"SCALE_TIER_UNSPECIFIED", -"SCALE_TIER_STANDARD", -"SCALE_TIER_ENTERPRISE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The default value. This value is unused.", -"The standard capacity and performance tier. Suitable for general purpose workloads.", -"A higher capacity and performance tier. Suitable for more demanding workloads." -], -"type": "string" -}, "serviceLevel": { "description": "Required. Service level of the storage pool", "enum": [ @@ -5654,10 +5628,6 @@ "description": "Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume.", "type": "boolean" }, -"largeCapacityConfig": { -"$ref": "LargeCapacityConfig", -"description": "Optional. Large capacity config for the volume." -}, "ldapEnabled": { "description": "Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json index e7e95ea05f..287af6260d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "netapp.projects.locations.list", @@ -2827,7 +2827,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260318", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveDirectory": { @@ -4056,7 +4056,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "LargeCapacityConfig": { -"description": "Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool.", +"description": "Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 4.8 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool.", "id": "LargeCapacityConfig", "properties": { "constituentCount": { @@ -5300,16 +5300,31 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "scaleTier": { -"description": "Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Use scale_type instead. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`.", "enum": [ "SCALE_TIER_UNSPECIFIED", "SCALE_TIER_STANDARD", "SCALE_TIER_ENTERPRISE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The default value. This value is unused.", -"The standard capacity and performance tier. Suitable for general purpose workloads.", -"A higher capacity and performance tier. Suitable for more demanding workloads." +"Deprecated: Use ScaleType instead. The default value. This value is unused.", +"Deprecated: Use ScaleType instead. The standard capacity and performance tier. Suitable for general purpose workloads.", +"Deprecated: Use ScaleType instead. A higher capacity and performance tier. Suitable for more demanding workloads." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"scaleType": { +"description": "Optional. The scale type of the storage pool. Defaults to `SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT` if not specified.", +"enum": [ +"SCALE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCALE_TYPE_DEFAULT", +"SCALE_TYPE_SCALEOUT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified scale type.", +"The standard capacity and performance scale-type. Suitable for general purpose workloads.", +"A higher scale-type. Suitable for more demanding workloads." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json index 0bb1d03548..f32af0c03d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.list", @@ -2468,6 +2468,81 @@ } } }, +"remoteTransportProfiles": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single RemoteTransportProfile.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/remoteTransportProfiles/{remoteTransportProfilesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/remoteTransportProfiles/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "RemoteTransportProfile" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists RemoteTransportProfiles in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/remoteTransportProfiles", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.remoteTransportProfiles.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListRemoteTransportProfilesRequest.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/remoteTransportProfiles", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListRemoteTransportProfilesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "serviceClasses": { "methods": { "delete": { @@ -2530,37 +2605,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses/{serviceClassesId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceClasses.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceClasses/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists ServiceClasses in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses", @@ -2645,62 +2689,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses/{serviceClassesId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceClasses.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceClasses/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceClasses/{serviceClassesId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceClasses.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceClasses/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } } }, @@ -2804,37 +2792,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps/{serviceConnectionMapsId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionMaps/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists ServiceConnectionMaps in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps", @@ -2919,62 +2876,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps/{serviceConnectionMapsId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionMaps/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionMaps/{serviceConnectionMapsId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionMaps.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionMaps/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } } }, @@ -3122,37 +3023,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{serviceConnectionPoliciesId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionPolicies/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists ServiceConnectionPolicies in a given project and location.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies", @@ -3237,64 +3107,8 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{serviceConnectionPoliciesId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionPolicies/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serviceConnectionPolicies/{serviceConnectionPoliciesId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.serviceConnectionPolicies.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serviceConnectionPolicies/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} +} +} }, "serviceConnectionTokens": { "methods": { @@ -3557,88 +3371,326 @@ "resource": { "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists the Network Connectivity Center spokes in a specified project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "An expression that filters the list of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sort the results by a certain order.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of results to return per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/spokes", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSpokesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the parameters of a Network Connectivity Center spoke.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The name of the spoke. Spoke names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{region}/spokes/{spoke_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server knows to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check to see whether the original operation was received. If it was, the server ignores the second request. This behavior prevents clients from mistakenly creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID, with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. In the case of an update to an existing spoke, field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field is overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask, then all fields are overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Spoke" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"transports": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Transport in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transports", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.transports.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Value for parent.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"transportId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the requesting object", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/transports", +"request": { +"$ref": "Transport" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Transport.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transports/{transportsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.transports.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/transports/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Transport.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transports/{transportsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.transports.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/transports/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "Policy" +"$ref": "Transport" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists the Network Connectivity Center spokes in a specified project and location.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes", +"description": "Lists Transports in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transports", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.list", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.transports.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "An expression that filters the list of results.", +"description": "Optional. Filtering results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Sort the results by a certain order.", +"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { -"description": "The maximum number of results to return per page.", +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "The page token.", +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource.", +"description": "Required. Parent value for ListTransportsRequest.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/spokes", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/transports", "response": { -"$ref": "ListSpokesResponse" +"$ref": "ListTransportsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates the parameters of a Network Connectivity Center spoke.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}", +"description": "Updates the parameters of a single Transport.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/transports/{transportsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.patch", +"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.transports.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The name of the spoke. Spoke names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{region}/spokes/{spoke_id}`", +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/transports/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "requestId": { -"description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server knows to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check to see whether the original operation was received. If it was, the server ignores the second request. This behavior prevents clients from mistakenly creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID, with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. In the case of an update to an existing spoke, field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field is overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask, then all fields are overwritten.", +"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Transport resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields present in the request will be overwritten.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -3646,7 +3698,7 @@ }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "Spoke" +"$ref": "Transport" }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" @@ -3654,62 +3706,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/spokes/{spokesId}:testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.spokes.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/spokes/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } } } @@ -3718,7 +3714,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptHubSpokeRequest": { @@ -5531,6 +5527,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListRemoteTransportProfilesResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing RemoteTransportProfiles", +"id": "ListRemoteTransportProfilesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"remoteTransportProfiles": { +"description": "The list of RemoteTransportProfiles.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RemoteTransportProfile" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListRouteTablesResponse": { "description": "Response for HubService.ListRouteTables method.", "id": "ListRouteTablesResponse", @@ -5706,6 +5727,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListTransportsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Transports.", +"id": "ListTransportsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"transports": { +"description": "The list of Transport.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Transport" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Location": { "description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", "id": "Location", @@ -6475,6 +6521,132 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RemoteTransportProfile": { +"description": "Message describing RemoteTransportProfile object.", +"id": "RemoteTransportProfile", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Output only. Description of the profile.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Output only. Human readable name of this profile, used to identify this profile in the UI.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"flow": { +"description": "Output only. Type of provisioning flows supported by this profile.", +"enum": [ +"KEY_PROVISIONING_FLOW_UNSPECIFIED", +"INPUT_ONLY", +"OUTPUT_ONLY", +"INPUT_OR_OUTPUT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified key provisioning flow.", +"The activationKey field on the Transport must be included in a create or patch request to establish connectivity.", +"The generatedActivationKey field is populated and must be read from the resource and passed into the other provider.", +"Both activation key fields are allowed for establishing connectivity. If a key is input, the generated key is still present after provisioning is finished." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Output only. Labels as key value pairs.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource in the format of $provider-$site.", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderState": { +"description": "Output only. Order state for this profile.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CLOSED", +"OPEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"Not enough capacity for customers to order.", +"Enough capacity to fulfill an order." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"provider": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the provider on the other end of this profile. E.g. \u201cAmazon Web Services\u201d or \u201cMicrosoft Azure\u201d.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"providerSite": { +"description": "Output only. If the profile is a Cloud Service Provider with compute resources, this is populated with the region where connectivity is being established. If the profile provides facility-level selection, this is an identity of the facility any connections on this profile are going through.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sla": { +"description": "Output only. Availability class that will be configured for this particular RemoteTransportProfile.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_LEVEL_AVAILABILITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"HIGH", +"MAXIMUM" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified service level availability.", +"This represents a 99.9% service level on the availability of the configured connectivity.", +"This represents a 99.99% service level on the availability of the configured connectivity." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"supportedBandwidths": { +"description": "Output only. List of bandwidth enum values that are supported by this profile.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"BANDWIDTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"BPS_50M", +"BPS_100M", +"BPS_200M", +"BPS_300M", +"BPS_400M", +"BPS_500M", +"BPS_1G", +"BPS_2G", +"BPS_5G", +"BPS_10G", +"BPS_20G", +"BPS_50G", +"BPS_100G" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified bandwidth.", +"50 Megabits per second.", +"100 Megabits per second.", +"200 Megabits per second.", +"300 Megabits per second.", +"400 Megabits per second.", +"500 Megabits per second.", +"1 Gigabit per second.", +"2 Gigabits per second.", +"5 Gigabits per second.", +"10 Gigabits per second.", +"20 Gigabits per second.", +"50 Gigabits per second.", +"100 Gigabits per second." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Route": { "description": "A route defines a path from VM instances within a spoke to a specific destination resource. Only VPC spokes have routes.", "id": "Route", @@ -7398,6 +7570,152 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Transport": { +"description": "Message describing Transport object.", +"id": "Transport", +"properties": { +"advertisedRoutes": { +"description": "Optional. List of IP Prefixes that will be advertised to the remote provider. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"bandwidth": { +"description": "Optional. Bandwidth of the Transport. This must be one of the supported bandwidths for the remote profile, and must be set when no activation key is being provided.", +"enum": [ +"BANDWIDTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"BPS_50M", +"BPS_100M", +"BPS_200M", +"BPS_300M", +"BPS_400M", +"BPS_500M", +"BPS_1G", +"BPS_2G", +"BPS_5G", +"BPS_10G", +"BPS_20G", +"BPS_50G", +"BPS_100G" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified bandwidth.", +"50 Megabits per second.", +"100 Megabits per second.", +"200 Megabits per second.", +"300 Megabits per second.", +"400 Megabits per second.", +"500 Megabits per second.", +"1 Gigabit per second.", +"2 Gigabits per second.", +"5 Gigabits per second.", +"10 Gigabits per second.", +"20 Gigabits per second.", +"50 Gigabits per second.", +"100 Gigabits per second." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Create time stamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the Transport.", +"type": "string" +}, +"generatedActivationKey": { +"description": "Output only. Google-generated activation key. This is only output if the selected profile supports an OUTPUT key flow. Inputting this to the provider is only valid while the resource is in a PENDING_KEY state. Once the provider has accepted the key, the resource will move to the CONFIGURING state.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs.", +"type": "object" +}, +"mtuLimit": { +"description": "Output only. The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of a packet that can be sent over this transport.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"network": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Resource URI of the Network that will be peered with this Transport. This field must be provided during resource creation and cannot be changed.", +"type": "string" +}, +"peeringNetwork": { +"description": "Output only. VPC Network URI that was created for the VPC Peering connection to the provided `network`. If VPC Peering is disconnected, this can be used to re-establish.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"providedActivationKey": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Key used for establishing a connection with the remote transport. This key can only be provided if the profile supports an INPUT key flow and the resource is in the PENDING_KEY state.", +"type": "string" +}, +"remoteAccountId": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. The user supplied account id for the CSP associated with the remote profile.", +"type": "string" +}, +"remoteProfile": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Name of the remoteTransportProfile that this Transport is connecting to.", +"type": "string" +}, +"stackType": { +"description": "Optional. IP version stack for the established connectivity.", +"enum": [ +"STACK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IPV4_ONLY", +"IPV4_IPV6" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified stack type.", +"Only IPv4 is supported. (default)", +"Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. State of the underlying connectivity.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"PENDING_CONFIG", +"PENDING_KEY", +"ACTIVE", +"DELETING", +"DEPROVISIONED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"The resource exists locally and is being created / associated with the resource on the remote provider\u2019s end of the underlying connectivity.", +"The Transport exists on both sides of the connection, and is waiting for configuration to finalize and be verified as operational.", +"The Transport was created in GCP. Depending on the profile\u2019s key provisioning flow, this is either waiting for an activation key to be input (the key will be validated that it uses remote resources that match the Transport), or for the generated key to be input to the provider for finalizing. The configured bandwidth is not yet guaranteed.", +"The Transport is configured and the underlying connectivity is considered operational.", +"The Transport is being deleted from GCP. The underlying connectivity is no longer operational.", +"The Transport was deleted on the remote provider's end and is no longer operational. GCP has insufficient information to move the resource back to PENDING_KEY state." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Update time stamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "VirtualMachine": { "description": "VM instances that this policy-based route applies to.", "id": "VirtualMachine", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json index 70ebae9805..87a55f2abe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.list", @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260326", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocationOptions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json index 3bcfffb516..8b5a83bfd7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.list", @@ -5523,7 +5523,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260226", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { @@ -5782,6 +5782,20 @@ "description": "Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`.", "type": "string" }, +"policyProfile": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Defines the type of authorization being performed. If not specified, `REQUEST_AUTHZ` is applied. This field cannot be changed once AuthzPolicy is created.", +"enum": [ +"POLICY_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED", +"REQUEST_AUTHZ", +"CONTENT_AUTHZ" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified policy profile.", +"Applies to request authorization. `CUSTOM` authorization policies with Authz extensions will be allowed with `EXT_AUTHZ_GRPC` or `EXT_PROC_GRPC` protocols. Extensions are invoked only for request header events.", +"Applies to content security, sanitization, etc. Only `CUSTOM` action is allowed in this policy profile. AuthzExtensions in the custom provider must support `EXT_PROC_GRPC` protocol only and be capable of receiving all `EXT_PROC_GRPC` events (REQUEST_HEADERS, REQUEST_BODY, REQUEST_TRAILERS, RESPONSE_HEADERS, RESPONSE_BODY, RESPONSE_TRAILERS) with `FULL_DUPLEX_STREAMED` body send mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, "target": { "$ref": "AuthzPolicyTarget", "description": "Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to." @@ -6014,6 +6028,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"mcp": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCP", +"description": "Optional. Defines the MCP protocol attributes to match on. If the MCP payload in the request body cannot be successfully parsed, the request will be denied. This field can be set only for AuthzPolicies targeting AgentGateway resources." +}, "methods": { "description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive. Limited to 10 methods per Authorization Policy.", "items": { @@ -6045,6 +6063,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCP": { +"description": "Describes a set of MCP protocol attributes to match against for a given MCP request.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCP", +"properties": { +"baseProtocolMethodsOption": { +"description": "Optional. If specified, matches on the MCP protocol\u2019s non-access specific methods namely: * initialize * completion/ * logging/ * notifications/ * ping Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS if not specified.", +"enum": [ +"BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS", +"MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified option. Defaults to SKIP_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS.", +"Skip matching on the base MCP protocol methods.", +"Match on the base MCP protocol methods." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"methods": { +"description": "Optional. A list of MCP methods and associated parameters to match on. It is recommended to use this field to match on tools, prompts and resource accesses while setting the baseProtocolMethodsOption to MATCH_BASE_PROTOCOL_METHODS to match on all the other MCP protocol methods. Limited to 10 MCP methods per Authorization Policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCPMethod" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCPMethod": { +"description": "Describes a set of MCP methods to match against.", +"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationMCPMethod", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The MCP method to match against. Allowed values are as follows: 1. `tools`, `prompts`, `resources` - these will match against all sub methods under the respective methods. 2. `prompts/list`, `tools/list`, `resources/list`, `resources/templates/list` 3. `prompts/get`, `tools/call`, `resources/subscribe`, `resources/unsubscribe`, `resources/read` Params cannot be specified for categories 1 and 2.", +"type": "string" +}, +"params": { +"description": "Optional. A list of MCP method parameters to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 10 MCP method parameters per Authorization Policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider": { "description": "Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions.", "id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider", @@ -6085,7 +6149,7 @@ "id": "AuthzPolicyTarget", "properties": { "loadBalancingScheme": { -"description": "Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service).", +"description": "Optional. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service).", "enum": [ "LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME_UNSPECIFIED", "INTERNAL_MANAGED", @@ -6407,7 +6471,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "billingProjectId": { -"description": "Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.", +"description": "Optional. Project to charge for the deployed firewall endpoint. This field must be specified when creating the endpoint in the organization scope, and should be omitted otherwise.", "type": "string" }, "createTime": { @@ -7180,6 +7244,12 @@ "description": "Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.", "type": "string" }, +"networkCookie": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier used by the data-path. See the NSI GENEVE format for more details: https://docs.cloud.google.com/network-security-integration/docs/understand-geneve#network_id", +"format": "uint32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, "reconciling": { "description": "Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index c3bf34591b..63e8cbf783 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkservices.projects.locations.list", @@ -3191,7 +3191,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index 54f3cd0c01..00cd1c88c8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkservices.projects.locations.list", @@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthzExtension": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json index 37ce798fdd..3fea22b8a4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/folders/{foldersId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "observability.folders.locations.list", @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "observability.organizations.locations.list", @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "observability.projects.locations.list", @@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://observability.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json index af97c65434..ae2f9ac564 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260316", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -1904,6 +1904,11 @@ "description": "An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.", "id": "Occurrence", "properties": { +"advisoryPublishTime": { +"description": "The time this advisory was published by the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, "attestation": { "$ref": "AttestationOccurrence", "description": "Describes an attestation of an artifact." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json index f5fe4151fd..48eda18d63 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260316", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -1899,6 +1899,11 @@ "description": "An instance of an analysis type that has been found on a resource.", "id": "Occurrence", "properties": { +"advisoryPublishTime": { +"description": "The time this advisory was published by the source.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, "attestation": { "$ref": "AttestationOccurrence", "description": "Describes an attestation of an artifact." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json index 4b9b226e0a..cd288936d1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "oracledatabase.projects.locations.list", @@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260316", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://oracledatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllConnectionStrings": { @@ -4246,7 +4246,7 @@ "id": "Database", "properties": { "adminPassword": { -"description": "Required. The password for the default ADMIN user.", +"description": "Optional. The password for the default ADMIN user.", "type": "string" }, "characterSet": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json index bd5f24b3db..5f9a42f954 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptSettings": { @@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@ "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileResource", "properties": { "content": { -"description": "A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", +"description": "A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", "type": "string" }, "file": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json index 079f54856b..cfd308b320 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260108", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CVSSv3": { @@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileResource", "properties": { "content": { -"description": "A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", +"description": "A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", "type": "string" }, "file": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json index 0748e1c404..bd35d27b9e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2.json @@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260108", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { @@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "reconciling": { -"description": "Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator.", +"description": "Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileResource", "properties": { "content": { -"description": "A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", +"description": "A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", "type": "string" }, "file": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json index 425e3dfbe8..6bf5193a96 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json @@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260108", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { @@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "reconciling": { -"description": "Output only. Set to true, if the there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator.", +"description": "Output only. Set to true, if there are ongoing changes being applied by the orchestrator.", "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, @@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ "id": "OSPolicyResourceFileResource", "properties": { "content": { -"description": "A a file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", +"description": "A file with this content. The size of the content is limited to 32KiB.", "type": "string" }, "file": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json index 0a23f49bb4..7e0d91e579 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260208", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { @@ -435,6 +435,10 @@ "description": "Request proto for AutocompletePlaces.", "id": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1AutocompletePlacesRequest", "properties": { +"includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": { +"description": "Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "includePureServiceAreaBusinesses": { "description": "Optional. Include pure service area businesses if the field is set to true. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses do not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. Places will not return fields including `location`, `plus_code`, and other location related fields for these businesses.", "type": "boolean" @@ -1046,13 +1050,15 @@ "BUSINESS_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "OPERATIONAL", "CLOSED_TEMPORARILY", -"CLOSED_PERMANENTLY" +"CLOSED_PERMANENTLY", +"FUTURE_OPENING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", "The establishment is operational, not necessarily open now.", "The establishment is temporarily closed.", -"The establishment is permanently closed." +"The establishment is permanently closed.", +"The establishment will open in the future." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1190,6 +1196,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceNeighborhoodSummary", "description": "A summary of points of interest near the place." }, +"openingDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "The date this place will open in the future. This field is only populated if the business status is FUTURE_OPENING." +}, "outdoorSeating": { "description": "Place provides outdoor seating.", "type": "boolean" @@ -2052,6 +2062,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": { +"description": "Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "includedPrimaryTypes": { "description": "Included primary Place type (e.g. \"restaurant\" or \"gas_station\") from https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types. A place can only have a single primary type from the supported types table associated with it. Up to 50 types from [Table A](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types#table-a) may be specified. If there are any conflicting primary types, i.e. a type appears in both included_primary_types and excluded_primary_types, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If a Place type is specified with multiple type restrictions, only places that satisfy all of the restrictions are returned. For example, if we have {included_types = [\"restaurant\"], excluded_primary_types = [\"restaurant\"]}, the returned places provide \"restaurant\" related services but do not operate primarily as \"restaurants\".", "items": { @@ -2144,6 +2158,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1SearchTextRequestEVOptions", "description": "Optional. Set the searchable EV options of a place search request." }, +"includeFutureOpeningBusinesses": { +"description": "Optional. If true, include businesses that are not yet open but will open in the future.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "includePureServiceAreaBusinesses": { "description": "Optional. Include pure service area businesses if the field is set to true. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses do not have a physical address or location on Google Maps. Places will not return fields including `location`, `plus_code`, and other location related fields for these businesses.", "type": "boolean" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v3beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v3beta.json index 2fc8bb7f27..0c3106475b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v3beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v3beta.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260111", +"revision": "20260329", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterIamV3betaAccessTuple": { @@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ }, "condition": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeExpr", -"description": "Optional. The condition to apply to the policy binding. When set, the `expression` field in the `Expr` must include from 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the \"||\"(Logical OR), \"&&\"(Logical AND) or \"!\"(Logical NOT) operators and cannot contain more than 250 characters. The condition is currently only supported when bound to policies of kind principal access boundary. When the bound policy is a principal access boundary policy, the only supported attributes in any subexpression are `principal.type` and `principal.subject`. An example expression is: \"principal.type == 'iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount'\" or \"principal.subject == 'bob@example.com'\". Allowed operations for `principal.subject`: - `principal.subject == ` - `principal.subject != ` - `principal.subject in []` - `principal.subject.startsWith()` - `principal.subject.endsWith()` Allowed operations for `principal.type`: - `principal.type == ` - `principal.type != ` - `principal.type in []` Supported principal types are Workspace, Workforce Pool, Workload Pool and Service Account. Allowed string must be one of: - iam.googleapis.com/WorkspaceIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/WorkforcePoolIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/WorkloadPoolIdentity - iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount" +"description": "Optional. The condition to apply to the policy binding. When set, the `expression` field in the `Expr` must include from 1 to 10 subexpressions, joined by the \"||\"(Logical OR), \"&&\"(Logical AND) or \"!\"(Logical NOT) operators and cannot contain more than 250 characters. The condition is currently only supported when bound to policies of kind principal access boundary. When the bound policy is a principal access boundary policy, the only supported attributes in any subexpression are `principal.type` and `principal.subject`. An example expression is: \"principal.type == 'iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount'\" or \"principal.subject == 'bob@example.com'\". Allowed operations for `principal.subject`: - `principal.subject == ` - `principal.subject != ` - `principal.subject in []` - `principal.subject.startsWith()` - `principal.subject.endsWith()` Allowed operations for `principal.type`: - `principal.type == ` - `principal.type != ` - `principal.type in []` Supported principal types are workspace, workforce pool, workload pool, service account, and Agent Identity. Allowed string must be one of: - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkspaceIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkforcePoolIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/WorkloadPoolIdentity` - `iam.googleapis.com/ServiceAccount` - `iam.googleapis.com/AgentPoolIdentity` (available in Preview)" }, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when the policy binding was created.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json index a35409a444..6a02d14b59 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "privateca.projects.locations.list", @@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessUrls": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json index 6174a4471e..48075cf38d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "privateca.projects.locations.list", @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json index 21e6238d4a..242b24fb2e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260302", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": { @@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ true "type": "string" }, "extendedVerdictReasons": { -"description": "Output only. Advanced reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of possible reasons is subject to change.", +"description": "Output only. Additional reasons contributing to the risk analysis verdict. These reasons are available to Enterprise tier projects only. Contact sales for more information. The set of reasons is subject to change.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -2059,6 +2059,16 @@ true "SUSPECTED_CARDING", "SUSPECTED_CHARGEBACK" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +true +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default unspecified type.", "Interactions matched the behavior of an automated agent.", @@ -2066,8 +2076,8 @@ true "Traffic volume from the event source is higher than normal.", "Interactions with the site were significantly different than expected patterns.", "Too little traffic has been received from this site thus far to generate quality risk analysis.", -"The request matches behavioral characteristics of a carding attack.", -"The request matches behavioral characteristics of chargebacks for fraud." +"Deprecated: Use FraudPreventionAssessment.transaction_risk and FraudPreventionAssessment.RiskReason.Reason.EXCESSIVE_ENUMERATION_PATTERN instead.", +"Deprecated: Use FraudPreventionAssessment.transaction_risk and FraudPreventionAssessment.RiskReason.Reason.ASSOCIATED_WITH_FRAUD_CLUSTER instead." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json index 79b37880eb..8fac8756be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "redis.projects.locations.list", @@ -208,6 +208,183 @@ } }, "resources": { +"aclPolicies": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"aclPolicyId": { +"description": "Required. The logical name of the ACL Policy in the customer project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID. .", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/aclPolicies", +"request": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Etag of the ACL policy. If this is different from the server's etag, the request will fail with an ABORTED error.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more ACL policies left to be queried. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous ListAclPolicies request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/aclPolicies", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAclPoliciesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Mask of fields to be updated. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from AclPolicy: * `rules`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "backupCollections": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -1103,7 +1280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { @@ -1129,6 +1306,67 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AclPolicy": { +"description": "The ACL policy resource.", +"id": "AclPolicy", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rules": { +"description": "Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AclRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the ACL policy.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"ACL Policy has been created and is fully usable. Since ACL Policy creation is synchronous and not an LRO, there is no CREATING state.", +"ACL Policy is being updated.", +"ACL Policy is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AclRule": { +"description": "A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.", +"id": "AclRule", +"properties": { +"rule": { +"description": "Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: \"on >password123 ~* +@all\" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/", +"type": "string" +}, +"username": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AutomatedBackupConfig": { "description": "The automated backup config for a cluster.", "id": "AutomatedBackupConfig", @@ -1552,6 +1790,11 @@ "description": "Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster.", "type": "string" }, +"aclPolicyInSync": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "allowFewerZonesDeployment": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use.", @@ -2675,7 +2918,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "DatabaseResourceMetadata": { -"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 31", +"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 32", "id": "DatabaseResourceMetadata", "properties": { "availabilityConfiguration": { @@ -2847,6 +3090,23 @@ false "$ref": "ResourceMaintenanceInfo", "description": "Optional. Maintenance info for the resource." }, +"modes": { +"description": "Optional. The modes of the database resource.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MODE_NATIVE", +"MODE_MONGODB_COMPATIBLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default mode.", +"Native mode.", +"MongoDB compatible mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "DatabaseResourceId", "description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." @@ -4038,6 +4298,31 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListAclPoliciesResponse": { +"description": "Response for ListAclPolicies.", +"id": "ListAclPoliciesResponse", +"properties": { +"aclPolicies": { +"description": "A list of ACL policies in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is \"-\", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListBackupCollectionsResponse": { "description": "Response for [ListBackupCollections].", "id": "ListBackupCollectionsResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json index af454e22a7..c535f170c1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "redis.projects.locations.list", @@ -208,6 +208,183 @@ } }, "resources": { +"aclPolicies": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an ACL Policy. The creation is executed synchronously and the policy is available for use immediately after the RPC returns.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"aclPolicyId": { +"description": "Required. The logical name of the ACL Policy in the customer project with the following restrictions: * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID. .", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/aclPolicies", +"request": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a specific Acl Policy. This action will delete the Acl Policy and all the rules associated with it. An ACL policy cannot be deleted if it is attached to a cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Etag of the ACL policy. If this is different from the server's etag, the request will fail with an ABORTED error.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the details of a specific Redis Cluster ACL Policy.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Redis ACL Policy resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/aclPolicies/{acl_policy_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists all ACL Policies owned by a project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. The location should have the following format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more ACL policies left to be queried. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous ListAclPolicies request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/aclPolicies", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAclPoliciesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the ACL policy. The operation applies the updated ACL policy to all of the linked clusters. If Memorystore can apply the policy to all clusters, then the operation returns a SUCCESS status. If Memorystore can't apply the policy to all clusters, then to ensure eventual consistency, Memorystore uses reconciliation to apply the policy to the failed clusters. Completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new ACL Policy object in the response field.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aclPolicies/{aclPoliciesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.aclPolicies.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aclPolicies/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Mask of fields to be updated. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from AclPolicy: * `rules`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "backupCollections": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -1103,7 +1280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260309", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { @@ -1129,6 +1306,67 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AclPolicy": { +"description": "The ACL policy resource.", +"id": "AclPolicy", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. Etag for the ACL policy.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the ACL policy.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rules": { +"description": "Required. The ACL rules within the ACL policy.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AclRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The state of the ACL policy.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVE", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"ACL Policy has been created and is fully usable. Since ACL Policy creation is synchronous and not an LRO, there is no CREATING state.", +"ACL Policy is being updated.", +"ACL Policy is being deleted." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Output only. The version of the ACL policy. Used in drift resolution.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AclRule": { +"description": "A single ACL rule which defines the policy for a user.", +"id": "AclRule", +"properties": { +"rule": { +"description": "Required. The rule to be applied to the username. Ex: \"on >password123 ~* +@all\" The format of the rule is defined by Redis OSS: https://redis.io/docs/latest/operate/oss_and_stack/management/security/acl/", +"type": "string" +}, +"username": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the IAM user or service account to be added to the ACL policy. This username will be directly set on the Redis OSS.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AutomatedBackupConfig": { "description": "The automated backup config for a cluster.", "id": "AutomatedBackupConfig", @@ -1552,6 +1790,11 @@ "description": "Optional. The ACL policy to be applied to the cluster.", "type": "string" }, +"aclPolicyInSync": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Indicates whether the ACL rules applied to the cluster are in sync with the latest ACL policy rules. This field is only applicable if the ACL policy is set for the cluster.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "allowFewerZonesDeployment": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Optional. Immutable. Deprecated, do not use.", @@ -2675,7 +2918,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "DatabaseResourceMetadata": { -"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 31", +"description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 32", "id": "DatabaseResourceMetadata", "properties": { "availabilityConfiguration": { @@ -2847,6 +3090,23 @@ false "$ref": "ResourceMaintenanceInfo", "description": "Optional. Maintenance info for the resource." }, +"modes": { +"description": "Optional. The modes of the database resource.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MODE_NATIVE", +"MODE_MONGODB_COMPATIBLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default mode.", +"Native mode.", +"MongoDB compatible mode." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "primaryResourceId": { "$ref": "DatabaseResourceId", "description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." @@ -4045,6 +4305,31 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListAclPoliciesResponse": { +"description": "Response for ListAclPolicies.", +"id": "ListAclPoliciesResponse", +"properties": { +"aclPolicies": { +"description": "A list of ACL policies in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is \"-\", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AclPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListBackupCollectionsResponse": { "description": "Response for [ListBackupCollections].", "id": "ListBackupCollectionsResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index 58572347d9..66272fa476 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "run.projects.locations.list", @@ -3583,7 +3583,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index bef4dd99d4..6b57845bbc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260313", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { @@ -2964,11 +2964,13 @@ "description": "The medium on which the data is stored. Acceptable values today is only MEMORY or none. When none, the default will currently be backed by memory but could change over time. +optional", "enum": [ "MEDIUM_UNSPECIFIED", -"MEMORY" +"MEMORY", +"DISK" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "When not specified, falls back to the default implementation which is currently in memory (this may change over time).", -"Explicitly set the EmptyDir to be in memory. Uses tmpfs." +"Explicitly set the EmptyDir to be in memory. Uses tmpfs.", +"Explicitly sets the EmptyDir to be a disk." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4485,12 +4487,12 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2RevisionScaling", "properties": { "concurrencyUtilization": { -"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling.", +"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled.", "format": "float", "type": "number" }, "cpuUtilization": { -"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling.", +"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.1` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. CPU and concurrency scaling cannot both be disabled.", "format": "float", "type": "number" }, @@ -5679,7 +5681,8 @@ "type": "string" }, "customAudiences": { -"description": "Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Not supported, and ignored by Cloud Run.", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..afbe2ff9fc --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1.json @@ -0,0 +1,3331 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://saasservicemgmt.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "SaaS Service Management", +"description": "Model, deploy, and operate your SaaS at scale. ", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/saas-runtime/docs", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "saasservicemgmt:v1", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://saasservicemgmt.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "saasservicemgmt", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"projects": { +"resources": { +"locations": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets information about a location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"extraLocationTypes": { +"description": "Optional. Do not use this field. It is unsupported and is ignored unless explicitly documented otherwise. This is primarily for internal usage.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/locations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListLocationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"releases": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new release.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/releases", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.releases.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the release.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"releaseId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new release.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/releases", +"request": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single release.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/releases/{releasesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.releases.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the release. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the release. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/releases/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single release.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/releases/{releasesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.releases.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/releases/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of releases.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/releases", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.releases.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of releases to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the release.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/releases", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListReleasesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single release.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/releases/{releasesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.releases.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/releases/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Release resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Release will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"rolloutKinds": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new rollout kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rolloutKinds", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the rollout kind.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutKindId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new rollout kind.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/rolloutKinds", +"request": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single rollout kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rolloutKinds/{rolloutKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the rollout kind. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the rollout kind. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rolloutKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single rollout kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rolloutKinds/{rolloutKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rolloutKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of rollout kinds.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rolloutKinds", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of rollout kinds to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the rollout kind.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/rolloutKinds", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListRolloutKindsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single rollout kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rolloutKinds/{rolloutKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rolloutKinds.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rolloutKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the RolloutKind resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the RolloutKind will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"rollouts": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new rollout.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rollouts", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rollouts.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the rollout.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new rollout.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/rollouts", +"request": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single rollout.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rollouts/{rolloutsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rollouts.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the rollout. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the rollout. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rollouts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single rollout.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rollouts/{rolloutsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rollouts.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rollouts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of rollouts.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rollouts", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rollouts.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of rollouts to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the rollout.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/rollouts", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListRolloutsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single rollout.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/rollouts/{rolloutsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.rollouts.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/rollouts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Rollout resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Rollout will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"saas": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new saas.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/saas", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.saas.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the saas.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"saasId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new saas.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/saas", +"request": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single saas.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/saas/{saasId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.saas.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the saas. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the saas. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/saas/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single saas.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/saas/{saasId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.saas.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/saas/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of saas.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/saas", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.saas.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of saas to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the saas.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/saas", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSaasResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single saas.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/saas/{saasId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.saas.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/saas/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Saas resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Saas will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"tenants": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new tenant.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tenants", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.tenants.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the tenant.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"tenantId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new tenant.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/tenants", +"request": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single tenant.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tenants/{tenantsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.tenants.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the tenant. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the tenant. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tenants/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single tenant.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tenants/{tenantsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.tenants.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tenants/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of tenants.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tenants", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.tenants.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of tenants to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the tenant.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/tenants", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListTenantsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single tenant.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tenants/{tenantsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.tenants.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tenants/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Tenant resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Tenant will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"unitKinds": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new unit kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitKinds", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitKinds.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit kind.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKindId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new unit kind.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/unitKinds", +"request": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single unit kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitKinds/{unitKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitKinds.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit kind. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit kind. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single unit kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitKinds/{unitKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitKinds.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of unit kinds.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitKinds", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitKinds.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of unit kinds to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit kind.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/unitKinds", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUnitKindsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single unit kind.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitKinds/{unitKindsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitKinds.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitKinds/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UnitKind resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the UnitKind will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"unitOperations": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new unit operation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitOperations", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitOperations.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit operation.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitOperationId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new unit operation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/unitOperations", +"request": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single unit operation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitOperations/{unitOperationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitOperations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit operation. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit operation. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitOperations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single unit operation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitOperations/{unitOperationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitOperations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitOperations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of unit operations.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitOperations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitOperations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of unit operations to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit operation.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/unitOperations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUnitOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single unit operation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/unitOperations/{unitOperationsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.unitOperations.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/unitOperations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UnitOperation resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the UnitOperation will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, +"units": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Create a new unit.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/units", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.units.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitId": { +"description": "Required. The ID value for the new unit.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/units", +"request": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Delete a single unit.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/units/{unitsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.units.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag known to the client for the expected state of the unit. This is used with state-changing methods to prevent accidental overwrites when multiple user agents might be acting in parallel on the same resource. An etag wildcard provide optimistic concurrency based on the expected existence of the unit. The Any wildcard (`*`) requires that the resource must already exists, and the Not Any wildcard (`!*`) requires that it must not.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/units/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieve a single unit.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/units/{unitsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.units.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the resource within a service.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/units/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieve a collection of units.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/units", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.units.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter the list as specified in https://google.aip.dev/160.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Order results as specified in https://google.aip.dev/132.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of units to send per page.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The page token: If the next_page_token from a previous response is provided, this request will send the subsequent page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent of the unit.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/units", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUnitsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Update a single unit.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/units/{unitsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "saasservicemgmt.projects.locations.units.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/units/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Unit resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields in the Unit will be overwritten.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "If \"validate_only\" is set to true, the service will try to validate that this request would succeed, but will not actually make changes.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20260318", +"rootUrl": "https://saasservicemgmt.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"Aggregate": { +"description": "Represents the aggregation of a set of population of like records by a certain group. For example, a collection of unit counts can be aggregated and grouped by their state.", +"id": "Aggregate", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "Required. Number of records in the group.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"group": { +"description": "Required. Group by which to aggregate.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Blueprint": { +"description": "Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit. Metadata such as, type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint (e.g. terraform, helm etc) and version will come from the image manifest. If the hostname is omitted, it will be assumed to be the regional path to Artifact Registry (eg. us-east1-docker.pkg.dev).", +"id": "Blueprint", +"properties": { +"engine": { +"description": "Output only. Type of the engine used to actuate the blueprint. e.g. terraform, helm etc.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"package": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. URI to a blueprint used by the Unit (required unless unitKind or release is set).", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Output only. Version metadata if present on the blueprint.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Dependency": { +"description": "Dependency represent a single dependency with another unit kind by alias.", +"id": "Dependency", +"properties": { +"alias": { +"description": "Required. An alias for the dependency. Used for input variable mapping.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKind": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The unit kind of the dependency.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Deprovision": { +"description": "Deprovision is the unit operation that deprovision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.", +"id": "Deprovision", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Empty": { +"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", +"id": "Empty", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ErrorBudget": { +"description": "The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused.", +"id": "ErrorBudget", +"properties": { +"allowedCount": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of failed units allowed in a location without pausing the rollout.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"allowedPercentage": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum percentage of units allowed to fail (0, 100] within a location without pausing the rollout.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"FromMapping": { +"description": "Output variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies", +"id": "FromMapping", +"properties": { +"dependency": { +"description": "Required. Alias of the dependency that the outputVariable will pass its value to", +"type": "string" +}, +"outputVariable": { +"description": "Required. Name of the outputVariable on the dependency", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudLocationLocation": { +"description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", +"id": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}", +"type": "object" +}, +"locationId": { +"description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListLocationsResponse": { +"description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", +"id": "ListLocationsResponse", +"properties": { +"locations": { +"description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The standard List next-page token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListReleasesResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListReleases method.", +"id": "ListReleasesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListReleases call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"releases": { +"description": "The resulting releases.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Release" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListRolloutKindsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListRolloutKinds method.", +"id": "ListRolloutKindsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListRolloutKinds call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutKinds": { +"description": "The resulting rollout kinds.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RolloutKind" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListRolloutsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListRollouts method.", +"id": "ListRolloutsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListRollouts call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rollouts": { +"description": "The resulting rollouts.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Rollout" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListSaasResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListSaas method.", +"id": "ListSaasResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListSaas call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"saas": { +"description": "The resulting saas.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Saas" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListTenantsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListTenants method.", +"id": "ListTenantsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListTenants call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tenants": { +"description": "The resulting tenants.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Tenant" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListUnitKindsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListUnitKinds method.", +"id": "ListUnitKindsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnitKinds call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKinds": { +"description": "The resulting unit kinds.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitKind" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListUnitOperationsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListUnitOperations method.", +"id": "ListUnitOperationsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnitOperations call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitOperations": { +"description": "The resulting unit operations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitOperation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListUnitsResponse": { +"description": "The response structure for the ListUnits method.", +"id": "ListUnitsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnits call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"units": { +"description": "The resulting units.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Unit" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Location": { +"description": "Location information that the service is available in.", +"id": "Location", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Optional. Name of location.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MaintenanceSettings": { +"description": "Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future.", +"id": "MaintenanceSettings", +"properties": { +"pinnedUntilTime": { +"description": "Optional. If present, it fixes the release on the unit until the given time; i.e. changes to the release field will be rejected. Rollouts should and will also respect this by not requesting an upgrade in the first place.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Provision": { +"description": "Provision is the unit operation that provision the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is not currently provisioned.", +"id": "Provision", +"properties": { +"inputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"release": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Release": { +"description": "A new version to be propagated and deployed to units. This includes pointers to packaged blueprints for actuation (e.g Helm or Terraform configuration packages) via artifact registry.", +"id": "Release", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"blueprint": { +"$ref": "Blueprint", +"description": "Optional. Blueprints are OCI Images that contain all of the artifacts needed to provision a unit." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"inputVariableDefaults": { +"description": "Optional. Mapping of input variables to default values. Maximum 100", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"inputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of input variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit spec", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/releases/{release}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"outputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of output variables declared on the blueprint and can be present with their values on the unit status", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"releaseRequirements": { +"$ref": "ReleaseRequirements", +"description": "Optional. Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release." +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKind": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Reference to the UnitKind this Release corresponds to (required and immutable once created).", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ReleaseRequirements": { +"description": "Set of requirements to be fulfilled on the Unit when using this Release.", +"id": "ReleaseRequirements", +"properties": { +"upgradeableFromReleases": { +"description": "Optional. A list of releases from which a unit can be upgraded to this one (optional). If left empty no constraints will be applied. When provided, unit upgrade requests to this release will check and enforce this constraint.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Rollout": { +"description": "Represents a single rollout execution and its results", +"id": "Rollout", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"control": { +"$ref": "RolloutControl", +"description": "Optional. Requested change to the execution of this rollout. Default RolloutControl.action is ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN meaning the rollout will be executed to completion while progressing through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). Requests can only be made when the Rollout is in a non-terminal state." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deleteTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"effectiveUnitFilter": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Output only snapshot of the effective unit filter at Rollout start time. Contains a CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) expression consisting of a conjunction of Rollout.unit_filter and RolloutKind.unit_filter. This field captures the filter applied by the Rollout to determine the Unit population. If the associated RolloutKind's unit_filter is modified after the rollout is started, it will not be updated here.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout finished execution (regardless of success, failure, or cancellation). Will be empty if the rollout hasn't finished yet. Once set, the rollout is in terminal state and all the results are final.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollout/{rollout_id}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"parentRollout": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The direct parent rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}\"", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"release": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Name of the Release that gets rolled out to target Units. Required if no other type of release is specified.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutKind": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Name of the RolloutKind this rollout is stemming from and adhering to.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": { +"description": "Optional. The strategy used for executing this Rollout. This strategy will override whatever strategy is specified in the RolloutKind. If not specified on creation, the strategy from RolloutKind will be used. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - \"Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce\" - \"Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime\" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the targeted UnitKind's Saas Locations.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rootRollout": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The root rollout that this rollout is stemming from. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rollouts/{rollout_id}\"", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout started executing. Will be empty if the rollout hasn't started yet.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the rollout.", +"enum": [ +"ROLLOUT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_RUNNING", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_PAUSED", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_SUCCEEDED", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_FAILED", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_CANCELLED", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_WAITING", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_CANCELLING", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_RESUMING", +"ROLLOUT_STATE_PAUSING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"Rollout is in progress.", +"Rollout has been paused.", +"Rollout completed successfully.", +"Rollout has failed.", +"Rollout has been canceled.", +"Rollout is waiting for some condition to be met before starting.", +"Rollout is being canceled.", +"Rollout is being resumed.", +"Rollout is being paused." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateMessage": { +"description": "Output only. Human readable message indicating details about the last state transition.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateTransitionTime": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The time when the rollout transitioned into its current state.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stats": { +"$ref": "RolloutStats", +"description": "Optional. Output only. Details about the progress of the rollout.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unitFilter": { +"description": "Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout. If not provided, the unit_filter from the RolloutKind will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RolloutControl": { +"description": "RolloutControl provides a way to request a change to the execution of a Rollout by pausing or canceling it.", +"id": "RolloutControl", +"properties": { +"action": { +"description": "Required. Action to be performed on the Rollout. The default behavior is to run the rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state.", +"enum": [ +"ROLLOUT_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ROLLOUT_ACTION_RUN", +"ROLLOUT_ACTION_PAUSE", +"ROLLOUT_ACTION_CANCEL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified action, will be treated as RUN by default.", +"Run the Rollout until it naturally reaches a terminal state. A rollout requested to run will progress through all natural Rollout States (such as RUNNING -> SUCCEEDED or RUNNING -> FAILED). If retriable errors are encountered during the rollout, the rollout will paused by default and can be resumed by re-requesting this RUN action.", +"Pause the Rollout until it is resumed (i.e. RUN is requested).", +"Cancel the Rollout permanently." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"runParams": { +"$ref": "RunRolloutActionParams", +"description": "Optional. Parameters for the RUN action. It is an error to specify this if the RolloutAction is not set to RUN. By default, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RolloutKind": { +"description": "An object that describes various settings of Rollout execution. Includes built-in policies across GCP and GDC, and customizable policies.", +"id": "RolloutKind", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"errorBudget": { +"$ref": "ErrorBudget", +"description": "Optional. The configuration for error budget. If the number of failed units exceeds max(allowed_count, allowed_ratio * total_units), the rollout will be paused. If not set, all units will be attempted to be updated regardless of the number of failures encountered." +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"rolloutOrchestrationStrategy": { +"description": "Optional. The strategy used for executing a Rollout. This is a required field. There are two supported values strategies which are used to control - \"Google.Cloud.Simple.AllAtOnce\" - \"Google.Cloud.Simple.OneLocationAtATime\" A rollout with one of these simple strategies will rollout across all locations defined in the associated UnitKind's Saas Locations.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unitFilter": { +"description": "Optional. CEL(https://github.com/google/cel-spec) formatted filter string against Unit. The filter will be applied to determine the eligible unit population. This filter can only reduce, but not expand the scope of the rollout.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKind": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. UnitKind that this rollout kind corresponds to. Rollouts stemming from this rollout kind will target the units of this unit kind. In other words, this defines the population of target units to be upgraded by rollouts.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateUnitKindStrategy": { +"description": "Optional. The config for updating the unit kind. By default, the unit kind will be updated on the rollout start.", +"enum": [ +"UPDATE_UNIT_KIND_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED", +"UPDATE_UNIT_KIND_STRATEGY_ON_START", +"UPDATE_UNIT_KIND_STRATEGY_NEVER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Strategy unspecified.", +"Update the unit kind strategy on the rollout start.", +"Never update the unit kind." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RolloutStats": { +"description": "RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout.", +"id": "RolloutStats", +"properties": { +"estimatedTotalUnitCount": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"operationsByState": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - \"SCHEDULED\" - \"PENDING\" - \"RUNNING\" - \"SUCCEEDED\" - \"FAILED\" - \"CANCELLED\"", +"items": { +"$ref": "Aggregate" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RunRolloutActionParams": { +"description": "Parameters for the RUN action controlling the behavior of the rollout when it is resumed from a PAUSED state.", +"id": "RunRolloutActionParams", +"properties": { +"retryFailedOperations": { +"description": "Required. If true, the rollout will retry failed operations when resumed. This is applicable only the current state of the Rollout is PAUSED and the requested action is RUN.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Saas": { +"description": "Saas is a representation of a SaaS service managed by the Producer.", +"id": "Saas", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"locations": { +"description": "Optional. List of locations that the service is available in. Rollout refers to the list to generate a rollout plan.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Location" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/saas/{saas}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Schedule": { +"description": "A time specification to schedule the maintenance.", +"id": "Schedule", +"properties": { +"startTime": { +"description": "Optional. Start of operation. If not set, will be set to the start of the next window. (optional)", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Tenant": { +"description": "Tenant represents the service producer side of an instance of the service created based on a request from a consumer. In a typical scenario a Tenant has a one-to-one mapping with a resource given out to a service consumer. Example: tenant: name: \"projects/svc1/locations/loc/tenants/inst-068afff8\" consumer_resource: \"projects/gshoe/locations/loc/shoes/black-shoe\"", +"id": "Tenant", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"consumerResource": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. A reference to the consumer resource this SaaS Tenant is representing. The relationship with a consumer resource can be used by SaaS Runtime for retrieving consumer-defined settings and policies such as maintenance policies (using Unified Maintenance Policy API).", +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tenants/{tenant}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"saas": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ToMapping": { +"description": "Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies", +"id": "ToMapping", +"properties": { +"dependency": { +"description": "Required. Alias of the dependency that the inputVariable will pass its value to", +"type": "string" +}, +"ignoreForLookup": { +"description": "Optional. Tells SaaS Runtime if this mapping should be used during lookup or not", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"inputVariable": { +"description": "Required. Name of the inputVariable on the dependency", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Unit": { +"description": "A unit of deployment that has its lifecycle via a CRUD API using an actuation engine under the hood (e.g. based on Terraform, Helm or a custom implementation provided by a service producer). A building block of a SaaS Tenant.", +"id": "Unit", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"conditions": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitCondition" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"dependencies": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitDependency" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"dependents": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of Units that depend on this unit. Unit can only be deprovisioned if this list is empty. Maximum 1000.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitDependency" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"inputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Indicates the current input variables deployed by the unit", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"maintenance": { +"$ref": "MaintenanceSettings", +"description": "Optional. Captures requested directives for performing future maintenance on the unit. This includes a request for the unit to skip maintenance for a period of time and remain pinned to its current release as well as controls for postponing maintenance scheduled in future." +}, +"managementMode": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Indicates whether the Unit life cycle is controlled by the user or by the system. Immutable once created.", +"enum": [ +"MANAGEMENT_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MANAGEMENT_MODE_USER", +"MANAGEMENT_MODE_SYSTEM" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Unit's lifecycle is managed by the user.", +"The system will decide when to deprovision and delete the unit. User still can deprovision or delete the unit manually." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/units/{unit}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"ongoingOperations": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of concurrent UnitOperations that are operating on this Unit.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"outputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Set of key/value pairs corresponding to output variables from execution of actuation templates. The variables are declared in actuation configs (e.g in helm chart or terraform) and the values are fetched and returned by the actuation engine upon completion of execution.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"pendingOperations": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of pending (wait to be executed) UnitOperations for this unit.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"release": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The current Release object for this Unit.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"satisfiesPzi": { +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"satisfiesPzs": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"scheduledOperations": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Current lifecycle state of the resource (e.g. if it's being created or ready to use).", +"enum": [ +"UNIT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNIT_STATE_NOT_PROVISIONED", +"UNIT_STATE_PROVISIONING", +"UNIT_STATE_UPDATING", +"UNIT_STATE_DEPROVISIONING", +"UNIT_STATE_READY", +"UNIT_STATE_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified state.", +"Unit is not provisioned.", +"Unit is being provisioned.", +"Unit is being updated. This is typically when a unit is being upgraded to a new release or some of the input variables on the Unit is being changed. Certain kinds of updates may cause the Unit to become unusable while the update is in progress.", +"Unit is being deleted.", +"Unit has been provisioned and is ready for use", +"Unit has error, when it is not ready and some error operation" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"systemCleanupAt": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. If set, indicates the time when the system will start removing the unit.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"systemManagedState": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Indicates the system managed state of the unit.", +"enum": [ +"SYSTEM_MANAGED_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SYSTEM_MANAGED_STATE_ACTIVE", +"SYSTEM_MANAGED_STATE_INACTIVE", +"SYSTEM_MANAGED_STATE_DECOMMISSIONED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Unit has dependents attached.", +"Unit has no dependencies attached, but attachment is allowed.", +"Unit has no dependencies attached, and attachment is not allowed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to the Saas Tenant resource this unit belongs to. This for example informs the maintenance policies to use for scheduling future updates on a unit. (optional and immutable once created)", +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unitKind": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to the UnitKind this Unit belongs to. Immutable once set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitCondition": { +"description": "UnitCondition describes the status of an Unit. UnitCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.", +"id": "UnitCondition", +"properties": { +"lastTransitionTime": { +"description": "Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Required. Status of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"STATUS_TRUE", +"STATUS_FALSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition status is unspecified.", +"Condition is unknown.", +"Condition is true.", +"Condition is false." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. Type of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TYPE_READY", +"TYPE_UPDATING", +"TYPE_PROVISIONED", +"TYPE_OPERATION_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition type is unspecified.", +"Condition type is ready.", +"Condition type is updating.", +"Condition type is provisioned.", +"Condition type is operationError. True when the last unit operation fails with a non-ignorable error." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitDependency": { +"description": "Set of dependencies for this unit. Maximum 10.", +"id": "UnitDependency", +"properties": { +"alias": { +"description": "Output only. Alias for the name of the dependency.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unit": { +"description": "Output only. A reference to the Unit object.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitKind": { +"description": "Definition of a Unit. Units belonging to the same UnitKind are managed together; for example they follow the same release model (blueprints, versions etc.) and are typically rolled out together.", +"id": "UnitKind", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"defaultRelease": { +"description": "Optional. A reference to the Release object to use as default for creating new units of this UnitKind (optional). If not specified, a new unit must explicitly reference which release to use for its creation.", +"type": "string" +}, +"dependencies": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. List of other unit kinds that this release will depend on. Dependencies will be automatically provisioned if not found. Maximum 10.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Dependency" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"inputVariableMappings": { +"description": "Optional. List of inputVariables for this release that will either be retrieved from a dependency\u2019s outputVariables, or will be passed on to a dependency\u2019s inputVariables. Maximum 100.", +"items": { +"$ref": "VariableMapping" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitKinds/{unitKind}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"outputVariableMappings": { +"description": "Optional. List of outputVariables for this unit kind will be passed to this unit's outputVariables. Maximum 100.", +"items": { +"$ref": "VariableMapping" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"saas": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. A reference to the Saas that defines the product (managed service) that the producer wants to manage with SaaS Runtime. Part of the SaaS Runtime common data model. Immutable once set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitOperation": { +"description": "UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22", +"id": "UnitOperation", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations", +"type": "object" +}, +"cancel": { +"description": "Optional. When true, attempt to cancel the operation. Cancellation may fail if the operation is already executing. (Optional)", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"conditions": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. A set of conditions which indicate the various conditions this resource can have.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitOperationCondition" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deleteTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was marked for deletion (deletion is an asynchronous operation).", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deprovision": { +"$ref": "Deprovision" +}, +"engineState": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. The engine state for on-going deployment engine operation(s). This field is opaque for external usage.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"errorCategory": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. UnitOperationErrorCategory describe the error category.", +"enum": [ +"UNIT_OPERATION_ERROR_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED", +"NOT_APPLICABLE", +"FATAL", +"RETRIABLE", +"IGNORABLE", +"STANDARD" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unit operation error category is unspecified", +"Unit operation error category is not applicable, or it is not an error", +"Unit operation error category is fatal", +"Unit operation error category is retriable", +"Unit operation error category is ignorable", +"Unit operation error category is standard, counts towards Rollout error budget" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Output only. An opaque value that uniquely identifies a version or generation of a resource. It can be used to confirm that the client and server agree on the ordering of a resource being written.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/unitOperations/{unitOperation}\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"parentUnitOperation": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to parent resource: UnitOperation. If an operation needs to create other operations as part of its workflow, each of the child operations should have this field set to the parent. This can be used for tracing. (Optional)", +"type": "string" +}, +"provision": { +"$ref": "Provision" +}, +"rollout": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies which rollout created this Unit Operation. This cannot be modified and is used for filtering purposes only. If a dependent unit and unit operation are created as part of another unit operation, they will use the same rolloutId.", +"type": "string" +}, +"schedule": { +"$ref": "Schedule", +"description": "Optional. When to schedule this operation." +}, +"state": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. UnitOperationState describes the current state of the unit operation.", +"enum": [ +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_UNKNOWN", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_PENDING", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_SCHEDULED", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_RUNNING", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_SUCCEEDED", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_FAILED", +"UNIT_OPERATION_STATE_CANCELLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Unit operation is accepted but not ready to run.", +"Unit operation is accepted and scheduled.", +"Unit operation is running.", +"Unit operation has completed successfully.", +"Unit operation has failed.", +"Unit operation was cancelled." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the resource. UID is unique in the time and space for this resource within the scope of the service. It is typically generated by the server on successful creation of a resource and must not be changed. UID is used to uniquely identify resources with resource name reuses. This should be a UUID4.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unit": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The Unit a given UnitOperation will act upon.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. Any change to the resource made by users must refresh this value. Changes to a resource made by the service should refresh this value.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"upgrade": { +"$ref": "Upgrade" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitOperationCondition": { +"description": "UnitOperationCondition describes the status of an Unit Operation. UnitOperationCondition is individual components that contribute to an overall state.", +"id": "UnitOperationCondition", +"properties": { +"lastTransitionTime": { +"description": "Required. Last time the condition transited from one status to another.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "Required. Human readable message indicating details about the last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "Required. Brief reason for the condition's last transition.", +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"description": "Required. Status of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"STATUS_TRUE", +"STATUS_FALSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition status is unspecified.", +"Condition is unknown.", +"Condition is true.", +"Condition is false." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. Type of the condition.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TYPE_SCHEDULED", +"TYPE_RUNNING", +"TYPE_SUCCEEDED", +"TYPE_CANCELLED", +"TYPE_APP_CREATED", +"TYPE_APP_COMPONENTS_REGISTERED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Condition type is unspecified.", +"Condition type is scheduled.", +"Condition type is running.", +"Condition type is succeeded.", +"Condition type is cancelled.", +"Indicates if AppHub app has been created.", +"Indicates if services and workloads have been registered with AppHub." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UnitVariable": { +"description": "UnitVariable describes a parameter for a Unit.", +"id": "UnitVariable", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Name of a supported variable type. Supported types are string, int, bool.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"STRING", +"INT", +"BOOL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Variable type is unspecified.", +"Variable type is string.", +"Variable type is int.", +"Variable type is bool." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "Optional. String encoded value for the variable.", +"type": "string" +}, +"variable": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Name of the variable from actuation configs.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Upgrade": { +"description": "Upgrade is the unit operation that upgrades a provisioned unit, which may also include the underlying resources represented by a Unit. Can only execute if the Unit is currently provisioned.", +"id": "Upgrade", +"properties": { +"inputVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Set of input variables. Maximum 100. (optional)", +"items": { +"$ref": "UnitVariable" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"release": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to the Release object to use for the Unit. (optional).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"VariableMapping": { +"description": "Mapping of input variables to their respective output variable for depedenencies", +"id": "VariableMapping", +"properties": { +"from": { +"$ref": "FromMapping", +"description": "Optional. Output variables which will get their values from dependencies" +}, +"to": { +"$ref": "ToMapping", +"description": "Optional. Input variables whose values will be passed on to dependencies." +}, +"variable": { +"description": "Required. name of the variable", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "SaaS Runtime API", +"version": "v1", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json index cff916a709..b92748e25e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260214", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://saasservicemgmt.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregate": { @@ -2497,22 +2497,6 @@ "description": "Optional. The labels on the resource, which can be used for categorization. similar to Kubernetes resource labels.", "type": "object" }, -"maintenancePolicyEnforcement": { -"description": "Optional. Value among strict (enforcing maintenance policy and only looking at Units with maintenance policy), ignore (ignoring maintenance policy) and skip (skipping Units with maintenance policy)", -"enum": [ -"MAINTENANCE_POLICY_ENFORCEMENT_UNSPECIFIED", -"MAINTENANCE_POLICY_ENFORCEMENT_STRICT", -"MAINTENANCE_POLICY_ENFORCEMENT_IGNORED", -"MAINTENANCE_POLICY_ENFORCEMENT_SKIPPED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, "name": { "description": "Identifier. The resource name (full URI of the resource) following the standard naming scheme: \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}/rolloutKinds/{rollout_kind_id}\"", "type": "string" @@ -2561,6 +2545,12 @@ "description": "RolloutStats contains information about the progress of a rollout.", "id": "RolloutStats", "properties": { +"estimatedTotalUnitCount": { +"description": "Optional. Output only. Estimated number of units based. The estimation is computed upon creation of the rollout.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "operationsByState": { "description": "Optional. Output only. Unordered list. A breakdown of the progress of operations triggered by the rollout. Provides a count of Operations by their state. This can be used to determine the number of units which have been updated, or are scheduled to be updated. There will be at most one entry per group. Possible values for operation groups are: - \"SCHEDULED\" - \"PENDING\" - \"RUNNING\" - \"SUCCEEDED\" - \"FAILED\" - \"CANCELLED\"", "items": { @@ -2835,6 +2825,16 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"satisfiesPzi": { +"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"satisfiesPzs": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the resource location satisfies Zone Separation constraints. This is false by default.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "scheduledOperations": { "description": "Optional. Output only. List of scheduled UnitOperations for this unit.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index f844ba88be..8ade72b21d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -5944,7 +5944,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -6097,6 +6097,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "AiModel", @@ -8124,6 +8160,13 @@ false "$ref": "AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -8423,6 +8466,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -9821,6 +9868,42 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", @@ -11401,6 +11484,13 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -11707,6 +11797,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -13760,6 +13854,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange", @@ -16632,6 +16753,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "PortRange", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index 4509c5e42a..b2fb65b2f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -1072,6 +1072,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "AiModel", @@ -2713,6 +2749,13 @@ false "$ref": "AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -3012,6 +3055,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -4491,6 +4538,42 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", @@ -6071,6 +6154,13 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -6377,6 +6467,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -8430,6 +8524,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange", @@ -10974,6 +11095,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "PortRange", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index 677b6ea608..7a75af79b5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260223", +"revision": "20260324", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -2156,6 +2156,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "AiModel", @@ -3804,6 +3840,13 @@ false "$ref": "AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -4103,6 +4146,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -5478,6 +5525,42 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent": { +"description": "Details about a data access attempt made by an agent principal not authorized under applicable data security policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent", +"properties": { +"eventId": { +"description": "Unique identifier for data access event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTime": { +"description": "Timestamp of data access event.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "The operation performed by the principal to access the data.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READ", +"MOVE", +"COPY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The operation is unspecified.", +"Represents a read operation.", +"Represents a move operation.", +"Represents a copy operation." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"principalSubject": { +"description": "The agent principal that accessed the data.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel": { "description": "Contains information about the AI model associated with the finding.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", @@ -7058,6 +7141,13 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AffectedResources", "description": "AffectedResources associated with the finding." }, +"agentDataAccessEvents": { +"description": "Agent data access events associated with the finding.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AgentDataAccessEvent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "aiModel": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2AiModel", "description": "The AI model associated with the finding." @@ -7364,6 +7454,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"policyViolationSummary": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"description": "PolicyViolationSummary associated with the finding." +}, "processes": { "description": "Represents operating system processes associated with the Finding.", "items": { @@ -9417,6 +9511,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2PortRange", @@ -11620,6 +11741,33 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PolicyViolationSummary": { +"description": "Metadata summarizing policy violations of child resources of the affected resource. `finding_category` and `resource` determine the exact semantics of the counts. For example, when category=DATA_SECURITY_POSTURE_OBJECT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_VIOLATION and resource='storage.googleapis.com/buckets/my-bucket-name' then this counts the number of Cloud Storage objects in my-bucket-name which violate a Public Access control.", +"id": "PolicyViolationSummary", +"properties": { +"conformantResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total number of child resources that conform to the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"evaluationErrorsCount": { +"description": "Number of child resources for which errors during evaluation occurred. The evaluation result for these child resources is effectively \"unknown\".", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"outOfScopeResourcesCount": { +"description": "Total count of child resources which were not in scope for evaluation.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyViolationsCount": { +"description": "Count of child resources in violation of the policy.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PortRange": { "description": "A port range which is inclusive of the min and max values. Values are between 0 and 2^16-1. The max can be equal / must be not smaller than the min value. If min and max are equal this indicates that it is a single port.", "id": "PortRange", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json index ed9ffe7c93..85e759255f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "servicedirectory.projects.locations.list", @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260217", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json index 88041d7dd2..44b96057df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "servicedirectory.projects.locations.list", @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260217", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json index 1abb87d9d2..f36a5f5270 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json @@ -3436,7 +3436,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260213", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Ack": { @@ -7128,9 +7128,9 @@ "OPTIMISTIC" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value. * If isolation level is REPEATABLE_READ, then it is an error to specify `read_lock_mode`. Locking semantics default to `OPTIMISTIC`. No validation checks are done for reads, except to validate that the data that was served at the snapshot time is unchanged at commit time in the following cases: 1. reads done as part of queries that use `SELECT FOR UPDATE` 2. reads done as part of statements with a `LOCK_SCANNED_RANGES` hint 3. reads done as part of DML statements * At all other isolation levels, if `read_lock_mode` is the default value, then pessimistic read locks are used.", -"Pessimistic lock mode. Read locks are acquired immediately on read. Semantics described only applies to SERIALIZABLE isolation.", -"Optimistic lock mode. Locks for reads within the transaction are not acquired on read. Instead the locks are acquired on a commit to validate that read/queried data has not changed since the transaction started. Semantics described only applies to SERIALIZABLE isolation." +"Default value. * If isolation level is SERIALIZABLE, locking semantics default to `PESSIMISTIC`. * If isolation level is REPEATABLE_READ, locking semantics default to `OPTIMISTIC`. * See [Concurrency control](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/concurrency-control) for more details.", +"Pessimistic lock mode. Lock acquisition behavior depends on the isolation level in use. In SERIALIZABLE isolation, reads and writes acquire necessary locks during transaction statement execution. In REPEATABLE_READ isolation, reads that explicitly request to be locked and writes acquire locks. See [Concurrency control](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/concurrency-control) for details on the types of locks acquired at each transaction step.", +"Optimistic lock mode. Lock acquisition behavior depends on the isolation level in use. In both SERIALIZABLE and REPEATABLE_READ isolation, reads and writes do not acquire locks during transaction statement execution. See [Concurrency control](https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/concurrency-control) for details on how the guarantees of each isolation level are provided at commit time." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json index 390a9c0485..9a5f8f1a44 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Required. Project ID of the source as well as the clone Cloud SQL instance.", +"description": "Required. Project ID of the source Cloud SQL instance.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260303", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -4993,7 +4993,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "autoIamAuthn": { -"description": "Optional. When set to true, the API caller identity associated with the request is used for database authentication. The API caller must be an IAM user in the database.", +"description": "Optional. When set to `true`, the API caller identity associated with the request is used for database authentication. The API caller must be an IAM user in the database.", "type": "boolean" }, "database": { @@ -6634,7 +6634,8 @@ false "MANAGE_BACKUP", "ENHANCED_BACKUP", "REPAIR_READ_POOL", -"CREATE_READ_POOL" +"CREATE_READ_POOL", +"PRE_CHECK_MAJOR_VERSION_UPGRADE" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -6688,6 +6689,7 @@ true, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -6742,7 +6744,8 @@ false "Changes the BackupTier of a Cloud SQL instance.", "Creates a backup for an Enhanced BackupTier Cloud SQL instance.", "Repairs entire read pool or specified read pool nodes in the read pool.", -"Creates a Cloud SQL read pool instance." +"Creates a Cloud SQL read pool instance.", +"Pre-checks the major version upgrade operation." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7389,7 +7392,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "consumerProject": { -"description": "Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. Optional. This is only applicable if consumer_network is a shared vpc network.", +"description": "Optional. This is the project ID of consumer service project of this consumer endpoint. This is only applicable if `consumer_network` is a shared VPC network.", "type": "string" }, "ipAddress": { @@ -7425,9 +7428,17 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"pscAutoDnsEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "pscEnabled": { "description": "Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new Enterprise Plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json index fd58329258..65ff8143c0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Project ID of the source as well as the clone Cloud SQL instance.", +"description": "Project ID of the source Cloud SQL instance.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260303", +"revision": "20260317", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -6635,7 +6635,8 @@ false "MANAGE_BACKUP", "ENHANCED_BACKUP", "REPAIR_READ_POOL", -"CREATE_READ_POOL" +"CREATE_READ_POOL", +"PRE_CHECK_MAJOR_VERSION_UPGRADE" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -6689,6 +6690,7 @@ true, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -6743,7 +6745,8 @@ false "Changes the BackupTier of a Cloud SQL instance.", "Creates a backup for an Enhanced BackupTier Cloud SQL instance.", "Repairs entire read pool or specified read pool nodes in the read pool.", -"Creates a Cloud SQL read pool instance." +"Creates a Cloud SQL read pool instance.", +"Pre-checks for major version upgrade." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7426,9 +7429,17 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"pscAutoDnsEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether PSC DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections. This will default to true for new instances when Private Service Connect is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "pscEnabled": { "description": "Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"pscWriteEndpointDnsEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates whether PSC write endpoint DNS automation is enabled for this instance. When enabled, Cloud SQL provisions a universal global DNS record across all networks configured with Private Service Connect (PSC) auto-connections that always points to the cluster primary instance. This feature is only supported for Enterprise Plus edition. This will default to true for new enterprise plus instances when `psc_auto_dns_enabled` is enabled.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json index 2a5ba7cc6e..7748a0f1dd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260311", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "subjectToken": { -"description": "Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc. For workforce pools, this must match the client ID specified in the provider configuration. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/locations.workforcePools.providers#oidc. Example header: ``` { \"alg\": \"RS256\", \"kid\": \"us-east-11\" } ``` Example payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1517963104, \"exp\": 1517966704, \"aud\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider\", \"sub\": \"113475438248934895348\", \"my_claims\": { \"additional_claim\": \"value\" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { \"headers\": [ {\"key\": \"x-amz-date\", \"value\": \"20200815T015049Z\"}, {\"key\": \"Authorization\", \"value\": \"AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature\"}, {\"key\": \"x-goog-cloud-target-resource\", \"value\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/\"}, {\"key\": \"host\", \"value\": \"sts.amazonaws.com\"} . ], \"method\": \"POST\", \"url\": \"https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15\" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/Post2.0/sstc-saml-tech-overview-2.0-cd-02.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. If the request is for X.509 certificate-based authentication, the `subject_token` must be a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificates in DER format, as defined in [RFC 7515](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7515#section-4.1.6). `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:mtls`. The following example shows a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificate in DER format: ``` [\\\"MIIEYDCCA0i...\\\", \\\"MCIFFGAGTT0...\\\"] ```", +"description": "Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. This timestamp must be in the past and no more than 24 hours in the past, or the token will be rejected. Note that this implies the token is only acceptable within a time window of at most 24 hours. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc. For workforce pools, this must match the client ID specified in the provider configuration. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/locations.workforcePools.providers#oidc. Example header: ``` { \"alg\": \"RS256\", \"kid\": \"us-east-11\" } ``` Example payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1517963104, \"exp\": 1517966704, \"aud\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider\", \"sub\": \"113475438248934895348\", \"my_claims\": { \"additional_claim\": \"value\" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { \"headers\": [ {\"key\": \"x-amz-date\", \"value\": \"20200815T015049Z\"}, {\"key\": \"Authorization\", \"value\": \"AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature\"}, {\"key\": \"x-goog-cloud-target-resource\", \"value\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/\"}, {\"key\": \"host\", \"value\": \"sts.amazonaws.com\"} . ], \"method\": \"POST\", \"url\": \"https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15\" } ``` If the token is a SAML 2.0 assertion, it must use the format defined in [the SAML 2.0 spec](https://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/Post2.0/sstc-saml-tech-overview-2.0-cd-02.pdf), and the `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:saml2`. See [Verification of external credentials](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/using-workload-identity-federation#verification_of_external_credentials) for details on how SAML 2.0 assertions are validated during token exchanges. You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes. If the request is for X.509 certificate-based authentication, the `subject_token` must be a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificates in DER format, as defined in [RFC 7515](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7515#section-4.1.6). `subject_token_type` must be `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:mtls`. The following example shows a JSON-formatted list of X.509 certificate in DER format: ``` [\\\"MIIEYDCCA0i...\\\", \\\"MCIFFGAGTT0...\\\"] ```", "type": "string" }, "subjectTokenType": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json index b4ead48103..5a2c20832f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260311", +"revision": "20260318", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "subjectToken": { -"description": "Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be in the past. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Must be less than 48 hours after `iat`. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc Example header: ``` { \"alg\": \"RS256\", \"kid\": \"us-east-11\" } ``` Example payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1517963104, \"exp\": 1517966704, \"aud\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider\", \"sub\": \"113475438248934895348\", \"my_claims\": { \"additional_claim\": \"value\" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { \"headers\": [ {\"key\": \"x-amz-date\", \"value\": \"20200815T015049Z\"}, {\"key\": \"Authorization\", \"value\": \"AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature\"}, {\"key\": \"x-goog-cloud-target-resource\", \"value\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/\"}, {\"key\": \"host\", \"value\": \"sts.amazonaws.com\"} . ], \"method\": \"POST\", \"url\": \"https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15\" } ``` You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes.", +"description": "Required. The input token. This token is either an external credential issued by a workload identity pool provider, or a short-lived access token issued by Google. If the token is an OIDC JWT, it must use the JWT format defined in [RFC 7523](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523), and the `subject_token_type` must be either `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:jwt` or `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:id_token`. The following headers are required: - `kid`: The identifier of the signing key securing the JWT. - `alg`: The cryptographic algorithm securing the JWT. Must be `RS256` or `ES256`. The following payload fields are required. For more information, see [RFC 7523, Section 3](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523#section-3): - `iss`: The issuer of the token. The issuer must provide a discovery document at the URL `/.well-known/openid-configuration`, where `` is the value of this field. The document must be formatted according to section 4.2 of the [OIDC 1.0 Discovery specification](https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-discovery-1_0.html#ProviderConfigurationResponse). - `iat`: The issue time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. This timestamp must be in the past and no more than 24 hours in the past, or the token will be rejected. Note that this implies the token is only acceptable within a time window of at most 24 hours. - `exp`: The expiration time, in seconds, since the Unix epoch. Shorter expiration times are more secure. If possible, we recommend setting an expiration time less than 6 hours. - `sub`: The identity asserted in the JWT. - `aud`: For workload identity pools, this must be a value specified in the allowed audiences for the workload identity pool provider, or one of the audiences allowed by default if no audiences were specified. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers#oidc Example header: ``` { \"alg\": \"RS256\", \"kid\": \"us-east-11\" } ``` Example payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1517963104, \"exp\": 1517966704, \"aud\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects/1234567890123/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/my-pool/providers/my-provider\", \"sub\": \"113475438248934895348\", \"my_claims\": { \"additional_claim\": \"value\" } } ``` If `subject_token` is for AWS, it must be a serialized `GetCallerIdentity` token. This token contains the same information as a request to the AWS [`GetCallerIdentity()`](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/STS/latest/APIReference/API_GetCallerIdentity) method, as well as the AWS [signature](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) for the request information. Use Signature Version 4. Format the request as URL-encoded JSON, and set the `subject_token_type` parameter to `urn:ietf:params:aws:token-type:aws4_request`. The following parameters are required: - `url`: The URL of the AWS STS endpoint for `GetCallerIdentity()`, such as `https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15`. Regional endpoints are also supported. - `method`: The HTTP request method: `POST`. - `headers`: The HTTP request headers, which must include: - `Authorization`: The request signature. - `x-amz-date`: The time you will send the request, formatted as an [ISO8601 Basic](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4_elements.html#sigv4_elements_date) string. This value is typically set to the current time and is used to help prevent replay attacks. - `host`: The hostname of the `url` field; for example, `sts.amazonaws.com`. - `x-goog-cloud-target-resource`: The full, canonical resource name of the workload identity pool provider, with or without an `https:` prefix. To help ensure data integrity, we recommend including this header in the `SignedHeaders` field of the signed request. For example: //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/ If you are using temporary security credentials provided by AWS, you must also include the header `x-amz-security-token`, with the value set to the session token. The following example shows a `GetCallerIdentity` token: ``` { \"headers\": [ {\"key\": \"x-amz-date\", \"value\": \"20200815T015049Z\"}, {\"key\": \"Authorization\", \"value\": \"AWS4-HMAC-SHA256+Credential=$credential,+SignedHeaders=host;x-amz-date;x-goog-cloud-target-resource,+Signature=$signature\"}, {\"key\": \"x-goog-cloud-target-resource\", \"value\": \"//iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//providers/\"}, {\"key\": \"host\", \"value\": \"sts.amazonaws.com\"} . ], \"method\": \"POST\", \"url\": \"https://sts.amazonaws.com?Action=GetCallerIdentity&Version=2011-06-15\" } ``` You can also use a Google-issued OAuth 2.0 access token with this field to obtain an access token with new security attributes applied, such as a Credential Access Boundary. In this case, set `subject_token_type` to `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token`. If an access token already contains security attributes, you cannot apply additional security attributes.", "type": "string" }, "subjectTokenType": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json index eadbf9ac7d..882780ccf3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdvancedVoiceOptions": { @@ -339,8 +339,13 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "relaxSafetyFilters": { -"description": "Optional. Input only. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Input only. Deprecated, use safety_settings instead. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"safetySettings": { +"$ref": "SafetySettings", +"description": "Optional. Input only. This applies to Gemini TTS only. If set, the category specified in the safety setting will be blocked if the harm probability is above the threshold. Otherwise, the safety filter will be disabled by default." } }, "type": "object" @@ -628,6 +633,65 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SafetySetting": { +"description": "Safety setting for a single harm category.", +"id": "SafetySetting", +"properties": { +"category": { +"description": "The harm category to apply the safety setting to.", +"enum": [ +"HARM_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED", +"HARM_CATEGORY_HATE_SPEECH", +"HARM_CATEGORY_DANGEROUS_CONTENT", +"HARM_CATEGORY_HARASSMENT", +"HARM_CATEGORY_SEXUALLY_EXPLICIT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Content that promotes violence or incites hatred against individuals or groups based on certain attributes.", +"Content that promotes, facilitates, or enables dangerous activities.", +"Abusive, threatening, or content intended to bully, torment, or ridicule.", +"Content that contains sexually explicit material." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"threshold": { +"description": "The harm block threshold for the safety setting.", +"enum": [ +"HARM_BLOCK_THRESHOLD_UNSPECIFIED", +"BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE", +"BLOCK_MEDIUM_AND_ABOVE", +"BLOCK_ONLY_HIGH", +"BLOCK_NONE", +"OFF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The harm block threshold is unspecified.", +"Block content with a low harm probability or higher.", +"Block content with a medium harm probability or higher.", +"Block content with a high harm probability.", +"Do not block any content, regardless of its harm probability.", +"Turn off the safety filter entirely." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SafetySettings": { +"description": "Safety settings for the request.", +"id": "SafetySettings", +"properties": { +"settings": { +"description": "The safety settings for the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SafetySetting" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json index b3a341739c..bf3ded32fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260312", +"revision": "20260320", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdvancedVoiceOptions": { @@ -282,8 +282,13 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "relaxSafetyFilters": { -"description": "Optional. Input only. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Input only. Deprecated, use safety_settings instead. If true, relaxes safety filters for Gemini TTS.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"safetySettings": { +"$ref": "SafetySettings", +"description": "Optional. Input only. This applies to Gemini TTS only. If set, the category specified in the safety setting will be blocked if the harm probability is above the threshold. Otherwise, the safety filter will be disabled by default." } }, "type": "object" @@ -561,6 +566,65 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SafetySetting": { +"description": "Safety setting for a single harm category.", +"id": "SafetySetting", +"properties": { +"category": { +"description": "The harm category to apply the safety setting to.", +"enum": [ +"HARM_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED", +"HARM_CATEGORY_HATE_SPEECH", +"HARM_CATEGORY_DANGEROUS_CONTENT", +"HARM_CATEGORY_HARASSMENT", +"HARM_CATEGORY_SEXUALLY_EXPLICIT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. This value is unused.", +"Content that promotes violence or incites hatred against individuals or groups based on certain attributes.", +"Content that promotes, facilitates, or enables dangerous activities.", +"Abusive, threatening, or content intended to bully, torment, or ridicule.", +"Content that contains sexually explicit material." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"threshold": { +"description": "The harm block threshold for the safety setting.", +"enum": [ +"HARM_BLOCK_THRESHOLD_UNSPECIFIED", +"BLOCK_LOW_AND_ABOVE", +"BLOCK_MEDIUM_AND_ABOVE", +"BLOCK_ONLY_HIGH", +"BLOCK_NONE", +"OFF" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The harm block threshold is unspecified.", +"Block content with a low harm probability or higher.", +"Block content with a medium harm probability or higher.", +"Block content with a high harm probability.", +"Do not block any content, regardless of its harm probability.", +"Turn off the safety filter entirely." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SafetySettings": { +"description": "Safety settings for the request.", +"id": "SafetySettings", +"properties": { +"settings": { +"description": "The safety settings for the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SafetySetting" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Status": { "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", "id": "Status", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json index ef63c99059..f53ccf3ec8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260318", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ANR": { @@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ "id": "FileReference", "properties": { "fileUri": { -"description": "The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml or in gsutil format: gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml with version-specific info, gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000 An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set", +"description": "The URI of a file stored in Google Cloud Storage. For example: `http://storage.googleapis.com/mybucket/path/to/test.xml` or in Cloud Storage URI format: `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml` with version-specific info, `gs://mybucket/path/to/test.xml#1360383693690000` An INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned if the URI format is not supported. - In response: always set - In create/update request: always set", "type": "string" } }, @@ -3159,6 +3159,10 @@ "incompatibleDevice": { "description": "If the requested OS version doesn't run on the specific device model.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"pendingTimeout": { +"description": "Indicates that the test could not be scheduled in the requested time because no suitable device was available.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json index 9403a963b9..1e396a3456 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260308", +"revision": "20260325", "rootUrl": "https://travelimpactmodel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ComputeFlightEmissionsRequest": { @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ }, "flight": { "$ref": "Flight", -"description": "Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized." +"description": "Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized." }, "source": { "description": "Optional. The source of the emissions data.", @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ "properties": { "flight": { "$ref": "Scope3FlightSegment", -"description": "Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request." +"description": "Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request." }, "source": { "description": "Optional. The source of the emissions data.", @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ }, "market": { "$ref": "Market", -"description": "Required. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized." +"description": "Identifier. Matches the flight identifiers in the request. Note: all IATA codes are capitalized." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json index 66df190134..80a6a20624 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "vmmigration.projects.locations.list", @@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260222", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json index c3a81cdf20..d3098bedb5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "vmmigration.projects.locations.list", @@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260222", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json index 0f7f8bf34e..02da058774 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "vmwareengine.projects.locations.list", @@ -562,6 +562,11 @@ "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/networkPeerings", @@ -702,6 +707,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -791,6 +801,11 @@ "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/networkPolicies", @@ -967,6 +982,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -1009,6 +1029,11 @@ "description": "A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/externalAccessRules", @@ -1149,6 +1174,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the// request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -1365,7 +1395,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise.", +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -1575,6 +1605,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -1881,7 +1916,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise.", +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -2085,7 +2120,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. True if you want the request to be validated and not executed; false otherwise.", +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -2281,6 +2316,11 @@ "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/externalAddresses", @@ -2421,6 +2461,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -3260,6 +3305,11 @@ "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that a request doesn't result in creation of duplicate commitments for at least 60 minutes. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/privateConnections", @@ -3400,6 +3450,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -3480,6 +3535,11 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "vmwareEngineNetworkId": { "description": "Required. The user-provided identifier of the new VMware Engine network. This identifier must be unique among VMware Engine network resources within the parent and becomes the final token in the name URI. The identifier must meet the following requirements: * For networks of type LEGACY, adheres to the format: `{region-id}-default`. Replace `{region-id}` with the region where you want to create the VMware Engine network. For example, \"us-central1-default\". * Only contains 1-63 alphanumeric characters and hyphens * Begins with an alphabetical character * Ends with a non-hyphen character * Not formatted as a UUID * Complies with [RFC 1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (section 3.5)", "location": "query", @@ -3629,6 +3689,11 @@ "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -3649,7 +3714,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260217", +"revision": "20260319", "rootUrl": "https://vmwareengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratePrivateCloudDeletionRequest": { @@ -5306,6 +5371,10 @@ "requestId": { "description": "Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -6535,6 +6604,10 @@ "requestId": { "description": "Optional. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If set to `true`, only validates the request but doesn\u2019t execute the request. If set to `false`, validates and executes the request.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json index e7873b187f..d4cdb3d6c6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "vpcaccess.projects.locations.list", @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260218", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Connector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json index db816a82fd..4849c254df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method lists locations based on the resource scope provided in the [ListLocationsRequest.name] field: * **Global locations**: If `name` is empty, the method lists the public locations available to all projects. * **Project-specific locations**: If `name` follows the format `projects/{project}`, the method lists locations visible to that specific project. This includes public, private, or other project-specific locations enabled for the project. For gRPC and client library implementations, the resource name is passed as the `name` field. For direct service calls, the resource name is incorporated into the request path based on the specific service implementation and version.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "vpcaccess.projects.locations.list", @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260218", +"revision": "20260322", "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Connector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json index c278cd3ae8..ab7328fa22 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json @@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260220", +"revision": "20260327", "rootUrl": "https://walletobjects.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivationOptions": { @@ -5460,23 +5460,35 @@ true "GENERIC_ENTRY_TICKET", "GENERIC_RECEIPT", "GENERIC_LOYALTY_CARD", +"GENERIC_BUSINESS_CARD", +"GENERIC_BARCODE_PASS", +"GENERIC_MEMBERSHIP_CARD", +"GENERIC_STUDENT_CARD", +"GENERIC_TRANSIT_PASS", +"GENERIC_VEHICLE_REGISTRATION", "GENERIC_OTHER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified generic type.", -"Season pass", -"Utility bills", -"Parking pass", -"Voucher", -"Gym membership cards", -"Library membership cards", -"Reservations", -"Auto-insurance cards", -"Home-insurance cards", -"Entry tickets", -"Receipts", -"Loyalty cards. Please note that it is advisable to use a dedicated Loyalty card pass type instead of this generic type. A dedicated loyalty card pass type offers more features and functionality than a generic pass type.", -"Other type" +"Represents a season pass.", +"Represents a utility bill.", +"Represents a parking pass.", +"Represents a voucher.", +"Represents a gym membership card.", +"Represents a library card.", +"Represents a reservation.", +"Represents an auto-insurance card.", +"Represents a home-insurance card.", +"Represents an entry ticket.", +"Represents a receipt.", +"Represents a loyalty card. Please note that it is advisable to use a dedicated Loyalty card pass type instead of this generic type. A dedicated loyalty card pass type offers more features and functionality than a generic pass type.", +"Represents a business card.", +"Represents a barcode pass.", +"Represents a membership card.", +"Represents a student card.", +"Represents a transit pass.", +"Represents a vehicle registration.", +"Represents another type of generic pass." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json index 69fa453b6b..2f591a484c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json @@ -3305,6 +3305,10 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"onBehalfOfContentOwnerChannel": { +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "part": { "location": "query", "repeated": true, @@ -4172,7 +4176,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260317", +"revision": "20260323", "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseReport": {